Timstar International Catalogue - 2020-21

Page 1

EdvoCycler™ Jr. BT200806

Recommended by Timstar’s technician panel

NEW

DID YOU KNOW? NEW

Edvotek Tornado™ Vortexer BT150874

2020-21

Timstar regularly shares FREE content, including expert blogs, top tips for technicians, worksheets, buying guides and lesson plans.

Inspirational ideas, latest releases, new products - go online today!

Look out for references throughout this catalogue and sign up for updates and offers today!

2020-21

timstar.co/subscribe Perfect for demonstrating PCR whilst keeping consumable costs low!

Our carefully developed workshops offer schools the option to select a ‘Teach the Teacher’ workshop or ‘Teach the Student’ lesson. The latter meaning our team will deliver a lesson for you. All workshops are available as a teacher focused and student focused option. Detective Science: Solving the world’s biggest mysteries DNA Fingerprinting using PCR and Gel Electrophoresis

timstar.co/STT-workshops

Timstar_UK_Cat_Cover_2020-21 V2.indd 1-4

DATA LOGGING

MICROSCOPES

These can be found in the Appliances section.

These can be found in the Appliances section.

BATTERIES

TEACHING RESOURCES

These can be found in the Electronics section.

These can be found in the Preproom Supplies section.

Suitable for Key Stages, 3, 4 and 5!

SPECIALIST SCIENCES This new section contains: Earth Science; Environmental Science and Forensic Science

UK Partners, Accreditations and Associations:

Timstar Phoenix House, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, SY1 3FE t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201 e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

w: timstar.com

Invisible Science: Beneath the naked eye Visualising Science

Looking for...

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Looking for something EXTRA?

Book today:

through practical science

See page 55

See page 148

Analytical Science: Reality strikes Wireless Datalogging

Inspiring tomorrow’s scientists

INTERNATIONAL VERSION 27/08/2020 17:34


Welcome to your 2020-21 catalogue

MISSING ESSENTIAL PRODUCTS? All of our essential products are available for NEXT DAY DELIVERY.

Microscopes See page 77

Power Supplies See page 103

Discovery and understanding by experimentation are vital to the study of science. Timstar’s curriculumrelevant specialist products, solutions and resources stimulates curiosity and interest - supporting and engaging students to question, investigate and explore, developing transferable skills and knowledge.

Join our community today! Working with our panel of technicians and teachers, Timstar shares regular FREE resources including expert blogs, top tips, worksheets, buying guides and lesson plans, as well as offering in school teacher or student-led practical workshops.

WHY USE TIMSTAR? PRODUCT ✓ Science products of choice for 25,000

teachers and technicians worldwide!

timstar.co/subscribe

✓ Comprehensive and considered range

of curriculum-relevant products

SUPPORT ✓ Specialist and experienced team

available to answer all your technical queries

✓ We support teachers and technicians

to deliver over 20,000 lesson plans worldwide, including supporting GCSEs, A-Levels, i-Bacs, BTEC and associated vocational qualifications.

Pyrex Beakers

Bunsen Burners

See page 247

See page 258

Chemicals See pages 3-46

✓ Specialist teacher and student-led

workshops available

STOCK ✓ We aim to dispatch all stocked items

ordered before 2.00pm, on the same day.

✓ Improved online ordering functions

at www.timstar.com: fast search functionality; quick order function.

SERVICE

DELIVERY INFORMATION Please, refer to our full Terms & Conditions for delivery information, alternatively, go to timstar.com/terms.

INTERNATIONAL Delivery is not included on any orders and will be quoted separately. Please, contact our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 201 for prices and information.

✓ Over 35,000 orders shipped per year

promptly and efficiently.

✓ Full consultation service for new

laboratories and refurbishments.

Timstar_UK_Cat_Cover_2020-21 V2.indd 7-10

28/08/2020 12:50


LATEST INTERNATIONAL PRICES AND PRODUCTS ONLINE

EASY TO ORDER

We accept most major credit cards

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

CHEMICALS

3-46

APPLIANCES

47-114

BIOLOGY

From 8.30am to 5.00pm Monday – Friday (GMT)

115-166

w: timstar.com Go online to see our latest prices and products.

CHEMISTRY

167-188

e: export@timstar.co.uk ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

SYMBOLS NEW

A carefully selected addition to our current range, offering you up-to-date choices.

OUR EXPERT SAYS...

189-228

BEST SELLER

Best selling products highlighted for your convenience.

Additional expert information to assist in making the right choice.

ALSO BOUGHT...

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

Recommended products from our panel of technicians.

Other products purchased with this item – helping you with your ordering.

FURNITURE & STORAGE 229-242

LABWARE

243-318

INFO

Information which you may find useful when selecting or using a product.

NON RETURNABLE

This item cannot be returned.

PHYSICS

319-410 BEST BUY

PROPOSITION...

Offers an optimal recommendation on price, quality, functionality in meeting specific needs.

BUDGET PROPOSITION... BEST BUY

A reasonably priced product which services your requirements and budgetary needs.

PREPROOM SUPPLIES

411-424

CUSTOMER SERVICE At Timstar we pride ourselves on our exceptional customer service and dedication to supporting our customers. Coupled with our unrivalled technical support network we have a dedicated Customer Support team helping to assist you in selecting the right solution for your needs. The after-care support you require is important to us and to help ensure optimum service delivery, there are a few things you may need to know:

WHEN CAN YOU EXPECT DELIVERY? For up-to-date shipping information, please contact our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 201.

DISCONTINUED STOCK ITEMS Where a stock item is no longer available, a like-for-like alternative may be provided. We will talk to you about your options prior to dispatch if the alternative is not a close match to your original item.

NEED OUR HELP? We are committed to developing working partnerships with our customers. It is our intention to provide you with the very best technical support, recommendations and advice. Our friendly team of professionals is available to assist you at every stage, enabling you to cater for the needs of your students. Contact Customer Support on +44 (0) 1743 812 201 who will be happy to help.

STILL HAVE QUESTIONS? You can find further information including our returns policy within our terms and conditions (T&Cs) on page 2 of this catalogue and online at timstar.com/terms.

SAFETY & PROTECTION

425-436

SMART MATERIALS & FUN SCIENCE 437-444

SPECIALIST SCIENCES

445-460

STATIONERY

461-470

INDEX

471-479

PRODUCT HIGHLIGHTS

INSIDE BACK COVER

Timstar_UK_Cat_Cover_2020-21 V2.indd 6

28/08/2020 09:48


TERMS & CONDITIONS Acceptance WF Education Group Limited. Registered Office: Phoenix House, Stafford Drive, Battlefield Enterprise Park, Shrewsbury, SY1 3FE. Registered in England and Wales No. 2285483 VAT Reg No. GB 421 0268 03. Goods are purchased in accordance with any purchase order of the Buyer, which is accepted by WF-Education Group. All goods are supplied according to WF-Education Group standard Terms and Conditions, which shall govern to the exclusion of any other terms and agreements. Prices Prices quoted on our website, in our catalogues and in our publications do not include VAT. VAT will be added to all UK and EC orders (where applicable) at the current rate. All prices are net of VAT. Whilst we endeavour to maintain prices, we reserve the right to vary and change prices in accordance with economic conditions without prior notice. Errors or omissions are subject to alteration without notice. Quotations and Invoices We reserve the right to amend any accidental errors and/or omissions on quotations or invoices. Whenever possible we will hold prices stated on quotations for a period of 30 calendar days. Delivery Unless otherwise agreed and stated in writing in respect of individual transactions, we reserve the right to make a charge for carriage, irrespective of the mode of delivery. When a carriage charge is made, it will be shown on the invoice. We reserve the right to change carriage charges without prior notice. We aim to despatch all stocked items, subject to availability, from our warehouse on the same day if ordered before 2pm. Delivery surcharges will apply for delivery to Northern Ireland, Scottish Highlands, offshore Islands (including Isle of Wight) and overseas – please call our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200 for an estimate. Special order and non-stocked goods may be delivered directly from our manufacturers and may incur additional time and charges to deliver. If these charges apply you will be advised at the time of ordering. We offer additional delivery options including guaranteed next day options. We also offer export delivery options. Please call our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200 for prices and information. Any delivery dates quoted are approximate and we cannot be held liable for any delay in delivery of goods. Damage and/or loss in transit If goods are delivered damaged, we must be notified within three working days of receipt of the goods, otherwise claims cannot be considered. If goods cannot be examined on delivery the buyer should sign as ‘unexamined’ and any damage or shortage of goods notified in writing to us within three working days after delivery. Delivery shortages must also be notified to us within three working days of delivery. In the event of non-delivery, we must be notified within seven working days of the date of advice or despatch. Hazardous Goods Items designated as Hazardous Goods are subject to specific Carriage of Dangerous Goods Regulations and as such will be despatched by the appropriate parcel service and will be charged at that appropriate rate, please note standard parcel service is only available for UK mainland addresses only. For worldwide delivery we will use third party shipment agencies. Please ask for a quotation at the time of ordering. Please note we cannot accept the return of Hazardous Goods.

Specifications and the Trade Descriptions Act 1968 Whilst every effort is made to ensure the information given in this catalogue is accurate, changes do occur, and goods can be discontinued. In this event we will offer as close an alternative as possible. All descriptions, images and illustrations are intended to convey a general description of the goods offered. However, due to our policy to improve goods whenever possible, specifications are subject to alterations without notice, and we accept no responsibility for any loss caused by such alterations having been made, provided the product is of comparable quality. We reserve the right to change specifications or improve our goods. Payment Prices are strictly nett for prompt 30-day payment. Thereafter we shall be entitled to recover interest on any unpaid amounts at 4% above the base rate of the Royal Bank of Scotland ruling at the date the purchase price is due. Goods remain our property until payment in full is received. Either a remittance or two approved trade references and a Bankers reference should accompany orders from customers who have no previous account. If you are a limited company, registered charity or public sector funded organisation, you may be eligible for a 30-day interest-free credit account and can pay on invoice. To apply for an invoice account call us on +44 (0) 1743 812 200. We accept all major credit and debit cards and you can be assured that your details are safe. We use standard internet encryption technology to encode all personal data that you send to us when placing an order through our website Title to Goods Risk of damage to, or loss of goods shall pass to the Buyer at the time of delivery. However, title to the goods remain the property of WF-Education Group until payment of the appropriate invoice is received in full, at which time ownership (title) of the goods will pass to the Buyer. Customer complaints We hope that you are pleased with any purchase you have made or service you have received from WF-Education Group. However, if for any reason you should have a complaint, please call our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200. We aim to sort out your complaint while you’re on the phone, but if this isn’t possible, we will agree a course of action with you. Trade restrictions Any transactions that are initiated involving (directly or indirectly) countries on the UK and/or US restricted trade list will not be processed without prior agreement. Buyers intending to order to or from one of these countries are advised to contact our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200 prior to placing the order. For an up to date list of restricted countries, please contact our Customer Support team or go to wf-education.com/traderestrictions. Export For up to date export pricing, payment terms and shipping terms, please contact our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200. E & OE (errors and omissions excepted)

Cancellations & Returns Customers must contact our Customer Support team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200 within 14 working days of delivery to obtain authorisation to return any Goods. Goods returned without prior authorisation will not be credited. We reserve the right to charge a minimum of £7.50 to cover any collection and restocking costs we may incur as a result of a customer ordering error. Customers must return all products unused and in their original packaging, including any manuals software or accessories supplied with the products. Computer software and consumables (discs, cartridges, cassettes etc.) can only be returned if the original packaging is unopened and any seals intact. Failure to follow these guidelines may invalidate any returns claim. We cannot accept returns on certain products that are made to order, assembled prior to delivery or assembled and installed, unless they are faulty. If you have purchased any equipment from us that fails within its warranty or guarantee period (usually within 12 months) we may offer you a prompt repair service, exchange or refund. In all cases we reserve the right to inspect the product and verify the fault. For orders of high value equipment (over £750) we reserve the right to charge a cancellation fee of up to 20% of the order value if the order is cancelled within 5 days of delivery. For overseas returns, please contact our Export Team on +44 (0) 1743 812 200 for details prior to returning any goods.

Timstar_UK_Cat_Cover_2020-21 V2.indd 12

28/08/2020 09:49


CHEMICALS

CHEMICALS

3


CHEMICALS

BEFORE BUYING OR USING CHEMICALS, PLEASE READ THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION CAREFULLY

UNDERSTANDING THE CLP LABELS

INFO

The CLP Regulation is the new EC Regulation No 1272/2008 on Classification, Labelling and Packaging of substances and mixtures. The legislation has been introduced throughout the EU as a new system to classify and label chemicals based on the United Nations Globally Harmonized System or GHS. Why is it changing?

The new system is to allow uniformity within the United Nations so that all countries worldwide have the same classification for transporting and supplying chemicals. The GHS provides a single system to identify the hazards that will be the same in every country.

When is it changing?

The CLP Regulation came into force on 20th January 2009, however a transitional period was put into place so that industry and users could adapt. Newly purchased substances must be classified, labelled and packaged according to CLP on 1st December 2010, however, those chemicals already on the shelves can continue to be supplied under old legislation until 1st December 2012. The corresponding dates for mixtures are 1st June 2015 and 1st June 2017 respectively.

What are the changes?

Users will start to see new pictograms, hazard and precautionary statements, and signal words on chemical labels as suppliers switch to the GHS system. Many of the new GHS pictograms are similar to the existing EU system, but they have been re-designed with new shape and colour. They are not an exact translation of the old symbols and instead of a specific hazard word e.g. toxic, flammable; they are numbered and assigned to a range of categories of substances, an example of this is shown on the following page in the example table.

Product Name

Acetaldehyde LR (Ethanal)

Alternative Product Name Hazard Statements/ Precaution Statements: see pages 6-7 for the full list of definitions.

What are the Signal words?

The CLP Regulation has introduced two new signal words: ‘Danger’ and ‘Warning’. If the chemical has a more severe hazard, the label includes the signal word ‘Danger,’ in the case of less severe hazards, the signal word is ‘Warning’. In some instances chemicals may have a signal word but no pictogram. As was the case under the old system there are also a number of substances which carry no hazard warning pictograms or signal words.

What do these changes mean?

As the criteria for classifying chemicals have changed, some chemicals you have previously used may have changed classification, and some that were not previously classified as hazardous may now be labelled as hazardous. If you use chemicals, you should: • Look out for the changes and check that you are doing what is needed to use the chemical safely. If you are an employer, alert your employees to these changes too. • Speak to your chemical supplier or CLEAPSS if you have any questions or if you don’t understand the changes that have been made. • If you are an employer, provide your employees with adequate information, instruction and training. • Follow the advice provided on the new labels and, where appropriate, in Safety Data Sheets.

Pictograms

Danger -27 °C

CH3CHO Relative Density = 0.7827 Boiling Point = 20.8 °C MW: 44.05   CAS: 75-07-0   UN: UN:3/UN1089 PG-1 Hazard: H224, H351, H319, H335 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 500 mL £32.54 AC1000

Flash Point Signal Word

Please note: The regulations governing the transportation of chemicals have also been subject to recent changes. The list of chemicals with special carriage requirements has expanded as a result of the ADR 2011 regulations (Carriage of dangerous goods European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road). Those chemicals which carry ADR restrictions are indicated within the ‘Chemicals’ section which follows, by a statement and, as in previous years, are subject to an additional carriage cost. Contact Customer Service Department for further information and charges.

4

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CHEMICALS

INFO

REGULATIONS TABLE CLP Regulation No 1272/2008

Example of hazard statement

Example of precautionary statement

Previous Example of Hazard

Previous Example of Statement

Heating may cause an explosion

Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. No smoking

Explosive

Risk of explosion friction, fire or other sources of ignition

Heating may cause a fire

Keep only in original container

Flammable

Highly flammable

May intensify fire; oxidizer

Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles

Oxidising

Contact with combustible material may cause fire

Contains gas under pressure; may explode when heated

Protect from sunlight. Store in a wellventilated place

Causes serious eye damage

Wear eye protection

Corrosive

Causes burns

Toxic if swallowed

Do not eat, drink or smoke when using this product

Toxic

Harmful if in contact with skin

May cause an allergic skin reaction

Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace

Irritant

May cause sensitization by skin contact

May cause allergy or asthma symptoms or breathing difficulties if inhaled

In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection

Toxic to the aquatic life with long lasting effects

Avoid release to the environment

Dangerous for the Environment

Very toxic to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment

GHS01

Previous Hazard symbols

GHS02

GHS03 This is a new symbol to show gases under pressure

GHS04

GHS05

GHS06

GHS07

GHS08

This is a new symbol to show longer term health hazards

GHS09

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

5


CHEMICALS HAZARD STATEMENTS H200

Unstable explosives.

H201

Explosive; mass explosion hazard.

H202

Explosive, severe projection hazard.

H302

Harmful if swallowed.

H203

Explosive; fire, blast or projection hazard.

H304

May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways.

May be corrosive to metals.

H361d

Suspected of damaging the unborn child.

EUH059

H300

Fatal if swallowed.

H361f

Toxic if swallowed.

Suspected of damaging fertility.

EUH

H301

H360Df

May damage the unborn child. Suspected of damaging fertility.

H290

H204

Fire or projection hazard.

H310

Fatal in contact with skin.

H362

May cause harm to breastfed children.

H205

May mass explode in fire.

H311

Toxic in contact with skin.

H370

Causes damage to organs.

H220

Extremely flammable gas.

H312

Flammable gas.

Harmful in contact with skin.

H371

H221

May cause damage to organs.

H222

Extremely flammable aerosol.

H314

Causes severe skin burns and eye damage.

H372

H373

H223

Flammable aerosol.

H315

Causes skin irritation.

H224

Extremely flammable liquid and vapour.

H317

May cause an allergic skin reaction.

H225

Highly flammable liquid and vapour.

H318

Causes serious eye damage.

Flammable liquid and vapour.

H319

Causes serious eye irritation.

H228

Flammable solid.

H330

Fatal if inhaled.

H240

Heating may cause an explosion.

H331

Toxic if inhaled.

H332

Harmful if inhaled.

H241

Heating may cause a fire or explosion.

H334

H242

Heating may cause a fire.

H250

Catches fire spontaneously if exposed to air.

H251 H252

H226

H260

Cyanoacrylate. Danger. Bonds skin and eyes in seconds. Keep out of the reach of children.

Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure.

EUH203

Contains chromium (VI). May produce an allergic reaction.

May cause damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure.

EUH204

Contains isocyanates. May produce an allergic reaction.

EUH205

Contains epoxy constituents. May produce an allergic reaction.

EUH206

Warning! Do not use together with other products. May release dangerous gases (chlorine).

EUH207

Warning! Contains cadmium. Dangerous fumes are formed during use. See information supplied by the manufacturer. Comply with the safety instructions.

EUH208

Contains <name of sensitising substance>. May produce an allergic reaction.

Very toxic to aquatic life. Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

H411

Toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

H412

Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.

May cause allergy or asthma symptoms or breathing difficulties if inhaled.

H413

May cause long lasting harmful effects to aquatic life.

EUH001

Explosive when dry.

H335

EUH006

Self-heating: may catch fire.

May cause respiratory irritation.

Explosive with or without contact with air.

H336

EUH014

Self-heating in large quantities; may catch fire.

May cause drowsiness or dizziness.

Reacts violently with water.

H340

May cause genetic defects.

EUH018

H341

Suspected of causing genetic defects.

In use may form flammable/explosive vapour-air mixture.

In contact with water releases flammable gases.

H270

May cause or intensify fire; oxidiser.

H271

May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidiser.

H272

May intensify fire; oxidiser.

H280

Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated.

H281

Warning! Contains lead.

EUH202

H400

H261

Contains refrigerated gas; may cause cryogenic burns or injury.

Contains lead. Should not be used on surfaces liable to be chewed or sucked by children.

H410

In contact with water releases flammable gases which may ignite spontaneously.

201/201A

Hazardous to the ozone layer.

H350

May cause cancer.

EUH019

H350i

May cause cancer by inhalation.

May form explosive peroxides.

EUH 209/209A

EUH044

H351

Suspected of causing cancer.

Risk of explosion if heated under confinement.

EUH029

Can become flammable in use.

H360

May damage fertility or the unborn child.

Contact with water liberates toxic gas.

EUH210

EUH031

Contact with acids liberates toxic gas.

Safety data sheet available on request.

EUH032

Contact with acids liberates very toxic gas.

EUH401

EUH066

Repeated exposure may cause skin dryness or cracking.

To avoid risks to human health and the environment, comply with the instructions for use.

P242

Use only non-sparking tools.

P243

Take precautionary measures against static discharge.

P244

Keep reduction valves free from grease and oil.

P250

Do not subject to grinding/ shock/…/friction.

P251

Pressurized container: Do not pierce or burn, even after use.

P260

Do not breathe dust/fume/ gas/mist/vapours/spray

H360F

May damage fertility.

H360FD

May damage fertility. May damage the unborn child

H360D

May damage the unborn child.

H361 Suspected of damaging fertility or the unborn child.

EUH070

Toxic by eye contact.

EUH071

Corrosive to the respiratory tract.

Can become highly flammable in use.

PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS If medical advice is needed, have product container or label at hand.

P211

P102

Keep out of reach of children.

P220

P103

Read label before use.

P201

Obtain special instructions before use.

P202

Do not handle until all safety precautions have been read and understood.

P101

P210

6

Keep away from heat/ sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. – No smoking.

P221

Do not spray on an open flame or other ignition source.

P230

Keep wetted with…

P231

Handle under inert gas.

Keep/Store away from clothing/…/combustible materials.

P232

Protect from moisture.

P233

Keep container tightly closed.

Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles…

P234

Keep only in original container.

P235

Keep cool.

P240

Ground/bond container and receiving equipment.

P241

Use explosion-proof electrical/ventilating/ lighting/…/ equipment.

P222

Do not allow contact with air.

P223

Keep away from any possible contact with water, because of violent reaction and possible flash fire.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CHEMICALS PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS continued P261

Avoid breathing dust/ fume/gas/mist/vapours/ spray.

P262

Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing.

P263

Avoid contact during pregnancy/while nursing.

P322

Specific measures (see … on this label).

P330

Rinse mouth.

P331

Do NOT induce vomiting.

P332

If skin irritation occurs:

P333

If skin irritation or rash occurs:

P264

Wash … thoroughly after handling.

P334

P270

Do no eat, drink or smoke when using this product.

Immerse in cool water/ wrap in wet bandages.

P335

Brush off loose particles from skin.

P271

Use only outdoors or in a well-ventilated area.

P336

P272

Contaminated work clothing should not be allowed out of the workplace.

Thaw frosted parts with lukewarm water. Do no rub affected area.

P337

If eye irritation persists:

P338

Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

P340

Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing.

P341

If breathing is difficult, remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing.

P273

Avoid release to the environment.

P280

Wear protective gloves/ protective clothing/ eye protection/face protection.

P281 P282

Use personal protective equipment as required. Wear cold insulating gloves/face shield/eye protection.

P342

Wear fire/flame resistant/retardant clothing.

If experiencing respiratory symptoms:

P350

Gently wash with plenty of soap and water.

P284

Wear respiratory protection.

P351

P285

In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection.

Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes.

P283

P231+P232 Handle under inert gas. Protect from moisture. P235+P410 Keep cool. Protect from sunlight. P301 IF SWALLOWED: P302

IF ON SKIN:

P303

IF ON SKIN (or hair):

P304

IF INHALED:

P305

IF IN EYES:

P352

Wash with plenty of soap and water.

P353

Rinse skin with water/ shower.

P360

Rinse immediately contaminated clothing and skin with plenty of water before removing clothes.

P361

Remove/Take off immediately all contaminated clothing.

P362

Take off contaminated clothing and wash before reuse.

IF exposed or concerned:

P363

IF exposed or if you feel unwell:

Wash contaminated clothing before reuse.

P370

In case of fire:

P371

In case of major fire and large quantities:

P372

Explosion risk in case of fire.

P373

DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives.

P374

Fight fire with normal precautions from a reasonable distance.

P306

IF ON CLOTHING:

P307

IF exposed:

P308 P309 P310

Immediately call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician.

P311

Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician.

P312

Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician if you feel unwell.

P313

Get medical advice/ attention.

P314

Get medical advice/ attention if you feel unwell.

P315

Get immediate medical advice/attention.

P320

Specific treatment is urgent (see … on this label).

P321

Specific treatment (see … on this label).

P375

Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion.

P376

Stop leak if safe to do so.

P377

Leaking gas fire:

Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely.

P378

Use … for extinction.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

P380 Evacuate area.

bandages.

P381

Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so.

P390

Absorb spillage to prevent material damage.

P391

Collect spillage.

P301+P310 IF SWALLOWED: Immediately call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician. P301+ P312 IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician if you feel unwell. P301+P330 IF SWALLOWED: rinse +P331 mouth. Do NOT induce vomiting. P302+ P334

IF ON SKIN: Immerse in cool water/wrap in wet bandages.

P302+P350 IF ON SKIN: Gently wash with plenty of soap and water. P302+P352 IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water.

P337+P313 If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/ attention. P342+P311 If experiencing respiratory symptoms: Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician. P370+P376 In case of fire: Stop leak if safe to do so. P370+P378 In case of fire: Use … for extinction. P370+P380 In case of fire: Evacuate area. P370+P380+P375 In case of fire: Evacuate area. Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion. P371+P380+P375 In case of major fire and large quantities: Evacuate area. Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion. P401

Store …

P402

Store in a dry place.

P403

Store in a well-ventilated place.

P404

Store in a closed container.

P405

Store locked up.

P406

Store in corrosive resistant/… container with a resistant inner liner.

P407

Maintain air gap between stacks/pallets.

P410

Protect from sunlight.

P411

Store at temperatures not exceeding …°C/…°F.

P412

Do not expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C/ 122°F.

P413

Store bulk masses greater than … kg/… lbs at temperatures not exceeding …°C/…°F.

P420

Store away from other materials.

P422

Store contents under …

P303+P361 +P353

IF ON SKIN (or hair): Remove/Take off immediately all contaminated clothing. Rinse skin with water/ shower.

P304+P340 IF INHALED: Remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. P304+P341 IF INHALED: If breathing is difficult, remove victim to fresh air and keep at rest in a position comfortable for breathing. P305+P351 +P338

IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue rinsing.

P306+P360 IF ON CLOTHING: rinse immediately contaminated clothing and skin with plenty of water before removing clothes. P307+P311 IF exposed: Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/physician. P308+P313 IF exposed or concerned: Get medical advice/ attention. P309+P311 IF exposed or if you feel unwell: Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/ physician. P332+P313 If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/ attention. P333+P313 If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice/attention. P335+P334 Brush off loose particles from skin. Immerse in cool water/wrap in wet

e: export@timstar.co.uk

P402+P404 Store in a dry place. Store in a closed container. P403+P233 Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed. P403+P235 Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep cool. P410+P403 Protect from sunlight. Store in a well-ventilated place. P410+P412 Protect from sunlight. Do no expose to temperatures exceeding 50°C/ 122°F. P411+P235 Store at temperatures not exceeding …°C/…°F. Keep cool. P501

Dispose of contents/ container to …

w: timstar.com

7


CHEMICALS

INFO

UNDERSTANDING YOUR NEW CLP LABELS! - HEALTH HAZARDS Hazard Class

Category

Category 1&2

Acute toxicity - Oral

Category 3

Category 4

Pictogram

Signal Word

H-Code

Hazard Statement

P-Codes

Danger

H300

Fatal if swallowed

P264 P270 P301+P310 P321 P330 P405 P501

Danger

Warning

H301

H302

Toxic if swallowed

Harmful if swallowed

P264 P270 P301+P310 P321 P330 P405 P501

Old Classification

Very Toxic R28

Very Toxic R25

P264 P270 P301+P312 P330 P501 Harmful R22

Aspiration hazard

Category 1

Category 1&2

Acute toxicity Dermal

Category 3

Category 4

Danger

Danger

Danger

Warning

Category 1A,1B,1C

Danger

Category 2

Warning

May be fatal if swallowed and enters airways

P301+P310 P331 P405 P501

Fatal in contact with skin

P262 P264 P270 P280 P302+P350 P310 P322 P361 P363 P405 P501

Toxic in contact with skin

P280 P302+P352 P312 P322 P361 P363 P405 P501

H312

Harmful in contact with skin

P280 P302+P352 P312 P322 P363 P501

H314

Causes severe skin burns and eye damage

P260 P264 P280 P301+P330+P331 P303+P361+P353 P363 P304+P340 P310 P321 P305+P351+P338 P405 P501

Causes skin irritation

P264 P280 P302+P352 P321 P332+P313 P362

H304

H310

H311

Skin corrosion/ irritation

Sensation - skin

Category 1

Category 1

Warning

Danger

H315

H317

H318

Serious eye damage/ eye irritation Category 2

Category 1&2

Acute toxicity inhalation

Category 3

Category 4

Warning

Danger

Danger

Warning

H319

H330

H331

Harmful R65

May cause an allergic skin reaction

P261 P272 P280 P302+P352 P333+P313 P321 P363 P501

Causes serious eye damage

P280 P305+P351+P338 P310

Causes serious eye irritation

P264 P280 P305+P351+P338 P337+P313

Fatal if inhaled

P260 P271 P284 P304+P340 P310 P320 P403+P233 P405 P501

Toxic if inhaled

Very Toxic R27

Toxic R24

Harmful R21

Corrosive R34, R35

Irritant R38

Irritant R43

Irritant R41

P261 P271 P304+P340 P311 P321 P403+P233 P405 P501

H332

Harmful if inhaled

H334

May cause allergy or asthma symptoms or breathing difficulties if inhaled

P261 P271 P304+P340 P312 P403+P233 P405 P501

May cause respiratory irritation

P261 P285 P304+P341 P342+P311 P501

Irritant 36

Very Toxic R26

Very Toxic R23

P261 P271 P304+P340 P312 Harmful R20

8

Sensitisation respiratory

Category 1

Specific target organ toxicity after single exposure

Category 3

Danger

Warning

H335

Harmful R42

Irritant R37

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CHEMICALS

INFO

UNDERSTANDING YOUR NEW CLP LABELS! - HEALTH HAZARDS Hazard Class Specific target organ toxicity after single exposure

Signal Word

H-Code

Hazard Statement

P-Codes

Old Classification

Category 3

Warning

H336

May cause drowsiness or dizziness

P261 P271 P304+P340 P312 P403+P233 P405 P501

No Symbol - R67

Category 1A,1B

Danger

H340

May cause genetic defects

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

Category 2

Warning

Suspected of causing genetic defects

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

Suspected of causing genetic defects

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

May cause cancer

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

Category

Pictogram

Germ cell mutagenicity

Category 1A,1B

Danger

Category 2

Warning

H341

H350

Carcinogenicity

Category 1A,1B

Danger

H351

H360

May damage fertility or the unborn child

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

H361

Suspected of damaging fertility or the unborn child

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

Reproductive toxicity Category 2 Reproductive toxicity effects on or via lactation

Specific target organ toxicity after single exposure

Specific target organ toxicity after repeated exposure

Hazardous to the aquatic environment acute hazard

Hazardous to the aquatic environment long-term hazard

Additional Category

Warning

No Pictogram

Category 1

Category 2

-

H362

May cause harm to breastfed children

P201 P202 P281 P308+P313 P405 P501

Danger

H370

Causes damage to organs

P201 P260 P263 P264 P270 P308+P313

H371

May cause damage to organs

P260 P264 P270 P307+P311 P321 P405 P501

H372

Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure

P260 P264 P270 P309+P311 P405 P501

H373

Causes damage to organs through prolonged or repeated exposure

P260 P264 P270 P314 P501

Warning

Category 1

Danger

Category 2

Warning

Category 1

Warning

H400

Very toxic to aquatic life

P260 P314 P501

Category 1

Warning

H410

Very toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects

P273 P391 P501

Category 2

Warning

H411

Toxic to aquatic life with long lasting effects

P273 P391 P501

Toxic R46

Harmful R68

Toxic R45, R49

Harmful R40

Toxic R60, R61

Harmful R62, R63 No Symbol - R64

Toxic R39

Harmful R68

Toxic R48

Harmful R33/R48

Dangerous for the environment R50 R50/53 R51/53

Category 3

No Pictogram

Warning

H412

Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects

P273 P501

No Symbol R52/53

Category 4

No Pictogram

Warning

H413

May cause long lasting harmful effects to aquatic life

P273 P501

No Symbol R52/53

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

9


CHEMICALS

INFO

UNDERSTANDING YOUR NEW CLP LABELS! - PHYSICAL HAZARDS Hazard Class

Category

Pictogram

Unstable Explosive

Division 1.1

H-Code

Hazard Statement

P-Codes

Danger

H200

Unstable Explosive

P201 P202 P281 P372 P373 P380 P401 P501

H201

Explosive; mass explosion hazard

P210 P230 P240 P250 P280 P370+P380 P372 P373 P401 P501

H202

Explosive; severe projection hazard

P210 P230 P240 P250 P280 P370+P380 P372 P373 P401 P501

H203

Explosive; fire, blast or projection hazard

P210 P230 P240 P250 P280 P370+P380 P372 P373 P401 P501

Warning

H204

Fire or projection hazard

P210 P240 P250 P280 P370+P380 P372 P373 P401 P501

No Classification

Danger

Division 1.2

Explosives

Signal Word

Danger

Division 1.3

Danger

Division 1.4

Explosive R2, R3

Explosive R2, R3

Explosive R2, R3

Explosive R2, R3

Division 1.5

No Pictogram

Danger

H205

May mass explode in fire

P210 P230 P240 P250 P280 P370+P380 P372 P373 P401 P501

No Classification

Division 1.6

No Pictogram

-

-

No Hazard Statement

No Precautionary Statement

No Classification

Danger

H220

Extremely flammable gas

P210 P377 P381 P403

Category 1

Extremely Flammable R12

Flammable gases Category 2

Category 1

No Pictogram

Warning

H221

Flammable gas

P210 P377 P381 P403

Danger

H222

Extremely flammable aerosol

P210 P211 P251 P410 + P412

Flammable aerosols

Flammable liquids

Old Classification

-

R12

Category 2

Warning

H223

Flammable aerosol

P210 P211 P251 P410 + P412

No Symbol R10

Category 1

Danger

H224

Extremely flammable liquid and vapour

P210 P233 P240 P241 P242 P243 P280 P303+P361+P353 P370+P378 P403+P235 P501

R12

H225

Highly flammable liquid and vapour

P210 P233 P240 P241 P242 P243 P280 P303+P361+P353 P370+P378 P403+P235 P501

R11

P210 P233 P240 P241 P242 P243 P280 P303+P361+P353 P370+P378 P403+P235 P501 P210 P240 P241 P280 P370 + P378

Category 2

Danger

Category 3

Warning

H226

Flammable Liquid and vapour

Category 1

Danger

H228

Flammable Solid

No Symbol R10

Highly Flammable R11

Flammable solids Category 2

Warning

H228

Flammable Solid

P210 P240 P241 P280 P370 + P378

H240

Heating may cause an explosion

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P370+P380+P375 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Explosive R2, R3

H241

Heating may cause a fire or explosion

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P370+P380+P375 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

R2, R3

H242

Heating may cause a fire

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Heating may cause a fire

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Highly Flammable R11

Type A

Self-reactive substances and mixtures

Type B

Type C&D

Type E&F

10

Danger

Danger

Danger

Warning

H242

R12

Extremely Flammable R12

Extremely Flammable R12

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CHEMICALS

INFO

UNDERSTANDING YOUR NEW CLP LABELS! - PHYSICAL HAZARDS Hazard Class

Self-reactive substances and mixtures

Category

Pictogram

Signal Word

H-Code

Hazard Statement

P-Codes

Old Classification

Type G

No Pictogram

-

-

-

-

-

Danger

H240

Heating may cause an explosion

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P370+P380+P375 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Explosive R2, R3

H241

Heating may cause a fire or explosion

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P370+P380+P375 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

H242

Heating may cause a fire

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Heating may cause a fire

P210 P220 P234 P280 P370+P378 P403+P235 P411 P420 P501

Type A

Type B

Organic Peroxides

Warning

Type C&D

Danger

Type E&F

Type G Pyrophoric liquids & Pyrophoric solids

Self-heating substances or mixtures

Danger

No Pictogram

Category 1

Category 1

Category 2

Category 1 Substances or mixtures which, in contact with water emit flammable gases

Category 2

Category 3

Oxidising gases

Category 1

Category 1 Oxidising liquids & Oxidising Solids

Category 2

Category 3

Gases under pressure

Corrosive to metals

H242

R2, R3

R12

Extremely Flammable R12

Extremely Flammable R12

-

-

-

-

Warning

H250

Catches fire spontaneously if exposed to air

P210 P222 P280 P302+P334 P370+P378 P422

H251

Self-heating; may catch fire

P235+P410 P280 P407 P413 P420

H252

Self-heating in large quantities; may catch fire

P235+P410 P280 P407 P413 P420

H260

In contact with water releases flammable gases which may ignite spontaneously

P223 P231+P232 P280 P335+P334 P370+P378 P402+P404 P501

H261

In contact with water releases flammable gas

P223 P231+P232 P280 P335+P334 P370+P378 P402+P404 P501

H261

In contact with water releases flammable gas

P231+P232 P280 P370+P378 P402+P404 P501

H270

May cause or intensify fire; oxidiser

P220 P244 P370+P376 P403

H271

May cause fire or explosion; strong oxidiser

P210 P220 P221 P280 P283 P306+P360 P371+P380+P375 P370+P378 P501

H272

May intensify fire; oxidiser

P210 P220 P221 P280 P370+P378 P501

H272

May intensify fire; oxidiser

P210 P220 P221 P280 P370+P378 P501

P410+P403

No Classification

Danger

Warning

Warning

Danger

Warning

Danger

Danger

Warning

Danger

No Classification

R17

Extremely Flammable R12

Extremely Flammable R12

Highly Flammable R15

Highly Flammable R15

Highly Flammable R15

Oxidising R8, R9

Oxidising R8, R9

Oxidising R8, R9

Oxidising R8, R9

Compressed gas Liquified gas dissolved gas

Warning

H280

Contains gas under pressure; may explode if heated

Refrigerated liquified gas

Warning

H281

Contains refrigerated gas under pressure; may cause cryogenic burns or injury

P282 P336 P315 P403

No Classification

Category 1

Warning

H290

May be corrosive to metals

P234 P390 P404

No Classification

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

11


12

9.01 12

Be

4

2

40.08 38

87.62 56

Sr

226.03

Act.

89 - 103

Lan.

57 - 71

88.91

Y

44.96 39

Actinide series

Lanthanide series

Ra

(223)

Fr

137.33 88

132.91 87

Cs Ba

85.47 55

Rb

21

3

Ca Sc

39.10 37

K

24.31 20

22.99 19

Na Mg

6.94 11

Li

1.01 3

H

1

1

Ti

V 51.99 42

55.85 44

26

8

58.93 45

Co

27

9

58.69 46

Ni

28

10 30

12

B

26.98 31

Al

10.81 13

5

13

183.85 106

W

95.96 74

101.07 76

186.21 107

190.23 108

Re Os

(98) 75

192.22 109

Ir

102.91 77

195.08 110

Pt

106.42 78

63.55 47

65.38 48

112.41 80

196.97 111

200.59 112

Au Hg

107.97 79

150.36 94

151.96 95

157.25 96

64

(280)

158.93 97

65

(285)

(244)

(243)

(247)

Halogens

237.05

(247)

Np Pu Am Cm Bk

(145 ) 93

63

(281 )

Alkali earth metals

238.04

U

144.24 92

62

(268)

Si

28.09 32

69.72 49

N

30.97 33

P

14.01 15

7

15

Fl

S

78.96 52

Se

32.06 34

168.93 101

69

(293)

Lv

(209) 116

Po

127.60 84

Cl

(252)

Semi-metals

(257)

173.04 102

70

(294)

Ts

(210 ) 117

(259)

Non-metals

Basic metals

(258)

131.29 86

Xe

83.80 54

Kr

39.95 36

Ar

20.18 18

Ne

4.00 10

He

2

18

(260)

Lr

174.97 103

Lu

71

(294)

Og

(222) 118

At Rn

126.91 85

I

79.90 53

Br

35.45 35

Er Tm Yb 167.26 100

68

(288)

Mc

208.98 115

Bi

121.75 83

F

19.00 17

9

17

Es Fm Md No

164.93 99

67

Noble gases

(251 )

Cf

162.5 0 98

66

(289)

Nh

Pb

118.70 82

207.20 114

(284)

74.93 51

O

16.00 16

8

16

Sn Sb Te

204.38 113

Tl

114.82 81

72.63 50

Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho

61

(265)

Transition elements (metals)

231.04

140.91 91

60

(264)

Alkali metals

232.04

140.12 90

Pa

59

(263)

Ac Th

58

(262)

C

12.01 14

6

14

Cu Zn Ga Ge As

29

11

Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn

180.95 105

Ta

92.91 73

Pr

227.03

54.94 43

25

7

Cr Mn Fe

24

6

Relative atomic mass (atomic weight)

Atomic number (number of protons)

Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In

50.94 41

23

5

6.94

Li

Ce

138 .91 89

La

57

(265)

Rf

178.49 104

Hf

91.22 72

Zr

47.87 40

22

4

Element Symbol

3

Group

PERIODIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P e r i o d

CHEMICALS

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Name

Hydrogen Helium Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulphur Chlorine Argon Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese Iron Cobalt Nickel Copper Zinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium

Symbol

H He Li Be B C N O F Ne Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr Rb Sr Y Zr

1 18 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2 3 4

Group 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5

Period

Atomic number 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80

w: timstar.com

Sb from the Latin stibium;

W from the Latin wolfram;

Derivations of some symbols: Na from the Latin natrium; K from the Latin kalium;

Atomic number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium Tin Antimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon Caesium Barium Lanthanum Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium * Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum Gold Mercury

Name

Au from the Latin aurum;

Fe from the Latin ferrum;

Lu Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg

Yb

Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe Cs Ba La Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm

Symbol

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Hg from the Latin hydrargyrum;

Cu from the Latin cuprum;

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

series series series series series series series series series series series series series series series

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6

Period

Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide Lanthanide

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2

Group Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn Fr Ra AC Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt Ds Rg Cn Nh Fl Mc Lv Ts Og

Symbol

Name Thallium Lead Bismuth Polonium* Astatine* Radon* Francium* Radium* Actinium* Thorium* Protactinium* Uranium* Neptunium* Plutonium* Americium* Curium* Berkelium* Californium* Einsteinium* Fermium* Mendelevium* Nobelium* Lawrencium* Rutherfordium* Dubnium* Seaborgium* Bohrium* Hassium* Meitnerium* Darmstadtium* Roentgenium* Copernicium* Nihonium Flerovium* Moscovium Livermorium* Tennessine Oganesson

6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7

Period

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

Actinide series

Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series Actinide series

13 14 15 16 17 18 1 2

Group

Pb from the Latin plumbum;

Ag from the Latin argentum; Sn from the Latin stannum;

* = radioactive

Atomic number 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118

PERIODIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS

CHEMICALS

13


CHEMICALS

AC

CARRIAGE SURCHARGE:

Certain chemicals e.g. lithium, potassium, methanol, bromine etc, may now only be transported by ADR vocationally trained drivers. This has forced us to implement a carriage surcharge (subject to application) per order which contains these chemicals (which are clearly marked in the chemical section). Please note: The regulations governing the transportation of chemicals have also been subject to recent changes. The list of chemicals with special carriage requirements has expanded as a result of the ADR 2011 regulations (Carriage of dangerous goods European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road). Those chemicals which carry ADR restrictions are indicated within the ‘Chemicals’ section, which follows, by a statement and, as in previous years, are subject to an additional carriage cost.

Certain chemicals are of a hazardous nature and require special delivery and handling, which can be expensive or cause delays with the delivery. For this reason we separate chemical requirements from all enquiries and provide a separate quotation for hazardous chemicals. Contact our Export Customer Support Team on: +44 (0) 1743 812 201 or email: export@timstar.co.uk with all your enquiries.

Acetaldehyde LR (Ethanal)

Acetic anhydride LR (Ethanoic anhydride)

Danger -27 °C

CH3CHO Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.7827 Boiling Point = 20.8 °C MW: 44.05   CAS: 75-07-0   UN: UN:3/UN1089 PG-1 Hazard: H224, H351, H319, H335 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 AC1000

AC1036 AC1038

Acetic acid 1.0M (Ethanoic acid)

Acetic acid glacial (17.4M) (Ethanoic acid)

Danger 39 °C

CH3COOH Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 1.0491 Boiling Point = 117.9 °C MW: 60.05   CAS: 64-19-7   UN: UN: 8+3/UN2789 PG-2 Hazard: H226, H314 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P264 AC1018 AC14005

£8.03 £10.73

500 mL 1L

Acetic acid glacial AR (17.4M) (Ethanoic acid)

Danger 39 °C

CH3COOH Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 1.0491 Boiling Point = 117.9 °C MW: 60.05   CAS: 64-19-7   UN: UN: 8+3/UN2789 PG-2 Hazard: H226, H314 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P264 AC1027

1L

£12.56

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

14

£7.90 £11.88

Danger

(CH3)2CO Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.7972 Boiling Point = 56.4 °C MW: 58.08   CAS: 67-64-1   UN: UN:3/UN1090 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

£17.28

2.5 L

100 mL 500 mL

Acetone LR (13.2M) (Propanone)

CH3COOH Assay = 6% Relative Density = 1.0600 MW: 60.05   CAS: 64-19-7   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P305+P351+P338 AC1030

54 °C

(CH3CO)2O Assay = >98% Relative Density = 1.0810 Boiling Point = 139.6 °C MW: 102.09   CAS: 108-24-7   UN: UN: 8+3/UN1715 PG-2 Hazard: H226, H332, H302, H314 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P301+P330+P331, P305+P351+P338

£32.54

500 mL

Danger

AC14015

1L

£7.29

Acetone AR (13.55M) (Propanone)

Danger

(CH3)2CO Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.7972 Boiling Point = 56.4 °C MW: 58.08   CAS: 67-64-1   UN: UN:3/UN1090 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235 AC14025

1L

Relative Density

-18 °C

-18 °C

£8.78

INFO

Relative density or specific gravity is the ratio of the density of a substance to the density of a given reference material. The standard reference material is water @ 4 °C. The term “relative density” is often preferred in scientific usage. It is defined as a ratio of density of particular substance with that of water.

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


AC-AM

CHEMICALS

Acetyl chloride (Ethanoyl chloride)

CH3COCl Assay = 98% Relative Density = 1.1000 Boiling Point = 51 °C MW: 78.5   CAS: 75-36-5   UN: UN:3+8/UN1717 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H314, EUH014 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 AC1058

Aluminium powder fine

Danger 5 °C

AL1116

£19.44

100 mL

AlCl3 ·6H2O Assay = 100% Melting Point = 100 °C MW: 241.43   CAS: 7784-13-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

C10H14N5Na2O13P3 ·3H2O MW: 605.19   CAS: 51963-61-2   UN: Non restricted £11.75 £55.28

1g 5g

Adipoyl chloride in Cyclohexane (5 % solution)

AL1146

-18 °C

£22.82

100 mL

To make up, add 10-20 g/L of water CAS: 9002-18-0   UN: Non restricted £11.68 £26.93

100 g 250 g

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 156

CAS: 9006-50-2   UN: Non restricted £9.05

£23.49

Al Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 660 °C MW: 26.98   CAS: 7429-90-5   UN: Non restricted

AL1172

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert

NON RETURNABLE

500 g

Danger

£6.14

Amino acid set

£26.33

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

£9.65

500 g

Al2(SO4)3 ·16H2O Assay = <100% Relative Density = 1.6900 Melting Point = 86.5 °C MW: 630.4   CAS: 16828-11-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318 Precaution: P280, P305+P351+P338, P310

£17.96

250 g

£11.07

500 g

Aluminium sulfate 16-water

Aluminium powder coarse

AL1120

Aluminium oxide calcined LR (Alumina)

AL1162

Al Melting Point = 660 °C MW: 26.98   CAS: 7429-90-5   UN: Non restricted 1 Book

£8.30

250 g

AlK(SO4)2 ·12H2O Assay = 36% Relative Density = 1.0450 Melting Point = 92.5 °C MW: 474.39   CAS: 7784-24-9   UN: Non restricted

Aluminium metal leaf

AL1115

Warning

Aluminium potassium sulfate 12-water LR (Potash alum)

Al Melting Point = 660 °C MW: 26.98   CAS: 7429-90-5   UN: Non restricted 250 g

£24.98

500 g

Aluminium nitrate 9-water LR

AL1158

Aluminium foil 0.1mm

AL1114

AL1151

Al2O3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 3.9800 Melting Point = 2050 °C MW: 101.96   CAS: 1344-28-1   UN: Non restricted

Albumen egg powder 100 g

Al(OH)3 Assay = 99% Melting Point = 300 °C MW: 78   CAS: 21645-51-2   UN: Non restricted

AL1152

Nutrient Agar

AL1102

£10.06

100 g

Al(NO3)3 ·9H2O Assay = >98% Melting Point = 73 °C MW: 375.13   CAS: 7784-27-2   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1438 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H315, H319 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280

Agar powder AG1092 AG1094

Warning

Aluminium hydroxide

Danger

Melting Point = ~6.5 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3+8/UN2924 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H314, H336, H410 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P305+P351+P338, P301+P310, P331 AD1084

£17.28

250 g

Aluminium chloride 6-water LR

Adenosine-5-triphosphoric acid (ATP) (diSodium salt hydrate (ATP) AD1070 AD1072

Danger

Al Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 660 °C MW: 26.98   CAS: 7429-90-5   UN: UN: 4.3/UN1396 PG-2 Hazard: H261, H250 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380

Consisting of 17 tubes of 1 g each of the following: L-Alanine, L-Arginine, L-Asparagine, L-Cystine, L-Glutamic acid, Glycine, L-Histidine monohydrochloride, L-Leucine, L-Lysine monohydrochloride, DL-Methionine, DL-Phenylalanine, L-Proline, L-Serine, L-Threonine, L-Tryptophane, L-Tyrosine, L-Valine CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted AM1186

17 x 1 g

£48.53

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

15


CHEMICALS

Ammonia solution ~35 % LR

AM

Danger

NH3 Assay About 35 % Relative Density = 0.8900 Boiling Point = 20 °C MW: 17.03   CAS: 1336-21-6   UN: UN: 8/UN2672 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H400, H335 Precaution: P260, P280, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P273 AM1188 AM1190

£9.99 £19.17

1L 2.5 L

£21.47

500 g

Warning

NH4HCO3 ·NH2COONH4 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 2.5300 Melting point = 58 °C MW: 157.13   CAS: 10361-29-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 AM1222

£10.26

500 g

Ammonium chloride LR

Warning

NH4Cl Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.5274 Boiling Point = 340 °C MW: 53.49   CAS: 12125-02-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H319 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P310, P330, P280, P305+P351+P338 AM1230 AM1232

£3.98 £20.79

500 g 3 Kg

Ammonium dichromate LR

100 g

£11.07

di-Ammonium hydrogen phosphate (V) LR

(NH4)2HPO4 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 1.6200 Melting Point = 155 °C MW: 132.06   CAS: 7783-28-0   UN: Non restricted AM1266

500 g

£11.81

di-Ammonium iron (II) sulfate 6-water LR Warning (Ammonium ferrous sulfate)

(NH4)2SO4FeSO4 ·6H2O Assay = <100% Relative Density = 1.8640 Melting Point = 100 °C MW: 392.14   CAS: 7783-85-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 AM1268

500 g

£26.33

£30.51

AM1276

500 g

£26.46

Ammonium metavanadate LR (Ammonium trioxovanadate)

Danger

NH4VO3 Assay = >99.8% Relative Density = 2.3000 Melting Point = 70 °C MW: 116.98   CAS: 7803-55-6   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2859 PG-2 Hazard: H301, H330, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P281, P264, P270, P260, P301+P310, P305+P351+P338 AM1284

100 g

£33.21

Ammonium molybdate (VI) 4-water LR (Ammonium heptamolybdate)

Warning

(NH4)6Mo7O24 ·4H2O Assay = >98% MW: 1235.86   CAS: 12054-85-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P261, P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352, P337+P313, P332+P313 100 g

£28.28

Ammonium nitrate LR

Warning

NH4NO3 Assay = >99.9% Relative Density = 1.7250 Melting Point = 169 °C MW: 80.04   CAS: 6484-52-2   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1942 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 AM1298

500 g

£17.96

Ammonium oxalate 1-water LR (Ammonium ethanedioate)

Warning

(COONH4)2 ·H2O Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.5000 Melting Point = 70 °C MW: 142.11   CAS: 6009-70-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302+H312 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 AM1258

100 g

£20.18

Ammonium sulfate LR

(NH4)2SO4 Assay = 98.5% min Melting point = >280 °C MW: 132.14   CAS: 7783-20-2   UN: Non restricted AM1310

500 g

£5.94

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

16

Warning

NH4Fe(SO4)2 ·12H2O Assay = ~99% Melting Point = 39-41 °C MW: 482.19   CAS: 7783-83-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313

AM1288

Danger

(NH4)2Cr2O7 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 2.1500 Melting Point = 180 °C MW: 252.06   CAS: 7789-09-5   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1439 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H350, H340, H360, H330, H301, H372, H312, H314 Precaution: P210, P220, P280 AM1246

500 g

Ammonium iron (III) sulfate 12-water (Ammonium ferric sulfate)

CH3COONH4 Flash Point: 136 °C Relative Density = 1.4500 Melting Point = 114 °C MW: 77.08   CAS: 631-61-8   UN: Non restricted

Ammonium carbonate LR (Carbonic Acid)

(NH4)2SO4FeSO4 ·6H2O Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.8640 Melting Point = 100 °C MW: 392.14   CAS: 7783-85-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 AM1271

Ammonium acetate LR

AM1208

di-Ammonium iron (II) sulfate 6-water AR Warning (Ammonium Ferrous Sulphate)

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


AM-BE

CHEMICALS

Ammonium thiocyanate LR

Warning

NH4SCN Assay = 100% Relative Density = 1.3050 Melting Popint = 149 °C MW: 76.12   CAS: 1762-95-4   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2811 PG-3 Hazard: H302+H312+H332, H412, EUH032 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353 AM1318

£6.41

100 g

Aniline LR (Phenylamine)

Danger

£6.68

100 mL

BA1486

Danger

Ba Assay = <100% Relative Density = 3.8560 Melting Point = 725 °C MW: 137.33   CAS: 7440-39-3   UN: UN: 4.3/UN1400 PG-2 Hazard: H228, H261, H315, H319, H335, EUH014 Precaution: P210, P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380 £38.75

Barium chloride 2-water LR

Danger

BaCl2 ·2H2O Assay = <100% Relative Density = 3.8560 Melting Point = 960 °C MW: 244.27   CAS: 10326-27-9   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1564 PG-3 Hazard: H301, H332 Precaution: P405, P270, P280, P301+P310, P261, P304+P340 500 g

£9.32

250 g

£28.28

500 g

BaSO4 Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 4.4000 Melting Point = 1350 °C MW: 233.39   CAS: 7727-43-7   UN: Non restricted

£7.97

100 g

Barium metal (in liquid paraffin)

BA1462

BA1474

Barium sulfate precipitated LR

C6H8O6 Relative Density = 1.6500 Melting Point = 191 °C MW: 176.13   CAS: 50-81-7   UN: Non restricted

10 g

Danger

Ba(NO3)2 Assay = >98% Relative Density = 1.8200 Melting Point = 592 °C MW: 261.34   CAS: 10022-31-8   UN: UN: 5.1+6.1/UN1446 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H332, H302 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280

BA1490

£7.90

250 g

L-Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C)

BA1452

£7.56

500 g

BaSO4 Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 4.4000 Melting Point = 1350 °C MW: 233.39   CAS: 7727-43-7   UN: Non restricted

Al2O3 Relative Density = 3.9500 Melting Point = 2050 °C MW: 101.96   CAS: 1344-28-1   UN: Non restricted

AS1426

BA1470

Barium sulfate for soil testing

Anti-bumping granules Refined Aluminium Oxide

AN1394

Danger

Ba(OH)2 ·8H2O Assay = <100% Relative Density = 2.1800 Melting Point = 380 °C MW: 315.47   CAS: 12230-71-6   UN: UN: 8/UN3262 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H314, H332 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

Barium nitrate LR (Barium Salt)

C6H5NH2 Assay = >98.5%    Flash Point: 75 °C Relative Density = 1.0220 Boiling Point = 184 °C MW: 93.13   CAS: 62-53-3   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1547 PG-2 Hazard: H351, H341, H301+H311+H331, H372, H317, H318, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 AN14005

Barium hydroxide 8-water LR

£15.26

500 g

£13.77

Beeswax (White)

Flash Point: 245 °C Relative Density = 0.9550 Melting Point = 63 °C CAS: 8012-89-3   UN: Non restricted BE1492

500 g

£23.49

Benedict’s solution (Qualitative)

Warning

Relative Density = 1.1700 CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 9/UN3082 PG-3 Hazard: H319, H411 Precaution: P264, P280, P302+P352, P332+P313, P273 BE1498 BE1500

£4.25 £13.91

500 mL 2.5 L

Benedict’s solution (Quantitative) CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 9/UN3082 PG-3 Hazard: H319, H410 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338 BE1504

500 mL

Warning

£22.14

Benzaldehyde LR

Warning

C6H5CHO Assay = 100%    Flash Point: 66 °C Relative Density = 1.0520 Boiling Point = 179 °C MW: 106.12   CAS: 100-52-7   UN: UN: 9/UN1990 PG-3 Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 BE1510

NON RETURNABLE

500 mL

£22.14

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

17


CHEMICALS

BE-BU

Benzoic acid LR (Benzenecarboxylic Acid)

Bromine water 0.2M (Shelf life less than 6 months)

Danger

C6H5COOH Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 121 °C Relative Density = 1.3200 Melting Point = 122 °C MW: 122.12   CAS: 65-85-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318, H315, H372 Precaution: P260, P264, P280, P362, P305+P351=P388, P310 BE1518

Br2 (Shelf life less than 6 months) Relative Density = 1.0200 MW: 159.81   CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 8+6.1/UN1744 PG-1 Hazard: H314, H400, H330 Precaution: P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331, P405, P273

£15.26

250 g

Benzoyl chloride LR (Benzene Carbonyl Chloride)

BR1604

Danger

Benzyl alcohol LR (Phenylmethanol)

Warning

C6H5CH2OH Assay = >98.5%    Flash Point: 101 °C Relative Density = 1.0450 Boiling Point = 205 °C MW: 108.14   CAS: 100-51-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302+H332, H319 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330, P305+P351+P338 BE1536

£4.46

CAS: 11006-55-6   UN: Non restricted £28.22

25 g

Biuret reagent

Warning

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319, H315 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P332+P313 BI1572

£5.87

500 mL

Boric acid crystals LR (Trioxyboric (III) acid)

Danger

H3BO3 Assay = >99% Melting Point = 171 °C MW: 61.83   CAS: 10043-35-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H360 Precaution: P201, P281, P308+P313 BO1580

£8.51

500 g

Brass Filings

Danger

Br2 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 3.1200 Boiling Point = 58.8 °C MW: 159.81   CAS: 7726-95-6   UN: UN: 8+6.1/UN1744 PG-1 Hazard: H330, H314, H400 Precaution: P280, P304+P340, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

18

100 mL

Danger 21 °C

25 mL 100 mL

£11.95 £26.93

Danger

BR1660 BR1662

25 mL 100 mL

16 °C

£17.28 £55.28

Bromothymol blue (Btb)

C27H28Br2O5S MW: 624.38   CAS: 76-59-5   UN: Non restricted BR1676

5g

£10.73

Bromothymol blue aqueous 0.04% indicator solution Relative Density = 1.0000 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BR1682

500 mL

£10.60

Buffer solution glycine pH2

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted 500 mL

£4.86

Buffer solution Phthalate pH3 £27.68

250 g

Bromine (supplied as 100ml bottle)

BR13005

£11.81

2-Bromobutane LR (sec-Butyl bromide)

BU1686

60:40 Cu:Zn UN: non restricted BR1586

100 mL

(CH3)3CBr Assay = 97% Relative Density = 1.2120 Boiling Point = 74 °C MW: 137.02   CAS: 507-19-7   UN: UN: 3/UN2342 PG-2 Hazard: H225 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

Bile salts (Sodium tauroglycocholate) SO5846

13 °C

2-Bromo-2-methylpropane (tert-Butyl Bromide)

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted 500 mL

BR1614

BR1618 BR1620

Bicarbonate Indicator stock solution BI1548

Danger

CH3CHBrCH2CH3 Assay = >98% Boiling Point = 91 °C MW: 137.02   CAS: 78-76-2   UN: UN: 3/UN2339 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H412 Precaution: P240, P210, P233, P243, P280, P403+P233

£26.33

500 mL

£13.77

CH3(CH2)3Br Assay = >98% Density = 1.276 g/cm3 @ 25 °C Boiling Point = 100 °C MW: 137.02   CAS: 109-65-9   UN: UN: 3/UN1126 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H315, H319, H335, H411 Precaution: P210, P261, P281, P305+P351+P338

£13.77

100 mL

200 mL

1-Bromobutane LR (Butyl bromide)

C6H5COCl Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 93 °C Relative Density = 1.2200 Boiling Point = 198 °C MW: 140.57   CAS: 98-88-4   UN: UN: 8/UN1736 PG-2 Hazard: H302+H312+H332, H314, H317 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 BE1524

Danger

£86.33

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1688

500 mL

£5.47

Buffer solution Phthalate pH4 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1690

500 mL

£4.79

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


BU-CA

CHEMICALS

Buffer solution Phthalate pH5

Butanone LR (Methyl ethyl ketone)

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1692

Buffer solution Phosphate pH6 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1694

£4.86

500 mL

Buffer solution Phosphate pH7

BU14005

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1696

£5.33

500 mL

£4.86

Buffer solution Borate pH9

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1700

£4.86

500 mL

BU1762 BU1764

Buffer solution Borate pH10 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1702

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

£19.44

50 Tabs.

Buffer tablets pH7.0 (Phosphate) CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted BU1708

BU1758 £17.28

50 Tabs.

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted 50 Tabs.

£20.12

Butanoic acid LR (Butyric acid)

Danger

CH3CH2CH2COOH Assay = 99.5%    Flash Point: 67 °C Relative Density = 0.9600 Boiling Point = 164 °C MW: 88.11   CAS: 107-92-6   UN: UN: 8/UN2820 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H302 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 BU1732

250 mL

Butan-1-ol (n-Butyl alcohol)

£17.96

Danger 29 °C

500 mL 2.5 L

500 mL

NON RETURNABLE

Warning

£10.33 £31.86

25 g 100 g

Calcium metal - granular

Danger

Ca Assay = 98.5% Melting Point = 850 °C MW: 40.08   CAS: 7440-70-2   UN: UN: 4.3/UN1401 PG-2 Hazard: H261 Precaution: P223, P232, P280, P335+P334, P378, P402+P404 £7.56 £18.63

25 g 100 g

(CH3COO)2Ca ·H2O Assay = 99% MW: 176.18   CAS: 62-54-4   UN: Non restricted £12.96

250 g

Calcium bromide LR

Warning 31 °C

£13.16

Warning

CaBr2 ·xH2O Assay = >98% MW: 199.89   CAS: 7789-41-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 CA1840

£20.12

100 g

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

CA1826 CA1828

CA1838

CH3CH2CHOHCH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.8090 Boiling Point = 99.5 °C MW: 74.12   CAS: 78-92-2   UN: UN: 3/UN1120 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H319, H335, H336 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 BU1742

£14.58

250 mL

Calcium acetate LR (Calcium ethanoate)

£7.90 £17.96

Butan-2-ol (sec-Butyl alcohol)

-9 °C

C8H10N4O2 Assay = 100% Relative Density = 1.2300 Melting Point = 235-239 °C Approx. MW: 194.19   CAS: 58-08-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

CA1832 CA1834

CH3(CH2)3OH Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 0.8090 Boiling Point = 117.5 °C MW: 74.12   CAS: 71-36-3   UN: UN: 3/UN1120 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H302, H335, H315, H318, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P301+P330+P331, P305+P351+P338 BU1736 BU1738

Danger

Caffeine LR (1,3,7-Trimethylxanthine)

Buffer tablets pH9.2 (Borate) BU1710

£10.46 £31.19

100 mL 500 mL

CH3(CH2)3NH2 Assay = >98% Relative Density = 0.7370 Boiling Point = 78 °C MW: 73.14   CAS: 109-73-9   UN: UN: 3+8/UN1125 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H332, H312, H302, H314, H335 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352

Buffer tablets pH4.0 (Phthalate) BU1706

-7 °C

n-Butylamine LR (1-Aminobutane)

£4.86

500 mL

Danger

CH3CH2CH2CHO Assay = 98% Relative Density = 0.8000 Boiling Point = 74 °C MW: 72.11   CAS: 123-72-8   UN: UN: 3/UN1129 PG-2 Hazard: H225 Precaution: P210, P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted 500 mL

£16.61

1L

Butanal (n-Butyraldehyde)

Buffer solution Borate pH8 BU1698

-1 °C

CH3COCH2CH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.8061 Boiling Point = 79.6 °C MW: 72.11   CAS: 78-93-3   UN: UN: 3/UN1193 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

£5.33

500 mL

Danger

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

19


CHEMICALS

CA

Calcium carbide T

Danger

CaC2 Assay = >80% Relative Density = 2.2200 Melting point = 2300 °C MW: 64.1   CAS: 75-20-7   UN: UN: 4.3/UN1402 PG-2 Hazard: H260, H314 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380, P260 CA1844

£51.23

500 g

Calcium carbonate - precipitated LR

Calcium chloride 6-Water LR

Warning

CaCl2 ·6H2O Assay = >50% Relative Density = 1.6800 Melting Point = 30 °C MW: 219.08   CAS: 7774-34-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CA1868

£24.98

500 g

Calcium chloride anhydrous - granular LR Warning CaCl2 Assay = >77% Relative Density = 1.6800 Melting Point = 176 °C MW: 110.99   CAS: 10043-52-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CA1856

£5.33

500 g

Calcium chloride anhydrous - lump LR

Warning

CaCl2 Assay = >90% Relative Density = 1.6800 Melting Point = 176 °C MW: 110.99   CAS: 10043-52-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CA1862

£11.21

500 g

Calcium hydroxide LR (Calcium Dihydrate)

Danger

Ca(OH)2 Assay = >92% Relative Density = 2.3430 MW: 74.09   CAS: 1305-62-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318, H315, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CA1880

1 Kg

£6.01

Calcium nitrate 4-water LR Warning (Norwegian Saltpeter Tetrahydrate)

Ca(NO3)2 ·4H2O Assay = >98% Relative Density = 1.8200 Melting Point = 42 °C MW: 236.15   CAS: 13477-34-4   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1454 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H319 Precaution: P280, P260, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338 CA1884

500 g

1 Kg

£7.36

Calcium oxide - fine powder (Quicklime)

£9.11 £25.58

1 Kg 3 Kg

Danger

CaO Assay = >95% Relative Density = 3.3700 Melting Point = 2600 °C MW: 56.08   CAS: 1305-78-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H318, H335 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 CA1896

CaCO3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 825 °C MW: 100.09   CAS: 471-34-1   UN: Non restricted CA1846 CA1848

Calcium oxide - coarse powder T (Quicklime)

Danger

CaO Assay = >95% Relative Density = 3.3700 Melting Point = 2600 °C MW: 56.08   CAS: 1305-78-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H318, H335 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 CA1892

500 g

£12.42

Calcium sulfate (Plaster of paris)

CaSO4 ·0.5H2O Relative Density = 2.3200 MW: 145.15   CAS: 10034-76-1   UN: Non restricted CA1906

5Kg.

£15.26

Calcium sulfate 2-water - precipitate LR (Gypsum)

CaSO4 ·2H2O Relative Density = 2.3200 MW: 172.17   CAS: 10101-41-4   UN: Non restricted CA1908

500 g

£5.94

Canada balsam in Xylene

Warning

Relative Density = 0.9900 CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3/UN1307 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H332, H302, H315 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P301+P330+P331, P305+P351+P338 CA1930

25 mL

£21.53

Carbon powder (Graphite)

C Assay = >99% Melting Point = 3800 °C MW: 12.01   CAS: 7782-42-5   UN: Non restricted GR2904

1 Kg

£33.89

Casein powder

C81H125N22O39P Melting point = 280 °C MW: 2062   CAS: 9000-71-9   UN: Non restricted CA1996

250 g

£26.33

£9.11

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

20

26 °C

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CA-CI

CHEMICALS

Castor oil

Chloroform LR (Trichloromethane)

C57H104O9    Flash Point: 230 °C Relative Density = 0.9600 MW: 933.4   CAS: 8001-79-4   UN: Non restricted OI4366

CHCl3 Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 1.4850 Boiling Point = 62 °C MW: 119.38   CAS: 67-66-3   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1888 PG-3 Hazard: H351, H302, H373, H315 Precaution: P201, P202, P281, P264, P270, P260

£20.12

500 mL

Catechol LR (Benzene 1, 2 - diol)

Warning

CH2068

C6H4(OH)2 Assay = >98%    Flash Point: 131 °C Melting Point = 104 °C MW: 110.11   CAS: 120-80-9   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2811 PG-3 Hazard: H312, H302, H319, H315 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 CA2010

Charcoal powder - activated (Activated Carbon)

CH2080

Warning

Charcoal wood powder

CH2042

CH2100

Chlorine water 0.6 % w/v (Shelf life less than 3 months)

500 mL

Warning

CH2108

100 mL

Danger -30 °C

£10.26

2-Chlorobutane LR (sec-Butyl chloride)

CH2064

100 mL

NON RETURNABLE

CH2110

-15 °C

£26.33

£30.11

500 g

Chromium (III) sulfate basic LR

Danger

Cr4(SO4)5(OH)2 Assay = 99% MW: 722.3   CAS: 39380-78-4   UN: UN: 8/UN3262 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H302, H312, H332 Precaution: P260, P280, P264, P301+P312, P302+P352, P304+P340 CH2118

Danger

CH3CH2CHClCH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.8730 Boiling Point = 68-70 °C MW: 92.57   CAS: 78-86-4   UN: UN: 3/UN1127 PG-2 Hazard: H225 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

Warning

CrK(SO4)2 ·12H2O Assay = 97% Melting Point = 89 °C MW: 499.41   CAS: 7788-99-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313

CH3(CH2)3Cl Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.8840 Boiling Point = 51 °C MW: 92.57   CAS: 109-69-3   UN: UN: 3/UN1127 PG-2 Hazard: H225 Precaution: P210, P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233 CH2060

£15.93

250 g

Chromium (III) potassium sulfate 12-water LR (Chrome alum)

£7.09

1-Chlorobutane LR (Butyl chloride)

Warning

Cr2O3 Assay = >98% Relative Density = 5.2100 MW: 151.99   CAS: 1308-38-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313

0.6 % w/v. Shelf life less than 3 months. Assay = 0.6% Relative Density = 1.0000 Boiling Point = 100 °C Approx CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 8+5.1/UN3093 PG-2 Hazard: H332, H319, H315, H335, H400 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 CH2052

£13.30

100 g

Chromium (III) oxide LR (green)

£26.33

1 Kg

Warning

CrCl3 ·6H2O Assay = 98% MW: 266.45   CAS: 10060-12-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

Warning

60-85 % of particles <45 μm Assay = >90% CAS: 7440-44-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280

-30 °C

£13.91

100 mL

Chromium (III) chloride 6-water LR

£12.02

500 g

Danger

(CH3)3CCl Relative Density = 0.8470 Boiling Point = 51 °C MW: 92.57   CAS: 507-20-0   UN: UN: 3/UN1127 PG-2 Hazard: H225 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

Assay = >90% CAS: 7440-44-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280 CH2038

£9.05

500 mL

2-Chloro-2-methylpropane (tert-Butyl chloride)

£14.58

100 g

Warning

100 g

£5.94

Cinnamic acid LR

Warning

C6H5CHCHCOOH Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 166 °C Relative Density = 1.2500 Melting Point = 136 °C MW: 148.16   CAS: 140-10-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CI2126

100 g

£36.72

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

21


CHEMICALS

CI-CO

Copper foil 0.1mm - Bright finish Citric acid - anhydrous LR Warning (2-Hydroxy-1,2,3-Propanetricarboxylic Acid) C(OH)(COOH)(CH2COOH)2 Assay = 100% Relative Density = 1.6650 Melting point = 153 °C MW: 192.13   CAS: 77-92-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CI2140

£13.77

500 g

Citric acid monohydrate LR

Warning

C(OH)(COOH)(CH2COOH)2 ·H2O Assay = 100% Relative Density = 1.5450 Melting Point = 153 °C MW: 210.14   CAS: 5949-29-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CI2130 CI2132

£5.00 £26.33

500 g 3 Kg

Citric acid monohydrate AR

Warning

C(OH)(COOH)(CH2COOH)2 ·H2O Assay = 100% Relative Density = 1.5450 Melting Point = 153 °C MW: 210.14   CAS: 5949-29-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 CI2135

£16.61

500 g

Cobalt (II) carbonate basic LR

Danger

CoCO3 Assay = 99.5% Relative Density = 4.1300 MW: 118.94   CAS: 513-79-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H334, H317, H341, H350, H360, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 CO2154

£15.93

100 g

Cobalt (II) chloride 6-water LR

Danger

CoCl2 ·6H2O Assay = <100% Melting Point = 56 °C MW: 237.93   CAS: 7646-79-9   UN: UN:6.1/UN3288 PG-3 Hazard: H350, H341, H360, H317, H334, H302, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 CO2158 CO2160

£12.08 £48.53

100 g 500 g

Cobalt (II) nitrate 6-water LR

Danger

Co(NO3) ·6H2O Assay = </=100% Melting Point = 57 °C MW: 291.03   CAS: 10026-22-9   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1477 PG-2 Hazard: H350, H341, H360, H334, H317, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313, P304+P341, P302+P352 CO2166

£15.93

100 g

Cobalt (II) sulfate 7-water LR

Danger

CoSO4 ·7H2O Assay = >99% Melting Point = 98 °C MW: 281.1   CAS: 10026-24-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H350, H341, H360, H302, H334, H317, H400, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 CO2172

100 g

£16.61

Cu Melting Point = 1083 °C MW: 63.55   CAS: 7440-50-8   UN: Non restricted CO2192

250 g

£22.14

Copper powder - fine

Warning

Cu Assay = >99% Relative Density = ~2.0000 Melting Point = 1083 °C MW: 63.55   CAS: 7440-50-8   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H400, H412 Precaution: P273, P391, P501 CO2198 CO17010

100 g 250 g

£8.03 £19.44

Copper millings

Cu Melting Point = 1083 °C MW: 63.55   CAS: 7440-50-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H413 Precaution: P273, P391 CO2204

500 g

£16.61

Copper (I) chloride LR (Cuprous chloride)

Warning

CuCl Assay = <100% Relative Density = 3.5300 Melting Point = 422 °C MW: 99   CAS: 7758-89-6   UN: UN: 8/UN2802 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H400, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2208

100 g

£7.02

Copper (I) oxide LR (Cuprous oxide)

Warning

Cu2O Assay = <95% MW: 143.09   CAS: 1317-39-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2214 CO2216

100 g 500 g

£7.70 £27.68

Copper (II) carbonate basic (Cupric carbonate basic)

Warning

CuCO3 ·Cu(OH)2 Assay = 55.3% Melting Point = 200 °C MW: 221.12   CAS: 12069-69-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H400 Precaution: P260, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352, P270, P280 CO2224 CO2226 CO2228

250 g 500 g 3 Kg

£8.03 £11.34 £67.43

Copper (II) chloride 2-water LR (Cupric chloride)

Warning

CuCl2 ·2H2O Assay = 37.2% Relative Density = 2.3900 Melting Point = 498 °C MW: 170.48   CAS: 10125-13-0   UN: UN: 8/UN2802 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H315, H319, H335, H400 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2230

250 g

£7.76

Copper foil 0.1mm - Technical grade

Cu Melting Point = 1083 °C MW: 63.55   CAS: 7440-50-8   UN: Non restricted CO2190

22

250 g

£17.96

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


CO-CY

CHEMICALS

Copper (II) nitrate 3-water LR (Cupric nitrate)

Danger

Cresol red indicator

Cu(NO3)2 ·3H2O Assay = >99% Melting Point = 114 °C MW: 241.6   CAS: 10031-43-3   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1477 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H302, H315, H319, H410 Precaution: P210, P273, P302+P352, P305+P351+P338 CO2240

£11.00

250 g

Copper (II) oxide - powder LR (Cupric oxide)

Warning

CuO Assay = >80% Relative Density = 3.9800 Melting Point = 1326 °C MW: 79.55   CAS: 1317-38-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H410 Precaution: P264, P370, P301+P312, P330, P273, P391 CO2250 CO2252

£11.07 £16.61

250 g 500 g

Copper (II) oxide - powder AR (Cupric oxide)

Warning

CuO Assay = >80% Relative Density = 3.9800 Melting Point = 1326 °C MW: 79.55   CAS: 1317-38-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H410 Precaution: P264, P370, P301+P312, P330, P273, P391 CO2255

£19.44

100 g

Copper (II) sulfate - anhydrous LR (Cupric Sulfate)

Warning

CuSO4 Assay = 40% Relative Density = 2.2860 MW: 159.61   CAS: 7758-98-7   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H319, H315, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2276

£12.08

250 g

Copper (II) sulfate 5-water LR

Warning

CuSO4 ·5H2O Assay = >99% Relative Density = 2.2860 MW: 249.69   CAS: 7758-98-7   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H319, H315, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2260 CO2262 CO2266

£6.68 £11.34 £33.21

500 g 1 Kg 3 Kg

Copper (II) sulfate 5-water AR

Warning

CuSO4 ·5H2O Assay = >99% Relative Density = 2.2860 MW: 249.69   CAS: 7758-98-7   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H319, H315, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 CO2271

£23.49

500 g

Cresol red 0.02% aqueous solution (Indicator)

Warning

Relative Density = 0.9500 ~36 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3/ UN1170 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H319 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P305+P351+P338, P303+P361+P353 CR2318

100 mL

NON RETURNABLE

Warning

C21H18O5S Assay = <100% MW: 382.43   CAS: 1733-12-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 CR2314

£9.38

5g

Crude oil substitute (CLEAPSS Recipe A)

Danger

Relative Density = 0.8300 Boiling Point = 165 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3/UN1267 PG-3 Hazard: H225, H315, H319, H334, H350, H304, H411 Precaution: P210, P233, P280, P403+P235, P260 OI4378

60 °C

£17.28

500 mL

Crystal violet aqueous solution (1%)

Warning

CR2328

£6.55

Assay = 1% Relative Density = 1.0000 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319, H351, H412 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 100 mL

Crystal violet C.I.42555 Danger (Basic violet 3, gentian violet)

C25H30ClN3 Assay = 96.5% Melting Point = 192 °C MW: 407.98   CAS: 548-62-9   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H351, H302, H318, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 CR2324

£13.16

25 g

Cyclohexane LR (Benzene Hexahydride)

Danger -18 °C

CH2(CH2)4CH2 Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 0.7800 Boiling Point = 80.7 °C MW: 84.16   CAS: 110-82-7   UN: UN: 3/UN1145 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H315, H336, H410 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 CY2332 CY14005

£8.51 £12.76

500 mL 1L

Cyclohexanol LR (Cyclohexyl Alcohol)

Warning

CH2(CH2)4CHOH Assay = >99%    Flash Point: 68 °C Relative Density = 0.9449 Boiling Point = 161.5 °C MW: 100.16   CAS: 108-93-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H332, H302, H335, H315 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 CY2340

£20.12

500 mL

Cyclohexanone LR (Ketohexamethylene)

Danger 43 °C

CH2(CH2)4CO Assay = >99.8% Relative Density = 0.9500 Boiling Point = 156 °C MW: 98.14   CAS: 108-94-1   UN: UN: 3/UN1915 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H302, H312, H332, H315, H318 Precaution: P403+P233, P210, P280, P305+P351+P388, P304+P340, P302+P352 CY2346

500 mL

£12.89

£5.06

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

23


CHEMICALS Cyclohexene LR (Tetrahydrobenzene)

CY-ED Danger -20 °C

CH:CH(CH2)3CH2 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.8110 Boiling Point = 83 °C MW: 82.15   CAS: 110-83-8   UN: UN: 3/UN2256 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H302, H311, H304 Precaution: P210, P280, P301+P310, P312, P331 CY2350

£15.26

250 mL

n-Decane LR

Danger

CH3(CH2)8CH3 47 °C Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.7300 Boiling Point = 174 °C MW: 142.28   CAS: 124-18-5   UN: UN: 3/UN2247 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H304, EUH066 Precaution: P210, P280, P264, P403+P235 DE2380

£17.96

25 mL

Warning

Relative Density = 1.0830 Boiling Point = 100.5 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H314, H290, H302 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352, P337+P313 £20.79 £98.48

1L 5L

1,2-Diaminoethane LR (Ethylenediamine)

34 °C

NH2CH2CH2NH2 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 0.9000 Boiling Point = 115 °C MW: 60.1   CAS: 107-15-3   UN: UN: 8+3/UN1604 PG-2 Hazard: H226, H312, H302, H314, H334, H317 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P301+P330+P331, P305+P351+P338 DI2426

£20.12

250 mL

1,6-Diaminohexane LR (Hexamethylenediamine)

Danger

NH2(CH2)6NH2 Assay = 98%    Flash Point: 85 °C Relative Density = 0.8400 Melting point = 41 °C MW: 116.21   CAS: 124-09-4   UN: UN: 8/UN2280 PG-3 Hazard: H312, H302, H335, H314 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 DI2430

£10.73

25 g

1,6-Diaminohexane 5% aqueous solution

DI2464 DI2466

500 mL 2.5 L

£10.26 £23.49

2,6-Dichlorophenolindophenol (DCPIP) (DCPIP)

C12H6Cl2NNaO2 Assay = >88% MW: 290.07   CAS: 620-45-1   UN: Non restricted 5g

£22.14

2,6-Dichlorophenolindophenol 0.1% soln (DCPIP) (Shelf life less than 3 months) C12H6Cl2NNaO2 Lead time 12 days Relative Density = 1.0000 Boiling Point = 100 °C Approx MW: 290.07   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted DI2478

Danger

Warning

CH2Cl2 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.3250 Boiling Point = 39.8 °C MW: 84.93   CAS: 75-09-2   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1593 PG-3 Hazard: H351, H315, H319, H336 Precaution: P201, P202, P308+P313, P405, P302+P352, P305+P351+P338

DI2472

Decon 90™

DE2394 DE2398

Dichloromethane (Methylene chloride)

100 mL

£7.02

DCPIP tablets (DCPIP)

C12H6Cl2NNaO2 Add one tablet to 100 mL of distilled water to make a 0.1 % solution. 1 mg of vitamin C will decolourise solution made from 1 tablet. MW: 290.07   CAS: 620-45-1   UN: Non restricted DI2476

10 Tabs.

£10.06

Diethyl ether (Ethoxyethane)

Danger -40 °C

CH3CH2OCH2CH3 Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 0.7135 Boiling Point = 34.6 °C MW: 74.12   CAS: 60-29-7   UN: UN: 3/UN1155 PG-1 Hazard: H224, H302, H336, EUH019, EUH066 Precaution: P210, P280, P303+P361+P353, P270, P264, P403+P233 DI2488

500 mL

£20.79

Dutch metal

UN: Non restricted

Danger

DU2542

25 leaves

£22.82

Assay = 5% Relative Density = 1.0404 CAS: 124-09-4   UN: UN: 8/UN1783 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H335 Precaution: P260, P264, P280, P271, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233

EDTA disodium salt AR ((Ethylenedinitrilo)Tetraacetic Acid)

DI2434

ED2575

£8.30

250 mL

Dibutyl Phthalate (n-Butyl Phthalate)

[CH2N(CH2COOH)CH2COONa]2 ·2H2O MW: 372.24   CAS: 6381-92-6   UN: Non restricted 100 g

£10.33

Danger

C6H4(COOC4H9)2 Assay = >99%    Flash Point: 189 °C Relative Density = 1.4940 Boiling Point = 340 °C MW: 278.35   CAS: 84-74-2   UN: UN: 9/UN3082 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H400 Precaution: P201, P281, P308+P313, P273 DI2446

£36.05

500 mL

Chemical Stock Control Database Software See page 424 Labexpert

24

ALSO BOUGHT...

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


EO-FO

CHEMICALS

Eosin 5% aqueous solution

Ethylene glycol (Ethane-1,2-diol)

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted EO2602

HOCH2CH2OH Assay = >99%    Flash Point: 116 °C Relative Density = 1.1150 Boiling Point = 197.5 °C MW: 62.07   CAS: 107-21-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H373, Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

£5.67

100 mL

Eriochrome T C.I.14645 (Solochrome black)

C20H12N3NaO7S Assay = 100% MW: 461.4   CAS: 1787-61-7   UN: Non restricted ER2606

ET2630

£9.65

25 g

Ethanol, 99%/100% (Absolute) (Ethyl alcohol)

13 °C

£16.61 £48.53

100 mL 500 mL

Ethyl acetate LR (Ethyl ethanoate)

Danger

CH3COOCH2CH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.9007 Boiling Point = 77.1 °C MW: 88.11   CAS: 141-78-6   UN: UN: 3/UN1173 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235 ET2650 ET14015

Ethyl acetate AR (Ethyl ethanoate)

Ethyl-4-aminobenzoate (Benzocaine)

-4 °C

Warning

NH2C6H4COOCH2CH3 Assay = >98.5%    Flash Point: 112 °C Melting Point = 90 °C MW: 165.19   CAS: 94-09-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319, H317 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 ET2662

50 g

£15.26

Ethyl benzoate LR (Essence Of Niobe)

C6H5COOCH2CH3 Assay = <99%    Flash Point: 85 °C Relative Density = 1.5057 Boiling Point = 213 °C MW: 150.17   CAS: 93-89-0   UN: Non restricted ET2674

100 mL

NON RETURNABLE

42 °C

Relative Density = 0.7470 Boiling Point = 170 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3/UN3295 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H304 Precaution: P210, P280, P264, P403+P235 EV2690

£27.68

500 mL

Fehling’s solution A (Copper)

Relative Density = 1.0410 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H411 Precaution: P273, P391 FE2726

£4.86

500 mL

Fehling’s solution B (Alkaline tartrate)

FE2732

£13.16

500 mL

Danger

Danger

Relative Density = 1.2580 CAS: Mixture   UN: UN:8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

Danger

CH3COOCH2CH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.9007 Boiling Point = 77.1 °C MW: 88.11   CAS: 141-78-6   UN: UN: 3/UN1173 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235 ET2655

-4 °C

£8.03 £11.75

500 mL 1L

£5.74

500 mL

Evolve CH15 (Cold Degreasing Agent)

Danger

CH3CH2OH Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 0.7911 Boiling Point = 78.3 °C MW: 46.07   CAS: 64-17-5   UN: UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 ET2634 ET2636

Warning

£8.03

500 mL

Ferroin indicator solution (1,10-Phenanthroline iron(II) sulfate complex) CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted PH4548

£19.44

100 mL

Formaldehyde solution LR (Methanal)

Danger

CH2O Flash Point: 69 °C Relative Density = 1.0930 Boiling Point = 96 °C MW: 30.03   CAS: 50-00-0   UN: UN:8/UN2209 PG-3 Hazard: H331, H311, H301, H314, H317, H350, H341 Precaution: P202, P281, P361, P363, P302+P352, P261 FO2762

£12.08

2.5 L

Formic acid LR about 90% H.COOH (Methanoic acid)

Danger

FO2768

£8.57

69 °C

HCOOH Assay = 90% Relative Density = 1.2051 Boiling Point = 100.8 °C MW: 46.03   CAS: 64-18-6   UN: UN: 8+3/UN1779 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H226, H302, H331 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 500 mL

£10.40

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

25


CHEMICALS

FR-HE

D (-) Fructose (D-Levulose)

L-Glutamic acid ((S)-2-Aminopentanedioic Acid)

HOCH2(CHOH)3C:OCH2OH Melting Point = 105 °C MW: 180.18   CAS: 57-48-7   UN: Non restricted

HOOCCH2CH2CH(NH2)COOH Relative Density = 1.0000 Melting Point = 205 °C MW: 147.13   CAS: 56-86-0   UN: Non restricted

FR2780

GL2874

£4.32

100 g

D (+) Galactose anhydrous (D-Galactopyranose)

C6H12O6 Melting Point = 167 °C MW: 180.16   CAS: 59-23-4   UN: Non restricted GA2800 GA2802

GL2878 GL2880

Gelatine powder (Pharmagel)

£20.12

500 g

500 mL 2.5 L

£8.91 £30.51

Glycerol triacetate LR (Triacetin)

CAS: 9000-70-8   UN: Non restricted GE2812

£29.63

HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH Assay = >99%    Flash Point: 199 °C Relative Density = 1.2600 Boiling Point = 290 °C MW: 92.09   CAS: 56-81-5   UN: Non restricted

£11.00 £35.37

25 g 100 g

100 g

Glycerol LR (1,2,3-Propanetriol)

Gibberellic acid (2,4A,7-Trihydroxy-1-Methyl-8Methylenegibb-3-Ene-1)

Warning

(OCOCH3)3C3H5 Assay = >98.5%    Flash Point: 138 °C Relative Density = 1.1590 Boiling Point = 258 °C MW: 218.21   CAS: 102-76-1   UN: Non restricted GL2884

250 mL

£18.63

C19H22O6 Assay = >95% Melting Point = 225 °C Approx. MW: 346.37   CAS: 77-06-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P305, P351, P338

NH2CH2COOH Melting Point = 234 °C MW: 75.07   CAS: 56-40-6   UN: Non restricted

GI2840

AM1180

Glycine (Aminoacetic acid)

£19.44

1g

Glass wool

CAS: 65997-17-3   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P260 GL2852

GR2898

D (+) Glucose 1-water (Dextrose monohydrate)

D (+) Glucose anhydrous (Dextrose)

HE2978

OCH(CHOH)4CH2OH Melting Point = 83 °C MW: 180.16   CAS: 50-99-7   UN: Non restricted GL2858

OCH(CHOH)4CH2OH Melting Point = 83 °C MW: 180.16   CAS: 50-99-7   UN: Non restricted 500 g

HE3020

£22.14

£17.96

HE3014

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

26

£12.96

Danger -25 °C

£15.93

Warning 57 °C

CH3(CH2)4CH2OH Assay = >95% Relative Density = 0.8250 Boiling Point = 157 °C Approx. MW: 102.17   CAS: 111-27-3   UN: UN: 3/UN2282 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H226, H319, H312 Precaution: P210, P233, P240, P243, P264, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352

C6H11Na2O9P ·xH2O Melting Point = 83 °C MW: 304.1   CAS: 56401-20-8   UN: Non restricted 5g

100 mL

Hexan-1-ol LR (Hexyl alcohol)

Glucose-1-phosphate disodium salt (α-D-Glucopyranose 1-Phoshate)

GL2870

Danger

CH3(CH2)3CH:CH3 Assay = 98% Relative Density = 0.6700 Boiling Point = 62 °C MW: 84.16   CAS: 592-41-6   UN: UN: 3/UN2370 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, EUH066 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

D (+) Glucose anhydrous AR (Dextrose)

GL2863

500 mL

Hex-1-ene LR (Butyl Ethylene)

£8.44

500 g

£6.35

CH3(CH2)5CH3 -4 °C Assay = >97.5% Relative Density = 0.6830 Boiling Point = 98.5 °C MW: 100.2   CAS: 142-82-5   UN: UN: 3/UN1206 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H315, H336, H410 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331

£5.54

500 g

100 mL

Heptane Fraction from Petroleum LR

C6H12O6 ·H2O Melting Point = 83 °C MW: 198.16   CAS: 14431-43-7   UN: Non restricted GL2856

£7.56

13 g/L Relative Density = 1.0030 CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

£20.79

500 g

100 g

Gram’s iodine solution

500 mL

£31.86

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


HE-IN

CHEMICALS

n-Hexane

Danger

Hexane Fraction from petroleum LR (Hexane)

Danger

CH3(CH2)4CH3 -22 °C Assay = >95% Relative Density = 0.6600 Boiling Point = 69 °C MW: 86.18   CAS: 110-54-3   UN: UN: 3/UN1208 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H361, H304, H373, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 100 mL HE2996 £4.79 500 mL £22.14 HE2998

-22 °C

CH3(CH2)4CH3 Assay = >95% Relative Density = 0.6600 Boiling Point = 69 °C MW: 86.18   CAS: 110-54-3   UN: UN: 3/UN1208 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H361, H304, H373, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 500 mL HE3002 £12.08

Hydrochloric acid conc. - 35% LR (11.3M)

Danger

Hydrochloric acid - 35% AR (11.3M)

Danger

HCl Assay = 35% Relative Density = 1.1700 Boiling Point = 109 °C MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: UN: 8/UN1789 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H335 Precaution: P260, P264, P280, P271, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233 1L HY3044 £7.56 6x1L £37.40 HY30446

Hydrochloric acid CVS1.0M (1.0N)

Danger

Hydrogen peroxide 100 vols (30%) LR (9.79M)

Danger

HCl Assay = 35% Relative Density = 1.1700 Boiling Point = 109 °C MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: UN: 8/UN1789 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H335 Precaution: P260, P264, P280, P271, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233 6x100 mL HY3069 £29.63

H2O2 Assay = 30% Relative Density = 1.1010 Boiling Point = 106 °C MW: 34.01   CAS: 7722-84-1   UN: UN: 5.1+8/UN2014 PG-2 Hazard: H318, H302 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 500 mL HY3080 £5.20 1L £5.33 HY14015

Hydrogen peroxide 20 vols (6%) LR (~1.96M)

Warning

Hydrogen peroxide 20 vols AR

Warning

H2O2 Shelf life less than 6 months Assay = 6% Relative Density = 1.1010 MW: 34.01   CAS: 7722-84-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 2L HY3070 £8.57

HCl Assay = 35% Relative Density = 1.1700 Boiling Point = 109 °C MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: UN: 8/UN1789 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H335 Precaution: P260, P264, P280, P271, P303+P361+P353, P403+P233 1L HY3047 £7.63

H2O2 Shelf life less than 6 months Assay = 6% Relative Density = 1.1010 MW: 34.01   CAS: 7722-84-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 500 mL HY3073 £10.06

Hydrochloric acid 0.1M (0.1N) std. solution

Immersion Oil (Microil)

Danger

HCl Assay = 0.4% Relative Density = 1.0005 MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P305+P351+P338 2.5 L HY3060 £10.33 5L £19.44 HY3062

Assay = <100% Relative Density = 1.3100 CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 9/UN3082 PG-3 Hazard: H351, H360, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 25 mL OI4384 £7.43

Hydrochloric acid 1.0M (1.0N) std. solution

C16H8N2Na2O8S2 Assay = <100% Melting Point = 260 °C MW: 466.36   CAS: 860-22-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 5g IN3104 £4.93

HCl Assay = 3.6% Relative Density = 1.0170 MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: Non restricted 2.5 L HY3056 £13.10 5L £18.63 HY3058

Hydrochloric acid 2M (2.0N) std. solution HCl Assay = 7.3% Relative Density = 1.0337 MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: Non restricted 1L HY3052 £8.78 2.5 L £13.77 HY3054

Indigo carmine C.I.73015 LR

Warning

Indol-3-yl acetic acid LR (2-(1H-indol-3-yl)Acetic acid) (IAA)

C6H4NHCH:CCH2COOH Melting Point = 167 °C MW: 175.18   CAS: 87-51-4   UN: Non restricted 1g IN3108 £9.11 5g £31.86 IN3110

Hydrochloric acid CVS 0.1M (0.1N)

HCl MW: 36.46   CAS: 7647-01-0   UN: Non restricted 6 x 100 mL HY3066 £27.68

NON RETURNABLE

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

27


CHEMICALS

IO-IR

Iodine LR

Danger

I2 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 4.9300 Melting Point = 113 °C MW: 253.81   CAS: 7553-56-2   UN: UN: 8+6.1/UN3495 PG-3 Hazard: H332, H312, H400, H335, H372 Precaution: P280, P261, P271, P363, P302+P352, P273 IO3140 IO3142

£25.58 £105.23

100 g 500 g

Iodine AR

Danger

£38.75

100 g

MW: 253.81   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

Iodine 0.05M (0.1N) std. solution

MW: 253.81   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted IO3150

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

£7.02 £21.47

500 mL 2.5 L

1-Iodobutane LR (Butyl iodide)

Danger 33 °C

CH3(CH2)3I Assay = <99% Boiling point = 130 °C MW: 184.02   CAS: 542-69-8   UN: UN: 3/UN1993 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H331 Precaution: P261, P312, P210, P233 IO3172

£20.79

25 mL

Iron filings - coarse (Ferric sulfate)

Fe Relative Density = 7.8600 Melting Point = 1535 °C MW: 55.85   CAS: 7439-89-6   UN: Non restricted

Iron, reduced by hydrogen

Danger

500 g

£10.73

Danger

IR3240

250 g

£14.58

Iron (III) nitrate 9-water LR (Ferric nitrate)

Warning

Fe(NO3)3 ·9H2O Assay = 98% MW: 404   CAS: 7782-61-8   UN: 5.1/UN1466 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 250 g

£9.11

Warning

500 g

£6.48

Iron (III) Sulphate Hydrated (Ferric sulphate)

Danger

Fe Assay = >98% Relative Density = 7.8600 Melting Point = 1535 °C MW: 55.85   CAS: 7439-89-6   UN: UN: 4.1/UN3089 PG-3 Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280, P378 IR3214

£11.07

FeCl3 Assay = 96% MW: 162.2   CAS: 7705-08-0   UN: 8/UN1773 PG-3 Hazard: H290, H302, H315, H318 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330

IR3266

£4.25 £17.96

500 g 3 Kg

500 g

Fe2O3 Assay = 95% MW: 159.69   CAS: 1309-37-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313

Iron filings - fine

IR3206 IR3208

IR3236

Iron (III) oxide - calcined LR (Ferric oxide)

£3.65 £16.61

500 g 3 Kg

FeS MW: 87.91   CAS: 1317-37-9   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H400, EUH031 Precaution: P273

IR3260

Fe Relative Density = 7.8600 Melting Point = 1535 °C MW: 55.85   CAS: 7439-89-6   UN: Non restricted IR3200 IR3202

Warning

Iron (III) chloride anhydrous LR (Ferric chloride)

Iodine 1% solution in KI (0.05M iodine) IO3158 IO3160

Iron (II) sulfide lump T (Ferrous sulfide)

IR3250

£22.14

2.5 L

£11.81

FeCl3 ·6H2O Assay = 98% MW: 270.3   CAS: 10025-77-1   UN: 8/UN3260 PG-3 Hazard: H290, H302, H315, H318 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330

£38.75

6x100 mL

500 g

Iron (III) chloride 6-water LR (Ferric chloride)

Iodine 0.05M (0.1N) CVS IO3156

Warning

FeSO4 ·7H2O Assay = 98% MW: 278.01   CAS: 7782-63-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H319, H315 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 IR3228

I2 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 4.9300 Melting Point = 113 °C MW: 253.81   CAS: 7553-56-2   UN: UN: 8+6.1/UN3495 PG-3 Hazard: H332, H312, H400, H335, H372 Precaution: P280, P261, P271, P363, P302+P352, P273 IO3145

Iron (II) sulfate 7-water LR (Ferrous sulfate)

Warning

Fe2(SO4)3·xH2O Relative Density = 1.8980 Melting Point = 64 °C MW: 399.88   CAS: 10028-22-5   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P270, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 IR3270

500 g

£20.12

£28.28

500 g

Iron (II) carbonate saccharated (Ferrous carbonate)

FeCO3 MW: 115.85   CAS: 8001-10-3   UN: Non restricted IR3218

28

250 g

£19.44

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


JA-LE

CHEMICALS

Janus green B stain C.I.11050

Lead (II) acetate 3-water LR (Lead (II) ethanoate)

C30H31ClN6 Flash Point: 13 °C Boiling Point = 78.3 °C MW: 511.1   CAS: 2869-83-2   UN: Non restricted JA3288

£14.58

1g

L-Lactic Acid LR (2-Hydroxypropionic acid)

Danger

LA3350

LE3406

C12H22O11 ·H2O Melting Point = 201 °C MW: 360.31   CAS: 64044-51-5   UN: Non restricted £6.01 £13.77

100 g 500 g

di-Lauroyl peroxide (Dodecanoyl peroxide)

Danger

[CH3(CH2)10CO]2O2 Assay = >97% Melting Point = 56 °C MW: 398.62   CAS: 105-74-8   UN: UN: 5.2/UN3106 PG-2 Hazard: H242 Precaution: P210, P220, P234, P280, P378, P403+P235 LA3376

£13.43

25 g

Lead foil LR

£14.58

500 g

Lead powder

LE3390

£19.44

250 g

Lead shot - 3mm diameter

Danger

Pb Assay = 100% Melting Point = 327 °C MW: 207.2   CAS: 7439-92-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3394

£11.21

500 g

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

ALSO BOUGHT...

Danger

PbCl2 Assay = >98% Melting Point = 500 °C MW: 278.11   CAS: 7758-95-4   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2291 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3420

£21.47

100 g

Lead (II) iodide, powder

Danger

PbI2 Assay = >98% MW: 461.01   CAS: 10101-63-0   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2291 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 50 g

Lead (II) nitrate LR (Lead Dinitrate)

£20.79

Danger

Pb(NO3)2 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 4.5300 Melting Point = 470 °C MW: 331.21   CAS: 10099-74-8   UN: UN: 5.1+6.1/UN1469 PG-2 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3436

Danger

Pb Assay = >99.5% MW: 207.2   CAS: 7439-92-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302+H332, H351, H360, H373, H410 Precaution: P201, P202, P281, P264, P270, P260

£19.44

100 g

Lead (II) chloride LR (Cotunnite)

LE3426

Danger

Pb Thickness approx. 1.00 mm Assay = 100% Melting Point = 327 °C MW: 207.2   CAS: 7439-92-1   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3382

Danger

PbBr2 Assay = >98% MW: 367.01   CAS: 10031-22-8   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2291 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H302, H332, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

Lactose LR (4-O-β-D-Galactopyranosyl-D-glucose)

LA3360 LA3362

£25.58

500 g

Lead (II) bromide LR

£13.23

500 mL

Pb(CH3CO2)2 ·3H2O Assay = >84% Melting Point = 75 °C (decomposes) MW: 379.33   CAS: 6080-56-4   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1616 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3402

CH3CH(OH)COOH Assay = >80%    Flash Point: 74 °C Relative Density = 1.0220 Boiling Point = 122 °C MW: 90.08   CAS: 79-33-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H318 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313

Danger

500 g

Lead (II) nitrate AR (Lead Dinitrate)

£29.63

Danger

Pb(NO3)2 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 4.5300 Melting Point = 470 °C MW: 331.21   CAS: 10099-74-8   UN: UN: 5.1+6.1/UN1469 PG-2 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3441

250 g

Lead (II) oxide LR (Litharge)

£15.93

Danger

PbO Assay = >99.5% MW: 223.2   CAS: 1317-36-8   UN: UN: 6.1/UN2291 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H332, H302, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3448

500 g

£16.61

See page 424 Labexpert

NON RETURNABLE

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

29


CHEMICALS

Lead (IV) oxide (Lead dioxide)

LE-LY

Danger

PbO2 Assay = >95% MW: 239.2   CAS: 1309-60-0   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1782 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H302+H332, H373, H410, H272 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3452

£10.67

100 g

Lead (II) sulfate (Anglesite)

£15.26

100 g

£13.77

5g

Leishman’s staining solution

Danger

Relative Density = 0.7900 Boiling Point = 64.8 °C -16 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: UN: 3+6.1/UN1230 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H301+H311+H331, H370 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P403+P235, P233 LE3482

£12.89

100 mL

DL-Leucine

(CH3)2CHCH2CH(NH2)COOH Melting Point = 293- 296 °C MW: 131.17   CAS: 328-39-2   UN: Non restricted LE3488

£11.07

5g

L-Leucine

2.5 L

£8.64

250 mL

LI3538

43 °C

£18.83

Lithium metal (in liquid paraffin)

100 g

100 g

Danger

25 g

£19.44

£13.43

Litmus 1% solution (pH indicator)

Flash Point: 45 °C Relative Density = 0.9847 Boiling Point = 90 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted 500 mL

£7.49

Luminol (3-Aminophthalhydrazide)

Warning

C8H7N3O2 Assay = 98% Melting Point = 300 °C MW: 177.16   CAS: 521-31-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 LU3576

1g

Lycopodium powder

LI3518 LI3520

LY3582

£20.79 £41.78

Warning

LiNO3 Assay = 99% Relative Density = 2.3600 Melting Point = 255 °C MW: 68.95   CAS: 7790-69-4   UN: UN: 5.1/UN2722 PG-3 Hazard: H272 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280

Li Assay = >99.8% Relative Density = 0.5340 Melting Point = 180.5 °C MW: 6.94   CAS: 7439-93-2   UN: UN: 4.3/UN1415 PG-1 Hazard: H260, H314 Precaution: P223, P232, P280, P335+P334, P378, P402+P404 10 g 25 g

£12.69

Lithium nitrate anhydrous LR (Lithium Salt)

LI3564

Warning

CH3C6H8C:(CH2)CH3 Assay = 98% Relative Density = 0.8600 Boiling Point = 176 °C Approx. MW: 136.24   CAS: 138-86-3   UN: UN: 3/UN2052 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H315, H317, H410 Precaution: P280, P302+P352, P332+P313, P362 LI3510

Danger

LiOH ·H2O Relative Density = 1.5100 Melting Point = 462 °C MW: 41.96   CAS: 1310-66-3   UN: UN: 8/UN2680 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H314 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

LI3558

Ca(OH)2 MW: 74.09   CAS: 1305-62-0   UN: Non restricted

Limonene (Dipentene)

£9.38

Assay = 100% CAS: 1393-92-6   UN: Non restricted

Lime water (Calcium hydroxide solution) LI3508

100 g

Litmus (granulated)

£23.49

25 g

Warning

LiCl Assay = >98.5% Relative Density = 2.1000 Melting Point = 608 °C MW: 42.39   CAS: 7447-41-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P260, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352, P270, P280

LI3542

(CH3)2CHCH2CH(COOH)NH2 Melting Point = 300 °C (decomposition) MW: 131.17   CAS: 61-90-5   UN: Non restricted LE3490

£9.38

Lithium hydroxide LR

CAS: 12627-53-1   UN: Non restricted LE3478

100 g

Lithium chloride anhydrous LR (Lithium Monochloride)

LI3532

Leishman’s stain

Warning

Li2CO3 Assay = 99% Melting Point = 720 °C MW: 73.89   CAS: 554-13-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H319 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P310, P330, P280, P305+P351+P338 LI3524

Danger

PbSO4 Assay = >98% Melting Point = 1170 °C MW: 303.26   CAS: 7446-14-2   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H332, H360, H373, H410 Precaution: P281, P260, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 LE3464

Lithium carbonate LR (Carbolithium)

£12.08

Assay = 100% Relative Density = 2.3240 CAS: 8023-70-9   UN: UN: 4.1/UN 1325 PG-2 Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280 50 g

£11.41

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

30

Danger

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


LY-MA

CHEMICALS

L-Lysine monohydrochloride ((S)-2,6-Diaminohexanoic Acid Monohydrochloride)

Magnesium chloride 6-water LR (Magnesium Dichloride Hexahydrate)

LY3588

MA3638

NH2(CH2)4CH(NH2)COOH ·HCl Melting Point = 263 °C MW: 182.65   CAS: 657-27-2   UN: Non restricted £8.78

25 g

Magnesium Powder

Danger

Mg Assay = 99.5% Relative Density = 1.7380 Melting Point = 651 °C MW: 24.31   CAS: 7439-95-4   UN: UN: 4.3+4.2/UN1418 PG-2 Hazard: H260, H250 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380 MA15000 MA15005

£10.46 £43.13

100 g 500 g

Magnesium metal fine granules

Danger

£7.29 £39.42

100 g 500 g

Magnesium ribbon - Standard grade

Danger

Mg Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.7380 Melting Point = 651 °C MW: 24.31   CAS: 7439-95-4   UN: UN: 4.1/UN1869 PG-3 Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280, P378 MA3614

£4.73

25 g

Magnesium ribbon LR

Danger

Mg Assay = >99% Relative Density = 1.7380 Melting Point = 651 °C MW: 24.31   CAS: 7439-95-4   UN: UN: 4.1/UN1869 PG-3 Hazard: H228 Precaution: P210, P280, P378 MA3616

£12.76

25 g

Magnesium turnings LR

Danger

Mg Assay = 99% Relative Density = 1.7380 Melting Point = 651 °C MW: 24.31   CAS: 7439-95-4   UN: UN: 4.1/UN1869 PG-3 Hazard: H260, H250 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380 MA3620 MA3622

100 g 250 g

£8.51 £17.96

Magnesium carbonate basic - Heavy LR (Magnesium Hydroxide Carbonate)

MgCO3 MW: 84.31   CAS: 39409-82-0   UN: Non restricted MA3630

500 g

£15.26

Magnesium carbonate basic - Light LR (Magnesium Hydroxide Carbonate)

MgCO3 MW: 84.31   CAS: 39409-82-0   UN: Non restricted MA3634

500 g

NON RETURNABLE

£8.64

500 g

Magnesium hydroxide LR (Magnesium Dihydroxide)

Mg(OH)2 Melting Point = 350 °C MW: 58.32   CAS: 1309-42-8   UN: Non restricted MA3644

£14.58

250 g

Magnesium nitrate 6-water LR (Magnesium Dinitrate Hexahydrate)

Mg Assay = 99.5% Relative Density = 1.7380 Melting Point = 651 °C MW: 24.31   CAS: 7439-95-4   UN: UN: 4.3/UN2950 PG-3 Hazard: H260, H250 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P370+P380 MA3610 MA3612

MgCl2 ·6H2O Relative Density = 1.5600 Melting Point = 118 °C MW: 203.31   CAS: 7791-18-6   UN: Non restricted

£15.26

Mg(NO3)2 ·6H2O Assay = >98%    Flash Point: 93 °C Relative Density = 1.4640 Melting Point = 95 °C MW: 256.41   CAS: 13446-18-9   UN: UN: 5.1/UN1474 PG-3 Hazard: H272 Precaution: P280, P210, P220, P221 MA3648 MA3650

£9.32 £15.26

250 g 500 g

Magnesium oxide - heavy LR (Magnesia.)

MgO Assay = >99% Melting Point = 2800 °C MW: 40.3   CAS: 1309-48-4   UN: Non restricted MA3654

£12.96

250 g

Magnesium oxide - light LR (Magnesia.)

MgO Assay = >99% Melting Point = 2800 °C MW: 40.3   CAS: 1309-48-4   UN: Non restricted MA3658

£10.33

250 g

Magnesium sulfate - granular, dried LR (Epsom Salts)

MgSO4 ·xH2O MW: 120.36   CAS: 22189-08-8   UN: Non restricted MA3680

£12.96

500 g

Magnesium sulfate 7-water LR (Magnesium Sulfate Heptahydrate)

MgSO4 ·7H2O Assay = >99% MW: 246.47   CAS: 10034-99-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 MA3670

£6.21

1 Kg

Magnesium sulfate 7-water AR (Magnesium Sulfate Heptahydrate)

MgSO4 ·7H2O Assay = >99% MW: 246.47   CAS: 10034-99-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 MA3675

£11.95

500 g

Chemical Stock Control Database Software All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Warning

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

31


CHEMICALS

MA-ME

Malonic acid LR (Propanedioic acid)

Danger

HOOCCH2COOH Assay = <98%    Flash Point: 157 °C Melting Point = 136 °C MW: 104.06   CAS: 141-82-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H318, H315, H335 Precaution: P261, P280, P305+P351+P338, P304+P340, P405 MA3716

£18.63

25 g

C11H22O11 ·H2O Melting Point = 162 °C MW: 360.31   CAS: 6363-53-7   UN: Non restricted £4.39 £12.62

25 g 100 g

Manganese (II) chloride 4-water LR

MnCl2 ·4H2O Assay = <100% Relative Density = 2.0100 Melting Point = 58 °C MW: 197.91   CAS: 13446-34-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 MA3736

£24.98

250 g

Manganese (II) sulfate 1-water LR Warning (Manganese(II) Sulfate Monohydrate)

MnSO4 ·H2O Assay = >87% Relative Density = 2.9500 Melting Point = 117 °C MW: 169.01   CAS: 10034-96-5   UN: UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H373, H411 Precaution: P260, P273 MA3744

£9.86

500 g

Manganese (IV) oxide - granular (Manganese Dioxide)

Warning

MnO2 Assay = <100% MW: 86.94   CAS: 1313-13-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H332, H302 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 MA4000

Manganese (IV) oxide - powder (Manganese dioxide)

Warning

MnO2 Assay = <100% Relative Density = 4.8000 Melting Point = 535 °C MW: 86.94   CAS: 1313-13-9   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H332, H302 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 MA3756

£10.67

500 g

Mannitol LR (Mannite)

HOCH2(CHOH)4CH2OH Melting Point = 167 °C MW: 182.17   CAS: 69-65-8   UN: Non restricted MA3764

£23.49

500 g

Marble chips small (2-4mm) (Calcium carbonate ore)

MA3772/M 1 Kg MA3774/M 3 Kg

£5.13 £8.71

Marble chips - large (9-12mm) (Calcium carbonate ore)

MA3772 MA3774

1 Kg 3 Kg

£5.94 £10.60

Menthol LR Danger (5-Methyl-2-(1-Methylethyl)Cyclohexanol)

CH3C6H9(OH)CH(CH3)2 Assay = 100% Relative Density = 0.8900 Melting Point = 41 °C Approx. MW: 156.27   CAS: 2216-51-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H318, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 ME3784

25 g

Mercury LR (Quicksilver)

£13.16

Danger

Hg Assay = >99.9% Relative Density = 13.3900 Boiling Point = 356.7 °C MW: 200.59   CAS: 7439-97-6   UN: UN: 8+6.1/UN2809 PG-3 Hazard: H360, H330, H372, H410 Precaution: P201, P281, P308+P313 ME3792

500 g

Mercury (II) chloride LR (Mercuric chloride)

£103.88

Danger

HgCl2 Assay = >99.9% Meltig Point = 276 °C MW: 271.5   CAS: 7487-94-7   UN: UN: 6.1/UN1624 PG-2 Hazard: H341, H361, H300, H372, H314, H410 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 ME3822

£13.30

500 g

CaCO3 Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 825 °C MW: 100.09   CAS: 471-34-1   UN: Non restricted

CaCO3 Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 825 °C MW: 100.09   CAS: 471-34-1   UN: Non restricted

Maltose LR 4-O-α-D-Glucopyranosyl-D-glucose

MA3718 MA3720

Marble chips - medium (6-9mm) (Calcium carbonate ore)

100 g

£40.10

Methanol LR (Methyl alcohol)

Danger

ME3860

£5.33

12 °C

CH3OH Assay = >99.5% Relative Density = 0.7900 Boiling Point = 64.8 °C MW: 32.04   CAS: 67-56-1   UN: UN: 3+6.1/UN1230 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H301+H311+H331, H370 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P403+P235, P233 500 mL

Methyl acetate LR (Methyl ethanoate)

Danger -10 °C

CH3COOCH3 Assay = >99% Relative Density = 0.9300 Boiling Point = 57 °C MW: 74.08   CAS: 79-20-9   UN: UN: 3/UN1231 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P271, P305+P351+P338, P304+P340 ME3876

500 mL

£21.47

CaCO3 Relative Density = 2.7000 Melting Point = 825 °C MW: 100.09   CAS: 471-34-1   UN: Non restricted MA3772/S MA3774/S

32

1 Kg 3 Kg

£5.13 £8.51

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


ME

CHEMICALS

Methyl benzoate LR (Benzoic Acid)

Warning

C6H5COOCH3 Assay = >98%    Flash Point: 83 °C Relative Density = 1.0900 Boiling Point 199 °C MW: 136.15   CAS: 93-58-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 ME3898 ME3900

Danger

CAS: 547-58-0   UN: 6.1/UN3143 PG-3 Hazard: H301 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P310, P330 ME3976

£26.06

25 g

2-Methylpropan-1-ol (Isobutyl alcohol)

£9.18 £31.86

100 mL 500 mL

Methyl orange C.I.13025 (pH Indicator)

Danger

C37H27N3Na2O9S3 Assay = 100% MW: 799.8   CAS: 28983-56-4   UN: Non restricted

(CH3)2CHCH2OH Assay = 98% Boiling Range 105-109°C Weight per ml = 0.801-0.804g MW: 74.12   CAS: 78-83-1   UN: 3/UN1212 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H335, H315, H318, H336 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331

ME3904

ME4000

Methyl blue C.I.42780 (Aniline Blue)

£14.58

25 g

Methylene blue 1% aqueous solution ME3920

£5.06

100 mL

C16H18ClN3S Assay = 100% Melting Point = 180 °C MW: 319.85   CAS: 61-73-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330

ME4004

£15.26

25 g

ME4018

Danger 8 °C

CH2:C(CH3)COOCH3 Assay = >99.9% Relative Density = 0.9490 Boiling Point = 101 °C MW: 100.12   CAS: 80-62-6   UN: UN: 3/UN1247 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H335, H315, H317 Precaution: P210, P280, P261, P302+P352, P333+P313, P403+P235 ME3970

500 mL

£23.49

Methyl orange - xylene cyanol 0.36% soln (Screened methyl orange solution)

Danger 23 °C

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-3 Hazard: H225, H319 Precaution: P403+P233, P210, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 ME3992

500 mL

£10.67

Methyl orange 0.04% indicator solution

500 mL

NON RETURNABLE

12 °C

£9.38

500 mL

2-(HO)C6H4CO2CH3 Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 96 °C Weight per ml = 1.180-1.186 MW: 152.12   CAS: 119-36-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302 Precaution: P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 ME4019 ME4020

£7.16 £23.49

100 mL 500 mL

Methylated spirit - industrial (Industrial denatured alcohol)

Danger 13 °C

(C2H5OH & CH3OH) Weight per ml ~0.79g CAS: 64-17-5   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P305+P351+P338, P303+P361+P353 ME3884 ME14005 ME14010

500 mL 1 litre 6 x 1 litre

£4.59 £6.89 £36.72

Methylated spirit - mineralised (blue) Danger (Completely denatured alcohol)

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1993 PG-3 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235 ME3982

Danger

Methyl salicylate LR (Methyl 2-hydroxybenzoate)

£11.34

Methyl methacrylate monomer LR (Methyl - 2 - methylpropenoate)

£12.08

500 mL

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1219 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235

CH3OOCC6H4OH Assay = >98% Melting Point = 126 °C Approx. MW: 152.15   CAS: 99-76-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H412 Precaution: P273 50 g

11.1 °C

Methyl red 0.01% aqueous solution

Methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate LR (Methylparaben)

ME3968

Danger

(CH3)3COH Assay = 98.5% Boiling Range 81-83°C Weight per ml ~0.78g Melting point ~25°C MW: 74.12   CAS: 75-65-0   UN: 3/UN 1120 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H332, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P261, P305+P351+P338, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P403+P233

Methylene blue C.I.52015 (Tetramethylthionine Chloride)

ME3914

£9.05

500 mL

2-Methylpropan-2-ol (tert-Butyl alcohol)

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

28 °C

27 °C

£8.03

13 °C

(C2H5OH & CH3OH) CAS: 64-17-5   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319 Precaution: P210, P403+P235, P240, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 ME14020 ME14025

1 litre 6 x 1 litre

£6.41 £39.42

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

33


CHEMICALS

MI-NI

Mineral wool

Warning

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315 Precaution: P264, P280, P302+P352, P332+P313, P362 CE2016

£8.03

500 g

Superwool

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 44

C8H5N5O6·H3N MW: 284.19   CAS: 3051-09-0   UN: Non restricted £9.65

5g

Naphthalene crystals LR (Coal Tar Camphor)

Warning

NA4170

£24.17

C10H8 Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 78.9 °C MW: 128.17   CAS: 91-20-3   UN: 4.1/UN1334 PG-3 Hazard: H351, H302, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 500 g

Nickel foil (0.15mm) LR

Warning

Ni Assay ≥ 99.0% MW: 58.71   CAS: 7440-02-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H351, H317 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 NI4206

£40.10

100 g

Nickel (II) carbonate basic

Danger

~NiCO3 · 2Ni(OH)2 · 4H2O CAS: 12607-70-4   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H350, H302, H315, H317, H332, H334, H341, H360, H372, H410 Precaution: P201, P280, P308+P313 NI4222

£12.29

100 g

Nickel (II) chloride 6-water LR (Nickel dichloride)

Danger

NiCl2 · 6H2O Assay = 97% MW: 237.69   CAS: 7791-20-0   UN: 6.1/UN3288 PG-3 Hazard: H301, H315, H317, H331, H334, H341, H350, H360, H372, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 NI4226

250 g

£20.79

Nickel (II) nitrate 6-water LR Danger (Nickelous Nitrate Hexahydrate)

Ni(NO3)2 · 6H2O Assay = 97% MW: 290.79   CAS: 13478-00-7   UN: 5.1/UN2725 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H350, H360, H341, H334, H410, H302, H315, H317, H318, H332, H372 Precaution: P201, P202, P280, P264, P261, P333+P313 NI4230

250 g

Danger

NiSO4 · 6-7H2O Assay = 99% CAS: 10101-97-0   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H350, H341, H360, H372, H332, H302, H315, H334, H317, H410 Precaution: P201, P280 NI4240

250 g

£10.67

Ninhydrin (Indan-1,2,3-trione)

Murexide (Ammonium purpurate) MU4140

Nickel (II) sulfate hydrated LR (Sulfuric Acid Nickel (II) Salt)

£14.58

Warning

C6H4COC(OH)2CO MW: 178.14   CAS: 485-47-2   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P260, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352, P270, P280 NI4264

5g

Ninhydrin spray

£11.21

Danger

Assay 29 °C CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1120 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H302, H335, H315, H318, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P260, P270, P301+P330+P331, P305+P351+P338 NI4270

240 mL

Nitric acid conc. 69 % w/w LR

£120.08

Danger

HNO3 Approximately 15.6M Weight per ml ~1.42g MW: 63.01   CAS: 7697-37-2   UN: 8+5.1 / UN2031 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H314, H290, H331 Precaution: P280, P260, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338 NI4280 NI14010

1 litre 6 x 1 litre

£10.26 £56.63

Nitric acid 1.0M std. solution

Danger

HNO3 MW: 63.01   CAS: Mixture   UN: 8+5.1 / UN2031 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 NI4294

1 litre

£8.98

Nitric acid 2.0M std. solution

Danger

HNO3 MW: 63.01   UN: 8+5.1 / UN2031 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 NI4290

1 litre

£9.05

Concentrated nitric acid is INFO supplied in plastic bottles which are certified for transport, but are not suitable for long-term storage, and therefore it should be decanted into glass bottles. See CLEAPSS’ guides GL251 & GL252 for more information. For suitable bottles, please see Reagent bottles on page 251 (BO190700 & BO190702)

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

34

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


OC-PE

CHEMICALS

n-Octane LR

Paraffin wax 56-58°C

Danger

Flash Point: 300 °C Small pellets, Melting Point 56-58 °C CAS: 8002-74-2   UN: Non restricted

CH3(CH2)6CH3 -12 °C Assay = 99% Boiling Range 124-126°C Weight per ml 0.701-0.703g MW: 114.23   CAS: 111-65-9   UN: 3/UN1262 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H315, H336, H410 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 OC4350

PA4476

n-Pentane LR (Amyl Hydride)

£20.12

100 mL

Oct-1-ene LR (Caprylene)

Danger -21 °C

CH3(CH2)5CH=CH2 Assay = 97% Boiling Range 122-123°C Weight per ml 0.715g MW: 112.21  CAS: 111-66-0  UN: 3/UN3295PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H410, EUH066 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 OC4364

Octan-1-ol LR (Octyl alcohol)

Warning

£24.98

500 mL

Orcein propionic solution

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 8+3/UN3463 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 OR4432

£16.61

100 mL

Orcein acetic solution (La cour)

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 8/UN2790 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 OR4430

£13.37

100 mL

Oxalic acid 2-water (Ethanedioic acid)

Danger

(COOH)2 · 2H2O Assay = 99.5% MW: 126.07   CAS: 6153-56-6   UN: 8/UN3261 PG-3 Hazard: H312, H302, H318 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 ET2620 ET2622

£4.73 £6.89

250 g 500 g

Paraffin liquid - light LR

Flash Point: 159 °C Weight per mL ~0.85 g CAS: 8042-47-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H350 Precaution: P201, P202, P281, P308+P313, P405 PA4452 PA4454

500 mL 2.5 litre

-49.4 °C

£12.42

500 mL

Pentan-1-ol LR (n-Amyl alcohol)

CH3(CH2)7OH Assay = 94-98%    Flash Point: 81 °C Weight per ml ~0.82g MW: 130.23   CAS: 111-87-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 OC4358

Danger

CH3(CH2)3CH3 Assay = 99% Boiling Range 35-35 °C Weight per mL 0.625-0.627 g MW: 72.15   CAS: 109-66-0   UN: 3/UN1265 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H336, H411 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 PE4494

£20.79

100 mL

£13.91

500 g

Danger

Warning 48 °C

CH3(CH2)4OH Assay ≥ 99% Weight per ml 0.813-0.815g Distillation Range 133-138°C MW: 88.15   CAS: 71-41-0   UN: 3/UN1105 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H332, H335, H315, H318 Precaution: P210, P280, P271, P305+P351+P338, P304+P340, P403+P233 PE4502

£27.68

500 mL

Petroleum ether 40-60°C Danger (Petroleum spirit) (Ligroine)

-45 °C

Boiling Range 40-60 °C Weight per mL ~0.64 g CAS: 8032-32-4   UN: 3/UN1268 PG-2 Hazard: H304, H225, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P201, P210, P280, P308+P313, P403+P235, P273 PE4528 PE14005

£11.00 £22.14

500 mL 1 litre

Petroleum ether 60-80°C Danger (Petroleum spirit) (Ligroine)

-34 °C

Boiling Range 60-80 °C Weight per mL ~0.67 g CAS: 8032-32-4   UN: 3/UN1268 PG-2 Hazard: H304, H225, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P201, P210, P280, P308+P313, P403+P235, P273 PE4532 PE14010

£10.19 £18.63

500 mL 1 litre

Petroleum ether 80-100°C Danger (Petroleum spirit) (Ligroine) -21 °C

Boiling Range 80-100 °C Weight per mL ~0.70 g CAS: 8032-32-4   UN: 3/UN1268 PG-2 Hazard: H304, H225, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P201, P210, P280, P308+P313, P403+P235, P273 PE4536 PE14015

£11.41 £18.63

500 mL 1 litre

Petroleum ether 100-120°C Danger (Petroleum spirit) (Ligroine)

-7 °C

Boiling Range 100-120°C Weight per ml ~0.72g CAS: 8032-32-4   UN: 3/UN1268 PG-2 Hazard: H304, H225, H315, H336, H411 Precaution: P201, P210, P280, P308+P313, P403+P235, P273

£6.89 £30.51

PE4540 PE14020

£12.83 £19.44

500 mL 1 litre

Petroleum jelly - white (Paraffin soft white)

Flash Point: 150 °C CAS: 8009-03-8   UN: Non restricted

NON RETURNABLE

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

PE4524

500 g

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£7.49

w: timstar.com

35


CHEMICALS Phenol, crystals LR (Phenol)(Hydroxybenzene)

PH-PO Platinum Wire

Danger

C6H5OH Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 80 °C Melting Range 39.5-41°C MW: 94.11   CAS: 108-95-2   UN: 6.1/UN1671 PG-2 Hazard: H341, H331, H311, H301, H373, H314 Precaution: P260, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 PH4550

£28.28

250 g

Phenol Red 0.02% indicator solution

Pt MW: 195.08   CAS: 7440-06-4   UN: Non restricted PL4792

150 mm

£86.33

Polyvinyl alcohol (high MW) (Ethenol)

(CH2:CHOH)n MW: approx 150,000   CAS: 9002-89-5   UN: Non restricted PV13005

250 g

£20.12

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted PH4582

£5.54

100 mL

Phenolphthalein (pH indicator) (3,3-Bis(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-1 (3H)-Isobenzofuranone)

Danger

K Assay = 98% MW: 39.1   CAS: 7440-09-7   UN: 4.3/UN2257 PG-1 Hazard: H260, H314 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P378

£5.06

25 g

Phenolphthalein 1% solution

PO4808 PO4810

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-3 24 °C Hazard: H225, H341, H350, H319 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313, P305+P351+P338 PH4574

£4.66

500 mL

Phenyl salicylate LR (Phenyl-2-hydroxybenzoate) (Salol)

Warning

C6H4(OH)COOC6H5 Assay = 99% Melting point ~44°C MW: 214.22   CAS: 118-55-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 PH4600 PH4602

£14.31 £28.49

100 g 250 g

DL - Phenylalanine

CAS: 150-30-1   UN: Non restricted PH18000

Phosphoric acid (Orthophosphoric acid)

Danger

H3PO4 Assay ~ 85% Weight per ml ~1.7g MW: 98   CAS: 7664-38-2   UN: 8/UN1805 PG-3 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 PH4632

500 mL

£13.64

Phosphorus - red

Danger

P Assay 98% MW: 30.97   CAS: 7723-14-0   UN: 4.1/UN1338 PG-3 Hazard: H228, H412 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 PH4640

25 g

£6.68

Phosphorus pentoxide Danger (Phosphoric anhydride, phosphoros (V) oxide)

P2O5 Assay = 95% MW: 141.94   CAS: 1314-56-3   UN: 8/UN1807 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 PH4664

36

250 g

£22.82

10 g 25 g

Potassium bromate (V) LR (Bromic Acid)

£24.98 £57.98

Danger

KBrO3 Assay = 99.5% MW: 167   CAS: 7758-01-2   UN: 5.1/UN1484 PG-2 Hazard: H271, H350, H301 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO4816 PO4818

100 g 250 g

£6.68 £15.93

Potassium bromide LR (Hydrobromic Acid Potassium Salt)

Warning

KBr Assay = 99% MW: 119   CAS: 7758-02-3   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313 PO4824

£11.07

5g

INFO

Potassium (metal) in Liquid paraffin Danger

OCOC6H4C(C6H4OH)2 Melting Range = 258-263°C MW: 318.33   CAS: 77-09-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H350, H341, H361 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 PH4566

For making slime, we recommend the high molecular weight PVA

500 g

£20.79

Potassium carbonate anhydrous LR (Potash)

Warning

K2CO3 Assay = 99.5% MW: 138.21   CAS: 584-08-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P403+P235, P305+P351+P338, P260 PO4834

500 g

Potassium chlorate (V) LR (Chlorate Of Potash)

£7.36

Danger

KClO3 Assay = 99% MW: 122.55   CAS: 3811-04-9   UN: 5.1/UN1485 PG-2 Hazard: H271, H332, H302, H411 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO4840

500 g

£19.44

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


PO

CHEMICALS

Potassium chloride LR

KCl Assay = 99% MW: 74.55   CAS: 7447-40-7   UN: Non restricted PO4852

£5.74

500 g

KCl Assay = 99.5% MW: 74.55   CAS: 7447-40-7   UN: Non restricted £17.28

500 g

Potassium chromate (VI) LR (Chromic Acid)

Danger

K2CrO4 Assay = 99% MW: 194.19   CAS: 7789-00-6   UN: 6.1/UN3288 PG-3 Hazard: H350, H340, H319, H335, H315, H317, H410 Precaution: P201, P202, P280, P264, P261, P333+P313 PO4856

£13.16

100 g

Potassium dichromate (VI) LR Danger (Potassium Bichromate)

500 g

£29.63

Potassium dihydrogen phosphate (V) LR (Potassium Phosphate, Monobasic)

KH2PO4 Assay = 98% MW: 136.09   CAS: 7778-77-0   UN: Non restricted PO4882

500 g

£13.43

£12.42

500 g

Potassium hydrogen phthalate LR (Khp)

COOH·C6H4·COOK Assay = 99.5% MW: 204.22   CAS: 877-24-7   UN: Non restricted PO4930 PO4932

£13.77 £56.63

100 g 500 g

Potassium hydrogen phthalate AR (Khp)

COOH·C6H4·COOK Assay = 99.9-100.1% MW: 204.22   CAS: 877-24-7   UN: Non restricted PO4933

K2Cr2O7 Assay = 99% MW: 294.18   CAS: 7778-50-9   UN: 6.1+5.1/UN3086 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H350, H340, H360, H330, H301, H372, H314, H334, H317, H410, H312 Precaution: P210, P280 PO4868

K2HPO4 Assay = 98% MW: 174.18   CAS: 7758-11-4   UN: Non restricted PO4928

Potassium chloride AR

PO4855

di-Potassium hydrogen phosphate (Potassium Phosphate Dibasic)

£20.79

100 g

Potassium hydrogen (+) tartrate LR (Cream of tartar)

KO2CCH(OH)CH(OH)COOH Assay = 98% MW: 188.18   CAS: 212-769-1   UN: Non restricted PO4940

£26.33

500 g

Potassium hydroxide, pellets LR

PO4948

£15.26

500 g

Potassium hydroxide, pellets AR

Potassium ferricyanide LR (Potassium hexacyanoferrate (III))

Danger

KOH Assay = 85% CAS: 1310-58-3   UN: 8/UN1813 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H314 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

Danger

K3Fe(CN)6 Assay = 98.5% MW: 329.24   CAS: 13746-66-2   UN: Non restricted

KOH CAS: 1310-58-3   UN: 8/UN1813 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H314 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

PO4892

PO4953

250 g

£21.47

Potassium ferrocyanide (Potassium hexacyanoferrate (II) 3-water)

K4Fe(CN)6 · 3H2O Assay = 99% Melting Range 70-72°C MW: 422.39   CAS: 14459-95-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H412 Precaution: P273 PO4900

250 g

£11.48

Potassium hydrogen carbonate LR (Potassium bicarbonate)

KHCO3 Assay = 99.5% MW: 100.12   CAS: 298-14-6   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P260, P305+P351+P338 PO4918

500 g

£10.13

Danger

KIO3 Assay = 99% MW: 214   CAS: 7758-05-6   UN: 5.1/UN1479 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO4960

£11.41

100 g

Potassium iodate (V) AR

Danger

KIO3 MW: 214   CAS: 7758-05-6   UN: 5.1/UN1479 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO4963

£20.12

100 g

Potassium iodate (VII) (Potassium Periodate)

Danger

KIO4 Assay = 99% MW: 230   CAS: 7790-21-8   UN: 5.1/UN1479 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO4974

NON RETURNABLE

£20.79

500 g

Potassium iodate (V) LR

100 g

£57.98

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

37


CHEMICALS

PO-PR Potassium persulfate LR (Dipotassium peroxodisulfate)

Potassium iodide LR (Knollide)

K2S2O8 Assay = 98% MW: 270.32   CAS: 7727-21-1   UN: 5.1/UN1492 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H302, H319, H335, H315, H334, H317 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280

KI Assay 99% MW: 166   CAS: 7681-11-0   UN: Non restricted PO4976 PO4978

£15.39 £64.73

100 g 500 g

PO5032

Potassium iodide AR (Knollide)

Potassium nitrate LR (Saltpeter)

PO5036

Warning

KNO3 Assay = 99% MW: 101.1   CAS: 7757-79-1   UN: 5.1/UN1486 PG-3 Hazard: H272 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO5012

£7.09

500 g

Potassium nitrite LR (Potassium nitrate (III))

Danger

KNO2 Assay = 97% MW: 85.1   CAS: 7758-09-0   UN: 5.1/UN1488 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H301, H400 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 PO5018

£22.14

100 g

Potassium oxalate 1-water LR (Potassium ethanedioate)

Warning

£10.60

100 g

Potassium permanganate LR (Potassium manganate (VII))

Danger

KMnO4 Assay = 99% MW: 158.03   CAS: 7722-64-7   UN: 5.1/UN1490 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H302, H410 Precaution: P210, P261, P264, P270, P271, P280 PO4988

500 g

£9.32

Potassium permanganate 0.02M (0.1N) std. solution (Potassium manganate (VII)) KMnO4 MW: 158.03   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted PO5000

2.5 litre

£17.96

Potassium permanganate 0.02M (0.1N) CVS (Potassium manganate (VII))

500 g

£13.91

Potassium sulfate LR

K2SO4 MW: 174.26   CAS: 7778-80-5   UN: Non restricted PO5042

500 g

£5.87

Potassium thiocyanate LR (Potassium Rhodanide)

Warning

KSCN Assay = 97% MW: 97.18   CAS: 333-20-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H312, H332, H412 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 PO5060 PO5062

100 g 500 g

£7.76 £30.51

L-Proline ((S)-Pyrrolidine-2-Carboxylic Acid.) Assay = 98% CAS: 147-85-3   UN: Non restricted PR5080

(COOK)2 · H2O Assay = 98% MW: 184.23   CAS: 6487-48-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H312 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 PO5022

£22.68

KOCOCH(OH)CH(OH)COONa·4H2O Assay = 99% MW: 282.22   CAS: 6381-59-5   UN: Non restricted

£16.34 £68.78

100 g 500 g

500 g

Potassium sodium (+) tartrate LR (Rochelle salt)

KI Assay = 99.5% MW: 166   CAS: 7681-11-0   UN: Non restricted PO4981 PO4983

Danger

5g

Propan-1-ol LR (n-Propyl alcohol)

£10.53

Danger 15 °C

CH3CH2CH2OH Assay = 99.5% MW: 60.1   CAS: 71-23-8   UN: 3/UN1247 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H318, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P271, P305+P351+P338, P304+P340, P403+P233 PR5088 PR14015

500 mL 1 litre

£8.03 £11.81

Propan-2-ol LR (iso-Propyl alcohol)

Danger

(CH3)2CHOH Assay = 99.5% Boiling Range 81-83°C Weight per ml 0.785-0.788g MW: 60.1   CAS: 67-63-0   UN: 3/UN1219 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H319, H336 Precaution: P210, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P303+P361+P353, P403+P235 PR5094 PR14005 PR14010

500 mL 1 litre 6 x 1 litre

12 °C

£6.48 £11.54 £52.58

KMnO4 MW: 158.03   CAS: 7722-64-7   UN: Non restricted PO5004

Pack of 6

£40.10

Potassium permanganate 0.2M (1.0N) std. solution (Potassium manganate (VII)) KMnO4 MW: 158.03   CAS: 7722-64-7   UN: Non restricted PO4998

38

2.5 litre

£24.17

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


PR-SI

CHEMICALS

Propane-1-2-diol LR (Propylene glycol)

Sand - Fine White

CAS: 7631-86-9   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P260

CH3CH(OH)CH2OH Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 107 °C Weight per ml ~1.26g MW: 76.1   CAS: 57-55-6   UN: Non restricted PR5082

SA5278

Sand acid washed (Low in Iron) LR CAS: 7631-86-9   UN: Non restricted Precaution: P260

£9.72

500 mL

Propionaldehyde LR (Propanal)

Danger

SA5272 -40 °C

CH3CH2CHO Assay = 97% Weight per ml ~0.80g MW: 58.08   CAS: 123-38-6   UN: 3/UN1275 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H302, H332, H335, H315, H318 Precaution: P210, P240, P261, P280, P302+P352, P305+P351+P338 PR5102 PR5104

£11.88 £22.14

100 mL 250 mL

Danger

CH3CH2COOH Assay = 99%    Flash Point: 52 °C Boiling Range 140-142°C Weight per ml ~0.99g MW: 74.08   CAS: 79-09-4   UN: 8+3/UN3463 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 £21.47

500 mL

Pyrogallol LR (Benzene-1,2,3-triol)

Warning

C6H3(OH)3 Assay = 99% MW: 126.11   CAS: 87-66-1   UN: 6.1/UN2811 PG-3 Hazard: H341, H332, H312, H302, H412 Precaution: P260, P271, P264, P270, P301+P312, P330 PY5124

£30.51

100 g

One tablet to 40 mL distilled water makes a 0.005 % solution. CAS: 550-82-3   UN: Non restricted RE5172 RE5174

£6.62 £38.61

10 tablets 100 tablets

Danger

SA5256

£5.33

£6.41

Salicylic acid LR (2-Hydroxybenzoic acid)

100 g

NON RETURNABLE

£26.33

25 mL

Sebacoyl chloride 5% in Cyclohexane

Danger

MW: CAS:  CAS: 110-82-7   -18 °C UN: 3/UN1145 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H304, H315, H336, H410 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 SE5306

£8.98

100 mL

Silica gel

1-3 mm CAS: 7631-86-9   UN: Non restricted £12.29

500 g

Silica gel self-indicating

Red to yellow (anhydrous to hydrated). An alternative indicator, safer than cobalt(II) chloride. CAS: 7631-86-9   UN: Non restricted £17.82

500 g

Danger

Blue to pink (anhydrous to hydrated). Uses a cobalt(II) chloride indicator, which is toxic and carcinogenic. CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H350, H302, H334, H317, H360, H341, H410 Precaution: P201, P273, P280, P308+P313 £13.30

500 g

Assay CAS: 7631-86-9   UN: Non restricted SI5340

100 g

£44.48

Silver wire Danger

C6H4OHCOOH Assay = 99.5%    Flash Point: 157 °C MW: 138.12   CAS: 69-72-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H318 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 SA5266

SE5300

Silica gel, for column chromatography

CAS: 477-73-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 5g

Assay = 97% Weight per ml ~1.12g CAS: 111-19-3   UN: 8/UN3265 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H310, H314 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

SI5338

Safranin O Stain C.I.50240 (Basic Red 2)

SA5250

Danger

Silica gel self-Indicating

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 13 °C Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P305+P351+P338, P303+P361+P353 100 mL

£11.07

100 mL

Sebacoyl chloride LR (Decanedioyl chloride)

SI5336

Safranin O, 1 % Alcoholic Solution

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 8/UN1840 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H314, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

SI5332

Resazurin tablets

£7.76

1 kg

Schultz’s solution (chlor-zinc-Iodine solution)

SC5296

Propionic Acid LR (Propanoic Acid)

PR5106

£7.90

5 kg

Ag MW: 107.87   CAS: 7740-22-4   UN: Non restricted SI5364

10 g

£40.10

£7.22

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

39


CHEMICALS

Silver nitrate LR (Nitric Acid Silver(I) Salt)

SI-SO Sodium acetate Anhydrous LR (Sodium Ethanoate)

Danger

AgNO3 Assay ≥ 99.9% MW: 169.87   CAS: 7761-88-8   UN: 5.1/UN1493 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H314, H410, H290 Precaution: P210, P220, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P273 SI5370 SI5372 SI5374

Silver nitrate AR (Nitric Acid Silver(I) Salt)

Danger

£44.48

25 g

Silver nitrate 0.1M (0.1N) Solution

Warning

AgNO3 MW: 169.87   CAS: Mixture   UN: 9/UN3082 PG-3 Hazard: H315, H319, H410, H290 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313, P332+P313 SI5382 SI5386

£15.93 £70.13

500 mL 2.5 litre

Soap solution, Clark’s

£9.72

1 litre

Soap solution, Wanklyn’s

Warning

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 22 °C Hazard: H226, H319 Precaution: P233, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 WA14005

£10.13

1 litre

Soda Lime, granulated ‘Carbosorb’

Danger

CAS: 8006-28-8   UN: 8/UN1907 PG-3 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, , P337+P313, P332+P313 SO5412

£13.77

500 g

Soda Lime, self Indicating ‘Carbosorb’

Danger

Turns from white to violet when absorbing CO2. Size 3-5 mm. CAS: 8006-28-8   UN: 8/UN1907 PG-3 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P260, P303+P361+P353, P304+P340, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331 SO5416

£11.81

500 g

Sodium metal (in Liquid Paraffin)

Danger

Na Assay = 99% MW: 22.99   CAS: 7440-23-5   UN: 4.3/UN1428 PG-1 Hazard: H260, H314 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P403+P233, P335+P334, P378 SO5422

£8.30

25 g

£21.06

25 g 100 g

£5.87 £15.26

Sodium borohydride (Sodium tetrahydridoborate)

Danger

NaBH4 MW: 37.83   CAS: 16940-66-2   UN: 4.3/UN1426 PG-1 Hazard: H260, H301, H311, H314 Precaution: P223, P231+P232, P280, P335+P334, P378 SO6000

25 g

£31.86

Sodium bromate, LR (Bromic Acid)

Danger

NaBrO3 Assay = 99% MW: 150.89   CAS: 7789-38-0   UN: 5.1/UN1494 PG-2 Hazard: H271, H302, H315, H319, H341, H350, H335 Precaution: P210, P221, P283, P264, P305+P351+P338, P370+P380+P375 SO5466

Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-2 22 °C Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 CL14015

500 g

Sodium alginate (Algin) SO5448 SO5450

AgNO3 MW: 169.87   CAS: 7761-88-8   UN: 5.1/UN1493 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H314, H410, H290 Precaution: P210, P220, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P273 SI5377

SO5444

CAS: 9005-38-3   UN: Non restricted

£22.14 £41.78 £175.50

10 g 25 g 100 g

CH3COONa Assay = 98% MW: 82.03   CAS: 127-09-3   UN: Non restricted

100 g

£13.10

Sodium bromide LR

NaBr Assay = 99% MW: 102.89   CAS: 7647-15-6   UN: Non restricted SO5470

£7.49

250 g

Sodium carbonate 10-Water (Washing Soda)

Warning

Na2CO3 · 10H2O Assay = 98% MW: 286.14   CAS: 497-19-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 SO5490 SO5494

1 kg 2 kg

£5.54 £8.98

Sodium carbonate anhydrous LR

Warning

Na2CO3 Assay = 99% MW: 105.99   CAS: 497-19-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 SO5480 SO5482

500 g 3 kg

£4.12 £10.40

Sodium carbonate anhydrous AR

Warning

Na2CO3 Assay = 99.9% MW: 105.99   CAS: 497-19-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 SO5487

500 g

£15.26

Sodium acetate 3-Water LR (Sodium Ethanoate)

CH3COONa · 3H2O Assay = 99% MW: 136.08   CAS: 6131-90-4   UN: Non restricted SO5436

40

500 g

£9.11

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


SO

CHEMICALS

Sodium chlorate (V) LR

Danger

SO5520

£7.90

NaClO3 Assay = 99% MW: 106.44   CAS: 7775-09-9   UN: 5.1/UN1495 PG-2 Hazard: H271, H302, H411 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 500 g

NaCl Assay = 99.5% MW: 58.44   CAS: 7647-14-5   UN: Non restricted £3.92 £6.62 £20.12

1 kg 3 kg 10 kg

NaCl Assay = 99.9% MW: 58.44   CAS: 7647-14-5   UN: Non restricted SO5535

£15.26

500 g

NaCl MW: 58.44   CAS: 7647-14-5   UN: Non restricted SO5524

£9.38

3 kg

HOC(COONa)(CH2COONa)2 · 2H2O Assay = 99% MW: 294.1   CAS: 6132-04-3   UN: Non restricted £8.24

500 g

tri-Sodium citrate 2-Water AR (Citric Acid Trisodium Salt Dihydrate)

Na3C6H5O72H2O MW: 294.1   CAS: 6132-04-3   UN: Non restricted SO5555

£17.96

500 g

Sodium dichromate (VI) Anhydrous LR

500 g

Danger

£16.61

Sodium dihydrogen phosphate (V) 2-Water LR (Sodium Phosphate, Monobasic Dihydrate) NaH2PO4 · 2H2O Assay = 98% MW: 156.01   CAS: 13472-35-0   UN: Non restricted SO5566

500 g

Na2HPO4 · 12H2O Assay = 98% MW: 358.14   CAS: 10039-32-4   UN: Non restricted £13.77

500 g

SO5630

£5.54

500 g

Sodium hydrogen sulfate (Sodium Bisulfate)

NaHSO4 Assay = 95% MW: 120.06   CAS: 7681-38-1   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318 Precaution: P280, P305+P351+P338, P310 SO5634

£4.59

500 g

Sodium hydroxide 0.1M (0.1N) Std. Solution (Caustic Soda)

Na2Cr2O7 Assay = 99% MW: 268   CAS: 10588-01-9   UN: 6.1+5.1/UN3086 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H301, H330, H334, H340, H350, H360, H372, H314, H312, H410, H317 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 SO5564

£12.08

500 g

di-Sodium hydrogen phosphate 12-Water LR (Sodium Phosphate Dibasic, Dodecahydrate)

Na2HPO4 Assay = 98% MW: 141.96   CAS: 7558-79-4   UN: Non restricted

£10.13

tri-Sodium citrate 2-Water LR (Citric Acid Trisodium Salt Dihydrate)

SO5550

NaHCO3 MW: 84.01   CAS: 144-55-8   UN: Non restricted

di-Sodium hydrogen phosphate anhydrous LR (Disodium Hydrogen Phosphate)

CAS: 7647-14-5   UN: Non restricted 3 kg

£3.51 £10.67

500 g 3 kg

Sodium hydrogen carbonate AR (Sodium bicarbonate)

SO5626

Sodium chloride Technical (Rock Salt) SO5544

NaHCO3 Assay = 99% MW: 84.01   CAS: 144-55-8   UN: Non restricted

SO5615

Sodium chloride - Granular T (Halite)

£8.30

200 g

Sodium hydrogen carbonate LR (Sodium bicarbonate)

SO5610 SO5612

Sodium chloride AR

Danger

NaF Assay = 98% MW: 41.99   CAS: 7681-49-4   UN: 6.1/UN1690 PG-3 Hazard: H301, H319, H315 Precaution: P280, P270, P264, P301+P310, P305+P351+P338, P302+P352 SO5600

Sodium chloride LR (Halite)

SO5528 SO5530 SO5532

Sodium fluoride LR

£18.63

NaOH MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: Non restricted SO5684 SO5686

£10.73 £16.61

2.5 litre 5 litre

Sodium hydroxide 0.1M (0.1N) CVS (Caustic Soda)

Danger

NaOH MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5696

£28.28

Pack of 6

Sodium hydroxide 1.0M (1.0N) (Caustic Soda)

Danger

NaOH MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338

NON RETURNABLE

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

SO5678 SO5680

2.5 litre 5 litre

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£14.58 £16.61

w: timstar.com

41


CHEMICALS

SO

Sodium hydroxide 1.0M (1.0N) CVS (Caustic Soda)

Danger

NaOH Each unit makes 1 L of solution. MW: 40   CAS: Mixture   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5692

£29.63

Pack of 6

Sodium hydroxide 2.0M (2.0N) Std. Solution (Caustic Soda)

Danger

NaOH MW: 40   CAS: Mixture   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5672

£5.74

1 litre

Sodium hydroxide, pearl (Caustic soda)

Danger

NaOH Assay = 97% MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5642 SO14005

£5.81 £9.59

500 g 1 kg

Sodium hydroxide, pellets LR (Caustic soda)

Danger

NaOH Assay = 97% MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5656 SO5658

£7.43 £14.58

500 g 1 kg

Sodium hydroxide pellets AR (Caustic soda)

Danger

NaOH Assay = 98% MW: 40   CAS: 1310-73-2   UN: 8/UN1824 PG-2 Hazard: H314, H290 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5663

£15.26

500 g

Sodium hypochlorite Solution (Sodium chlorate (I))

Danger

NaClO Weight per ml 1.27g MW: 74.44   CAS: 7681-52-9   UN: 8/UN1791 PG-3 Hazard: H314, H400 Precaution: P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338, P301+P330+P331, P405, P273 SO5698 SO5700

1 litre 2.5 litre

Sodium iodide LR

£6.08 £13.91

Warning

NaI Assay = 99% MW: 149.89   CAS: 7681-82-5   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H315, H319, H400 Precaution: P280, P305+P351+P338, P273 SO5708

42

100 g

£15.66

Sodium metabisulphite LR (Sodium disulphite (V))

Danger

Na2S2O5 Assay 98.5% MW: 190.11   CAS: 7681-57-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H318 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330 SO5716

500 g

£5.06

Sodium nitrate LR (Chile Saltpeter)

Warning

NaNO3 Assay = 98% MW: 84.99   CAS: 7631-99-4   UN: 5.1/UN1498 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H302, H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 SO5732

500 g

Sodium nitrite LR

£5.06

Danger

NaNO2 Assay = 98% MW: 69   CAS: 7632-00-0   UN: 5.1+6.1/UN1500 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H301, H400 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280 SO5740

500 g

£6.48

Sodium oxalate (Sodium ethanedioate)

Warning

Na2O2O4CCOONa Assay = 99.5% MW: 134   CAS: 62-76-0   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H312 Precaution: P264, P270, P271, P261, P301+P312, P304+P340 SO5590

250 g

£26.33

Sodium persulfate LR (Sodium peroxodisulfate (VI))

Danger

SO5768

£7.83

Na2S2O8 Assay = 96% MW: 238.1   CAS: 7775-27-1   UN: 5.1/UN1505 PG-3 Hazard: H272, H302, H317, H334, H335, H315, H319 Precaution: P210, P270, P302+P352, P305+P351+P338, P304+P341, P280 250 g

Sodium salicylate LR (Sodium 2-hydroxybenzoate)

Warning

HOC6H4COONa MW: 160.1   CAS: 54-21-7   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H302, H319, H361 Precaution: P264, P280, P270, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313 SO5778

250 g

£15.26

Sodium silicate solution (water glass) (Sodium trisilicate)

Danger

Na2O · 3SiO2 MW: 242.33   CAS: 1344-09-8   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H314, H335 Precaution: P280, P264, P363, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SO5792

2.5 litre

£15.26

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


SO-SU

CHEMICALS

Sodium sulfate anhydrous LR

Warning

Na2SO4 Assay = 99% S.G. Approx 1.50 MW: 142.04   CAS: 7757-82-6   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H317 Precaution: P261, P363, P333+P313, SO5812

£4.59

500 g

Sodium sulphite anhydrous LR

Na2SO3 Assay = 96% MW: 126.04   CAS: 7757-83-7   UN: Non restricted SO5832

£6.62

500 g

di-Sodium Tetraborate 10-Water LR (Borax powder)

Danger

Na2B4O7 · 10H2O Assay = 99% MW: 381.37   CAS: 1303-96-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H360, H319 Precaution: P201, P281, P308+P313, P202, P305+P351+P338 SO5852

£5.54

500 g

Na2S2O3 MW: 158.11   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

Na2S2O3 MW: 158.11   CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

Sodium thiosulfate 5-water LR

Na2S2O3 · 5H2O Assay = 99% MW: 248.18   CAS: 10102-17-7   UN: Non restricted SO5862 SO5864

£5.00 £19.17

500 g 3 kg

Sodium thiosulfate 5-Water AR

Na2S2O3 · 5H2O MW: 248.18   CAS: 10102-17-7   UN: Non restricted SO5867

£9.38

500 g

Na2S2O3 Assay = 97% MW: 158.11   CAS: 7772-98-7   UN: Non restricted £9.05

500 g

Starch - soluble LR (Amylodextrin)

£13.91

500 g

Steel wool

CAS: None   UN: Non restricted £12.02

450 g

Strontium carbonate LR

£12.35

100 g

Strontium chloride LR

ST5960

Danger

£7.09

100 g

Strontium nitrate, anhydrous LR

Danger

Sr(NO3)2 Assay = 99% MW: 211.63   CAS: 10042-76-9   UN: 5.1/UN1507 PG-3 Hazard: H271, H318 Precaution: P210, P220, P280, P305+P351+P338, P306+P360, P371+P375 ST5968

£15.26

250 g

Danger 32 °C

C6H5CH=CH2 Assay = 99% Weight per ml ~0.90g MW: 104.15   CAS: 100-42-5   UN: 3/UN2055 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H332, H319, H315, H361, , H372 Precaution: P210, P260, P280, P271, P305+P351+P338

SU5996 SU5998

(C6H10O5)n CAS: 9005-84-9   UN: Non restricted 500 g

ST5952

250 mL

£12.42

C12H22O11 MW: 342.3   CAS: 57-50-1   UN: Non restricted

Starch - soluble AR (Amylodextrin) ST5941

CH3(CH2)16COOH Assay = 93%    Flash Point: 180 °C MW: 284.48   CAS: 57-11-4   UN: Non restricted

Sucrose LR (Cane sugar)

£6.48

500 g

£8.51

500 g

Stearic acid (Octadecanoic acid)

ST5972

(C6H10O5)n CAS: 9005-84-9   UN: Non restricted ST5936

ST5928

Styrene, stabilizer LR (Phenylethylene monomer)

Sodium thiosulfate anhydrous LR

SO5872

(C6H10O5)n CAS: 9005-84-9   UN: Non restricted

SrCl2 · 6H2O Assay = 95-101% MW: 266.62   CAS: 10025-70-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318 Precaution: P280, P305+P351+P338

£14.58 £16.61

2.5 litre 5 litre

£6.95

500 g

Starch from potato LR (Amylodextrin)

ST5958

Sodium thiosulfate 1M (1.0N) Std. Solution SO5876 SO5878

ST5924

SrCO3 Assay = 97% MW: 147.63   CAS: 1633-05-2   UN: Non restricted

£11.07 £18.63

2.5 litre 5 litre

(C6H10O5)n CAS: 9005-84-9   UN: Non restricted

ST5956

Sodium thiosulfate 0.1M (0.1N) Std. Solution SO5882 SO5884

Starch from maize LR (Amylodextrin)

500 g 3 kg

£4.39 £17.28

Sucrose AR (Cane sugar)

£15.93

C12H22O11 MW: 342.3   CAS: 57-50-1   UN: Non restricted SU6001

NON RETURNABLE

500 g

£7.16

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

43


CHEMICALS

SU-TI

Sudan (III) C.I.26100 (1-(4-(Phenylazo)Phenylazo)-2-Naphthol)

Superwool 607 (Oxocalcium; Oxomagnesium; Silanedione)

C22H16N4O MW: 352.39   CAS: 85-86-9   UN: Non restricted SU6008

CAS: 436083-99-7   UN: Non restricted SU8000

£5.33

10 g

Sudan III solution, Alcoholic solution 0.5%

SU6014

Talc, fine powder (French chalk)

Danger

C22H16N4O MW: 352.39   CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1993 PG-3 Hazard: H225, H319, H335, H336 Precaution: P210, P240, P280, P403+P235, P261, P271

CAS: 14807-96-6   UN: Non restricted 23 °C

Warning

S 157 °C MW: 32.07   CAS: 7704-34-9   UN: 4.1/UN1350 PG-3 Hazard: H228, H315 Precaution: P240, P210, P280, P302+P352, P332+P313, P362 SU6040 SU6042

Sulfur roll

£13.16

1 kg

Danger

HO2CCH(OH)CH(OH)CO2H Assay = 99.5% MW: 150.09   CAS: 87-69-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H318 Precaution: P264, P337+P313, P280, P305+P351+P338 TA6160

£20.12

500 g

CAS: Mixture   UN: Non restricted

Warning

S 157 °C MW: 32.07   CAS: 7704-34-9   UN: 4.1/UN1350 PG-3 Hazard: H228, H315 Precaution: P240, P210, P280, P302+P352, P332+P313, P362 SU7000

£6.62

1 kg

Teepol

£9.05 £15.26

500 g 1 kg

TA6150

L-(+)-Tartaric acid LR (2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid)

£5.33

100 mL

Sulfur fine powder

£8.17

500 g

Sulfuric acid 0.05M (0.1N) Std. Solution

TE6170

£10.73

5 litre

Tetrazolium salt (TTC) (2,3,5-Triphenyltetrazolium chloride)

Warning

[C6H5CN(N(C6H5))2:N]Cl·H2O MW: 352.82   CAS: 298-96-4   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H315, H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P260, P271, P332+P313, P337+P313

H2SO4 MW: 98.08   CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: Non restricted

TE6180

SU6120

C28H30O4 MW: 430.54   CAS: 125-20-2   UN: Non restricted

£12.49

2.5 litre

5g

£28.28

Thymolphthalein (pH Indicator)

Sulfuric acid 0.5M (1.0N) Std. Solution

H2SO4 MW: 98.08   CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: Non restricted

TH6212

SU6112

Sn Assay = 99% MW: 118.69   CAS: 7440-31-5   UN: Non restricted Hazard: H319, H335 Precaution: P264, P280, P305+P351+P338, P337+P313

£19.44

2.5 litre

Sulfuric acid 1M (2.0N) Std. Solution

Warning

H2SO4 MW: 98.08   CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: 8/UN2796 PG-2 Hazard: H315, H319 Precaution: P280, P264, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SU6106

£7.02

1 litre

Sulfuric acid 2M (4.0N) Std. Solution

Danger

H2SO4 CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: 8/UN2796 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SU6102

£6.41

1 litre

Sulphuric Acid 96-97 % LR

Danger

H2SO4 MW: 98.08   CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: 8/UN1830 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SU18001

£11.27

1L

Sulfuric acid 98% AR

Danger

H2SO4 MW: 98.08   CAS: 7664-93-9   UN: 8/UN1830 PG-2 Hazard: H314 Precaution: P280, P264, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 SU6077

44

1 litre

£22.82

5g

£10.73

Tin metal powder LR

TI6236

100 g

Warning

£27.54

Tin metal - granulated LR

Sn Assay = 99.5% MW: 118.69   CAS: 7440-31-5   UN: Non restricted TI6228 TI6232

100 g 500 g

£15.26 £72.83

Tin metal foil 0.035mm LR

Sn Assay = 99.5% MW: 118.69   CAS: 7440-31-5   UN: Non restricted TI6224

100 g

£18.63

Tin (II) chloride 2-water LR (Stannous chloride)

Danger

SnCl2 · 2H2O Assay = 97.5% MW: 225.65   CAS: 10025-69-1   UN: 8/UN3260 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H314 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 TI6240

100 g

£13.77

You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


TO-ZI

CHEMICALS

Toluene LR (low in Sulfur) (Methylbenzene)

Danger 7 °C

C6H5CH3 Assay = 99% Boiling Range 109-112 °C Weight per mL 0.865-0.873 g MW: 92.14   CAS: 108-88-3   UN: 3/UN1294 PG-2 Hazard: H225, H315, H373, H304, H336, H361 Precaution: P233, P280, P261, P301+P310, P331 TO14005

Toluidine blue C.I.52040

C15H16CIN3S MW: 305.83   CAS: 92-31-9   UN: Non restricted TO6298

£10.13

5g

Universal indicator solution pH 4-11 (GREEN at pH 7) Danger

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-3 23 °C Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 UN6382 UN6384 UN6390

£6.68 £23.49 £5.74

500 mL 2.5 litre 10 cards

Universal indicator full range pH 1-14 (YELLOW at pH 7)

Universal indicator full range, pH 1-14 (GREEN at pH 7)

Danger

Danger

Urea LR (Carbamide)

£5.33

500 g

H2O Assay MW: 18.02   CAS: 7732-18-5   UN: Non restricted 5 litre 25 litre

NON RETURNABLE

£5.54 £8.71

100 g 500 g

Zinc metal - granulated (5-10 mm)

Zn Assay = 99.8% MW: 65.39   CAS: 7440-66-6   UN: Non restricted ZI6660

£16.61

500 g

Zinc metal foil - 0.38mm

Zn Assay = 99.9% MW: 65.39   CAS: 7440-66-6   UN: Non restricted £16.61

250 g

Warning

Zn MW: 65.39   CAS: 7440-66-6   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H410 Precaution: P273, P391, P501 ZI6680

£14.58

500 g

ZI6646

£13.23

250 g

Zinc bromide LR

Danger

ZnBr2 Assay = 98% MW: 225.2   CAS: 7699-45-8   UN: 8/UN3260 PG-2 Hazard: H302, H314, H317, H411 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 £20.12

100 g

Zinc carbonate basic LR (Zinc hydroxide carbonate)

Water purified (deionised)

WA6490 WA6492

YE6610 YE6612

ZI6692

NH2CONH2 Assay = 99% MW: 60.06   CAS: 57-13-6   UN: Non restricted UR6432

Yeast - dried (active)

Zn Assay = 99% MW: 65.39   CAS: 7440-66-6   UN: Non restricted

£17.96 £63.38 £5.74

500 mL 2.5 litre 10 cards

£15.93

2.5 litre

Zinc metal sheet 0.60mm

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-3 23 °C Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 UN13005 UN13010 UN13015

WH6516

Zinc metal powder LR

£15.26 £53.93

500 mL 2.5 litre

52 °C

Weight per ml ~0.78g CAS: 8052-41-3   UN: 3/UN1300 PG-3 Hazard: H226, H304, H336, H372, H411 Precaution: P210, P280, P403+P235, P273

ZI6648

CAS: Mixture   UN: 3/UN1170 PG-3 23 °C Hazard: H225, H319, H371 Precaution: P210, P403+P233, P243, P280, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 UN6400 UN6401

Danger

CAS: 8013-01-2   UN: Non restricted

£10.73

1 litre

White spirit (Stoddard Solvent)

Warning

(ZnCO3)2·(Zn(OH)2)3 Assay (as ZnO) 73% CAS: 51839-25-9   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H400 Precaution: P273, P391, P501 ZI6698

500 g

£20.12

£7.49 £18.63

All Chemicals are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

45


CHEMICALS

ZI

Zinc chloride LR (Zinc Dichloride)

Danger

ZnCl2 Assay = 97.5% MW: 136.28   CAS: 7646-85-7   UN: 8/UN2331 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H314, H410, H335 Precaution: P264, P270, P280, P301+P330+P331, P303+P361+P353, P305+P351+P338 ZI6702

£10.13

500 g

Zinc nitrate 6-water LR

timstar.co/chemicals-guide

£11.34

250 g

Zinc oxide LR

ZnO Assay = 99.5% MW: 81.39   CAS: 1314-13-2   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H410 Precaution: P273, P391, P501 ZI6712

What should you consider when purchasing high-quality chemicals? Safety is highly important in any scientific environment, but particularly in the chemistry lab!

Download our guide in collaboration with Vickers Laboratories for some guidance...

Danger

Zn(NO3)2·6H2O Assay = 98% MW: 297.49   CAS: 10196-18-6   UN: 5.1/UN1514 PG-2 Hazard: H272, H302, H315, H319, H335, H411 Precaution: P210, P220, P221, P280, P273, P302+P352, P305+P351+P338 ZI6706

CHEMICALS - A QUALITY SOLUTION

Warning

£11.34

500 g

Zinc sulfate 7-water LR (White Vitriol)

Danger

ZnSO4·7H2O Assay = 98% MW: 287.54   CAS: 7446-20-0   UN: 9/UN3077 PG-3 Hazard: H302, H318, H410 Precaution: P280, P264, P305+P351+P338, P301+P312, P330, P273 ZI6718

£8.30

500 g

HOW DO I WORK OUT THE MOLARITY OF A CONCENTRATED ACID FROM THE PERCENTAGE ASSAY?

INFO

To work out the molarity from a percentage solution you need to know: ·

Percentage concentration of the solution (assay)

·

Molecular weight (Relative Molecular Mass)

·

Density of the solution in g/litre. Molarity = density (g/l) x assay(%) ÷ mol. wt. 100

LOOKING FOR SOMETHING? To complement our extensive range of chemicals, Timstar offers a comprehensive range of glassware, including beakers, conical flasks, burettes, and test tubes. Timstar also offers a range of glass reagent bottles which are ideal for long term storage of concentrated nitric acid. The full range is available online: timstar.co/labware

Example: Orthophosphoric acid · · ·

Assay (concentration) = 85% Molecular wt = 98.00 Density = 1.7g/ml, = 1700g/litre 85 ÷ 98 = 14.75M solution. Molarity = 1700 x 100

For Orthophosphoric acid, 14.75M = 44.24N – as the Molarity and Normality depends on the number of Hydrogen atoms in the formula i.e. H3PO4 has 3 x H so 1M = 3N. Other examples: HCl has 1 x H so 1M = 1N; H2SO4 has 2 x H so 1M = 2N.

46

Chemical Stock Control Database Software

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 424 Labexpert You can find the SD sheets by using this link: timstar.co/chemical-sd-sheets

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


APPLIANCES

47

Please note that most appliances with plugs are supplied with a UK 3 pin plug, please contact our customer support team for more details.

Centrifugation 48 Heating, Mixing & Stirring 50 Incubating, Baking & Drying 60 Lighting 62 Measuring 63 Microscopes 77 Microscope Accessories 93

Travelling Microscopes 97 Power Supplies 98 Appliance Spares 106 Pumps 107 Purification & Sterilisation 109 Visualising 113


APPLIANCES

Centrifugation

Centrifuges Clifton Tara Centrifuge

The Targa Centrifuge (NE010G) from Clifton spins at up to 4000 rpm, with an acceleration/deceleration time of less than 20 s. An audiovisual alarm sounds when deceleration is complete, and the lid is released automatically. The built-in timer allows operation for up to 100 minutes, or continuous use. It is supplied with a 6-place angle rotor, which includes 6 aluminium sleeves for 15 mL tubes. The rotor is removable for easy cleaning, and the push-button control is wipe-clean. The rotor can only be energised when the lid is correctly closed and locked. A viewing window in the lid enables the rotor motion to be observed. To prevent debris leaving the rotor area, a rubber seal provides a barrier when the lid is locked in position. Fitted with rubber non-slip fit, it is built to the latest safety standards, and supplied with comprehensive operating instructions. • Imbalance cut-out • Lid lock • Lid drop protection • Auto door release

ISG Clinical Centrifuge

Although competitively priced to suit education budgets this centrifuge has been designed to be used in Medical and University research laboratories. Some of the main uses include separation of serum, plasma, urea and blood samples. With a speed range of 3004500 rpm and a maximum rotor capability of 8 x 15 mL tubes the clinical centrifuge allows precise control of time and speed ensuring an efficient separation process. The centrifuge also has 15 mL cell culture tubes and a full line of collection tubes which is ideal for a clinical laboratory. The stable design and noise level of less than 56 dB allows the centrifuge to work without becoming a disturbance in your laboratory. The centrifuge’s CPU controls all operating parameters including speed and time settings. Operation of the centrifuge can be timed from 30 seconds to 99 minutes or can be run in continuous mode. Timing will only commence when the set speed is reached ensuring that the separation time is highly accurate. The centrifuge breaks gently to preserve separation and not damage samples. The large, user friendly LCD screen displays all information including RPM and G Force. Parameters of the centrifuge can be set and modified after the set speed is reached. A quick spin mode is also available which is activated by pressing and holding the ‘PULSE’ button. The centrifuge can be accelerated to the required speed and held for as long as the button is held down and also has an automatic lid release. When the process is finished this saves time and protects samples from heat build-up. • Max. Speed [rpm]: 300-4500, increment: 100 • Max. RCF [xg]: 2490 x g, increment: 100 x g • Speed Accuracy [rpm]: ±20 • Rotor Capacity: 12x10 mL/7 mL/5 mL; 8x15 mL • Run Time: 30 sec to 99 min - HOLD (Continuous operation) • Driving Motor: Brushless DC motor • Safety Devices: Autolock lid when centrifuge is spinning • Quiet operation <56 dB • User friendly Large LCD screen • Education price for Medical/University specification • Quick spin Mode • CE marked • Spins to 4500 rpm • Detailed instruction manual included

Max speed Acceleration / Deceleration time Program memory Noise Level Power consumption Dimensions (W x D x H) Weight Warranty

CE180900

4000 rpm <20 s 10 <52 dB 400 W 296 x 412 x 206 mm

19 kg 3 years

£1,026.00 ea

Designed specifically for use in INFO education, the Clifton Targa Centrifuge is compact and robust, making it ideal for routine low-speed centrifugation: perfect for fractionation of samples, and simple separation of biological cells.

Ohaus Frontier 5306 Mini Centrifuge

The OHAUS Frontier 5306 is a small but powerful mini centrifuge for simple and quick liquid separation. With an 8-place 1.5 mL or 2 mL tube rotor as well as a 4 place PCR 8-strip tube rotor, the Frontier™ 5306 can accommodate 0.2 mL 8 strip tubes or 32 individual PCR tubes. With the included adapter, 0.2 mL and 0.5 mL tubes can also be accommodated in the 8 place tube rotor. This centrifuge provides quiet, safe, and easy operation for your everyday quick spin-down applications. With a low voltage power input, quiet brushless motor and a rubber base that absorbs vibrations, the Frontier 5306 minimizes operational noise and reduces disruptions in the classroom. It is designed with operator safety in mind, and includes a rotor imbalance sensor and two safety switches which immediately stop the rotors should the lid open during use. It is also very easy to use - simply place your sample in the centrifuge, close the lid, and it will begin to rotate without the press of a button. • Speed: 0 – 6,000 rpm • Max. relative centrifuge force: 2,000 g • Max. capacity: 8 x 1.5 mL/2 mL tubes

BEST SELLER

CE150000

48

£1,059.75 ea

CE180100

£324.00 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Centrifugation

APPLIANCES

Ultra-Micro Centrifuge

A low-cost centrifuge, with fixed speed, quiet operation, and simpleto-use controls, ideal for microfiltration and quick spin-downs. The unit reaches speed, and brakes, in seconds. The included rotors can be changed easily without tools. Supplied with six place standard rotor for 1.5/2 mL tubes, eight place strip rotor for two 0.2 mL tube strips or 16 single tubes, six 0.2 mL and six 0.5 mL adapters for customised use. • Maximum Speed (RPM): 7000 [Fixed] • Maximum RFC (kg): 2680 • Rotor Capacity: 0.2/0.5/1.5/2.0 mL x 8 & 0.2 mL x 16 PCR strips or 0.2 mL x 2 PCR 8 strips • Dimensions (D x W x H): 160 x 170 x 122 mm • Noise level: 45 dB (A) • Weight (kg): 0.5

Edvotek Mezzo™ Microcentrifuge

Compact and easy to use, yet powerful enough to enable each workstation to be equipped with a centrifuge for a wide range of molecular biology separations and quick spins. Speed is variable from 0 to 12,500 rpm, RCF is 15 to 9,800 x g. Kit includes: • 12-place rotor for 1.5 mL to 2.0 mL tubes • 32 place 0.2 mL tube rotor (singles, or 4 x 8 Strip) • 12 tube adapters 0.2 mL • 12 tube adapters 0.5 mL • Digital timer allows programs running from 15 seconds to 30 minutes • Dimensions: 20.3 x 17.1 x 11.4 cm

VALUE BUY

CE190100

£141.75 ea

Edvotek Piccolo MicroCentrifuge

The Piccolo™ microcentrifuge is easy to use, economical, and is suitable for most teaching applications, including quick sample spin-downs, micro-filter cell separations and cell pelleting. Small footprint and quiet operation. SnapSpin rotors are tool free for a fast and easy exchange. Change out rotors with the push of a button. Supplied with: • 6 place 1.5/2.0 mL tube rotor • 16 place 0.2 mL tube rotor (singles, or 2 x 8 strip) • 6 tube adapters 0.2 mL • 6 tube adapters 0.5 mL • 4 o-rings • Storage case for rotors and adapters • Tube rack • Maximum Speed: approx. 6,000 rpm (fully loaded) • Maximum RCF: 2000 x g • Power: 100 to 240 VAC 50/60 Hz 0.6A, Approx. 7.3 W • Dimensions: 153 x 128 x 104 mm • 3-year warranty

BT150870

£702.00 ea

Centrifuge, Hand Operated

A single speed hand driven centrifuge consisting of die casted parts with a steel pinion and worm drive. Includes an integral bench fixing clamp and removable crank handle. The simple, open design not only offers a cost effective alternative for low speed centrifuging but also demonstrates the principle of centrifuging. Accepts 4 x 15 mL tubes.

NEW

CE150100

£39.83 ea

Centrifuge Tubes CE90620

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£216.00 ea

See page 312

e: export@timstar.co.uk

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

49


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring

Heating Mantles Heating Mantles, Economy

Economy heating mantles suitable for distillation, evaporation, extraction and boiling experiments using round bottom flasks. The units have electronic temperature regulation, outer casing manufactured from furnace-painted steel and come complete with a retort rod fixing. • Electronic temperature regulation • Variable temperature control • Inner vessel thermally isolated • Chromium-nickel heating elements • Power off/on and heating-up lamps • Includes fixing for retort rod

HE170100 HE170102 HE170104

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

Power 100 W 150 W 250 W

£130.88 ea £134.93 ea £162.00 ea

Electrothermal Heating Mantles

For round bottom flasks in polypropylene housing without rim, with a dished heater cartridge and an integral boss to accept retort rods (not supplied). These mantles are controlled by a built in energy regulator and are earth screened. Maximum temperature of the element 450 °C. For 220/240 V.

HE120105 HE08920 HE08925

50

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Power 60 W 60 W 150 W

BEST SELLER

£297.00 ea £303.75 ea £310.50 ea

Medline Heating Mantles

The following units are energy-regulated all purpose heating mantles. The time proportional double pole system allows stable control of the heating element, reducing risk of overheating liquids, whilst the dial controller allows accurate temperature settings. • Case construction: Steel, with chemical resistant coating • Thermal Insulation: Moulded silica powder • Heating Element: Nichrome wire • Mantle: Woven glass fibre mat • Element Temperature: Up to 450 °C (Max) • Power Supply: 230 V AC • Includes a 12.5 mm screwed thread for the addition of a retort rod (not included)

HE102330 HE102332 HE102334

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Power 60 W 80 W 150 W

£195.75 ea £209.25 ea £222.75 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Heating, Mixing & Stirring

APPLIANCES Medline Hotplate

Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplate, (Boiling Ring)

Compact, portable, solid plate design which is sealed against spillages with a durable easy to clean enamel finish. Variable heat control from simmer to boil. For 240 V.

BEST SELLER

HO09308

Type Diameter Single ring 190 mm

Power 1500 W

£49.88 ea

Stuart Hotplate, 150 Series

This stylish and economical general purpose hotplate has designed with safety as well as performance in mind. The compact shape takes up less bench space and makes storage easier. The hotplate has microprocessor control and an innovative LED based true °C temperature setting system rather than a simple 1 to 10 arbitrary scale. It has an integral fitting for a retort rod and the bottom is shaped to allow a retort base to slide underneath the unit if required so saving further bench space.

A cost effective hotplate, the MS-Series has the following features and specification: • Case construction: Steel, with chemical resistant ceramic coating • Plate area: 180 x 180 mm • Temperature: Up to 400 °C (max) • Power Supply: 220 V AC • Includes a 12.5 mm screwed thread for the addition of a retort rod (not included) • Dimensions (W x D x H): 410 x 210 x 150 mm • Weight: 4 kg

HO110915

£229.50 ea

3 Year Warranty On Stuart Hotplates

INFO US150

Plate Material

Coated Aluminium

Plate Dimensions (mm)

150x150

Heated Area (mm)

150x150

Heater Power (W)

700

Model US150 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for excellent heat transmission. The top plate has a thin ceramic coating for added chemical resistance. A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole surface of the plate.

Max. Plate Temperature °C

325

• Flashing “Hot” warning light, mains independent • Accurate temperature control with LED setting scale • Compact space saving design

Net Weight (kg)

2.2

Electrical Supply

230V, 50-60Hz, 700W

The “Hot” warning light will flash whenever the plate temperature is above 50 °C even when the hotplate is turned off and unplugged from the mains.

HO110905

Model US150

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Contact Thermometer Socket

Yes

Dimensions (w x d x h) mm

172 x 248 x 120

IP Rating

32

£344.25 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

51


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring

Medline Magnetic Stirrer & Hotplate

A cost effective hotplate/stirrer. • Case construction: Steel, with chemical resistant ceramic coating • Plate area: 180 x 180 mm • Temperature: Up to 400 °C (max) • Speed range: 100 to 1500 rpm • Power Supply: 220 V AC • Includes a 12.5 mm screwed thread for the addition of a retort rod (not included) • Dimensions (W x D x H): 410 x 210 x 150 mm • Weight: 5 kg

ST110940

£378.00 ea

ISG Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer

Stuart Analogue Hotplates/Magnetic Stirrers, 152 Series

Stylish and economical general purpose hotplate stirrers designed with safety as well as performance in mind. The compact shape takes up less bench space and makes storage easier. The hotplate has an innovative LED temperature indicator scale. The “Hot” warning light will flash whenever the plate temperature is above 50 °C even when the hotplate is turned off and unplugged from the mains. Powerful magnets and motor give stirring speeds up to 1500 rpm and is capable of mixing large volumes (up to 15 litres). Both models have an integral fitting for a retort rod and are supplied with 2 x 25 mm PTFE coated stir bars. Model UC152 has a glass ceramic top which has excellent chemical resistance. The surface is easy to clean and the thermal properties allow very high plate temperatures while ensuring the edges stay cooler, reducing the chance of accidental burns. The white surface ensures good visibility of colour changes. 500 W heater element. Model US152 has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for excellent heat transmission. The top plate has a thin ceramic coating for added chemical resistance. A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole surface of the plate.

• Flashing “Hot” warning light, mains independent • Accurate temperature control with LED setting scale • Compact space saving design Plate Material

This robust ISG Hotplate and Magnetic Stirrer is constructed of stainless steel with a ceramic coating to resist corrosion and has a separate safety circuit which will automatically stop heating when the temperature reaches 350 degrees centigrade. The variable speed motor is designed to stay at a constant speed, even during a change in load. High magnetic adhesion ensures that the stirrer bar remains stable at the bottom of the container. The ISG Hotplate Stirrer features an enclosed assembly with protection class IP42 and a DC brushless motor which guarantees long product life. Includes detailed Instruction Manual. All units are CE marked and individually quality checked.

US152

UC152

Coated Aluminium Silicon

Glass Ceramic

Plate Dimensions (mm)

150x150

150x150

Heated Area (mm)

150x150

120x120

Heater Power (W)

700

500

Max. Plate Temp (°C)

325

450

100-2000

100-2000

Stirrer Speed (rpm) Max. Stirring Capacity (L) Dimensions (w x d x h) mm

15

15

172 x 248 x 120

172 x 248 x 120

Net Weight (kg)

2.9

2.9

Electrical Supply

230V, 50Hz, 750W

230V, 50Hz, 550W

32

32

IP Rating

A

BEST SELLER

ST150100

£317.25 ea

B

Block Heater/Mantle

Reaction heater block for round bottom flasks (one flask capacity), suitable for use with the Hotplate Stirrer ST150100. Made from solid aluminium, these blocks, when used with a suitable hotplate, offer a useful alternative to a heating mantle, making the hotplate/ stirrers even more versatile.

ST150115

52

Type Round bottom flasks

Capacity 100 mL

£162.00 ea

Model ST110910 A UC152 ST110915 B US152

3-year Warranty On Stuart Equipment

£452.25 ea £438.75 ea

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Heating, Mixing & Stirring

APPLIANCES

Stuart Digital Stirrer/Hotplate, 152 Series

Stylish and economical general purpose hotplate stirrer designed with safety as well as performance in mind. The compact shape takes up less bench space and makes storage easier. The hotplate has a digital display of the hotplate surface temperature. The “Hot” warning light will flash whenever the plate temperature is above 50 °C even when the hotplate is turned off and unplugged from the mains. Powerful magnets and motor give stirring speeds up to 2000 rpm and is capable of mixing large volumes (up to 15 litres). Model US152D has a robust aluminium/silicon alloy top plate for excellent heat transmission. The top plate has a thin ceramic coating for added chemical resistance. A 700 W element gives rapid heating and ensures even temperature distribution across the whole surface of the plate. It has have an integral fitting for a retort rod and are supplied with 2 x 25 mm PTFE coated stir bars. • Flashing “Hot” warning light, mains independent • Digital display of hotplate surface temperature • Compact space saving design

ST160200

Model US152D

Type Aluminium/silicon

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Digital Display

150x150 Yes

Heated Area (mm)

150x150

Heater Power (W)

700

Max. Plate Temp (°C) Stirrer Speed (rpm) Max. Stirring Capacity (L) Dimensions (w x d x h) mm

325 100-2000 15 172 x 248 x 120

Net Weight (kg)

2.9

Electrical Supply

230V, 50Hz, 750W

IP Rating

32

UC151

This model has powerful magnets and motors, give stirring speeds of up to 1500 rpm and are capable of mixing large volumes (up to 15 litres). The compact shape takes up less bench space and makes storage easier. Model UC151 has a glass ceramic top which has excellent chemical resistance. The surface is also very easy to clean. The white surface ensures good visibility of colour changes, ideal during titrations. It has have an integral fitting for a retort rod and are supplied with 2 x 25 mm PTFE coated stir bars. The bottom is shaped to allow a retort base to slide underneath the unit if required so saving further bench space. • Powerful magnets for strong stirring action • Compact space saving design

Model UC151

Plate Dimensions (mm)

Coated Aluminium/Silicon

£499.50 ea

Stuart Magnetic Stirrer, 151 Series

ST110900

US152D Plate Material

Plate Material Plate Dimensions (mm) Stirrer Speed (rpm) Max. Stirring Capacity (L) Dimensions (w x d x h) mm

Glass Ceramic 150x150 100-2000 15 172 x 248 x 109

Net Weight (kg)

2

Electrical Supply

230V, 50Hz, 50W

IP Rating

32

£317.25 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

53


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring

Medline Magnetic Stirrer

A cost effective stirrer, the MS-Series has the following features and specification: • Case construction: Steel, with chemical resistant ceramic coating • Plate area: 180 x 180 mm • Speed range: 100 to 1500 rpm • Power Supply: 220 V AC • Includes a 12.5 mm screwed thread for the addition of a retort rod (not included) • Dimensions (W x D x H): 410 x 210 x 150 mm • Weight: 4 kg

ST110930

Stuart Mini Stirrer

The SM5 mini stirrer from Stuart is a powerful magnetic stirrer, capable of stirring up to 1 litre, the stirring speed is adjustable up to 2,000 rpm. The unit is made from robust polypropylene with a chemically resistant polycarbonate top. Features: • Lightweight stirrer • Capable of stirring up to 1 litre • Universal power adaptor • With BioCote antimicrobial protection • Dimensions (L x W x H): 143 x143 x 66 mm

£249.75 ea

Magnetic Stirrer, Economy Compact

An extremely good value compact magnetic stirrer, ideal for student use. The base is white to allow unaffected observation during experiments with colour indicators. The unit has adjustable feet to ensure stability on the bench. The speed is adjustable, and is controlled by the intuitive rotary knob on the front, which also controls power. Supplied with a SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) AC adaptor, and magnetic stirrer bar.

BEST SELLER

Quantity ST180100 1 ST180100/10 10 90 mm diameter

Stirring capacity

2 L max.

Dimensions (dia x H) Power

54

Model Stuart Design

£168.75 ea

Ultra-Flat Compact Magnetic Stirrer

This ultra-flat compact magnetic stirrer provides an excellent solution to laboratory stirring applications where heat is not required. This stirrer itself is just a few millimetres thick and the compact, robust design is ideal for physical/chemical analysis and biotech labs. Includes stabilising feet and mains lead. • Speed range: 15-1500 rpm • Max. stirring volume (water): 0.8 litre • Max. load capacity: 2.0 kg • Dimensions (incl. feet) (W x D x H): 175 x 120 x 15 mm • Weight: 0.3 kg • Power: 230 V AC

£80.93 ea £803.25 pk

Stirring surface Rotation speed

HO130610

variable 132 x 55 mm 3 V (AC adaptor included)

ST160500

£134.93 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Heating, Mixing & Stirring

APPLIANCES

Hanna Magnetic Stirrer

A variable speed stirrer from 100 - 1000 rpm depending on load. In chemical resistant ABS plastic case. • Max stirring capacity: 1 litre • Dimensions (L x W x H) 120 x 120 x 45 mm • For use on 220/240 V

Mixers Edvotek Tornado™ Vortexer

The Tornado™ Vortexer is a very flexible, general purpose mixer for applications that demand vigorous and uniform vortexing. The innovative single mixing head is suitable for a variety of tube sizes, from 0.2 mL to 50 mL. • Variable speed rotary dial provides pre-set speed control (1000, 2000, 3000 rpm) during vortex mixing • Stable elastomeric device feet, provide vibration dampening and prevent movement during operation • Innovative head can be removed for cleaning purposes • 2-year warranty • Weight: 3.93 kg • Dimensions (W x D x H): 171 x 190 x 197 mm (with mixing head in place)

NEW

ST14336

£134.93 ea

Hotplate & Stirring Accessories

Thermotubes Block Heater

Magnetic, encased in PTFE. With centre rim.

Length 12 mm 25 mm 30 mm 45 mm 60 mm

£263.25 ea

Tube Heaters

Stirring Bars (Followers)

ST14420 ST14425 ST96225 ST14430 ST14435

BT150874

£1.89 ea £2.63 ea £3.04 ea £3.98 ea £6.41 ea

This innovative device is a compact dry block heater which can be used as a small scale substitute for the traditional water bath, offering several advantages: • Waterless, safe and portable • Six test tubes warmed or cooled between 15 °C and 65 °C • Accepts 16 mm diameter test tubes • Digital display for set point and actual temperature • Safe to use - operates at low voltage • Power supply: 12 V AC/DC adapter • Dimensions: (L x W x D) 175 x 110 x 105 mm

Stirring Bar Retriever

Magnetic, PTFE coated stirring bar retriever. 35 cm in length.

ST14470

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£20.93 ea

BT110110

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£134.93 ea

w: timstar.com

55


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring

Water & Sand Baths Benchmark™, Digital Water Baths

• A range of Benchmark digital water baths specifically designed for use in schools and colleges

Temperature range: Ambient +5 °C - 95 °C Temperature display: 1 °C digital LED, auto locks set temperature preventing inadvertent adjustment in use Temperature stability @45 °C: ±0.25 °C Low water run dry protection: Self resetting cut out Voltage: 230 V Drain tap: Gated type Controls: Touch sensitive, easy to use * Please note: Gated drain tap adds an additional 40 mm to the overall width.

All Benchmark Digital Water Baths come with a 3 year warranty

• UK designed and manufactured • 304 grade stainless steel tank & steel outer casing with antibacterial paint surface

• 4 models available • Ambient +5 °C to 95 °C • Easy to use digital temperature control, LED display, auto-

locking of set temperature, preventing inadvertent adjustment in use Gated, large bore drain tap, for convenient bath emptying • fitted on all bath sizes • Stainless steel perforated base tray included • Heater concealed under tank, making cleaning easy • 3-year warranty

INFO

Capacity Dimensions BA140250 A 5 litres BA140255 B 9 litres BA140260 C 13 litres BA140265

D

B

D

20 litres

33.2 x 18.5 x 29 cm* (W x D x H) 33.2 x 27 x 29 cm* (W x D x H) 36.1 x 33.2 x 29 cm* (W x D x H) 53.8 x 33.2 x 29 cm* (W x D x H)

Internal dimensions 30 x 15 x 15 cm (W x D x H) 30 x 24 x 15 cm (W x D x H) 32.5 x 30 x 15 cm (W x D x H) 50 x 30 x 15 cm (W x D x H)

C

Water Bath Lids & Accessories

£519.75 ea £546.75 ea £587.25 ea £681.75 ea

A

Water Bath Lids - Unstirred

Stainless steel gabled lid with an insulated handle.

Water Bath Lids - Unstirred

Polycarbonate hinged gable lids. The clear polycarbonate enables users to see into the baths during use. They can be hinged back out of the way to access the water bath, ensuring all condensate returns back into the water bath, or the whole lid can be easily removed and replaced for cleaning.

BA110544 BA110548 BA110552

56

Type To fit 4 litre Clifton baths and 5 litre Benchmark baths To fit 8 litre Clifton baths and 9 litre Benchmark baths To fit 14 litre Clifton baths and 13 litre Benchmark baths

£80.93 ea £80.93 ea

BA01883

£80.93 ea

BA01884

For 8 L Clifton baths, & 9 L Benchmark baths 14 L Clifton baths, & 13 L Benchmark baths

£216.00 ea £216.00 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Heating, Mixing & Stirring

APPLIANCES

Model

Capacity (Litres)

Stirred/Unstirred

Digital?

Tank size W x D x H (internal)

Overall size W x D x H (external)

Weight (unfilled)

Power consumption (watts)

Drainage outlet?

60°C

99/100°C

Cat Code

Price

37°C

Heat up time from 20˚C, approx. (minutes)

Clifton Water Bath Summary

NE1-2.5

2.5

UN

No

230 x 130 x 100 mm

270 x 190 x 240 mm

4.5 kg

250

No

13

37

60

BA110528

£398.25 ea

NE1-4

4

UN

No

300 x 150 x 150 mm

332 x 185 x 290 mm

4.5 kg

250

No

13

37

60

BA01870

£411.75 ea

NE1-8

8

UN

No

240 x 300 x 150 mm

332 x 270 x 290 mm

6.8 kg

800

No

11

25

60

BA01871

£452.25 ea

NE1-9

9 (Shallow)

UN

No

500 x 300 x 65 mm

535 x 332 x 135 mm

7 kg

1000

No

11

28

75

BA150900

£533.25 ea

NE1-14

14

UN

No

325 x 300 x 150 mm

361 x 332 x 290 mm

7.6 kg

1000

No

19

37

75

BA01872

£479.25 ea

NE1-22

22

UN

No

500 x 300 x 150 mm

538 x 332 x 290 mm

10.5 kg

1500

Yes

18

39

82

BA01873

£627.75 ea

NE1-4/4/4

4+4+4

UN

No

300 x 150 x 150 mm

535 x 332 x 290 mm

13.5 kg

3x 400 (1200)

No

13

37

60

BA150300

£965.25 ea

NE1D-4/4/4

4+4+4

UN

Yes

300 x 150 x 150 mm

535 x 332 x 290 mm

13.5 kg

3x 400 (1200)

No

13

37

60

BA150304

£1,208.25 ea

NE1D-2/2/2

2+2+2

UN

Yes

300 x 150 x 65 mm

535 x 332 x 135 mm

8.5 kg

3x 200 (600)

No

15

35

85

BA150306

£1,066.50 ea

NE2-4D

4

UN

Yes

300 x 150 x 150 mm

332 x 185 x 290 mm

5.5 kg

400

No

13

28

87

BA01876

£634.50 ea

NE2-8D

8

UN

Yes

300 x 240 x 150 mm

332 x 270 x 290 mm

7.0 kg

800

No

12

25

59

BA01877

£648.00 ea

NE2-14D

14

UN

Yes

325 x 300 x 150 mm

361 x 332 x 290 mm

8.0 kg

1000

No

16

35

74

BA01878

£715.50 ea

NE2-22D

22

UN

Yes

500 x 300 x 150 mm

538 x 332 x 290 mm

11.0 kg

1500

Yes

20

43

92

BA01879

£756.00 ea

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

57


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring

Clifton Unstirred Water Baths, NE1 Series

B

A range of thermostatically controlled baths made with a durable paint finished steel outer case and a stainless steel tank with a removable stainless steel perforated shelf. Heated by a sheathed immersion element with safety cut-out. Supplied with illuminated on/off switch and heater indication lamp. For temperatures above 60 °C a lid is recommended. Temperature range: Ambient to 100 °C, 220/240 V. The performance of every bath is factory verified from calibrating its controls and water temperature at 45 °C for consistent temperature control in use. All 22 and 28 litre baths now incorporate an outlet for a drain tap. A

BEST SELLER

Model BA110528 A NE1-2.5 BA01870 NE1-4 BA01871 NE1-8 BA01872 B NE1-14 BA01873 NE1-22

Capacity 2.5 litres 4 litres 8 litres 14 litres 22 litres

TT Rack Capacity 1 2 4 6

£398.25 ea £411.75 ea £452.25 ea £479.25 ea £627.75 ea

Clifton Unstirred Digital Water Baths, NE2-D Series

Similar in construction to the NE1 Series. The heater is mounted below the tank giving a clear reservoir which is easy to clean. Temperature is digitally set and controlled by a highly accurate controller and fitted with a manual over temperature device. Supplied with illuminated on/ off switch, heater and over temperature lamps. For temperatures above 60 °C a lid is recommended. Temperature range: Ambient to 99 °C in increments of 1 °C, 220/240 V. All units incorporate side lifting handles, for ease of carrying. Every water bath undergoes factory calibration & performance verification - by filling with water then at two reference temperatures, validating the bath achieves these settings with reference to a calibrated measuring system - giving you total confidence in use. All 22 litre baths now incorporate an outlet for a drain tap.

C

BEST SELLER

B

A

D

BA01876 BA01877 BA01878 BA01879

58

A B C D

Model

Capacity

NE2-4D NE2-8D NE2-14D NE2-22D

4 litres 8 litres 14 litres 22 litres

TT Rack Capacity 1 2 4 6

£634.50 ea £648.00 ea £715.50 ea £756.00 ea

All Clifton Water Baths come with a 3-year warranty

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Heating, Mixing & Stirring

APPLIANCES

Clifton NE1-9 Unstirred Thermostatic Shallow Bath

This shallow form Clifton water bath is perfect for heating small height samples such as micro-tubes, micro-plates and bottles. It is perfect for Life Science and other molecular-biology routines. • 9 L capacity • 500 x 300 x 65 mm (W x D x H) • Shallow form • Ambient +5 °C - 100 °C • 1000 W power • Safety cutout to prevent overheating • Removable stainless steel perforated shelf

Clifton Triplebath

A triple water bath featuring three independently controlled unstirred water baths in one unit. Ideally suited to classrooms performing PCR routines requiring shallow temperature controlled water, each tank can be set to a different temperature for denaturing, annealing and elongation – reducing solvent and consumables. Each chamber comes complete with a removable low height perforated stainless steel shelf. The water level can be between 10 mm and 30 mm above the shelf. Please note that a lid is required to achieve temperatures above 60 °C. • Temperature range: ambient +5 °C - 99 °C • External (2 L) (WxDxH): 535 x 332 x 135 mm • External (4 L) (WxDxH): 535 x 332 x 290 mm • Internal (2 L) (WxDxH): 300 x 150 x 65 mm • Internal (4 L) (WxDxH): 300 x 150 x 150 mm • Water level: Maximum 130 mm • Shelf fitted working depth: 115 mm • Thermostatic control • Sensitivity ±0.5 °C • Uniformity ±0.5 °C • 3-year warranty

BA150300 BA150304 BA150306 BA150900

Model NE1-9

Type Analogue Digital Digital

Capacity 4+4+4 litres 4+4+4 litres 2+2+2 litres

£965.25 ea £1,208.25 ea £1,066.50 ea

£533.25 ea

...if your classroom is OUR EXPERT SAYS... performing PCR routines requiring shallow temperature controlled water, then this triple water bath is ideal. t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Model NE1-4/4/4 NE1D-4/4/4 NE1D-2/2/2

All Clifton water baths feature a powder painted body which provides a durable finish and protection against corrosion and incorporates “active anti-bacterial technology”. This paint finish actively inhibits bacterial growth, improving hygiene requirements and is effective against major strains of bacterium including E-coli and S-aureus, resistant strain. Within its formulation the active anti-bacterial ingredient is bound into the coating during application and curing, which ensures it will remain effective over time.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

INFO

w: timstar.com

59


APPLIANCES

Heating, Mixing & Stirring ● Incubating, Baking & Drying

Irwin School Water Bath

A water bath specifically designed for Science Departments, utilising a deep Gratnells tray, turning it into a water bath. The control head slots on and off the end of the bath for easy storage in the tray, which can be stored in any Gratnells rack or trolley. The control head is multifunctional, allowing control with a precision of 1 °C and has a number of failsafe functions including memorising the last setting should it be accidentally switched off. It can be locked to prevent students from changing the settings and has a wandering thermostat which can be placed in vessels in the bath to maximise control of the temperature for the items under investigation or in preparation. Please note that when working at temperatures over 60 °C, a high temperature tray (BA170805) is required to be on top of the heat mat. At temperatures of 100 °C or over, a second tray must be placed underneath the heat mat. 60 °C version • Control head • Sensor • Silicone water mat • Deep Gratnells tray & lid • Z type test tube rack • High temperature tray 100 °C version As per the 60 °C version, with additional High Temperature Tray.

BA150800 BA180810

Type 60 °C kit 100 °C kit

Specification: • Temperature range: 0 to 100 °C • Low room temperature compensation • Splash poof control head • Temperature locking • Active memory • Specifically designed for school use • Water capacity: 2 to 8 litres • Digital temperature control • Separate temperature sensor for control of the whole bath or an individual vessel • 500 W silicone heating element • Even temperature distribution – no stirrer required • Student proof temperature lock • Maintains water temperature within 1 °C • Operating Voltage: 240 Volts

£303.75 kit £357.75 kit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA170805 High Temperature Tray TR110120 Gratnells, Deep Tray TR16190 Lids for School Trays ST14165 Z Shape Test Tube Rack

£28.28 ea £6.01 ea £2.63 ea £3.65 ea

The Irwin waterbath is OUR EXPERT SAYS... particularly useful in hard-water areas, as the element can be easily removed and cleaned.

Sand Baths

Deep form. Sold in packs of 5.

BA100340

Type Aluminium (heavy gauge)

Dimensions 150 x 40 mm

£24.98 pk

Incubating, Baking & Drying Drying Cabinets These drying cabinets are used for general warming or drying laboratory glassware and come with tough powder coated paint inside and outside, toughened glass sliding doors with finger pulls and chrome plated wire mesh shelves. Simmerstat heat control up to approximately 70 °C.

2-year Warranty on all Drying Cabinets

INFO

Door Type Capacity External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Glass Glass

60

113 litres 226 litres

54.5 x 73 x 36 cm (H 46 x 72.8 x 341 cm x W x D) (H x W x D) 65.2 x 92.8 x 44.9 56.7 x 92.6 x 430 cm cm (H x W x D) (H x W x D)

No. of Power Shelves

Temperature Range

Voltage

Max. Load Height

Weight

Code

Price

2

750 W

Up to 70 °C

240 V AC

46 cm

30 kg

DR140100

£837.00 ea

3

1000 W

Up to 70 °C

240 V AC

56.7 cm

40 kg

DR140105

£1,120.50 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Incubating, Baking & Drying

APPLIANCES

Incubators & Ovens

2-year Warranty on all Incubators/Ovens

Incubation Oven

This economical bacterial incubator features a digital temperature control with a range from ambient +1 ˚C to 60 ˚C. Ideal for growing bacteria on agar plates at 37 ˚C or for Southern and Western Blot analysis at 60 ˚C. Includes two adjustable/removable shelves for increased capacity. Accepts bottles and flasks up to 2 L.

Dimensions BT150100

33.5 x 36.8 x 47.5 cm (L x W x H)

Incubator/Ovens

Internal dimensions 26.2 x 23.6 x 32.5 cm (W x L x H)

INFO

Ovens

£594.00 ea

INCUBATORS These units are used for general warming or incubating samples and have tough powder coated paint inside and outside with options for a solid or full glazed door. They include chrome plated wire mesh shelves, thermostatic heat control up to 100 °C, overheat safety thermostat and a port for a thermometer. Door Type Capacity Solid/metal 20 litres Solid/metal 40 litres Solid/metal 75 litres Glass

20 litres

Glass

40 litres

Glass

75 litres

External Dimensions

Internal Dimensions

54 x 37.5 x 38.2 cm (H x W x D) 67 x 41.5 x 42.2 cm (H x W x D) 62.3 x 59 x 56.7 cm (H x W x D) 54 x 37.5 x 38.2 cm (H x W x D) 67 x 41.5 x 42.2 cm (H x W x D) 62.3 x 59 x 56.7 cm (H x W x D)

27.5 x 27.5 x 275 cm (H x W x D) 40.4 x 31.5 x 315 cm (H x W x D) 33.3 x 49 x 460 cm (H x W x D) 27.5 x 27.5 x 275 cm (H x W x D) 40.4 x 31.5 x 315 cm (H x W x D) 33.3 x 49 x 460 cm (H x W x D)

No. of Power Shelves

Temperature Range

Max. load Weight height

Voltage

2

350 W

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

2

500 W

2

750 W

2

350 W

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

2

500 W

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

2

750 W

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

24.8 cm

Code

Price

19 cm

15 kg

IN140100

£891.00 ea

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

32 cm

25 kg

IN140110

£1,026.00 ea

35 °C - 100 °C 240 V AC

24.8 cm

35 kg

IN140120

£1,228.50 ea

19 cm

14 kg

IN140200

£931.50 ea

32 cm

24 kg

IN140210

£1,073.25 ea

34 kg

IN140220

£1,309.50 ea

INCUBATOR/OVENS These units have two operating ranges - incubator (100 °C) and oven (250 °C) for general sample heating. They come with tough powder coated paint outside and aluminium coated steel chamber, chrome plated wire mesh shelves, thermostatic heat control, overheat safety thermostat and a thermometer port. Door Type Capacity

External Dimensions

Internal Dimensions

54 x 37.5 x 38.2 cm 27.5 x 27.5 x 275 cm Solid/metal 20 litres (H x W x D) (H x W x D) 67 x 41.5 x 42.2 cm 40.4 x 31.5 x 315 cm Solid/metal 40 litres (H x W x D) (H x W x D) 62.3 x 59 x 56.7 cm 33.3 x 49 x 460 cm Solid/metal 75 litres (H x W x D) (H x W x D)

No. of Power Shelves

Temperature Range

Max. load Weight height

Voltage

Code

Price

2

500 W 40 °C - 250 °C 240 V AC

19 cm

15 kg

IN140300

£958.50 ea

2

700 W 40 °C - 250 °C 240 V AC

32 cm

25 kg

IN140310

£1,120.50 ea

2

1000 W 40 °C - 250 °C 240 V AC

24.8 cm

35 kg

IN140320

£1,370.25 ea

OVENS These general purpose ovens are for general heating of samples. They come with tough powder coated paint outside with aluminium coated steel chamber, chrome plated wire mesh shelves, thermostatic heat control up to 100°C with an overheat safety thermostat and thermometer port. Door Type Capacity

External Dimensions

Internal Dimensions

54 x 37.5 x 38.2 cm 27.5 x 27.5 x 275 cm Solid/metal 20 litres (H x W x D) (H x W x D) 67 x 41.5 x 42.2 cm 40.4 x 31.5 x 315 Solid/metal 40 litres (H x W x D) cm (H x W x D) 62.3 x 59 x 56.7 cm 33.3 x 49 x 460 cm Solid/metal 75 litres (H x W x D) (H x W x D)

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

No. of Power Shelves 2 2 2

Temperature Range

Voltage

Max. load Weight height

amb +10 - 250 500 W 240 V AC °C amb +10 - 250 1000 W 240 V AC °C amb +10 - 250 1250 W 240 V AC °C

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Code

Price

19 cm

15 kg

OV140100

£891.00 ea

32 cm

25 kg

OV140110

£1,026.00 ea

24.8 cm

35 kg

OV140120

£1,228.50 ea

w: timstar.com

61


APPLIANCES

Lighting Mains Powered UV Light

Desk Lamps Adjustable Lamp

Bench type, white enamel finish, counterpoised with 900 mm arm for use with up to 60 W ES standard bulb.

LA09950

£40.43 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL130530 Halogen Energy Saving GLS Bulb EL120515 Mains Bulb, Energy Saving

£3.98 ea £5.74 ea

Bench Lamp

Comprising an aluminium lamp house on flexible stem attached to a heavy base with in-line mains on/off switch. Accepts 40 W ES standard lamp bulb (not supplied). Complete with 13 A plug. Dimensions (H): 340 mm.

This 18 W fluorescent UV black light tube with lightweight plastic housing can be wall or ceiling mounted or simply used on a desk or bench. Complete with 60 cm (2ft) UV tube, built-in on/off switch and 1.8 m of mains cable. • Wavelength: 365 nm • Voltage rating: 220-240V • Dimensions (L x W x H): 620 x 95 x 50 mm

LA120105

£62.03 ea

Mains Powered Ultra Violet Lamp

A mains operated ultraviolet light source ideally suited to demonstration use. Comes complete with on/off switch. The tube is 450 mm long and is housed in powder coated steel with a back reflector. Suitable for showing the fluorescing properties of chemicals (eg. washing powder) and for work in the Forensic Science part of the syllabus. Emits UVA light.

BEST SELLER

LA93605 LA09955

£19.58 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL160585 LED mains voltage bulb

£8.78 ea

ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION (LIGHT)

£44.48 ea

INFO

Ultraviolet Lamps Ultraviolet Lamp

A hand held, battery operated ultraviolet lamp. Requires 4 x AA batteries (not supplied). Dimensions (L x H x W): 165 x 35 x 41 mm.

BEST SELLER

LA09968

£16.13 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

62

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

BALANCE BUYING GUIDE This guide is focused on readability and divided into 4 different tables based on number of decimal places of readability you require. The balances are then sorted in increasing weighing capacity. The more common features are listed along with the price and full details of your chosen balance.

We hope this helps!

BALANCES TO ZERO DECIMAL PLACES Brand

Series/ Range

PC Link

Battery

Mains Unit

Under Weigh

Draft Shield

Catalogue Code

Price

ADAM

DUNE

145 x 145 mm

No

Option

Yes

No

No

BA120105

£68.78 ea

OHAUS

1g

125 x 132 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190104

£97.13 ea

2200 g

1g

128 x 142 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190206

£67.43 ea

CB 3000

3000 g

1g

130 x 130 mm

No

Option

No

No

No

BA130510

£52.58 ea

COMPASS CX SERIES

CX5200

5200 g

1g

128 x 142 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190208

£141.75 ea

Brand

Series/ Range

Model

Capacity

Readability

Pan Size

PC Link

Battery

Mains Unit

Under Weigh

Draft Shield

Catalogue Code

Price

ADAM

DUNE

DCT 201

200 g

0.1 g

145 x 145 mm

No

Option

Yes

No

No

BA120100

£68.78 ea

OHAUS

CR SERIES

CR221

220 g

0.1 g

125 x 132 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190100

£44.48 ea

OHAUS

TRAVELER

TA501

500 g

0.1 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA70376

£189.00 ea

ADAM

CB

CB 501

500 g

0.1 g

130 x 130 mm

No

Option

No

No

No

BA130500

£52.58 ea

OHAUS

COMPASS CX SERIES

CX621

500 g

0.1 g

128 x 142 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190202

£78.23 ea

ADAM

DUNE

DCT 601

600 g

0.1 g

145 x 145 mm

No

Option

Yes

No

No

BA180104

£89.03 ea

ADAM

CORE

CQT 601

600 g

0.1 g

Ø 120 mm

No

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA120120

£129.53 ea

OHAUS

COMPASS CR SERIES

CR621

620 g

0.1 g

125 x 132 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190102

£83.63 ea

ADAM

CB

CB 1001

1000 g

0.1 g

130 x 130 mm

No

Option

No

No

No

BA130505

£67.43 ea

OHAUS

COMPASS CX SERIES

CX1201

1200 g

0.1 g

142 x 128 mm

No

Yes

Option

No

No

BA190204

£155.25 ea

ADAM

CORE

CQT 1501

1500 g

0.1 g

Ø 120 mm

No

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA120125

£162.00 ea

OHAUS

TRAVELER

TA1501

1500 g

0.1 g

120 x 135 mm

Option

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA70378

£222.75 ea

TIMSTAR

STANDARD

UW2002

2000 g

0.1 g

Ø 145 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA140305

£182.25 ea

ADAM

DUNE

DCT 2001

2000 g

0.1 g

145 x 145 mm

No

Option

Yes

No

No

BA180106

£114.68 ea

OHAUS

TRAVELER

TA3001

3000 g

0.1 g

120 x 135 mm

Option

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA70380

£303.75 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX6201

6200 g

0.1 g

170 x 140 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160018

£364.50 ea

Model

Capacity

Readability

DCT 2000

2000 g

1g

COMPASS CR SERIES

CR2200

2200 g

OHAUS

COMPASS CX SERIES

CX2200

ADAM

CB

OHAUS

Pan Size

BALANCES TO 1 DECIMAL PLACE

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

63


APPLIANCES

Measuring

BALANCES TO 2 DECIMAL PLACES Brand

Series/ Range

Model

Capacity

Readability

Pan Size

PC Link

Battery

Mains Unit

Under Weigh

Draft Shield

Catalogue Code

Price

OHAUS

TRAVELER

TA152

150 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA70370

£243.00 ea

ADAM

CORE

CQT 202

200 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

No

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA120110

£195.75 ea

TIMSTAR

STANDARD

UWS202

200 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA110100

£195.75 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX222

220 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160002

£263.25 ea

ADAM

DUNE

DCT 302

300 g

0.01 g

Ø 100 mm

No

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA180102

£126.83 ea

OHAUS

TRAVELER

TA302

300 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

No

Yes

BA70372

£263.25 ea

TIMSTAR

STANDARD

UWS402

400 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA110105

£229.50 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX422

420 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160004

£330.75 ea

ADAM

HIGHLAND

HCB 602H

600 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

No

Yes

No

Yes

BA120140

£297.00 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX622

620 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160008

£351.00 ea

TIMSTAR

STANDARD

UWS802

800 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA110110

£256.50 ea

ADAM

HIGHLAND

HCB 1002

1000 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

No

Yes

No

Yes

BA120145

£324.00 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX1202

1200 g

0.01 g

170 x 140 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160012

£398.25 ea

TIMSTAR

ADVANCED

UWA2202

2200 g

0.01 g

192 x 192 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160904

£580.50 ea

ADAM

HIGHLAND

HCB 2202

2200 g

0.01 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

BA180150

£438.75 ea

OHAUS

SCOUT

SKX2202

2200 g

0.01 g

170 x 140 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160014

£486.00 ea

OHAUS

PR SERIES

PR2202/E

2200 g

0.01 g

Ø 180 mm

RS232

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

BA190306

£783.00 ea

TIMSTAR

PRECISION

UWA4202

4200 g

0.01 g

192 x 192 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160906

£621.00 ea

OHAUS

PR SERIES

PR4202/E

4200 g

0.01 g

Ø 180 mm

RS232

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

BA190308

£857.25 ea

64

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

BALANCES TO 3 OR 4 DECIMAL PLACES Brand

Series/ Range

Model

Capacity

Readability

Pan Size

PC Link

Battery

Mains Unit

Under Weigh

Draft Shield

Catalogue Code

Price

TIMSTAR

STANDARD

UW102

100 g

0.001 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA140300

£303.75 ea

ADAM

HIGHLAND

HCB 123

120 g

0.001 g

Ø 120 mm

Option

No

Yes

No

Yes

BA120135

£324.00 ea

OHAUS

NEW SCOUT

SKX123

120 g

0.001 g

Ø 90 mm

Option

Option

Yes

Yes

No

BA160000

£398.25 ea

OHAUS

PR SERIES

PR124/E

120 g

0.0001 g

Ø 90 mm

RS232

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA190300

£1,107.00 ea

TIMSTAR

PRECISION

UWA213

210 g

0.001 g

140 x 140 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA160900

£580.50 ea

OHAUS

PR SERIES

PR223/E

220 g

0.001 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA190302

£769.50 ea

TIMSTAR

PRECISION

UWA413

410 g

0.001 g

140 x 140 mm

RS232

Option

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA160902

£621.00 ea

OHAUS

PR SERIES

PR423/E

420 g

0.001 g

Ø 120 mm

RS232

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

BA190304

£803.25 ea

TAKE A CLOSER LOOK… DOWNLOAD TIMSTAR’S BALANCE BUYING GUIDE Weigh up your options and look at some of the key attributes you should consider when purchasing a balance. timstar.co/balances-buying-guide

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

65


APPLIANCES

Measuring Timstar Precision Balances

Timstar Standard Balances

A range of balances designed specifically for school use offering outstanding value combined with smart TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE features for an easy to use balance. The tough, durable, ABS housing is designed to withstand field and laboratory environments, while being easy to clean, and protects from accidental spills. With built-in U-Protect™ protection all Timstar balances can withstand excessive overloads. Complete with an AC adapter, plus integral security slot. Specifications: • Stainless steel pan with draught shield to protect from draughts • Bi-directional RS-232 interface for connection with computers/printers • Calibration push button calibration using external mass • Display 6-digit LCD, 18 mm digits with backlight • Dimensions (W x D x H) 178 x 257 x 84 mm • Net Weight 1.1 kg • 2 Year warranty • Stackable

Model BA140300 UW102 BA110100 UWS202 BA110105 UWS402 BA110110 UWS802 BA140305 UW2002

Capacity 100 g 200 g 400 g 800 g 2000 g

Readability 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g

Pan Size Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 145 mm

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA110165 RS232 cable BA110170 ADAM DU (Data Utility) Software

£303.75 ea £195.75 ea £229.50 ea £256.50 ea £182.25 ea

£32.33 ea £87.68 ea

A range of precision balances designed specifically for school use offering outstanding value precision weighing for the classroom and laboratory. These Timstar balances are fully featured with parts counting, weighing, check weighing and percentage weighing, all of which can be individually customised by the user. The metal housing is much more rugged than plastic cased balances and has been designed to offer chemical resistance and divert spills away from the balance. With built-in u-Protect™ protection all Timstar balances can handle excessive overloads without a problem. Ideally suited for educational applications the large backlit LCD has clear digits so critical data is always in view. • Weighing units: g, ct, mg, dwt, grains, oz, troy ounces • Stainless steel pan with draft shield to protect from draughts • Bi-directional RS232 interface for connection with computers/ printers • External automatic calibration • Mains powered (AC adaptor included) • Auto power off • Date and time • Built in security slot for Kensington™ type lock • Dimensions (W x D x H) 178 x 257 x 84 mm • Net Weight 1.1 kg • 3 Year warranty

BA160902 BA160904 BA160906

Model UWA413

Capacity Readability Pan Size 410 g 0.001 g 140 x 140 mm UWA2202 2200 g 0.01 g 192 x 192 mm UWA4202 4200 g 0.01 g 192 x 192 mm

£621.00 ea £580.50 ea £621.00 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA110165 RS232 cable BA110170 ADAM DU (Data Utility) Software

£32.33 ea £87.68 ea

PRECISION BALANCES PRACTICALS: A laboratory staple, balances are key equipment for several GCSE and A-Level required practicals.

Timstar’s Standard balances are suitable for practicals such as: AQA GCSE Chemistry required practical 1 - Making salts. AQA A-Level Biology required practical 8 - Investigation into the effect of a named factor on the rate of dehydrogenase activity in extracts of chloroplasts. AQA A-Level Chemistry required practical 2 - Measurement of an enthalpy change. A Timstar Precision Balance would be more suitable for: AQA A-Level Biology required practical 3 - Production of a dilution series of a solute to produce a calibration curve with which to identify the water potential of plant tissue. AQA A-Level Chemistry required practical 1 - Make up a volumetric solution and carry out a simple acid-base titration.

66

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

FKS Series Precision Balances

These precision weighing balances are have an impact-resistant ABS plastic case and weighing pan, a splash-proof protective cover and non-slip rubber feet. The balance can be either battery or mains powered. Weighs in kg, g, lb, or oz; impact-resistant ABS case with non-slip rubber feet; splash-proof protective cover; 175 x 160 mm weighing pan; 20 mm high contrast LCD with backlight; automatic backlight when weight is added to the pan; zero tracking ensures stable and repeatable readings; tare facility over the full range and can be actioned several times throughout a weighing cycle; plus/minus weighing; low battery indication; auto power off after 1.5 minutes of no activity; supplied with user guide, and 2 year warranty. Capacity: 600 g x 0.1 g ±0.2 g or 6000 g x 1 g ±2 g. Power: 6 x 1.5 V AAA batteries or AC/DC Mains Power Adapter (not included). Weight: 0.9 kg. Pan Dimensions (L x W): 175 x 160 mm. Dimensions: 230 x 180 x 50 mm.

VALUE BUY

BA130650 BA130655

Model FKS-600 FKS-6000

Capacity 600 g 6000 g

Readability 0.1 g 1g

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA130660 Mains adapter BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

Hi-Precision Economy Balance

This Hi-Precision weighing scale is housed in an impact resistant ABS plastic case with a stainless steel weighing pan, a permanently attached hinged plastic draft shield, levelling bubble and adjustable feet. It is an easy to use, precise scale with a three key operation and can be either battery or mains powered via an AC/DC adapter. Weighs in g, ct, oz, dwt, ozt, gn & mg. • 52 mm Ø stainless steel weighing pan • Impact-resistance ABS case with adjustable non-slip rubber feet and a bulls eye level bubble • Large 21 mm LCD display with Backlight • Automatic backlight when weight is added to the pan • Auto zero tracking ensures stable and repeatable readings • Stability indicator • Simple three key operation • Plus/minus weighing • Overload warning display • Low battery indication • Auto power off – can be user disabled for continuous use • Auto back light – can be user disabled • Capacity: 60 g • Resolution: 0.001 g • Accuracy: ±0.003 g • Power: 6 x AAA Alkaline Batteries or AC/DC Mains Power Adapter (supplied) • Dimensions: 155 x 112 x 85 mm • Weight: 370 g

£34.43 ea £34.43 ea £12.08 ea £2.50 pk

Precision Economy Balance

This precision weighing balance is housed in an impact-resistant ABS case with a 115 mm stainless steel weighing pan, splashproof membrane keypad, levelling bubble and adjustable feet. The balance can be either battery or mains powered via an AC/ DC Adaptor (not supplied). Complete with user guide and 2 year warranty. Other features: 26 mm high contrast LCD with backlight. Automatic backlight when weight is placed on the pan. Zero tracking ensures stable and repeatable readings. Tare facility over the full range. Overload protection to 100 % over capacity. Low Battery indication. Auto Power Off after 1.5 minutes of no activity. • Capacity: 600 g • Resolution: 0.01 g • Accuracy: ±0.02 g • Power: 4 x 1.5V AAA Alkaline Battery or AC Mains Power Adaptor • Dimensions (L x W x D): 230 x 180 x 60 mm • Weight: 1.5 kg

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA120160 Mains adapter BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£195.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£2.50 pk

STOCKING UP TOO COSTLY? Check out Timstar's full range, including our best buy range of budget balances - great quality, without the high price tag...

VALUE BUY KEY STAGE 3 + 4 BA120155

BA150615

timstar.co/balances £133.58 ea £12.08 ea £2.50 pk

NON RETURNABLE

e: export@timstar.co.uk

All batteries are non returnable

w: timstar.com

67


APPLIANCES

Measuring

Ohaus Compass CR Series Balance

15-month Warranty on all Ohaus Balances

The Compass CR series provide basic weighing functionality at an economic price. • Stackable Design • ABS housing & pan • Pan size: 125 x 132 mm • Dimensions (W x D x H): 140 x 205 x 41 mm • Requires 3x AA batteries (not included)

INFO

BEST BUY

BA190100 BA190102 BA190104 BA190101

Model Capacity CR221 220 g CR621 620 g CR2200 2200 g PSU for CR series

Readability 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g

Pan Size 125 x 132 mm 125 x 132 mm 125 x 132 mm

£44.48 ea £83.63 ea £97.13 ea £29.30 ea

Ohaus Compass CX Series Balance

A versatile balance with streamlined two-button operation and large back-lit LCD. • Stackable design • ABS housing & stainless steel pan • Pan size: 128 x 142 mm • 3x AA batteries (included) • 1000 hour typical battery life • Dimensions (W x D x H): 135 x 201 x 41 mm

BA190202 BA190204 BA190206 BA190208 BA190201

Model CX621 CX1201 CX2200 CX5200 PSU for CX series

Capacity 500 g 1200 g 2200 g 5200 g

Readability 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g 1g

Pan Size 128 x 142 142 x 128 128 x 142 128 x 142

mm mm mm mm

£78.23 ea £155.25 ea £67.43 ea £141.75 ea £29.30 ea

Traveler Series

A portable balance with draftshield (flip cover) that can be used as a weigh boat. The flip cover can be removed if required and protects the balance if you need to stack for storage. The large LCD screen can display grams or newtons. There is an optional USB or RS232 interface, and this range features a security and safety lock. Supplied with a mains adapter but be can used with batteries (not supplied).

BA70370 BA70372 BA70376 BA70378 BA70380

Model TA152 TA302 TA501 TA1501 TA3001

Capacity 150 g 300 g 500 g 1500 g 3000 g

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

68

Readability 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 0.1 g 0.1 g

Pan Size Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm 120 x 135 mm 120 x 135 mm

£243.00 ea £263.25 ea £189.00 ea £222.75 ea £303.75 ea

£2.50 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

Ohaus Scout Balances

The next generation of quality portable balance for the classroom – the Scout series precision balances from Ohaus. These redesigned, modernised and updated Scout balances are robust, versatile and come with a range of useful features. • Large 6 digit LCD with white LED backlight • RS232, USB, Bluetooth and Ethernet Connectivity options • Superior overload protection • Integral weighing hook • Practical stackable design for convenient storage • High performance with fast stabilisation time • Robust ABS housing, stainless steel pan • AC Adaptor included, batteries optional

A

B BA160000 BA160002 BA160004 BA160008 BA160012 BA160014 BA160018

Model SKX123 A SKX222 SKX422 SKX622 B SKX1202 SKX2202 SKX6201

Capacity 120 g 220 g 420 g 620 g 1200 g 2200 g 6200 g

Readability 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g

Pan Size Ø 90 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm 170 x 140 mm 170 x 140 mm 170 x 140 mm

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

Ohaus PR Series Balance

Offering accuracy and repeatability in essential weighing applications in laboratory, industrial and education settings, PR Series Analytical and Precision Balances deliver competitive performance at an economical price. Featuring RS232 connectivity for easy communication, and a backlit display and a simple interface for uncomplicated operation, the PR is perfectly designed for your workplace. • The PR series is equipped with three essential weighing modes • RS232 connectivity • ABS top housing • Removable stainless steel pan • Glass draftshield with sliding top door • Integrated weighbelow-hook • Security bracket • Calibration lock

BEST BUY

BA190300 BA190302 BA190304 BA190306 BA190308

£398.25 ea £263.25 ea £330.75 ea £351.00 ea £398.25 ea £486.00 ea £364.50 ea

15-month Warranty on all Ohaus Balances

INFO

ANALYTICAL BALANCE

Model PR124/E PR223/E PR423/E PR2202/E PR4202/E

Capacity 120 g 220 g 420 g 2200 g 4200 g

Readability 0.0001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Pan Size Ø 90 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 180 mm Ø 180 mm

£1,107.00 ea £769.50 ea £803.25 ea £783.00 ea £857.25 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

69


APPLIANCES

Measuring

The Adam range of balances is a well established and trusted brand in industry, health, retail, laboratory and education. Both a UK founded and based company, with offices and facilities throughout the world.

BUDGET HIGH CAPACITY

Adam CB Series Compact Balance

The CB series is a range of compact portable balances which are suitable for a variety of uses and applications, and have been designed especially for the education market. They are small and easy to use, with a bright green backlit LCD to give clear readings, and have a simple to use keyboard. All balances come complete with a Grade 304 stainless steel removable top pan for easy cleaning and a 2-year warranty. Weighing units: grams, ounces and pounds, selectable. The CB balances come with batteries included and an optional mains adaptor is available separately. BA130500 BA130505 BA130510

Model CB 501 CB 1001 CB 3000

Capacity 500 g 1000 g 3000 g

Readability 0.1 g 0.1 g 1g

Pan Size Ø 130 mm Ø 130 mm Ø 130 mm

£52.58 ea £67.43 ea £52.58 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA130515 Mains adapter BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£20.18 ea £2.50 pk

Adam Dune Compact Balance

The Dune series offers an economically priced range of balances which include a mains adaptor and have the features students and teachers need for quick and easy weighing. With a 15 mm high LCD, they also feature an advanced overload protection to prevent internal damage and splash-proof keypad with three simple to use colour coded buttons. Comes complete with a mains adaptor but can be operated using six AA batteries, with an auto off function to save battery life. Complete with 2-year manufacturer’s warranty. Dimensions (W x D x H): 208 x 147 x 40 mm.

Model BA120100 DCT 201

Capacity Readability Pan Size 200 g 0.1 g 145 x 145 mm BA180102 DCT 302 300 g 0.01g Ø 100 mm BA180104 DCT 601 600 g 0.1 g 145 x 145 mm BA120105 DCT 2000 2000 g 1 g 145 x 145 mm BA180106 DCT 2001 2000 g 0.1g 145 x 145 mm SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

70

Adam Core Portable Balance

The Core series are compact and durable balances which offer basic weighing, great value and have been designed to withstand classroom environments. Features include: Stackability, a threepoint overload protection, below balance weighing, security slot for Kensington type lock, mains adaptor included as standard, optional battery operation, bright backlit LCD with 16 mm high digits and nine weighing units. The 120 mm diameter pan models come with a removable draft shield. Comes complete with a mains adaptor but can be operated using six AA batteries, with an auto off function to save battery life. Complete with 2-year manufacturer’s warranty. Dimensions (W x D x H): 173 x 255 x 86 mm.

£68.78 ea £126.83 ea £89.03 ea £68.78 ea £114.68 ea

£2.50 pk

Model BA120110 CQT 202 BA120120 CQT 601 BA120125 CQT 1501

Capacity Readability Pan Size 200 g 0.01 g Ø 120 mm 600 g 0.1 g Ø 120 mm 1500 g 0.1 g Ø 120 mm

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£195.75 ea £129.53 ea £162.00 ea £2.50 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

Adam Highland Precision Balance

The most complete and versatile balance in its class, the Highland series can serve the whole educational spectrum. Applications include percentage weighing, parts counting, totalisation and below balance weighing. Features include, RS-232 and USB interfaces fitted as standard, ShockProtect™ overload protection (which protects against the roughest of handling!), HandiCal™ internal calibration, Kensington type security lock down slot, 15 weighing units, adjustable feet and level bubble, backlit LCD with 16 mm digits and capacity tracker, internal rechargeable battery with auto power off and low battery indicator. All units are stackable and come complete with a draft shield and mains adaptor as standard plus a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty. Overall dimensions (W x D x H): 170 x 245 x 80 mm.

BA120135 BA120140 BA120145 BA180150

Model HCB 123 HCB 602H HCB 1002 HCB 2202

Capacity 120 g 600 g 1000 g 2200g

Readability 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01g

Pan Size Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120 mm Ø 120mm

£324.00 ea £297.00 ea £324.00 ea £438.75 ea

Calibration Masses

Waterproof Digital Balance

This compact, sturdy portable balance is ideal for use in harsh working environments, such as education, as they have a stainless steel case which is dust and water-proof to IP-65. It is simple to use and has a membrane keypad with a four key operation. • Resolution: 0.1 g • Accuracy: ±0.2 g • Power: 6 x 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries or AC/DC adapter (supplied) • Dust-tight & water-protected to IP-65 rating – protected against dust & water splashing • Weighs in kg, g, Ib, oz & Ibs/oz • Stainless steel case with adjustable non-slip rubber feet and a bulls eye level bubble • 175 x 165 mm stainless steel weighing pan • Large 32 mm LCD display with Backlight • Automatic backlight when weight is added to the pan • Zero tracking ensures stable and repeatable readings • Stability indicator • Plus/minus weighing • Parts counting from 10, 20, 50 or 100 sample pieces • Overload warning display • Low battery indication • Auto power off – can be user disabled for continuous use • Auto back light – can be user disabled • The adapter supplied is not waterproof so the scale is not protected to IP-65 when the adapter is used. • Dimensions: 245 x 195 x 70 mm • Weight: 2 kg

Model Capacity Readability Pan Size BA160105 FEC-6000 6000 g 0.1 g 175 x 165 mm SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Balance Calibration Mass Set, F1

This complete set of stainless steel OIml F1 masses includes all the masses you are likely to need to accurately calibrate many balances used in education. Recommended for use with balances which have accuracy (readability) of 0.001 g or 0.01 g. The set comprises 11 or 12 masses from 1 g to 200 g, comes in an attractive storage case and includes the following masses: 1 g x 1; 2 g x 2; 5 g x 1; 10 g x 1; 20 g x 2; 50 g x 1; 100 g x 1; 200 g x 2 (+500 g x 1 for 500 g set).

£216.00 ea

£2.50 pk

BA130645

Type Complete set, 1 g to 500 g

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£465.75 set

71


APPLIANCES

Measuring

Colorimeters Mystrica Compact Colorimeter 2.0

The new, improved wireless version of the Mystrica BEST colorimeter is now available and replaces the previous SELLER version. This version now allows the use of test tubes as well as cuvettes, creating a more versatile unit. Along with other modifications to enhance performance this represents an outstanding combination of value, performance and utility. Other previous features remain unchanged. • Wireless connection to iPads, iPhones and Android™ devices • Mystrica Colorimeter app available on the App Store and Google Play™ • USB connection for PCs • Stand-alone use • Each colorimeter has a unique identity. The app detects all units within range of an iPad or iPhone and allows one to be selected. • Collect data as graphs and tables • Continuous data collection or separate readings • Best fit line for rate of reaction • Email results as .csv file for analysis and storage. This compact colorimeter which provides exceptional value for money along with a rugged, compact design, proven reliability and simplicity of use. The Mystrica Colorimeter can be used as a stand alone unit or through a computer to measure reaction rates, concentrations, enzyme activity, population growth etc. Ideal for use in schools and colleges and the software has been designed to be teacher friendly! Dimensions (L x W x H): 155 x 90 x 50 mm. Supplied with plastic cuvettes, cuvette rack, instructions, USB link and software.

...this wireless colorimeter OUR EXPERT SAYS... has the versatility to be used as stand alone or through a computer. A compact unit which is reliable and simple to use. Accepts both cuvettes and test tubes.

Other features include: • Simple, robust, user friendly design • Value for money - quality at a price considerably lower than comparable instruments • Versatile - use as stand-alone or through a computer • Ease of use - simple operation and easy to use software • Performance criteria that rival instruments many times the price - linear to an absorbance of 2 • Choice of three colours of light (LED) - red (630 nm), green (525 nm) and blue (465 nm) - no filters used • Readings displayed as absorbance or transmittance • Uses standard plastic or glass cuvettes • Long battery life • USB link allows the display and storage of results as tables and graph • Needs little storage space • Fully supported suggestions for practical activities • Power: 4 x AA batteries (included) or via USB when connected to computer • Weight: 250 g CO100720

£162.00 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

The device measures the intensity or concentration of the colour that develops upon introducing a specific reagent into a solution. Essential for AQA A-Level Biology required practical 4 - Investigation into the effect of a named variable on the permeability of cell-surface membranes.

NON RETURNABLE

72

All batteries are non returnable

Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. Apple and the Apple logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

APPLIANCES

Mystrica Colorimeter 2.0 Class Set

A set of four Mystrica 2.0 wireless colorimeters in a deep Gratnells tray with lid and polyethylene foam insert. The second generation Mystrica colorimeter can use either standard 4.5 mL cuvettes or test tubes up to 12 mm diameter. The kit comprises of the following components contained in a Gratnells tray: • 4 x Mystrica 2.0 Colorimeters • 40 x 4 mL cuvettes • 80 x cuvette caps • 25 x 12 mm glass test-tubes • 4 x cuvette racks • 4 x USB cables • 4 x laminated instruction sheets • 2 x user manuals

Colorimeter Accessories Plastic Cuvettes

Disposable standard plastic cuvettes available in two types, for transmittance through the visible range spectrum (340 to 800 nm) or visible and UV range spectra (280 to 800 nm). The visible range cuvettes are made from Optical Polystyrene (OPS) and the UV range cuvettes are made from PMMA. Path length: 10 mm; Capacity: 4.5 ml.

Type Transmittance Quantity Wavelength CO04554 Visible range 340-800 nm 100 CO110105 UV range 280-800 nm 100

£12.69 pk £18.63 pk

Cuvette Holder

Facilitates the handling and preparation of cuvettes. Holds 20 cuvettes in numbered positions. Manufactured from polypropylene to withstand sterilisation.

CO160740

£621.00 set

CO90802

£15.12 ea

WPA Colorimeter, CO7500 Colourwave

A robust, easy to use colorimeter making Colourwave ideal for beginners, with 8 filters covering the range 440 to 700 nm which are held in the integral filter wheel. Readings can be displayed as absorbance units or % transmission with one button push. When switched to kinetic mode readings are continuously displayed and can be output via the analogue and digital ports. Accepts both 10 x 10 mm cuvettes or 16 mm diameter tubes. Dimensions (L x W x D): 180 x 150 x 60 mm. • Range: -0.3 A to 1.99 V for 0 to 199 %T • Wavelength: 400 to 700 nm • Bandwidth: 40 nm • Output: 0 to 2 V for 0 to 2 A, 0 to 1.99 V for 0 to 199 %T, RS232

...with its 8 filter design and OUR EXPERT SAYS... ease of displaying readings as absorbance units with one button push, it is ideal for beginners. The WPA C07500 can accept cuvettes as well as test tubes. IDEAL FOR A-LEVEL BIOLOGY REQUIRED PRACTICAL 11 Production of a dilution series of a glucose solution and use of colorimetric techniques to produce a calibration curve with which to identify the concentration of glucose in an unknown ‘urine’ sample CO04570

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£607.50 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

73


APPLIANCES

Measuring

A DYNAMIC WAY TO TEACH SCIENCE – EXCLUSIVE TO TIMSTAR The possibilities for data logging within Education are endless. Whether it is investigating the effect of light on photosynthesis or logging temperature changes over time, Timstar has a considered range of data loggers that can support scientific enquiry, can be integrated into required practicals, or used to further enhance the learning experience. WHY TECHNICIANS CHOOSE EDU-LOGGER • 7 different ways of logging data including WiFi, BlueTooth, Radio Frequency and USB interface • User-friendly - simple to set up and use (set up speed of 20 seconds!) • Sensors click together, with no exposed connections • Wide range of sensors available to meet all your data logging needs • FREE intuitive software and App, compatible with Windows and Mac platforms • 3 Year Warranty

EXPLORE OUR FULL RANGE ONLINE To view the full range of data loggers and sensors, visit timstar.co/data-logging

74

There is an extensive range of sensors available including: pH logger sensor, Photogates, Temperature loggers, Motion loggers, Light loggers, Colorimeter, Conductivity logger, Oxygen logger, Heart rate and Pulse logger, Spirometer logger and many more!


Measuring

APPLIANCES

Oscilloscopes Owon PC Oscilloscope

A PC based oscilloscope with all the features of a standard oscilloscope plus the benefits of compact size and inclusive software which is simple and intuitive to use. Minimum PC Requirements: Pentium (R) 4 2.4 GHz processor; 1GB memory; 1GB minimum disc space; Display Resolution: 1024 x 768; USB2.0 port Operating system: Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7 To download the software, go to timstar.co/OS150000-software.

OS150000

ÂŁ168.75 ea

Bandwidth Channel

25 MHz 2+1 (external)

Sample Rate Horizontal Scale

100 MS/s 5 ns/div - 100 s/div

Rise Time

max 14 ns

Record Length

5k

Input Coupling

AC DC GND

Input Impedance

1 MO 2 %, in parallel with 10 pF-5 pF

Max input voltage

400 Vpk-pk

Channels Isolation

50 Hz 100:1, 100 MHz 40:1

DC Gain Accuracy

3%

Vertical Resolution

8 bit

Vertical Sensitivity Trigger type Trigger mode

5 mV/div - 5 V/div Edge, Pulse, Video, Slope, Alternate Auto, Normal, Single

Trigger level Acquisition mode

25 MHz Sample, Peak, Detect, & Average

Waveform Maths

+, -, x, /, FFT

Lissajou figure bandwidth

full bandwidth

Lissajou figure phase difference

3°

Common interface

USB 2.0

Power Dimensions

5 V 1 A <1.5 W 170 x 120 x 18 mm

Weight

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

0.26 kg

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

75


APPLIANCES

Measuring

Owon Colour Digital Oscilloscope

The SDS5032E is a general purpose 2 channel digital oscilloscope with a large 200 mm colour display, making it ideal for education and industrial environments. Complete with USB output to PC. Specifications and Features: • Bandwidth: 30 MHz • Sample Rate (real time): 250 MS/s • Horizontal Scale (s/div) 4ns/div~100s/div, step by 1~2~4 • Rise Time (at input, typical) ≤11ns • Channels: 2 + 1 (external) • Display: 20 cm (8”) colour LCD, TFT display, 800 x 600 pixels, 65535 colours • Input Impedance: 1 MΩ ± 2%, in parallel with 15 pF±5 pF • Channel Isolation: 50 Hz: 100: 1, 10MHz: 40: 1 • Max Input Voltage: 400 V (PK - PK) (DC+AC, PK - PK) • DC Gain Accuracy: ±3% • Record Length: 10 K • DC Accuracy (average): Average≥16: ± (3% reading + 0.05 div) for V • Probe Attenuation Factor: 1 X, 10 X, 100 X, 1000 X • Sample Rate / Relay Time Accuracy: ±100 ppm • Input Coupling: DC, AC, and GND • Vertical Resolution (A/D): 8 bits resolution (2 Channels simultaneously) • Vertical Sensitivity: 5mV/div~10V/div (at input) • Trigger Type: Edge, Pulse, Video, Slope • Trigger Mode: Auto, Normal, Single • Trigger Level: ±6 divisions from screen centre • Line / Field Frequency (video): NTSC, PAL, and SECAM standard • Waveform Math: +, -, x, ÷, FFT • Waveform Storage: 15 waveforms • Lissajous Figure Bandwidth: Full bandwidth • Lissajous Figure Phase Difference: ±3 degrees • Communication Interface: USB, USB flash disk storage, Pass / Fail, LAN, VGA (optional) • Power Supply 100 V - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, CAT II • Power Consumption <18 W • Fuse 2 A, T class, 250 V • Battery not supported • Dimension (WxHxD) 348 x 170 x 78 (mm) • Weight: 1.50 kg

Owon SDS1022 Oscilloscope

A digital storage oscilloscope, designed with simplicity in mind. The vast array of advanced measuring options found in most digital oscilloscopes is mostly omitted, leaving only the essential features required in schools. This means the unit is very accessible for students and teachers alike. Specifcations and Features • 7” colour screen (800 x 600) • 20 MHz Bandwidth • Sample rate: 100 MS/s BEST • Dual channel SELLER • Automatic measurement • Dimensions: 301 x 152 x 70 mm

OS180100

£263.25 ea

BNC Connecting Leads & Adapter

Leads come ready assembled with moulded-on strain reliefs.

EL101460

76

£398.25 ea

EL18513 EL18514 EL18516

Type BNC Plug to Crocodile Clips BNC Plug to Stackable 4mm Plugs BNC Plug to 4 mm sockets

£8.03 ea £11.14 ea £7.09 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES EYEPIECE Typically x10 widefield magnification.

ANNOTATED DIAGRAM OF A ‘TYPICAL’ MICROSCOPE

EYEPIECE TUBE

ARM

HEAD (TURRET)

NOSEPIECE Revolves and holds objective lenses. OBJECTIVE LENSES Typically x4, x10 and x40 but may have x100 for oil immersion.

STAGE STOP If present, located at rear of stage.

STAGE May be fixed or mechanical.

STAGE CLIP Holds slides in place.

CONDENSER If present, to focus light on specimen.

COARSE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

DIAPHRAGM Controls amount of light to specimen. May also have filter fitted.

FINE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

ILLUMINATION May be light source or mirror.

BASE

LIGHT INTENSITY CONTROL

GLOSSARY

BASE

The base normally contains the illumination system. CONDENSER

MECHANICAL STAGE

The condenser consists of a lens or set of lenses that focus the light onto the specimen. There are different types of condenser. The stage condenser N.A 0.65 incorporated in the stage. The Abbe condenser N.A 1.25 this is under the stage and is able to focus light.

A mechanical stage may be fitted or supplied with the microscopes and retains the prepared slide. Mechanical movement allows the slide to be manipulated in ‘x’ and ‘y’ directions.

DIAPHRAGM

Applies to objectives and condensers. This is a function of resolution.

There are different types of diaphragm used in microscopes. The disc diaphragm is a revolving plate with a series of different sized holes fitted beneath the stage. The iris diaphragm is used with the Abbe condenser: a set of interlocked leaves that can be adjusted to improve contrast.

Accepts the objectives. The nosepiece rotates the objectives that provide the view of the specimen. The nosepiece of the microscopes may hold 3 or more objectives.

DIN STANDARD

This stands for Deutsche industrie Numer (an industry standard). EYEPIECE

A primary image is formed by the objective lenses: the eyepiece forms a secondary image, which is what you view. Two types of eyepieces are commonly available. Widefield – large field of view. Huygenian – narrow field of view, graticules can be fitted to appropriate eyepieces. The eyepieces fit onto the eyepiece tube or ocular tube. FIELD OF VIEW

The area which is seen through the eyepiece when the microscope is in focus. FOCUSING

There are two types of focusing mechanisms. Rack and pinion – separate coarse and fine focusing controls. Coaxial focusing – comprising both the coarse and fine focusing controls around a common axis. HEAD

Assembly that hold this the eyepiece(s). this may be monocular, tutor, binocular or trinocular. The head is capable of rotation through 360 degrees. ILLUMINATION

Illumination can be provided in several ways. • Mirror – a plano-concave mirror situated on the base which collects light from a lamp or neutral light and then adjusted to give the best illumination through the specimen. • Bulb – a mains or low voltage lamp either tungsten or halogen generally adjustable for brightness to illuminate the specimen. • Fluorescent – fluorescent illumination gives an even white and cool light to the specimen. • LED – a cool even light source very close to natural light. No issues regarding heat on specimens.

N.A NUMERICAL APERTURE NOSE PIECE

OBJECTIVE LENSES

The main objective lenses are 4x, 10x, 40x (spring loaded) retractable and 100x (oil immersion) retractable. Objective lenses will be engraved with magnification, numerical aperture, tube length and cover slip acceptable thickness. OBJECTIVE LENS TYPES

Achromatic objectives are standard objectives. Other are improvements, e.g. ASC (Achromatic Superior Contrast) or plan Achromatic. The terms refer to optical correction. OIL IMMERSION OBJECTIVE

The 100x objective is lowered in to a drop of immersion oil placed on the slide. Oil immersion lenses should be used in conjunction with an Abbe condenser. The oil is the same refractive index as the objective lens and cover slip. PARCENTERED

Applied to each objective viewing – the same centre point in turn. PARFOCAL

The ability of the microscope to stay in focus when the objectives are changed. Applies when high magnification to low magnification is selected. RMS

Royal Microscopical Society. RETRACTABLE OBJECTIVE

The high power objective lens is spring loaded and will retract protecting the prepared slide from damage. SLIP CLUTCH

The slip clutch prevents the gears being damaged if you try to rack further than the normal stop position. STAGE

This is the flat, black table where the prepared slide is held in place by the stage clips. An adjustable stage stop protects slides and microscope. STORE CLIPS

The clips that hold the slide in place on the stage.

MAGNIFICATION

WORKING DISTANCE

Total magnification is the eyepiece magnification multiplied by the objective magnification.

The distance between the top of a specimen and the bottom of the objective lens when the sample is in focus.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

77


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

ECONOMY MICROSCOPES SUMMARY TABLE

Stereo

x10 W

Single

x2

x20

Motic Funscope Microscope

A low-priced monocular microscope with simple optical glass objectives mounted on a revolving nosepiece. It comes with a plastic stage with stage clips and a 6-hole disc condenser. The eyepiece tube is mounted at a 45 degree angle for comfortable viewing and has a wide-field eyepiece with built-in pointer. In addition to the traditional bottom light, the microscope is provided with a top light and is thus also suited for observation of surfaces of objects such as leaves, coins, circuit boards, insects etc. The simplicity of the design makes it a good choice as an introduction to microscopes or as a supplement to the more traditional school microscope. Supplied with a dust cover. • Magnification: 40x, 100x, 400x • Objectives: 4x, 10x, 40x • Eyepiece: 10x, wide-field • Condenser: 6-hole disc • Illumination: Bottom light LED; Top light LED • Power: 3 x AA batteries & mains power • Focus: Coarse adjustment

Model Motic Funscope

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

78

Coarse

3x AA batteries & Mains

MI200900

£74.25 ea

LED, Incident

Coarse

2x AA batteries

MI170902

£64.73 ea

Stereoscope, Compact

Microscopes

MI200900

LED

Price

Stereoscope, Compact

6 hole disc

Catalogue Code

x400

Power source

x4 x10 x40

Focusing control

Maximum magnification‡

Triple

Illumination

Objectives§

x10 W

Diaphragm

Nosepiece

Monocular

Condenser

Eyepiece(s)*

Motic Funscope

Model

Type

1-year warranty.

Illumination LED

£74.25 ea £2.50 pk

A small, low-priced, battery-powered stereo microscope with LED illumination, simple design and fixed 20x magnification. The microscope has sharp optics and 55-75 mm interpupillary adjustment. The small size and weight make this stereo microscope suitable for use in the field, for viewing insects, leaves, flowers, rocks, pond life etc. Complete with dust cover. • Magnification: 20x • Objectives: 2x • Field of vision: 20 mm diameter • Eyepieces: 10x, wide-field • Dimensions: 23 x 10 x 13.5 cm • Illumination: LED (top light) • Power supply: 2 x AA batteries (not included) • Weight: 585g

MI170902

Model Stereoscope, Compact

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

Illumination LED, Incident

£64.73 ea

£2.50 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Type

Eyepiece(s)*

Nosepiece

Objectives§

Maximum magnification‡

Condenser

Diaphragm

Illumination†

Focusing control**

Power supply

Catalogue Code

SFC-3A

Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

No

Rotating disc

Mirror

Coarse

n/a

MI10434

£83.63 ea

SFC-3AF Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

No

Rotating disc

Mirror

Coarse & Fine

n/a

MI10436

£101.18 ea

BA50

Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

Yes

Rotating disc

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI110200

£189.00 ea

SFC100FL

Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

Yes

Iris

Tungsten

Coarse & Fine

230 V AC

MI10440

£152.55 ea

SFC100LED

Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

Yes

Iris

LED

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI55310

£182.25 ea

F11-10

Monocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Yes

Iris

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V AC

MI55320

£209.25 ea

F11-15

Monocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe

Iris

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V AC

MI55325

£222.75 ea

B1-211E SP

Monocular

WF10x 18 mm

Quadruple

x4 x10 x40 x100

1000x

1.25 Abbe

Iris

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230V AC

MI180100

£526.50 ea

B1-220E SP

Binocular

WF10x 18 mm

Quadruple

x4 x10 x40 x100

1000x

1.25 Abbe

Iris

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230V AC

MI180200

£688.50 ea

ST-30C2L00

Stereo

x10 W

n/a

x2, x4

x40

No

None

Halogen Incident, Tungsten Transmitted

Coarse

230 V AC

MI10552

£162.00 ea

Price

Model

MOTIC MICROSCOPES SUMMARY TABLE

MOTIC DIGITAL MICROSCOPES DM-111

Monocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40, x100 O.I.

x1000

Abbe

Iris

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI65815

£587.25 ea

DM1802

Monocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe

Iris

Halogen, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V AC

MI10590

£749.25 ea

BA50-X

Monocular

x10 W

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

No

Disc

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI150100

£492.75 ea

§ ‡ * W = Widefield O.I. = Oil Immersion (x1000) = with optional x100 O.I. objective ** Coaxial = Coarse & fine focusing on one mechanism

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

I = Incident (from above)

e: export@timstar.co.uk

T = Transmitted (from below)

w: timstar.com

79


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

MICROSCOPES A range of well priced microscopes specifically designed for education. When buying microscopes, consider levels of teaching, features and technical capabilities. The CLEAPSS GL125 guide has some useful additional information in selecting microscopes specifically for Key Stages 3, 4 and 5.

Student Microscope SFC-3 Series

A 3/4 sized basic microscope combining ease of operation with mechanical strength.

Student Microscope SFC-3 Series

A 3/4 sized basic microscope combining ease of operation with mechanical strength. Specification: • Vertical monocular head • x10 wide field eyepiece • x4, x10 and x40 (R) objectives • Rack and pinion focusing • Rotary disc diaphragm • 42 mm plano-concave mirror • Coarse focusing system • Focussing stroke 28 mm • Dust cover included • 10 year warranty

Specification: • Vertical monocular head • x10 wide field eyepiece • x4, x10 and x40 (R) objectives • Rack and pinion focusing • Rotary disc diaphragm • 42 mm plano-concave mirror • Coarse and fine focusing system • Focussing stroke 7 mm • Dust cover included • 10 year warranty

Model MI10436 SFC-3AF MI10436/10 SFC-3AF

Illumination Quantity Mirror 1 Mirror 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI55300 Substage Illuminator LED MI55305 LED Bulb MI160570 Replacement dust cover

Model MI10434 SFC-3A MI10434/10 SFC-3A

Illumination Quantity Mirror 1 Mirror 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI55300 Substage Illuminator LED MI55305 LED Bulb MI160570 Replacement dust cover

80

£83.63 ea £767.48 pk £34.70 ea £13.91 ea £4.73 ea

£101.18 ea £917.93 pk £34.70 ea £13.91 ea £4.73 ea

TAKE A CLOSER LOOK… DOWNLOAD TIMSTAR’S MICROSCOPE BUYING GUIDE Timstar takes a look at some of the key attributes you should consider when purchasing a microscope. timstar.co/microscope-guide

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Our Student Advanced Microscope SFC-100 Series is our recommended buy for Key Stage 3 as it fulfils the requirement for overall magnification up to x400, fine and coarse focusing ability and retractable high-power objectives. This range also offers multiple optional extras such as a choice of illumination and objective lenses.

BA50 Cordless Microscope

The BA50 is a 3/4 size educational microscope with a reversed nosepiece & LED illumiation. Built-in batteries allow cordless operation. The rugged metal construction and precision mechanics should guarantee many years of use. Specification: • 3/4 size student microscope • Monocular head, inclined 45° and 360° rotating • Widefield eyepiece WF10X/18 mm • Reversed triple revolving nosepiece • Achromatic objectives 4X, 10X, 40X S • Coarse and fine focusing system with tension adjustment • 0.65 N.A. condenser with disc diaphragm • LED illumination 20 mA, 3.5 V, 70 mW with intensity control • PSU included • Dust cover • 5 year warranty

Student Advanced Microscope SFC100 Series

A robust metal-body microscope with high quality optics made out of 100 % optically coated glass, which provide a crisp and clear image. Available with tungsten or LED illumination. The LED model runs cool, and features built-in rechargeable batteries and comes with a mains charger. The LED model is also available with a fitted eyepiece graticule. Specification: • Monocular head inclined 45°, with 360° rotation • x10 wide field eyepiece with pointer • x4, x10, and x40 (R) DIN Objectives • Coarse and fine rack and pinion focusing • 0.65 NA condenser • Iris diaphragm with filter housing • Dust cover • LIFETIME WARRANTY on optical components

BEST BUY

KEY STAGE 3

Model SFC-100FL SFC-100FL SFC-100LED SFC-100LED SFC-100LED with eyepiece graticule MI180312/10 SFC-100LED with eyepiece graticule MI10440 MI10440/10 MI55310 MI55310/10 MI180312

MI110200

Model BA50

Illumination LED, variable

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI160050 x40 Objective MI160570 Replacement dust cover

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£189.00 ea £52.58 ea £4.73 ea

Illumination Tungsten Tungsten LED LED LED

Quantity 1 10 1 10 1

LED

10

£152.55 ea £1,383.75 pk £182.25 ea £1,667.25 pk £256.50 ea £2,423.25 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI10442 x15 WF Eyepiece MI10443 19 mm Eyepiece Graticule 10 x 0.1 mm with holder MI10444 x100 O.I. Objective MI10445 Mechanical Stage MI10446 Plastic case MI10447 Tungsten bulb (240 V 20 W) MI10448 Halogen bulb (12 V 10 W) MI55305 LED Bulb MI170000 Replacement power supply for Motic microscopes MI160570 Replacement dust cover

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£36.18 ea £55.28 ea £97.13 ea £41.78 ea £56.63 ea £10.46 ea £13.43 ea £13.91 ea £15.26 ea £4.73 ea

81


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

Routine Teaching Microscope F11-15

PERFECT FOR A LEVEL REQUIRED PRACTICAL!

Featuring a focusable ABBE condenser and the following specification and features.

‘Preparation of stained squashes of cells from plant root tips; set up and use of and optical microscope to identify the stages of mitosis in these stained squashes and calculation of a mitotic index.’

Routine Teaching Microscope F11-10

Standard Microscope with the following specification and features.

Specifications: • Monocular head inclined 45°, with 360° rotation • x10 wide field eyepiece • x4, x10 & x40 DIN Achromatic objectives • Quadruple nosepiece • Built in 1.25 focusable Abbe condenser • Coarse and fine focusing • Iris diaphragm with filter holder and blue filter • LED substage illumination • 5 year warranty

Specification: • Monocular head inclined 45°, with 360° rotation • x10 wide field eyepiece • x4, x10 & x40 DIN Achromatic objectives • Quadruple nosepiece • Built in 0.65 condenser • Coarse and fine focusing • Iris diaphragm with filter holder and blue filter • LED substage illumination • 5 year warranty

MI55320

Model F11-10

Illumination LED, variable

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI10442 x15 WF Eyepiece MI10443 19 mm Eyepiece Graticule 10 x 0.1 mm with holder MI10444 x100 O.I. Objective MI10445 Mechanical Stage MI10446 Plastic case MI55305 LED Bulb MI170000 Replacement power supply for Motic microscopes MI160570 Replacement dust cover

82

VALUE BUY KEY STAGE 4

MI55325 £209.25 ea £36.18 ea £55.28 ea £97.13 ea £41.78 ea £56.63 ea £13.91 ea £15.26 ea

Model F11-15

Illumination LED, variable

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI10442 x15 WF Eyepiece MI10443 19 mm Eyepiece Graticule 10 x 0.1 mm with holder MI10444 x100 O.I. Objective MI10445 Mechanical Stage MI10446 Plastic case MI55305 LED Bulb MI170000 Replacement power supply for Motic microscopes MI160570 Replacement dust cover

£222.75 ea £36.18 ea £55.28 ea £97.13 ea £41.78 ea £56.63 ea £13.91 ea £15.26 ea £4.73 ea

£4.73 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Motic B1-211E SP Microscope

• Monocular head 45° inclined 360° rotation • WF10x 18 mm lockable eyepiece • X4, x10, x40, x100 Semi-Planachromatic, DIN objectives • Built-in rackless mechanical stage • Coarse & fine focus • 1.25 NA Abbe condenser with iris diaphragm • 3 W LED illumination • Immersion oil & dust cover included • Dimensions: 245 x 190 x 380 mm • Weight: 6.8 kg • 5 year warranty

MI180100

Model B1-211E SP

Illumination LED, variable

£526.50 ea

Motic B1-220E SP Microscope

• Binocular head 45° inclined 360° rotation • WF10x 18 mm lockable eyepiece • X4, x10, x40, x100 Semi-Planachromatic, DIN objectives • Built-in rackless mechanical stage • Coarse & fine focus • 1.25 NA Abbe condenser with iris diaphragm • 3 W LED illumination • Immersion oil & dust cover included • Dimensions: 245 x 190 x 380 mm • Weight: 6.8 kg • 5 year warranty

MI180200

Model B1-220E SP

Illumination LED, variable

£688.50 ea

MAKE LIFE EASIER! All of our Motic microscopes are covered by a 5-year warranty on mechanical components and a 1-year warranty on electrical components. All Motic products, mechanically and optically, are warrantied against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

83


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

Stereo Microscope ST-30C-2LOO

An advanced stereo microscope with up to x40 magnification complete with incident and transmitted illumination. With the following specification and features. Specification: • Binocular head inclined 45° • x10 wide field eyepieces (paired) • x2, x4 turret type objective • Incident and transmitted illumination 12V/10W • Rack and pinion focusing • LIFETIME WARRANTY on optical components

MI10552

Model ST-30C-2L00

Illumination Halogen Incident, Tungsten Transmitted

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI10448 Halogen bulb (12 V 10 W)

84

£162.00 ea

£13.43 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Digital Microscope DM-111

Specification: • Lockable x10 WF eyepiece with pointer • Built-in imaging camera • USB 2.0 output • 800 x 600 pixel live image • Quadruple revolving nosepiece with click stops • DIN Achromatic objectives, x4, x10, x40, (x100 O.I. optional) • Built-in mechanical stage • Focusable 1.25 NA Abbe condenser • Separate coarse and fine focusing • Rechargeable LED illumination with intensity control • Safety auto cut-off charger VDE 120-240 V • Calibration slide for accurate measuring function • Motic Educator Software for PC & MAC • Operating system: Windows 98SE and higher, MAC OS9 & OSX

Advanced Teaching Microscope DM-1802

Specification: • Monocular head inclined 30° with built-in 3.0 mega pixel CMOS Camera • x10 wide field eyepiece • Achromatic objectives x4, x10, x40 • Quadruple revolving nosepiece • Coarse and fine focusing • Built-in mechanical stage • Focusable 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser with iris diaphragm • Built-in halogen illumination 12V/20W with intensity control • Supplied with Motic Images Plus 2.0 Software (multi-language version) • USB 2.0 PC connection

MI10590

MI65815

Type DM111 with a x100 Oil Immersion Objective

Illumination LED, variable

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI65840 LED 20 mA, 3.5 V, 70 mW Replacement Bulb MI65860 Objective lens x100 (oil immersion) MI170000 Replacement power supply for Motic microscopes

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Model DM-1802

Illumination Halogen, variable

£749.25 ea

£587.25 ea

£13.43 ea £56.63 ea £15.26 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

85


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

BA50-X WiFi Digital Microscope

The versatile BA50-X WiFi digital microscope represents the latest in Educational technology. This digital microscope transmits live images to wireless laptops, iOS or Android Tablets. Featuring highspeed, full resolution imaging technology built into the head of the microscope, the BA50-X can be used as a normal microscope with the built-in eyepiece, or used to share live images with your class, using WiFi tablets or Windows Laptops. Please note: connection to the microscope camera is exclusively over WiFi, using the microscope’s own ad hoc network. The USB port is for power only. Specification: • Optical System: Finite optical system, 160 mm • Observation tube: Monocular with built in digital X type Wi-Fi camera • Inclination: 30° inclined, 360° rotating • Camera sensor: CMOS 1/3” - 1.3 MP - 1600x1200 pixels • Output: Wi-Fi transmission up to 1.3 MP • Eyepieces: WF10X/18 mm • Nosepiece: Reversed triple revolving nosepiece • Objective classification: Achromatic objectives, DIN • Objectives: 4X/0.10, 10X/0.25, 40X/0.65/S • Objective mounting thread: W 4/5”x1/36” (RMS standard) • Stage: Gliding stage with “one-touch” sample holder • Stage size: 105 mm (Diameter) • Upper limit stop: Upper limit stop pre-set but adjustable • Condenser: Built in 0.65 N.A. with disc diaphragm • Focus mechanism: Separate coarse and fine focusing system • Fine Focus precision: 2 µm minimum increment • Z-axis movement: 8 mm • Filter: Built-in frosted glass • Illumination: LED 20 mA, 3.5 V, 70 mW with intensity control • Transformer: External • Power supply: Charger 100-240 V or rechargeable batteries • Accessories included: Calibration slide, dust cover, immersion oil (5 mL), charger and batteries • Software: MotiConnect App for iOS and Android, Motic Images Plus 2.0 for PC • Weight: 2.75 kg • Dimensions (L x W x H): 175 x 153 x 334 mm

MI150100

Model BA50-X

Illumination LED, variable

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL160500 USB Plug-top Power Supply MI160570 Replacement dust cover

MOTIC Wi-Fi DIGITAL MICROSCOPES

INFO

These microscopes require two power supplies: one for the illumination (supplied) and USB power for the camera. You can use either a computer USB port, or a USB plug‑top power supply for this. The USB port on the Wi-Fi microscope is for power only – the image is not transmitted over USB.

£492.75 ea £11.75 ea £4.73 ea

Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. Apple and the Apple logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.

MOTIC CAMERA SOFTWARE MOTIC PLAY & EDUCATOR SOFTWARE. Motic Play and Educator are imaging software tools designed for children using digital microscopes. The software uses pictures and sounds to help children capture and edit still images and videos. The software makes science fun for children and will allow them to capture and measure microscopic images and videos. They can add text and icons or apply effects such as “mosaic” or “emboss” to the images. Children can rotate the pictures, paint them, turn them to gray-scale and much more. The images they create can be shared by e-mail or exported for printing. The software allows children to imagine and create a variety of fun science-related images with step-by-step picture help sections that cover all of the functions. The Play version is designed for more Primary School level whereas Educator is for Key Stage 3 and beyond. The DS-2, DM-52 and DM-111 are all supplied as standard with this package.

INFO

Motic Images Plus 3.0 – a fresh approach for powerful microscopy software. Motic Images Plus 3.0 is the first all-new redesign of this popular software, which includes all the major updates in digital microscopy. Unlock the potential of your microscope and capture, measure and quantify the image that you see through the eyepiece, onto a computer screen. The software comes with an interactive white balance and background balance in order to optimize the image background in terms of colour temperature or shading. Existing users with version 2.0 can upgrade to Images Plus 3.0 free of charge. User-friendly interface Intuitive & Customizable Live measurements Empowers your microscope to be a more efficient scientific tool

86

Multi-platform: Identical interface on Windows, Apple or Linux OS Multilingual software; simple to change between languages Multilingual software; simple to change between languages Free upgrade from Images Plus 2.0 to 3.0

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

KERN MICROSCOPES SUMMARY TABLE Objectives§

Maximum magnification‡

Triple

x4, x10, x40

x400

OBS-104

Binocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

OBS-106

Binocular

x10 W

Quadruple

OBE 101

Monocular

x10 W

OBE 111

Monocular

OBE 102

Power supply

Nosepiece

x10 W

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI170500

£222.75 ea

x400 (x1000)

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coarse & Finel

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI170502

£330.75 ea

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coarse & Fine

230 V charger + rechg. batteries

MI170504

£371.25 ea

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI160100

£398.25 ea

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40, x100 O.I.

x1000

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI160110

£472.50 ea

Binocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI160120

£499.50 ea

OBE 112

Binocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40, x100 O.I.

x1000

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI160130

£560.25 ea

OBE 104

Trinocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40

x400 (x1000)

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI190140

£611.55 ea

OBE 114

Trinocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40, x100 O.I.

x1000

Abbe Aperture

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 v AC

MI190150

£676.35 ea

Coarse

230 V AC

MI160210

£263.25 ea

Price

Aperture

Catalogue Code

0.65 NA

Focusing control**

Illumination†

Eyepiece(s)*

Monocular

Diaphragm

Type

OBS-101

Condenser

Model

2-year warranty on mechanical & optical components.

OSE-417

Stereo

x10 W

n/a

x2, x4

x40

No

No

LED, Incident & Transmitted

OSF-439

Stereo

x10 W

n/a

x1, x2, x4

x40

No

No

LED, Incident & Transmitted

Coarse

230 V AC

MI160400

£337.50 ea

OBL 127

Binocular

x10 W

Quadruple

x4, x10, x40, x100 O.I.

x1000

Abbe

Field

LED, variable

Coaxial

230 V AC

MI160500

£938.25 ea

OZP 556

Stereo Zoom

x10 W

n/a

x0.6 - x5.5

x55

No

None

LED, Incident & Transmitted

Coarse

230 V AC

MI160700

£1,208.25 ea

§ ‡ * W = Widefield O.I. = Oil Immersion (x1000) = with optional x100 O.I. objective ** Coaxial = Coarse & fine focusing on one mechanism

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

I = Incident (from above)

e: export@timstar.co.uk

T = Transmitted (from below)

w: timstar.com

87


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

KERN & SOHN GmbH, established in 1844, have utilised German design and workmanship to manufacture a range of high quality microscopes for education, research and industrial use. Timstar is offering a selection of mid-range educational microscopes from KERN, along with selected higher level models. The full range from KERN is available from Timstar, on request.

KERN OBS-1 Series Microscopes

B

The KERN OBS-1 series is an education range of robust and simple to use compound microscopes, specifically designed for use in schools. Model OBS-104 has a fixed stage. Model OBS-106 has a mechanical stage. All models feature: • Coarse and fine adjustments • Illumination: 0.5 W LED, variable, transmitted • Rechargeable batteries • Blue colour filter • Finite optical system (DIN) • Achromatic objectives • Eyepiece tube 45° inclined / 360° rotatable • Binocular Dioptre adjustment: one-sided • Overall dimensions: 130 x 300 x 310 mm (W × D × H) • Net weight: 3 kg approx.

C A

MI170500 MI170500/10 MI170502 MI170502/10 MI170504 MI170504/10

88

A A B B C C

Model OBS-101 OBS-101 OBS-104 OBS-104 OBS-106 OBS-106

Illumination LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable

Quantity 10 10 10

£222.75 ea £2,004.75 pk £330.75 ea £2,976.75 pk £371.25 ea £3,341.25 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

KERN OBE-1 Series Compound Microscopes

The KERN OBE-1 series offers a high quality, robust and easy to use range of compound microscopes for use in education. These are full-sized microscopes with metal frames and bases, along with a high specification, and are priced to be very competitive compared with brands with similar specifications. Features: • Dimmable, strong 3 W LED light source to help produce impressive images for its class • Fitted with wide-field eyepieces, achromatic objectives, a nosepiece for up to four objectives, a large, fully-fledged stage and an Abbe condenser, all as standard • Available as monocular, binocular or trinocular models with a one-sided dioptre adjustment (binocular/trinocular models only) • Height adjustment is through coarse and fine focusses on both sides • Stable and precisely adjustable mechanism • Functional and ergonomic design • 3-year warranty

BEST BUY

KEY STAGE 4

A

Specifications: • Quadruple nosepiece • 360° rotatable / 30° inclined turret/eyepiece tube • WF 10x eyepiece, 18 mm diameter • Achromatic objectives • 4x / 10x / 40x objectives + 100x on some models • 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser • Overall dimensions 324 x 191 x 348 mm (w x d x h) • Net weight approx. 5.5 kg

B

The Kern OBE-1 series, Model 111, is the ultimate out-ofthe-box KS4 microscope for GCSE microscopy teaching and learning. This model features both superior optics (100x objectives) and a built-in mechanical stage as standard.

C

• Meets CLEAPSS GL125 GCSE requirements • Robust • LED illumination • X100 Objective lens • 3-year warranty

MI160100 MI160100/10 MI160110 MI160120 MI160120/10 MI160130 MI190140 MI190150

A

B C

Model OBE 101 OBE 101 OBE 111 OBE 102 OBE 102 OBE 112 OBE 104 OBE 114

Type Monocular with x4, x10 & x40 objectives Monocular with x4, x10 & x40 objectives Monocular with x4, x10, x40 & x100 objectives Binocular with x4, x10 & x40 objectives Binocular with x4, x10 & x40 objectives Binocular with x4, x10, x40 & x100 objectives Trinocular with x4, x10 & x40 objectives Trinocular with x4, x10, x40 & x100 objectives

Illumination LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable LED, variable

Quantity 10 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI160105 Eyepiece WFx10/Ø18mm with pointer MI160115 Eyepiece WFx10/Ø18mm with scale

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£398.25 ea £3,584.25 pk £472.50 ea £499.50 ea £4,502.25 pk £560.25 ea £611.55 ea £676.35 ea £45.83 ea £71.48 ea

w: timstar.com

89


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

KERN Advanced Microscopes - OBL-1 Series

A more sophisticated range for use in the laboratory and vocational training, these robust microscopes have stable and precisely adjustable mechanisms and produce impressive images in both bright and dark field applications. Features: • Excellent and robust laboratory microscopes for all common routine applications • Fix pre-centred Koehler illumination; adjustable field diaphragm; height adjustable Abbe condenser with adjustable aperture diaphragm • Wide field eyepieces; with achromatic infinity corrected E-plan objectives • Complete with dioptre adjustment on one tube • Nosepiece with four objectives • Large stage • 3W dimmable LED illumination • A variety of optional accessories Specifications: • Tube: Binocular (OBL 127), Siedentopf, 30° inclined, 360° rotatable • Eyepieces: WF 10x / Ø 20 mm • Nosepiece: Quadruple • Objective type: Infinity E-Plan • Objectives: 4x/10x/40x/100x • Illumination: Dimmable 3W LED (transmitted) • Interpupillary distance: 50 – 75 mm • Dioptre adjustment: Yes, one-sided • Condenser: Abbe N.A. 1,25 pre-centred (aperture diaphragm) • Overall dimensions (W x D x H): 395 x 200 x 380 mm • Net weight approx.: 6.5 kg

MI160500

Model OBL 127

Type Binocular

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI160552 Darkfield Condenser

90

Illumination LED, variable

KERN OSE-4 Series Stereo Microscopes

An education line of compact, robust stereo microscopes ideal for schools, training establishment or workshops. Features: • Very robust, stable and easy to use stereo microscope • Optimally suited to educational establishments • Excellent optical characteristics for its class, giving clear images over a broad field of view • LED illumination ensures reliable, good illumination at all times • Eyepieces are fixed in the tube, to protect against loss or damage • Stable and precisely adjustable mechanism • Functional and ergonomic design Specifications: • Optical system: Greenough • Tube: Binocular, 45° inclined • Interpupillary distance: 55 – 75 mm • Dioptre adjustment: Yes, one-sided • Eyepieces: WF 10x Ø 20 mm • Field of view: Ø 10/5mm • Objectives: 2x / 4x • Total magnification: 20x / 40x • Illumination: LED incident + LED transmitted (OSE-417) • Stage plate: Frosted glass (OSE-417) • Packing dimensions: 295 x 162 x 345 mm (w x d x h) • Net weight (approx.): 2.25 kg

£938.25 ea £236.25 ea

MI160210

Model OSE-417

Illumination LED, Incident & Transmitted

£263.25 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

KERN OSF-439 Stereo Microscope

An education line of compact, robust stereo microscope ideal for schools, training establishment or workshops. Specifications: Optical system: Greenough Brightness: Adjustable Tube: Binocular, 45° inclined Interpupillary distance: 55 – 75 mm Dioptre adjustment: Yes, one-sided Eyepieces: WF 10x Ø 20 mm Field of view: Ø 20/10/5mm Objectives: 1x / 2x / 4x Total magnification: 10x / 20x / 40x Illumination: Dimmable LED incident + LED transmitted Stage plate: Black/white; Frosted glass Packing dimensions: 290x225x340 mm (w x d x h) Net weight (approx.): 2.25 kg

Model OSF-439 MI160400 MI160400/10 OSF-439

Quantity 1 10

KERN OZP-556 Stereo Zoom Microscope

A high-quality model for flexible and professional use, the KERN OZP-556 is a very robust and easy to use stereo microscope with a zoom function which is operable from both sides and gives an above-average enlargement range. Ideally suited to biological laboratories and research establishments as well as quality control, assembly and repair workstations in the electronics and semiconductor industries. Specifications: Optical system: Greenough Tube: Binocular, 35° inclined Magnification ratio: 9.2:1 Interpupillary distance: 52 - 76 mm Dioptre adjustment: Yes, both sides Eyepieces: HSWF 10x Ø 23 mm Field of view: 38.3 - 4.2 Objective zoom: 0.6x - 5.5x Total magnification: 6x - 55x Illumination: Dimmable 3W LED (incident); 3W LED (transmitting) Brightness: Adjustable Packing dimensions (W x D x H): 370 x 330 x 385 mm Net weight (approx.): 6.1 kg

£337.50 ea £3,037.50 pk

MI160700

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Model OZP 556

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Illumination LED, Incident & Transmitted

w: timstar.com

£1,208.25 ea

91


Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Handheld Microscopes KERN ODC-895 Digital USB Microscope

The USB hand-held microscope is designed for rapid and simple observations. Ideally suited for coins, plants, insects and skin samples for all hobby scientists, children and students. The eight LEDs fitted in the ring shape ensure strong and effective illumination of your sample. Use the adjustment wheel on the cable to control the illumination setting. Includes KERN Microscope VIS software

MI190200

VISUALISERS PERFECT FOR PRACTICALS! Visualisers may not be new to the classroom, but recent events have seen a resurgence in their use. If used effectively, they can prove to be a very helpful tool in helping students maximise their learning and improve engagement. View Timstar’s range of visualisers on page 114 Whereas previously, you may have used static images or huddled them around a table, using your visualiser to zoom in on details and project them means that you can pick out details that were previously difficult to access.

Model ODC-895

£256.43 ea

KERN ODC-910 Handheld WiFi Microscope

The digital WLAN hand-held microscope is designed for rapid and simple surface observations. Ideally suited for coins, bank notes, stamps, circuit boards, plants, insects, gems and skin samples for industrial use, for all hobby scientists, children and students. It has been specially developed for direct connection to your WLANenabled smartphone or tablet with iOS or Android. During the live transfer to your smartphone or tablet you can take photos and videos of the sample you are investigating, and these can also be stored on your device. For larger videos you can also insert a mini SD card directly into the microscope. The six LEDs fitted in the ring shape ensure strong and effective illumination of your sample. Use the adjustment wheel on the microscope to control the illumination setting. Features an integrated rechargeable battery pack, a flexible column which is easy to adjust and which has a swan neck so that you can achieve the ideal height setting, as well as a mains adapter.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? Read our blog – 5 ways visualisers enhance classroom learning timstar.co/visualisers-blog MI190300

92

Model ODC-910

£202.43 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes ● Microscope Accessories KERN ODC-87/ODC-88 Series Eyepiece Cameras

Microscope Eyepiece Camera

Convert your microscope to digital by swapping an eyepiece with this digital camera, and connect to your computer via USB. Includes KERN Microscope VIS software, USB cable, eyepiece adaptors & an object micrometer to calibrate the software.

MI190000 MI190010 MI190020

Model ODC 872 ODC 874 ODC 881

Resolution 1.3 MP 3.0 MP 5.0 MP

APPLIANCES

£202.43 ea £242.93 ea £323.93 ea

Basic microscope eyepiece camera with 2 MP resolution, which connects to a PC via the inbuilt USB 2.0 cable. Works with both monocular and binocular microscopes by replacing the eyepiece. Fits eyepiece tubes with a diameter of 23 mm or 30 mm (adapter included). Comes with software for Windows PCs. Software download: timstar.co/MI170800-driver • 2 MP still resolution • 640 x 480 live resolution

MI170800

£162.00 ea

Microscope Accessories Plastic Eyepiece Graticules

These measuring graticules are printed onto plastic film. They have a 0-10 mm scale subdivided into 0.1 mm divisions, each of the millimetre subdivisions are numbered 0-10. Suitable for most school microscopes.

MI84165

Quantity Supplied in 2 strips of 5 graticules

£53.93 pk

Graduation 10 x 0.1 mm 1 x 0.01 mm

£162.00 ea £162.00 ea

Stage Micrometer

The micrometer scale is disc mounted on a black glass slide. Suitable for all microscopes. Slide comes with 2 scales: 10 mm x 0.1 mm and 1 mm x 0.01 mm. Dimensions: 75 x 25 mm.

Mounted on glass discs 19 mm diameter to fit most eyepieces.

Graduation 10 x 0.1 mm

The micrometer scale is disc mounted on a black metal slide. Suitable for all microscopes. Dimensions: 76 x 25 mm.

MI10710 MI10715

Glass Eyepiece Graticule

MI10700

Stage Graticules

MI130520

£94.43 ea

£93.08 ea

Stage Micrometer, Economy

Complete Eyepiece with Graticule

Complete eyepiece contains a measuring graticule. Suitable for the following Motic microscope models: SFC-100FL, SFC-100FLED, F11-10 LED, F11-15 LED and DM-111. Please note this is not compatible with the Motic SFC-3 series microscopes.

An economical but good quality glass stage micrometer slide, with a 1.0 mm long x 0.01 mm scale marked on the glass.

MI74145

Quantity MI170400 1 MI170400/10 10

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£83.63 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£16.47 ea £134.93 pk

w: timstar.com

93


APPLIANCES

Microscope Accessories

Blood Lancets

Haemacytometer, Glass

For capillary blood collection. Chromium steel. Packaged individually. Sterile.

MI10855

Quantity 200

£11.81 pk

Medical Swabs, Sterile For cleaning the skin.

MI10860

Quantity 100

£4.19 pk

These Bright-Line (Rhodium coated) glass Haemacytometers are designed for accurate counting of cells in blood or other fluids, with one-piece glass construction, an H-shaped moat to form two counting areas (plateaus) and a “V” slash at the loading side of each plateau. Each plateau features enhanced Neubauer rulings, the ruled surface being 0.1 mm below the cover glass, limiting the volume of blood or fluid over a square mm to 0.1cu.mm and over each of 400 squares (within the central square mm) to 0.00025 cu. mm. Contact of the flat, polished cover glass surfaces with cover glass supports produces an exact volume of fluid over the counting area. The difference in surface tension characteristics between the metallic surface on the chamber and the polished cover glass assures smooth capillarity for precise loading and more even cell distribution. Supplied as a kit which includes a double counting chamber, cover glasses and red and white pipettes, all in a protective case. Spare/replacement glass cover glasses are also available, as a pack of 2. • Bright Line (Rhodium coated) counting chamber • Improved Neubauer ruling pattern • Cell Depth: 0.100 mm ±2 % • Volume: 0.1 µL To clean the counting chamber after use: remove the cover glass and clean with water or a mild cleaning solution (e.g. 10% bleach solution). Dry the counting chamber with a soft cloth/ wipe, or rinse with acetone.

Haemacytometer, Disposable

The C-chip™ is an easy-to-use, precision disposable plastic haemocytometer, developed to solve the problem of conventional glass haemocytometers. Supplied individually packed, in a box of 50 slides, these Neubauer Improved type haemocytometers have 0.1 mm 0.05 mm grids, for counting blood cells (erythrocytes, leukocytes), mammalian cells etc. Supplied as a box of 50 double chamber slides (100 tests).Features and benefits: • No need to coverslip • No need to wash for reuse • No more contact to hazardous materials • Accurate, reliable and repeatable • Bright grid pattern • 2 tests per slide • Pack of 50 double chamber slides (= 100 tests) • Quartz grade optical plastic • Sturdy and strong Main applications: • Blood analysis • Cell culture; cell concentration measurement and cell viability counts • Microbiology; bacterial and fungal spores • Dimensions: 25 x 75 x 1.6 mm (w x l x t) • Chamber depth: 100 µm • Chamber volume : 10 µL

MI160322

Type Double cell counting chamber with cover glasses

SPARES & ACCESSORIES MI160324 Spare cover glasses, pair

£103.88 ea

£19.58 pr

Hand Microtome

For section cutting. The milled head at the base when revolved records 10 microns per click. Brass top plate 75 mm diameter. Overall length 85 mm. Supplied in a hinged wooden case.

MI11125

£66.08 ea

Staining Block (Cavity) Clear polished glass, 6 mm deep cavity with flat glass cover.

MI160300

94

Quantity 50

£128.18 pk

MI11145

Dimensions 40 x 40 mm

£5.60 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscope Accessories

APPLIANCES

Cover Slips No.0

Microscope Cavity Slides

Resistance Glass 0.09 to 0.13 mm thick.

MI10925 MI10930 MI10935

Dimensions 19 mm diameter 18 x 18 mm 22 x 22 mm

Quantity 100 100 100

Microscope slides with round, polished 15 mm diameter cavity.

£9.25 pk £2.03 pk £2.63 pk

Cover Slips No.1

Resistance Glass 0.13 to 0.16 mm thick. MI10945 MI10950

Dimensions 18 x 18 mm 22 x 22 mm

Quantity 100 100

£1.62 pk £2.36 pk

Dimensions Quantity 76 x 26 x 1.2 mm (L x W x D) 50

MI120100

Microscope Slides, Frosted Panel Glass microscope slides with a single frosted panel to allow marking of the slide. These come with tissue paper separating each slide and have ground edges. 1.0 mm thickness.

Cover Slips No.1½

Resistance Glass 0.16 to 0.19 mm thick. MI11025 MI11030 MI11035 MI11050

Dimensions 18 x 18 mm 20 x 20 mm 22 x 22 mm 22 x 40 mm

Quantity 100 100 100 100

Dimensions 76 x 26 mm

MI104176 £1.76 pk £2.36 pk £2.97 pk £3.71 pk

£22.01 pk

Quantity 50

£3.85 pk

Microscope Slide Folder

Two hinged flaps and numbered positions.

Cover Slips No.2

Resistance Glass 0.19 to 0.25mm. MI11066 MI11071

Dimensions 18 x 18 mm 22 x 22 mm

Quantity 100 100

£2.09 pk £5.33 pk

Cover Glass Forceps

Stainless Steel with Spatula ends.

MI11075

£1.82 ea

Microscope Slides, Value

Type To hold 20 slides

MI11100

Washed with 45° ground edges. External cellophane wrapping, interleaved. Dimensions: 76 x 26 mm.

Dimensions 76 x 26 mm

£10.33 ea

Microscope Slide Box, Plastic

Made from tough plastic. Numbered slots for 25, 50 or 100 slides.

A MI10901

Thickness 1.0 to 1.2 mm

Quantity 50

B

£2.77 pk

Microscope Slides

Washed with 45° ground edges. Internal cellophane wrapping with easy-open tear strip. Dimensions: 76 x 26 mm.

MI10906 MI10907 MI10908

Thickness 0.8 to 1.0 mm 1.0 to 1.2 mm 1.2 to 1.5 mm

Quantity 50 50 50

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£3.65 pk £3.31 pk £4.12 pk

MI104170 MI11115

A B

Type To hold 25 slides To hold 50 slides

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£4.73 ea £6.62 ea

95


APPLIANCES

Microscopes

Microslide System Top quality specimens are photographed under optimum conditions, magnified, labelled and turned into strips of colour transparencies in sets of related pictures. The notes are clearly and precisely written with all the important words highlighted. The viewers are tough, child-proof magnifiers. They can also be used as simple low-power microscopes for examining soil samples, pollen, parts of flowers, small insects, etc. • Superb quality photographs • Every student looks at the same image • No searching or focusing problems • No breakages • Students can work at their own rate

Microslide Viewer (Bioviewer)

BioViewers are tough styrene instruments, almost unbreakable and made for years of wear in classroom conditions. They do not need any special treatment or care, they can even be washed. No lamp is needed; the white reflector stage provides sufficient light for a bright image. They can be used in any room at any time or even outdoors. With BioViewers you can stop worrying about expensive apparatus in inexperienced hands.

MS88800

Microslides are sets of 8 related 35mm images, as photographed through a microscope, and designed to be viewed through a Microslide Viewer (Bioviewer – MS88800). Arrows and callouts help the students locate important features being studied, accompanied by a detailed text folder designed to stimulate, inform and question the students about the topic. Each text folder has a handy pocket to store the Microslides. Supplied in packs of 10.

£25.58 ea

...low maintenance OUR EXPERT SAYS... product that will never let you down. Much underrated, the Bioviewer is robust and can be used in the field or classroom environment. 96

Microslides

MS80016

Type Human Blood

Go online to appreciate the quality of these photomicrographics.

£141.75 pk

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Travelling Microscopes

APPLIANCES

Intermediate Vernier Microscope

The unit is built on a heavy cast-iron base. The movement is controlled by a knob at the side of the base, and can be fixed in any position with a clamping screw, and a Vernier scale allows precise measurement to 0.01 mm. The carriage has two locations for the microscope, which allows it to be mounted with its axis in any position relative to travel. The microscope itself features a 7x magnification Ramsden objective, 3x magnification 50 mm FL eyepiece, and a cross-piece graticule, with rack-and-pinion focusing. Supplied in a polished wooden case. MI180000

ÂŁ371.25 ea

Advanced Vernier Microscope

The unit is built on a heavy cast-iron base with three levelling screws, and a bubble level meter. The horizontal movement is controlled by a knob at the left hand side of the base, and can be fixed in any position with a clamping screw, and a Vernier scale allows precise measurement to 0.02 mm. The total horizontal movement is 210 mm. Vertical movement is by a rack-and-pinion, and has its own Vernier scale to 0.02 mm. The total vertical movement is 160 mm. The stage for placing objects for measurement is fitted with a Perspex plate. The microscope can be clamped in either a vertical or horizontal position, and features a 10x magnification 50 mm F.L. achromatic eyepiece. Supplied in a polished wooden case. MI180050

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

ÂŁ472.50 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

97


APPLIANCES

Power Supplies

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

On/Off Switch

Casing

Catalogue code

Price

AC & DC

1-12 V AC & DC

6A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Full wave rectified, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150308

£222.75 ea

Power supply 1-12 V AC/ DC, 3A

AC & DC

0 to 12V DC / 2, 4, 6 & 12 V AC

3A

DC continuously variable, AC stepped

No

No

Yes, electronic

Smoothed, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150306

£182.25 ea

Power supply 0-24 V AC/DC

AC & DC

0 - 24V AC & DC

10 A

Continuously variable DC & AC

Yes, dual

Smoothed & regulated

Yes

EL150300

£594.00 ea

0-500 V stabilized HT power supply

AC & DC

0 - 500 V DC, DC 50 mA, 2-7 V AC AC 3 A

EL150302

£587.25 ea

0-6000 V EHT power supply

AC & DC

0 - 6000 V DC, 6.3 V AC

DC 2 mA, AC 3 A

EL150304

£600.75 ea

Output

Voltage range

Power supply 1-12 V AC/ DC, 6A

Model

Current (max.)

LABORATORY POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

FREDERIKSEN POWER SUPPLIES

DC continuously variable, AC stepped DC continuously variable, AC fixed

Current Yes, limiter electronic only

Metal & Plastic with integral handle Metal & Plastic with integral handle Metal & Plastic with integral handle

Yes

No

Yes

Smoothed

Yes

Yes

No

No

Smoothed

Yes

Smoothed, regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL170300

£125.48 ea

No

Metal, no handle

EL170190

£162.00 ea

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81470

£209.25 ea

IPC POWER SUPPLIES Battery Replacement power supply

DC only

1,5, 3, 4.5, 6V

1A

Stepped

No

No

No

Multitap Transformer

AC only

Tappings at 0, 2, 3, 8, 12 V

8 A (6 A continuous)

Tapped

No

No

No

Lo-Volt power supply

AC & DC

2 - 14 V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Varivolt power supply

AC & DC

0 - 12 V AC & DC

8A

Continuously variable

No

No

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81465

£229.50 ea

No

No

No

Smoothed

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL120300

£263.25 ea

Yes

No

No

Smoothed

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81475

£452.25 ea

HT power supply

0 - 30 V DC, DC 60 mA, AC & DC 0 - 300 V DC, AC 2 A 6 V AC

EHT power supply

AC & DC

0 - 5000 V DC, 6.3 V AC

DC 3 mA, AC 2 A

DC continuously variable, AC fixed DC continuously variable, AC fixed

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

IRWIN POWER SUPPLIES 3, 7, 10,13, 17, 20 V DC / 3, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15 V AC 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, Powerbase 12V DC / AC & DC S10 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12V AC 0 - 12V AC Powerbase S8 AC & DC & DC in 1V steps Powerbase S5 AC & DC

Powerbase V8 AC & DC

0-20V DC / 0-16V AC

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150900

£202.50 ea

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Full wave rectified, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150906

£175.50 ea

8A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

Yes

EL130296, EL130298

£209.25 ea

8A

Continuously variable

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

EL130299, EL130302

£236.25 ea

Smoothed & regulated

No

Plastic, no handle

EL06853

£97.13 ea

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL06857

£124.13 ea

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL06859

£162.00 ea

Plastic, with integral handle Plastic, with integral handle

ELECTROSOUND POWER SUPPLIES The Spider

DC only

1.5 - 6 V DC

1A

Stepped

No

No

No

Powerswitch

AC & DC

2 - 12 V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Powerlock

AC & DC

3 - 12 V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Powerbase

AC & DC

0-15 V AC, 0-20 V DC

8A

Continuously variable

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, with handle

EL120900

£229.50 ea

Yes

Metal, no handle

MA18796

£134.93 ea

Westminster power supply

AC & DC

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

1 V AC or DC, fixed

12 A

None

No

No

No

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

SATZ POWER SUPPLIES

98

ZPS15

DC only

3 - 12 V

1.5 A

Stepped

No

No

Internal

Smooth & Regulated

Yes

Plastic, no handle

EL190100

£48.53 ea

ZPS30

DC only

3 - 12 V

3A

Stepped

No

No

Internal

Smoothed & regulated

Yes

Plastic, no handle

EL190150

£64.73 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Power Supplies

APPLIANCES

Irwin Power Supplies

Irwin Powerbase V8

Irwin Powerbase S5

Designed specifically for the education laboratory, the ABS case provides unique strength, electrical safety and practicality in storage and use. The comprehensive range of output in both AC and DC provides for all requirements in the teaching lab. The output current is fixed at 5 amp maximum to offer sufficient power for experiments such as optics, circuit investigations, heat experiments, practical work in the studies of electricity, understanding current and voltage in physics and also has applications where power is required in Chemistry and Biology. • Output Voltages: 3, 7, 10,13, 17, 20 V capacitor smoothed DC; 3, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15 V AC • Output Current: 5 A • Output limit Allen key operated maximum voltage lock • Protection: Push button thermal cut-out • Fusing: 2 A, 20 mm glass fuse internal • Mains Input: 230/240 V AC, 50 Hz

EL150900

Colour Blue

This is an updated version of the Irwin TECHNICIAN’S Powerbase 32. Essentially it is the same CHOICE as the 32 but has a higher power rotary transformer and a high specification toroid transformer replaces the original chassis transformer. The unit supplies 0-20 V smoothed DC and 0-16 V AC at 8 amps. Output is continuously variable and protected by a panel mounted thermal cut out. An output limiter is fitted which allows the user to preset the maximum voltage available.

£202.50 ea

Irwin Powerbase S10

The Powerbase S10 provides AC and DC outputs of 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12 V at a maximum combined output of 5 A. Output is protected by a panel mounted thermal cut out. An output limiter is fitted which allows the user to pre-set the maximum voltage available. Specification: • Output: AC & DC • AC Voltage: 0 to 12 Volts in 2 Volt Steps • DC Voltage: 0 to 12 Volts in 2 Volt Steps

EL130299 EL130302

Colour Blue Clear

£236.25 ea £236.25 ea

TECHNICIAN'S CHOICE PRACTICALS: The Irwin Powerbase S10 is ideal supplementary equipment for students to complete the following required GCSE practicals: EL150906

Colour Blue

£175.50 ea

Irwin Powerbase S8

The Powerbase S8 offers 0 to 12 V at 8 amps via a relay switching system that provides the voltages in 1 V steps. AC and DC are available simultaneously in any combination up to a combined output of 8 amps. Output is protected by a panel mounted thermal cut out. An output limiter is fitted which allows the user to preset the maximum voltage available.

AQA GCSE Chemistry required practical 3 & 6 – Electrolysis Investigating the elements formed at each electrode when different salt solutions are electrolysed AQA GCSE Physics required practical 6 - Light Investigate the reflection of light by different types of surface and the refraction of light by different substances

A Timstar bestseller, the Irwin Powerbase V8 is perfect for carrying out AQA GCSE Physics required practical activity 1.

EL130296 EL130298

Colour Blue Clear

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£209.25 ea £209.25 ea

Specific heat capacity An investigation to determine the specific heat capacity of one or more materials. The investigation will involve linking the decrease of one energy store (or work done) to the increase in temperature and subsequent increase in thermal energy stored.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

99


APPLIANCES

Power Supplies

Irwin Case Repair Kit

This repair kit for Irwin power supplies allows damaged plastic cases to be replaced quite easily. The kit comprises a brand new plastic case - in original Irwin blue or crystal clear, three “mushrooms”, which fit on the back of the case and act as a cable tidy, a new cable clamp and complete fitting instructions.

EL130303 EL130306

Colour Blue Clear

£44.48 kit £44.48 kit

Model

Output

Voltage range

Current (max.)

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

On/Off Switch

Casing

Catalogue code

Price

IRWIN POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

Powerbase S5

AC & DC

3, 7, 10,13, 17, 20 V DC / 3, 6, 8, 11, 13, 15 V AC

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150900,

£202.50 ea

Powerbase S10

AC & DC

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 V DC / 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 V AC

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Full wave rectified, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL150906,

£202.50 ea

Powerbase S8

AC & DC

0 - 12 V AC & DC in 1 V steps

8A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL130296, £209.25 ea EL130298

Powerbase V8

AC & DC

0-20 V DC / 0-16 V AC

8A

Continuously variable

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral handle

EL130299, £236.25 ea EL130302

POWERING PRACTICAL SCIENCE School physics and chemistry labs use portable power supplies to drive basic equipment or to supply direct current in much the same way as a battery. Electrical lab power supplies come in different types, depending on the requirement and specification. If you need further advice or information on Timstar’s range of power supplies please contact us, or download our useful 'Power Supply Buying Guide' timstar.co/power-supply-guide

100

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Power Supplies

APPLIANCES

The Spider

Powerlock Power Supply

Designed to be used by 4 groups simultaneously, providing smoothed, regulated DC voltages of 1.5, 3, 4.5 or 6 V DC. which are selected by a rotary switch. Max output current is 1 A. Other features include a mains on/off power indicator and an output voltage indicator in the spider’s eyes (if he winks call the teacher). Output is via four pairs of colour coded 4 mm terminals. Housed in a rugged ABS case.

Similar to the Powerswitch, offering 0-12 V, but voltage selection is made using a keyswitch. The key may be removed in any position.

EL06859

£162.00 ea

Powerbase Power Supply

This power supply is an alternative to the Irwin Powerbase 32, which has now become unavailable. It has the same electrical specification as the Irwin model, but comes with a case which is manufactured from sturdy, powder coated steel, rather than plastic. Output voltage is continuously variable within the ranges 0-15 V AC or 0-20 V smoothed DC, at up to 8 A . The unit is short circuit protected and comes with a maximum voltage lock. EL06853

£97.13 ea

Powerswitch Power Supply

A compact power supply offering 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 V at currents of up to 5 A. Both DC and AC outputs may be used simultaneously up to the rated output. The output is protected by a push button cut-out. The unit is 2 A fused on the back panel. Complete with moulded mains lead and plug.

EL120900

£229.50 ea

Irwin Westminster Power Supply

Ideal for electromagnetic investigations. The unit will deliver up to 12 A at 1 V AC or DC through colour coded terminal posts.

EL06857

MA18796 MA190798

£124.13 ea

Type Single Unit Set of 4 in Gratnells Tray

£134.93 ea £513.00 pk

Voltage range

Current (max.)

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

On/Off Switch

Casing

DC only

1.5 - 6V DC

1A

Stepped

No

No

No

Smoothed & regulated

No

Plastic, no handle

EL06853

£97.13 ea

Powerswitch

AC & DC

2 - 12V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL06857

£124.13 ea

Powerlock

AC & DC

3 - 12V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

Yes

Yes

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL06859

£162.00 ea

Powerbase

AC & DC

0-15V AC, 0-20V DC

8A

Continuously variable

No

Yes

Yes

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, with handle

EL120900

£229.50 ea

Westminster power supply

AC & DC

1V AC or DC, fixed

12A

None

No

No

No

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

MA18796

£134.93 ea

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

Price

Output

The Spider

Catalogue code

Model

ELECTROSOUND POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

101


APPLIANCES

Power Supplies

IPC Multitap Transformer

Outputs tapped at 0 V, 2 V, 3 V, 8 V and 12 V AC, with a 4 mm socket for each tapping. Ideal for circuits where a high current is required at low voltage. Housed in a robust metal case with durable powder coated finish. • Output: 0 V, 2 V, 3 V, 8 V or 12 V AC • Current: 6 A continuous (8 A for up to 1 hour) • Dimensions: 179 x 190 x 85 mm • Weight: 3.3 kg

EL170190

£162.00 ea

IPC Battery Replacement PSU An economic alternative to dry cells. Smoothed, regulated DC output at 1.5 V, 3 V, 4.5 V and 6 V at up to 1 A, allows direct replacement where for AAA, AA, C and D cells. Housed in a robust ABS case, with 4 mm sockets, illuminated power switch and IEC mains input. • 1.5 V, 3 V, 4. 5 V & 6 V DC • 1 A max current • Smoothed, regulated output • Mains input • 15 x 10 x 8 cm • Weight: 0.85 kg

IPC High Tension (HT) Power Supply

Housed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish, this HT power supply unit is designed for use with valves, Teltron demonstration valves, ionisation chamber dosimeter, DC amplifier, parallel plate capacitor, Millikan oil drop apparatus, etc. and any other apparatus requiring up to 300 V DC at low current. Three outputs are available - two smoothed DC outputs - 0 to 30 V and 0 to 300 V (at up to 60 mA) - and one 6 V 2 A AC output (for filament heating). The DC outputs are continuously variable and supplied from two pairs of 4 mm sockets colour-coded red/black. The AC output is available from a pair of 4 mm sockets colour-coded white. Each DC output has a separate control with the DC voltage indicated on the graduated scale. The DC outputs are available simultaneously and are fully floating i.e. neither output is internally referenced to earth potential. The maximum current which can be drawn from the DC outputs is limited electronically to 60 mA. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused appliance inlet. Electrical Supply : 220-240 V AC 50-60 Hz. Mass : 2.4 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 179 x 190 x 85 mm.

EL120300 EL170300

£125.48 ea

IPC Lo-Volt Power Supply

This unit provides voltages 2, 4, 6, 9, 12 or 14 V AC or unsmoothed DC at 4A continuously, or up to 5 A for periods of 1 hour. Voltages are selected by means of a rotating switch on the front panel. In any incidence of overload, including direct short, a current sensing circuit breaker mounted on the front panel will operate and disconnect the output voltage. Outputs are taken from colour coded 4 mm sockets mounted on the front panel. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused appliance inlet. Housed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish. Supplied with mains lead and instructions. Weight: 2.8 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 179 x 190 x 85 mm. EL81470

£209.25 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Colour EL91360 EHT Leads - Red EL91362 EHT Leads - Black

£263.25 ea Length 50 cm 50 cm

£9.38 ea £9.38 ea

IPC EHT Power Supply

Continuously variable output from 100 V to 5 kV. Output voltage is indicated on a 14 mm 2 digit LED display. The EHT circuits are fully floating so that for certain applications the positive or negative terminal may be safely connected to earth. The EHT outputs are taken from 4 mm shrouded sockets and provide 100 V to 5 kV DC up to a maximum of 3 mA or current limited to 60 µA. A centre tapped socket is provided to give ±2.5 kV output. An additional pair of 4 mm shrouded sockets at 19 mm spacing are provided giving 6.3 V AC at 2 A for filament supplies. There is also a separate earthing terminal. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused IEC mains inlet. Enclosed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish. Supplied with instructions and detachable mains lead. Weight: 3.6 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 255 x 220 x 110 mm.

IPC Varivolt Power Supply

A continuously variable 0-12 V AC and full wave rectified DC at maximum 6 A continuously or 8 A for short periods. Resettable thermal cut-out. Outputs from two pairs of colour coded 4 mm sockets. Output voltage is indicated by means of a calibrated scale. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused IEC mains inlet. Enclosed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish. Weight: 4.75 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 255 x 220 x 110 mm. EL81475

EL81465

102

£229.50 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Colour EL91360 EHT Leads - Red EL91362 EHT Leads - Black

£452.25 ea Length 50 cm 50 cm

£9.38 ea £9.38 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Power Supplies

APPLIANCES

IPC Bench Signal Generator

IPC Signal Generator & Amplifier

Sine and square wave generator. Frequency range 5 Hz to 50 kHz in four switched ranges plus a fine control. Accuracy typically ±10 %. The output amplitude is continuously variable from zero to maximum 8 V peak to peak with maximum output power 1 W into 8 ohms. The output is taken from two 4 mm sockets mounted on the front panel. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused IEC mains inlet. Enclosed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish. Dimensions (LxWxH): 179 x 190 x 85 mm.

Provides sine, square or triangular waveforms. Frequency selection is by a switched range and continuously variable fine adjustment control. The frequency is displayed on an LED display. All connections are via pairs of labelled 4 mm sockets with one of each pair connected to earth. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused IEC mains inlet. Enclosed in a robust metal case with a durable powder coated finish.

SI86185

SI86190

£189.00 ea

£371.25 ea

Range

0.1 Hz - 100 kHz, 6 decades

Accuracy

5%

Waveforms

Sine, square, & triangular

Sine Wave Distortion

1%

Square Wave Rise Time

1 us

Amplitude

10 V p2p

Output power (4 ohm output)

4W

Attenuation (600 ohm output)

x1, x0.1, & x0.01, all 5 %

Frequency Response

1 Hz - 100 kHz (-3 dB bandwidth)

Dimensions

255 x 220 x 110 mm

Weight

3.2 kg

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

1A

Stepped

No

No

No

Smoothed, regulated

Multitap Transformer

AC only

Tappings at 0, 2, 3, 8, 12 V

8 A (6 A continuous)

Tapped

No

No

No

Lo-Volt power supply

AC & DC

2 - 14 V AC or DC

5A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Varivolt power supply

AC & DC

0 - 12 V AC & DC

8A

Continuously variable

No

No

Yes

HT power supply

AC & DC

0 - 30 V DC, 0 - 300 V DC, 6 V AC

DC 60 mA, AC 2 A

DC continuously variable, AC fixed

No

No

EHT power supply

AC & DC

0 - 5000 V DC, 6.3 V AC

DC 3 mA, AC 2 A

DC continuously variable, AC fixed

Yes

No

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Price

Current (max.)

1,5, 3, 4.5, 6 V

Catalogue code

Voltage range

DC only

Casing

Output

Battery Replacement power supply

On/Off Switch

Model

IPC POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL170300

£125.48 ea

No

Metal, no handle

SI86190

£189.00 ea

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81470

£209.25 ea

Smoothed, non-regulated

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81465

£229.50 ea

No

Smoothed

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL120300

£263.25 ea

No

Smoothed

Yes

Metal, no handle

EL81475

£452.25 ea

Nonsmoothed, non-regulated Nonsmoothed, non-regulated

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

103


APPLIANCES

Power Supplies

Frederiksen Power Supply

This is a highly reliable power supply with AC and stabilised DC output with voltages up to 12 V at currents up to 3 A. The outputs have electronic overload and short circuit protection, and the entire unit is protected by a 1 A time delay fuse. The supply is fanless and so is quiet in operation. Dimensions (W x D x H): 203 x 205 x 117 mm. DC Output: • 0-12 V continuously variable • 3 A max • Ripple and noise 100 mV max. AC Output: • 2, 4, 6, 12 V stepwise adjustable • 3 A max

EL150306

Frederiksen 0-500 V Stabilised DC Power Supply, 50 mA

This unit is ideally suited for experiments requiring high voltages up to 500 V, such as electron beam tubes. The high voltage output is limited to 50 mA. The two DC outputs have a display to monitor the voltage. A separate AC output is available for filament heaters. All outputs feature thermal cut-off protection. Weight: 4.55 kg. Dimensions (L x D x H): 297 x 225 x 118 mm. DC Output: • -50-0-500 V continuously variable • 50 mA max • Ripple <0.1 % AC Output: • 2-7 V in 1 V steps • 3 A max

£182.25 ea

Frederiksen Power Supply 1-12 V AC/DC

A simple, robust and reliable power supply, ideal for basic electricity experiments. Output voltage is selected by way of a control knob. Output is protected by a thermal cut-out. Weight: 2.8 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 185 x 225 x 118 mm. DC Output: • 1-12 V in 1 V steps • 6 A max AC Output: • 1-12 V in 1 V steps • 6 A max

EL150302 SPARES & ACCESSORIES Colour EL91360 EHT Leads - Red EL91362 EHT Leads - Black

£587.25 ea Length 50 cm 50 cm

£9.38 ea £9.38 ea

Frederiksen 0-6000 V DC Power Supply

EL150308

£222.75 ea

Frederiksen Power Supply 0-24 V AC/DC

This power supply features independently variable AC and DC outputs with their own voltage and current displays. Both outputs feature electronic overload protection. A DC current limiter is operated through a hole in the front using a screw driver, thereby allowing the teacher to set a current limit. DC Output: • 0-24 V DC continuously variable • 10 A max. • Display: 1 % ±2 LSD • Ripple and noise: <25 mV pp • Current limiter AC Output: • 0-24 V AC continuously variable • 6 A max • Display: 2 % ±2 LSD • Dimensions (W x D x H): 297 x 225 x 118 mm • Weight: 2.5 kg

This 6 kV power supply provides a stable DC voltage for a wide range of experiments with electron tubes, electrostatics etc. The EHT supply is short circuit proof and the current limiting series resistor provides a reliable protection. The accurate built-in voltmeter eliminates the need for an expensive external voltmeter – making experiments simpler. DC Output: • 0-6 kV stabilised, continuously adjustable • 2 mA max. • Ripple and noise <1 % • Display better than 1% + 1 digit • Fully floating output AC Output: • 6.3 V fixed, 3 A max

EL150304

EL150300

104

£594.00 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Colour EL91360 EHT Leads - Red EL91362 EHT Leads - Black

£600.75 ea Length 50 cm 50 cm

£9.38 ea £9.38 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Power Supplies

APPLIANCES

Frederiksen Student Function Generator

• Overload protection • LCD screen • Power supply included

A high quality, simple-to-use student signal generator with a range of applications. Three controls: waveform, frequency, and amplitude, control the output. The waveform and frequency are displayed on the built-in LCD. Output is via a pair of 4 mm sockets. It can be used for most experiments involving sound or vibrations that would be carried out in school. Waveforms

Sine, square & triangle

Frequency

0.05 Hz - 50.00 kHz

Amplitude (peak)

0 - 7.5 V

Amplitude (Vpp)

0 - 15 V

Amplitude (RMS)

0 - 5.3 V

Maximum current

1A

SI180100

£357.75 ea

Frederiksen Signal Generator

This has to be the best signal/function generator available for educational use! Developed in conjunction with physics teachers and designed specifically for education, this unit provides all the functionality you need for physics teaching. A really useful feature for those less familiar with using signal generators is that for basic use, you just operate two buttons: One for frequency and one for amplitude - that’s it! There is, of course, far more sophistication for those who require it. If you want to change waveform or to utilise the step and sweep modes, the display keeps you updated on the status of the generator. Unique frequency control: The frequency is set by a speed sensitive button. Turn slowly to set the display’s last digit, turn faster and the response accelerates - designed to work intuitively in practical experiments. Drives speakers, vibration generator etc. directly: The built-in 10 W power amplifier effortlessly drives power appliances e.g. vibration generator. The amplifier can deliver more than 1 amp for all frequencies between 0.001 Hz and 100 kHz. Waveforms Step mode: In many applications you need to study a physical system at a fundamental frequency and at different multiples of that frequency. The special Distortion (sine) step feature makes this task incredibly easy. Once the fundamental frequency has been determined (e.g. of a spring connected to a vibration generator), other harmonics (or overtones) can be demonstrated by simply pressing a button, which changes the frequency to progressive multiples of the fundamental frequency. Sweep mode: The generator can sweep through a frequency range in order to discover eventual resonances. You decide the frequency range and the speed. You have the choice between a linear sweep (fixed number of Hz per unit time) and a logarithmic sweep (fixed number of octaves per unit time). Advanced Features: The generator connects to your PC through a standard USB cable and acts as a USB flash drive. Custom defined waveforms (e.g. created by means of a spreadsheet) can be saved to the generator. Sequences of settings can be programmed for automatic execution.

SI130500

£769.50 ea

50 ohm Output

Sync Output

Power Output

Bipolar: Sine, Triangle, Square Positive: Square pulse, triangle pulse, ramp up, ramp down <0.1 % below 20 Hz, <1 % otherwise

Frequency Range

0.001 Hz - 10 MHz

Frequency Stability Amplitude

0.001 Hz 10 MHz

0.001 Hz 100 kHz

Better than 0.005 % 0 - 10 V (20 V p2p for bipolar waveforms)

5 V (TTL)

0 - 10 V (20 V p2p for bipolar waveforms)

200 mA (only briefly)

100 mA

1A

Max. Current Mains Voltage

230 V 50-60 Hz

Power Consumption

85 W max, 21 W idle

Dimensions (W x D x H)

312 x 205 x 117 mm

Current (max.)

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

On/Off Switch

1-12 V AC & DC

6A

Stepped

No

No

Yes

Full wave rectified, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral EL150308 handle

£222.75 ea

Power supply 1-12 V AC/ DC, 3A

AC & DC

0 to 12 V DC / 2, 4, 6 & 12 V AC

3A

DC continuously variable, AC stepped

No

No

Yes, electronic

Smoothed, non‑regulated

Yes

Plastic, with integral EL150306 handle

£182.25 ea

EL150300

£594.00 ea

Power supply 0-24 V AC/DC

AC & DC

0-500 V stabilized HT power supply

AC & DC

0-6000 V EHT power supply

AC & DC

Price

Voltage range

AC & DC

Catalogue code

Output

Power supply 1-12 V AC/ DC, 6A

Casing

Model

FREDERIKSEN POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

Continuously variable DC & AC

Yes, dual

Current limiter only

Yes, electronic

Smoothed & regulated

Yes

Metal & Plastic with integral handle

0 - 500 V DC, DC 50 mA, 2-7 V AC AC 3 A

DC continuously variable, AC stepped

Yes

No

Yes

Smoothed

Yes

Metal & Plastic with integral handle

EL150302

£587.25 ea

0 - 6000 V DC, 6.3 V AC

DC continuously variable, AC fixed

Yes

No

No

Smoothed

Yes

Metal & Plastic with integral handle

EL150304

£600.75 ea

0 - 24 V AC & DC

10 A

DC 2 mA, AC 3 A

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

105


APPLIANCES

Power Supplies ● Appliance Spares Appliance Spares

SATZ School Power Station

USB Plug-top Power Supply

Safe, reliable power supplies, which are TECHNICIAN’S lightweight and robust. Features short-circuit CHOICE protection, overload protection with automatic reset, and thermal cut-outs. Regulated DC with a simple rotating switch to select the voltage, as well as an on/off switch. Output is via colour-coded terminal sockets. Conforms to CE:EN61010-2010. Selectable output voltage wheel which ranges from 3 V, 4.5 V, 6 V, 7.5 V, 9 V and 12 V. Dimensions: 138 x115 x 60 mm (excluding mains power lead).

This Power Supply is suitable for a wide variety of appliances which are powered by USB. A UK mains plug with a standard USB-A socket on top. • 5 V DC 2.1 A (10.5 W) • RoHS compliant • CE marked

EL160500

£11.75 ea

6 W Plug-top PSU

A 6 W DC plug-top power supply. Supplied with interchangeable pins for UK, EU, US and Australian mains sockets, with full compliance with regulations in each of those countries. • 6 W Power Output • 2.1 x 5.5 x 12 mm +ve plug • 1.8 m cable • UK, EU, US and Australian Pin Plugs • 90 – 264 V input • Regulated output with low ripple noise

EL190100 EL190150

Model ZPS15 ZPS30

Current 1.5 A 3A

£48.53 ea £64.73 ea

Gratnells Trays

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 235

...the slim design of the OUR EXPERT SAYS... SATZ school power supplies means they fit perfectly into Gratnells trays, which is ideal for easy storage in school science labs.

EL170109

Current 0.67 A

Voltage 9V

£14.18 ea

Model

Output

Voltage range

Current (max.)

Voltage selector type

Voltage display

Lockable/ Voltage limiter

Safety overload protection

Output type

On/Off Switch

Casing

Catalogue code

Price

SATZ POWER SUPPLY SUMMARY

ZPS15

DC only

3 - 12 V

1.5 A

Stepped

No

No

Internal

Smooth & Regulated

Yes

Plastic, no handle

EL190100

£48.53 ea

ZPS30

DC only

3 - 12 V

3A

Stepped

No

No

Internal

Smoothed & regulated

Yes

Plastic, no handle

EL190150

£64.73 ea

106

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Pumps

APPLIANCES

Manual Pumps Foot Pump

Car foot pump with 120 mm barrel and 450 mm hose with nylon connector and football inflator adapter. Complete with integral pressure gauge marked 0-100 p.s.i. and 0-7 kg/cm2 (7 bar).

PU12750

£26.33 ea

Hand Vacuum Pump

Hand Operated Vacuum Pump, Economy

A portable, hand operated pump which will create and hold a vacuum up to approx. 625 mmHg. Made from high impact polystyrene. Nozzle accepts 6 mm bore tubing. Complete with vacuum gauge and release valve. Pumping rate: 16 cc per stroke. Please note this pump is not suitable for “Bell in a Jar” experiments.

PU12780

The pump can be used to demonstrate the following: • Principle of a siphon • Filtering using suction • Investigation of leaks in piping • Indirect transfer of liquid by means of negative pressure Please note this pump is not suitable for “Bell in a Jar” experiments.

£189.00 ea

PU150000

£24.98 ea

PRESSURE UNIT CONVERSION TABLE

INFO CONVERT TO (MULTIPLY BY)

PRESSURE UNIT CONVERSIONS

CONVERT FROM

pascals (Pa)

pascals (Pa)

atmospheres (atm)

bars (bar)

Millibars (mbar)

mm mercury (mmHg)

inches mercury (in.Hg)

microns mercury (μHg)

pounds per square inch (psi) 0.000145

1

0.00000987

0.00001

0.01

0.0075

0.0002953

7.5006

atmospheres (atm)

101325

1

1.01325

1013.25

760

29.92

760000

14.696

bars (bar)

100000

0.987

1

1000

750

29.53

750062

14.504

100

0.000987

0.001

1

0.750

0.02953

750

0.0145

133.32

0.00132

0.00133

1.333

1

0.03937

1000

0.01934

millibars (mbar) mm mercury (mm Hg) inches mercury (in.Hg)

3386.4

0.0334

0.03386

33.864

25.4

1

25400

0.491154

microns mercury (μHg)

0.1333224

0.00000132

0.00000133

0.001333

0.001

0.0000394

1

0.00001934

pounds per square inch (psi)

6895

0.0681

0.06895

68.95

51.715

2.036

51715

1

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

107


APPLIANCES

Pumps Vacuum/Pressure Pumps

Vacuum Pumps

Vacuum Pump/Compressor

Javac Laboratory Vacuum Pump

Where price is a major consideration the Minivac 2 vacuum pump is ideal for low duty laboratory applications. This small, light and portable two-stage vacuum pump is ideal for clean vacuum applications with short pump-down times. Quiet in operation, it is fitted with a coalescing oil mist filter to eliminate any oil mist which could be expelled from the pump during operation. Features a 6 mm hose tail suction inlet. • Air displacement: 28 L/minute • Ultimate vacuum: 35 micron • Dimensions (L x W x H): 347 x 137 x 194 mm • Weight: 5.5 kg • Power : 200 W

Diaphragm pump suitable for vacuum or pressure work. Quiet-running, oil-free. Housed in splashproof polycarbonate case. Please note this pump is not suitable for “Bell in a Jar” experiments. • 5 L/min flow rate • 0.7 bar pressure • 4 mm inlet/outlet • Conforms to IEC1010 PU12760

Dimensions 120 x 205 x 140 mm (L x W x D)

£668.25 ea

Vacuum/Pressure Pump

Designed for general lab applications requiring only a rough vacuum and moderate pressure. The pump is housed in a tough, lightweight, plastic housing with an integral carrying handle and can be run continuously permitting use in applications such as filtering, drying, aerating and gas sampling. Easy to connect to apparatus via the hose connection on the side of the unit. Not recommended for organic, basic and acidic vapours. Vacuum to 292 mbar (219 Torr/21.3 in. Hg) and pressure to 2.3 bar (33 PSIG). Quiet, oil-free technology. Please note this pump is not suitable for “Bell in a Jar” experiments. PU105200

£472.50 ea

Javac High Vacuum Pump

Rotary vane high vacuum pump, oil sealed and ideally suited for use in education. This unit is relatively quiet in use, can be operated for long periods of time, is robust, and is engineered for school use. The large oil capacity of 350 mL provides for long operation between oil changes. An oil level sight glass is incorporated so that the oil can be monitored. • Model: Javac CC-31ED • Air displacement: 40 L/minute • Ultimate vacuum: 25 micron • Dimensions (L x W x H): 330 x 135 x 255 mm • Weight: 9.8 kg

BEST SELLER

PU95286

Type Air Flow 11 litre/min

£256.50 ea

Chemical Filtration Pump

This robust Chemical Filtration Pump with PTFE diaphragm is a durable chemical resistant vacuum pump which is suitable for the following applications: vacuum filtration; desiccation; aspiration; degassing; other mid-range vacuum applications. It is ideal for both single funnel use and up to 6 holder manifold filtrations and suitable for organic and light acid/base (e.g. acetic acid solutions). The pump can also be used to pressurize up to 18 PSIG. Free air flow 31 l/min; Maximum vacuum 200 mbar. Please note this pump is not suitable for “Bell in a Jar” experiments. Applications: • Filtration • Vacuum drying • Desiccators • Concentration • Suitable for basic and acid media Design Features: • PTFE wetted parts • Low noise emission • Direct drive • Continuous operation • No oil contamination • Low maintenance even in aggressive applications PU150100

£776.25 ea

Pressure Tubing PU95270

Type CC-31ED High Vacuum Pump Air Displacement 40 litre/min

£438.75 ea

Red Rubber Pressure/Vacuum Tubing

To BS 2775. Heavy Wall. To withstand higher pressures, and prevent collapse under vacuum.

Vacuum Pump Oil

Javac V100 vacuum pump oil. PU12775

108

Quantity 4 litre

£43.13 ea

TU16910 TU16915 TU16920

Size H6.5 H8 H10

Length 1 metre 1 metre 1 metre

Bore 6.5 mm 8 mm 10 mm

£8.64 ea £14.78 ea £18.83 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Purification & Sterilisation

APPLIANCES

Autoclaves Prestige Classic Autoclave

The Prestige Medical Standard Classic autoclaves offer a range of small, portable, non vacuum autoclaves suitable for the sterilisation of solid instruments etc. These fully automatic units have a sterilisation time of 11 minutes at 126 °C. The extended models have a larger capacity and those with gauges have 2 gauges to indicate the temperature and pressure. All units come complete with an internal basket and instructions for use.

...a small, portable, full OUR EXPERT SAYS... automated autoclave, the Prestige Classic Autoclave comes complete with a set of concise instructions. With an impressive 11 minute sterilisation time, perfect for instruments and accessories, for safety and preventing contamination.

AU00950 AU00952 AU00953

Model Classic Standard Classic Standard, extended Classic Standard, extended with gauges

Capacity 9 litre 12 litre 12 litre

Internal dimensions 228 mm (H) 290 mm (H) 290 mm (H)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES AU00955 Spare Sealing Gasket

£1,235.25 ea £1,505.25 ea £1,572.75 ea £79.58 ea

Prestige Classic Media Autoclave

The Prestige Medical Classic Media autoclave offers a safe method of sterilising media in the school laboratory. With an interlock lid for safety, it ensures the unit cannot be opened until the temperature inside has fallen to a safer level, preventing vessels/ glassware exploding or liquid leaking. With a onetouch button operation you can set and forget, with no supervision necessary. This model has been specifically designed to provide the most suitable working conditions (temperature, pressure and cycle time) for sterilising media and is ideal for educational use. The Extended model offers the same specification but with a larger capacity. Full cycle time approx. 70 minutes. Cycle temperature 121 °C.

BEST SELLER

AU110250 AU110254

Model Classic Media Classic Media, Extended

Capacity 9 litre 12 litre

Internal dimensions 228 cm (H) 290 cm (H)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES AU00955 Spare Sealing Gasket

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£1,370.25 ea £1,640.25 ea £79.58 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

109


APPLIANCES

Purification & Sterilisation

Extended Basket

Autoclave Indicator Tape

An extended autoclave basket to fit Classic Extended AU00952 and AU00953 and Classic Media Extended AU110254 autoclaves.

Self adhesive tape with strips which change colour. Dimensions (W x L): 25 mm x 55 m.

AU00976

£9.86 ea

Autoclave Indicator Tubes

AU150105

£133.58 ea

Glass tubes with an indicator which determines whether the correct temperature has been maintained for a sufficient time to kill bacteria & spores. Gives an immediate and effective monitor of sterilisation conditions within packs, drums or trays sterilised in a steam autoclave. Supplied in a pack of 100.

Autoclave

High Dome Pressure Cooker with safety valve and 3 pressure settings (5, 10 or 15 lb). 6 L capacity. Operates at 121 °C and 15 psi.

AU00900

Type Pressure Cooker

AU190100

£67.43 pk

TST Sterilisation Strips

£90.38 ea

Autoclave Bags

Temperature, Steam, Time strips. For use in autoclaves to indicate that the sterilisation cycle is complete. Strips change colour when correct conditions have been attained. See individual types for temperature and cycle time.

AU00980 AU100200

For autoclaving and disposal of cultures and petri-dishes. Dimensions: 670 x 305 mm.

Type 121 °C for 15 minutes 126 °C for 11 minutes

Quantity 100 50

Culture Media & Cultures See pages 156-157

AU00970

Quantity 100

£24.98 pk

Self-Seal Autoclave Pouches Self-seal with colour changing indicator. Ideal for maintaining sterility of products.

AU80051 AU80052 AU80053

110

Dimensions 90 x 140 mm 90 x 200 mm 90 x 230 mm

Quantity 200 200 200

£15.93 pk £18.63 pk £20.93 pk

WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF USING TST STERILISATION STRIPS OR TAPE IN AUTOCLAVES?

£66.08 pk £39.83 pk

ALSO BOUGHT...

INFO

TST (Temperature, Steam and Time) strips and Autoclave Indicator Tape are useful, if not essential, when using autoclaves, as they give a clear indication that the sterilisation cycle has been completed correctly. This is particularly important when disposing of spent cultures, to ensure that all microbes have been properly destroyed. The TST strips will change colour when the correct conditions have been reached (i.e. temperature, steam & time) and Autoclave Indicator Tape will change colour to indicate that the contents have been autoclaved. (Please note that this is not as specific as the TST strips as it ONLY indicates that autoclaving has taken place, rather than that specific conditions have been attained). Timstar offers 2 types of TST strips - 121˚C for 15 minutes (AU00980); 126˚C for 11 minutes (AU100200) – as well as an autoclave indicator tape (AU00976). We strongly recommend the use of sterilisation indicators, to be sure that the correct sterilisation conditions have been achieved. Please note: Autoclaves should never be overfilled, as they will struggle to get to the correct temperature and pressure levels and sterilisation times will need to be longer. This should not be as much of an issue with the automated types of autoclave, but could still be a problem.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Purification & Sterilisation

APPLIANCES Deioniser CD100

Deionisers

The perfect choice for schools and other laboratories requiring a low cost, portable supply of small volumes of deionised water. Output 40-160 L (depending on hardness). Maximum flow rate 60 L per hour. Resin changes colour when cartridge needs changing. Supplied with inlet hose and 1 cartridge.

Elga Deioniser, B114

Wall mounted deioniser which can be connected to any cold water supply. Output 20-250 L (depending on hardness). Maximum flow rate 30 L per hour. Battery operated colour coded resistivity indicator displays treated water quality. Disposable cartridge enables quick and clean exchanges. Supplied with 4 cartridges but without battery.

BEST SELLER

DE05600

Type B114 Deioniser

SPARES & ACCESSORIES DE05605 Replacement cartridges, pack of 4 BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£722.25 ea £134.93 pk £4.25 ea

Elga Deioniser, Vision 125

Wall mounted deioniser. Output 58-640 L (depending on hardness). Maximum flow rate 60 L per hour. Colour change windows indicate two resin exhaustion levels to enable users to monitor capacity status and cartridge replacement requirements.

DE05615

Type CD100 Deioniser

£263.25 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES DE05617 Replacement cartridges, pack of 2

£162.00 pk

Deioniser CD250

DE05614

Type Replacement Cartridge

£162.00 ea

DE05625

Type Replacement cartridges, pack of 2

PURIFIED WATER FOR USE IN LABORATORIES Purified water for use in school science laboratories is essentially water which has had inorganic impurities removed to varying degrees, depending on the method, producing what is often called demineralised water. The most commonly used types of purified water in school laboratories and prep rooms are as follows:

Deionised Water

• Charged ions are removed in a deioniser containing

ion-exchange resins, which consist of small resin beads composed of organic polymer chains with charged functional groups. These remove charged anions and cations from water as it passes over them.

• Life expectancy of deionising cartridges depends on water hardness, purity of the tap water and volume of deionised water produced. In hard water areas deionising cartridges will not last long before the resin becomes exhausted, so this would not be a very cost-effective way to produce purified water.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£263.25 pk

INFO

Distilled Water

• Salts and minerals are removed by boiling tap water in a

water still and re-condensing the vapour (steam) produced, leaving dissolved minerals/salts behind.

• Water stills can be expensive to run (electrically) but produce much larger quantities of purified water than deionisers before replacement parts may be needed (heating element for stills, resin cartridges for deionisers).

Reverse Osmosis (RO) Purified Water

• Removes minerals/salts from water using a semi-permeable membrane under high water pressure.

• RO can also be used in conjunction with a deioniser to

produce very pure water. An added benefit of using RO as the first stage of the process is that deioniser cartridges (resins) last much longer, due to most of the impurities having been removed before reaching the deioniser - the resin therefore becomes exhausted less quickly.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

111


APPLIANCES

Purification & Sterilisation Aquatron 4000 Water Still

Water Stills Bibby Merit Water Still

An economically priced all-glass water still, producing 4 litre per hour single distillate, with condenser, boiler, 3 kW sheathed heater, safety thermostat and screw thread connections. Includes acid addition port and drain cock system for descaling the boiler. Bench or wall mounted. 220/240 V. Dimensions (W x D x H): 470 x 150 x 440 mm.

BEST SELLER

WA17605

£1,167.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES WA17608 Boiler W4000/B WA17609 Heating element 3 kW with safety thermostat A6/6

£324.00 ea £506.25 ea

This water still produces ready-to-use cold, distilled water. The high quality borosilicate glassware coupled with silica sheathed heaters gives pyrogen-free distillate of the highest purity from virtually any raw water supply. The boiler feed is pre-heated to increase efficiency. The unique condenser design ensures that the droplets of distilled water remain in contact with the cooling coil for the longest possible time ensuring maximum energy transfer. All-glass construction allows rapid descaling using strong mineral acids. A built-in “clean” function and integral acid addition funnel make the cleaning operation simple and safe with no need to dismantle any of the glassware. A large bore stopcock with PTFE key is fitted for easy draining of chemicals after cleaning. A flow sensing device prevents overheating, and allows the unit to run on water supplies with a pressure as low as 3 psi (20 kPa). There is an overtemperature thermostat mounted in the boiling chamber as an additional fail-safe. The acrylic safety screen and the cabinet lid are removable giving easy access to the glassware components. Screw threads are incorporated on all water connections so hoses can be fitted and removed easily and safely without risk of breakage. The control is a simple and effective system which can be fitted to virtually any type of reservoir vessel. It will turn the still off when the reservoir is full, and restart it when the level in the reservoir drops, making it fully automatic. • 4 L/hour output • Highly efficient • Fully automatic • Built-in “clean” function • Wall mounting bracket included

Distinction D4000 Water Still

A compact all glass still, which can be wall or bench mounted. Produces up to 4 L per hour of single distilled water. Consisting of a horizontal boiler with a 3 kW heating element and a double coil condenser which cools the distillate to around 30 °C. The boiler can be drained via a stopclock and cleaned without dismantling. Automatic safety devices are fitted to prevent overheating. Supplied with a level control device which turns the heater off when the reservoir is full. Requires a minimum flow of 1 L per minute. 220/240 V. Dimensions (W x D x H): 540 x 160 x 410 mm.

WA78000

£3,435.75 ea

IEC Mains Lead (Kettle Lead) Moulded UK mains plug to IEC plug. WA17601

£1,923.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES WA17602 Boiler D4000/B WA17604 Heater D240H

£594.00 ea £249.75 ea

Please note: These water stills INFO should be direct wired to the mains power supply via a fused spur as they operate at about 13 Amps. It is not recommended that they are wired to a 3-pin plug.

112

EL18517

Type C13 plug

Length 1.8 m

Current 5A

£7.49 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Visualising

APPLIANCES Bluetooth IR Thermal Imaging Camera

Infrared Cameras IR Thermal Imaging Camera

This camera produces both a radiometric heat map, and a standard image. The two images can be blended with variable proportion, so that sources of heat and cold can be easily identified, and the images easier to understand. Up to 6,000 images can be stored on the included micro-SD card, and transferred to the computer via USB, and then be used to enhance coursework or teaching notes. The unit is supplied with a tripod for hands-free imaging, USB cable, micro-SD card with adaptor, and a carrying case. • 2.2 ” colour LCD • Fully automatic & focus free • Environment temperature compensation • Centre spot crosshair • Adjustable emissivity • Image bending • Auto power off • Li-ion rechargeable battery

IR180100 Range Resolution Accuracy

£607.50 ea -20 - 300 °C 0.1 °C ±2 °C

IR Image resolution

32 x 32

Camera resolution

217 x 224

Field of view Colour palettes Dimensions Weight

A compact, Bluetooth enabled, thermal imaging camera designed for easy interaction with Android and iOS devices. Once connected, the app provides a live graph of recorded data showing centre spot temperature and the minimum and maximum temperatures in view. Captured images can be transferred in seconds to your chosen device and used for presentations, attached to reports or saved for later viewing. With a capacity of 20 images, this camera is designed to be used in conjunction with a supporting device, such as a tablet or mobile phone, or a projector which can receive and process the captured images. Supplied in a robust carry case. • Field of View: 21° x 21° • Spatial Resolution: 4.53 mrad • Sensitivity (NETD): <0.1 °C @30 °C (80 °F)/100 mK • Image Frequency: 50 Hz • Focus Mode: Focus Free • IR Resolution: 80 x 80 • Display: 2 ” TFT LCD • Display Resolution: 240 x 320 pixels • Colour Palettes: IRON, RainBow, Grey, Grey inverted • Storage Capacity: 20 • Storage Format: Bitmap (BMP), including measurement data • Temperature Range: -20 °C to 380 °C (-4 °F to 716 °F) • Accuracy: ±2 °C or ±2 % of reading • Emissivity: 8 pre-defined level and variable 0.01 to 1.0 • Spotmeter: Centre Spot • Hot/Cold Detection: Automatic hot and cold spot markers • Bluetooth: Yes • Wi-Fi: No • USB Connection: No • Battery: Rechargeable li-ion battery • Battery Life: 4 hours operating time

38° x 38° Grey1, Grey2, IRONbow, Rainbow, & Hi contrast 125 x 58 x 205 mm 494 g

Code

IR180100

Price

£607.50

Thermal imaging has OUR EXPERT SAYS... many applications in industry, including fault finding, leak detection and checking insulation. In education, there is huge potential to investigate the role of heat in different experiments, including friction, convection, insulation, exothermic and endothermic reactions, electrical resistance, and many more. t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

IR190200

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£803.25 ea

w: timstar.com

113


APPLIANCES

Visualising

VISUALISERS Visualisers may not be new to the classroom, but recent events have seen a resurgence in their use. If used effectively, they can prove to be a very helpful tool in helping students maximise their learning and improve engagement. Some key benefits of using visualisers in schools include:

• • • • •

Supports peer and self-assessment by giving on the spot feedback Frees up teachers’ time, improving productivity Improves comprehension and reduces marking Promotes inclusion in the classroom Share best practice and resources across the school

Perfect for practicals! Due to the incredibly high resolution of the Joyusing classroom visualisers, you’re able to zoom in really closely. If you are using picture sources or stimulus, or even doing an activity like dissecting, reacting chemicals or electronic circuitry, having the capability to highlight minute details to students opens up a whole extra world of discovery. Whereas previously, you may have used static images or huddled them around a table, using your visualiser to zoom in on details and project them means that you can pick out details that were previously difficult to access.

WANT TO KNOW MORE? Read our blog – 5 ways visualisers enhance classroom learning: timstar.co/visualisers-blog

Joyusing V500S Visualiser This easy to use ‘plug and play’, excellent value for money visualiser is a fantastic visual aid. The live video feed is perfect for remote teaching, presentations, demonstrations and practical work in the classroom or laboratory. Use the flexible arm for 2D and 3D projection and move in close for finer details or further away for a broader overview. Capture videos, still images or use the live feed.

NEW

Included in the box: USB cable, Soft pad, CD, and a user manual. Specifications: • 8-megapixel camera resolution • AutoFocus functionality • Capture size up to A3 • Up to 30 fps (frames per second) • Up to 100x digital zoom • Internal microphone • USB connectivity & power supply • Open dimensions: 140 x 310 x 320 mm (WxDxH) • Folded dimensions: 140 x 322 x 80 mm (WxDxH) • Weight: 900 g • MAC/Windows/Chromebook compatibility

VI200200

114

£141.75 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Section â—? Section

BIOLOGY

Prepared Slides Biological Models Biological Specimens Biology Tools & Accessories

BIOLOGY

115

116 119 128 131

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR Biological Solutions Biology Equipment

135 153 158


BIOLOGY

Prepared Slides Bacteria

Prepared Slides, Animals Arthropoda PM86210

Insect trachea

£7.43 ea

PM99395 PM99400

Human blood smear, unstained Artery and vein, section Mammal vein, TS stained for elastic fibres Entire heart, LS small mammal, showing chambers & valves Human blood, Geimsa stain fornuclear material in white cells Human blood smear, stained for red cells

£3.11 ea £3.04 ea £11.48 ea £8.98 ea £3.65 ea £3.38 ea

Cytology & Cells PM86325

Human chromosomes,normal female

£6.68 ea

Digestive System PM86750

Pancreas, for Islets of Langerhans & exocrine acini

£3.04 ea

PM86000 PM86005 PM86020

PM87050 PM87055 PM87065 PM99085

PM86450

PM86460 PM86470 PM99460

Striated muscle, LS for striations,nuclei & endomysium etc. Striated muscle, TS showing muscle spindles Cardiac muscle, LS for striations Mammal cardiac muscle Non-striated (smooth) muscle, intestinal wall

PM86500 PM86520

Spinal cord, TS Nerve cells

£3.17 ea

£7.02 ea £3.04 ea £8.98 ea

Skin

PM86645 PM99560

PM86765 PM86770 PM86780 PM86790 PM86795

£6.08 ea £3.44 ea

Mammal plantar skin, VS cornified epidermis with sweat glands Mammal skin, general body surface, elastic fibres & collagen fibres

£9.05 ea £7.09 ea

Angiospermae - Comparative Slides

PM87020

116

Spirogyra, vegetative filament

Monocot & dicot stem TS

£8.78 ea

Angiospermae - Dicot Leaves PM87290 PM87295 PM87310

Ligustrum (privet), TS leaf Helianthus (sunflower), TS leaf Prunus lauro cerasus (laurel), TS leaf

£3.04 ea £3.04 ea £7.43 ea

PM87165

Helianthus (sunflower), TS young root Ranunculus (buttercup), TS mature root with metaxylem Vicia, root tip for mitosis

£6.68 ea £2.97 ea £7.09 ea

PM99240 PM87210

Helianthus (sunflower), TS stem,young Ranunculus (buttercup), TS stem

Angiospermae - Monocot Leaves PM87300 PM99265 PM87320

Zea mays (maize), TS leaf Allium leaf epidermis ‘E’ with stomata Ammophila, TS xerophyte

£3.04 ea £6.08 ea

£7.16 ea £5.33 ea £6.41 ea

Angiospermae - Monocot Roots £8.84 ea £3.44 ea £15.53 ea £3.44 ea £8.03 ea

PM87135 PM99270 PM160312

Allium (onion), root tip squash Allium (onion), LS root tip showing mitosis Allium (onion), root tip showing all mitosis stages

£9.38 ea £3.17 ea £3.17 ea

Angiospermae - Anther & Pollen Development

Prepared Slides, Micro Organisms Algae

£6.08 ea

Angiospermae - Dicot Stems £7.22 ea £6.08 ea

Kidney, VS thin section, Kidney, LS entire organnear median plane Mammal testis TS Mammal spermatozoa smear Ovary, TS

Pinus, ‘E’ stem showing xylem tubes

Angiospermae - Dicot Roots

Lung, TS Bronchus, TS

Urogenitary System

£7.43 ea

£5.94 ea

Respiratory System PM86670 PM99500

£7.43 ea £7.43 ea £7.43 ea

Coniferophyta (Conifers)

PM87150 PM99230

Nervous Tissue

Mucor ‘E’ with sporangia Mucor ‘E’ with zygospores Saccharomyces cerevisiae (brewer’s yeast) budding Penicillium

Prepared Slides, Plants

PM87250

Muscular Tissue

£8.03 ea £7.16 ea £8.03 ea

Fungi

PM99150 Squamous epithelium, human mouth scrapings (buccal smear)

Amoeba proteus Euglena viridis Mixed protozoa

£12.08 ea £3.98 ea £3.98 ea

Prepared Slides, Fungi

Epithelial Tissue PM86350

Gram +ve and -ve bacilli, Gram stain Escherichia coli, Gram stain Bacillus subtilis, Gram stain

Protozoa

Circulatory System PM86300 PM86550 PM86565 PM99390

PM86910 PM86915 PM86920

PM87350

Lilium anthers, TS mature pollen

£7.36 ea

£11.48 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Microscopes. Take a closer look‌ Timstar has a considered and comprehensive range of microscopes suitable for use with this range of prepared slides. Including great value student microscopes to the latest specification digital microscopes for teaching and demonstration, we have something for every requirement.

EXPLORE OUR FULL RANGE ONLINE To view the range visit page 77 or go online: timstar.co/microscopes

117


BIOLOGY

Prepared Slides KEY FOR SLIDE SECTIONS Abbreviations which may be used to denote the type of thin section include:

Prepared Slide Sets Slide Set, Mitosis & Meiosis

Set of slides comprises: Astacus testis v.s., Locust testis v.s., Locust testis squash, Locust embryo squash, Allium root-tip l.s., Lilium anthers t.s. early prophase, Lilium anthers t.s. late prophase, Lilium anthers t.s. metaphase, Lilium anthers t.s. late first division, Lilium anthers t.s. second division.

TS

Transverse Section i.e. perpendicular to longitudinal axis

VS

Vertical Section

CS

Cross Section

LS

Longitudinal Section i.e. along length/axis

VLS

Vertical Longitudinal Section

HLS

Horizontal Longitudinal Section

HS

Horizontal Section

E WM PM95214

£102.53 set

Slide Set, Plant Structure

Set of slides comprises: Ranunculus t.s. mature root, Zea mays t.s. root, Allium I.s. root tip for mitosis, Cucurbita t.s. and I.s. stem, Tilia annual ringed, Zea t.s.& I.s. stem, Buxus lower epidermis, Ranunculus I.s. flower, Capsella I.s. ovule, Triticum germinating seed, Stigma with pollen tube, Pollen grains, Ligustrum t.s. leaf, Vicia young root hairs, Lilium t.s. mature anthers pollen, Ranunculus t.s. stem, Helianthus t.s. stem old secondary thickening, Zea t.s. leaf.

Entire Whole Mount

Slide Set, Human Biology

This set provides a range of prepared slides suitable for use in Biology and Mammal Biology courses. Includes teaching notes. Comprises: Human blood smear, Phagocytosis in lung, Artery and vein, Trachea t.s., Lung t.s. thin section, Joint l.s., Bone t.s., Striated muscle teased, Smooth muscle, Tongue v.s., Oesophagus t.s., Stomach t.s., Small intestine, Colon t.s., Plantar skin v.s. sweat glands, Scalp hair insertion sebaceous glands, Eye v.s., Nerve cells from spinal cord, Myelinated nerve fibres, Spinal cord t.s., Ovary, Testis, Kidney v.s. triple stain, Kidney l.s.

PM95226

£189.00 set

Slide Set, Histology Set 1

PM95218

£121.43 set

Slide Set, Animals

Set of slides comprising: Hydra w.m., Hydra I.s. ecto/endoderm, Planarian w.m., Fasciola w.m., Taenia proglottid, Meiosis locust testis squash, Amphioxus t.s. pharyngeal region, Trichinella encysted larva in muscle, Nereis w.m. parapodium, Blood smear, Nerve smear, Porifera Grantia, Obelia, Periplaneta head with mouthparts, Drosophila wild type w.m., Earthworm t.s. Frog skin, Mites w.m., Spinal cord, Mammalian skin with hair, Embryo v.l.s.

Set comprises: Pseudostratified ciliated columnar epithelium of trachea, Simple columnar epithelium, Squamous epithelium, Adipose tissue, Compact bone, Striated muscle (teased), Nerve cells isolated, Spinal cord, Aorta artery and vein, Human blood smear, Liver, Pancreas, stomach, Ileum, Duodenum, Mammal scalp, Smooth muscle, Kidney, Ovary, Rat testis, Lung, Injected small intestine, Effector nerve ending, Cardiac muscle.

PM95230

£202.50 set

Slide Set, Biological Science

Set of slides that fulfills the requirements of most GCSE Biology courses. Comprises one each of: Striated muscle, Human blood smear, Small intestine t.s. injected, Saccharomyces budding, Zea stem t.s. and l.s., Allium I.s. root tip for mitosis, Triticum I.s. seed, Nerve cells isolated, Stomach v.s., Squamous epithelium cheek cells, Entire kidney I.s., Mixed bacteria, Allium leaf w.m. epidermis with stomata, Germinating pollen I.s. stigma, Ligustrum (Privet) t.s. leaf, Pacinian corpuscle receptor cells, Nettle stinging cells, Mixed pollen, Cucurbita stem t.s. and I.s., Adipose tissue, Artery and vein, Lung, Skin. PM95252

118

£189.00 set

PM95256

£162.00 set

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Models

BIOLOGY Beta Globin Folding Kit

Structual Models Amino Acid Starter Kit

Explore the primary, secondary and tertiary structure of proteins with the captivating models and tools in this dynamic kit. Students learn the chemical properties of the 20 amino acid side-chains with dynamic, accurate, side-chain models featuring embedded magnets in a durable plastic. Side-chains feature dual colouring schemes - a coloured band at the base of each side-chain indicates chemical properties, while embedded coloured balls in the model show atomic structure. Understanding protein structure begins with this unique combination of structure and chemical properties of the amino acid side-chains. Through the kit’s engaging handson activities, students gain a basic knowledge of protein folding. Then they discover the importance of secondary structure with an additional folding activity. Each kit includes: 1 magnetic chemical properties circle, 1 amino acid side-chains list, 22 amino acids, 1 4-foot Mini-Toober (a flexible foam modelling rod with a soft wire core), 15 metal clips and 6 hydrogen bond connectors, a CD with teacher notes, student handouts and interactive Jmol visualisation (an open-source Java viewer for chemical structures in 3D).

Proteins become real in your students’ hands with this as they fold 3 Mini-Toober ß-Globin fragments and discover the primary, secondary and tertiary structure in this model. Maps guide your students in folding the Mini-Toobers into ß-Globin’s 3-D shape. This kit is the next step in helping your students understand proteins, after engaging in the Amino Acid Starter Kit© activities. The Mini-Toober ß-Globin Folding Kit© includes Mini-Toobers, folding map guides, amino acid side-chains, haeme group, iron atom, oxygen atoms, and an assortment of parts to mark and connect the fragments. The Folding Kit can be used successfully by 6 to 9 students working in 3 teams. Available as a kit for self-construction, or a ready-made, pre-folded model.

MO140105

MO110150

Quantity 1

Mini DNA® Molecular Model Kit £72.83 kit

Modelling Mini-Toobers

These versatile modelling Toobers provide hands-on learning experiences in biology and chemistry. Students can model DNA or create protein structures and explore basic protein-folding principles. Toobers are flexible foam rods which have a soft wire core that allows them to hold their shape well and they can be simply straightened out afterwards and re-used. Length: 4 feet (120 cm) long. Push pins not included. See also ‘Amino Acid Starter Kit’. Also useful for teaching: • How hydrophilic/hydrophobic side-chains influence a protein’s structure • How structure is a critical factor in many proteins’ function

MO110900

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£209.25 kit

£13.43 ea

Comprising abstract shaped colour coded parts to represent the nitrogenous bases, pentagonal sugar and pyramidal phosphate parts required to make the Double Helix model of DNA. The model can be displayed on its stand or untwisted into either a flat or ladder form. The kits are designed so that only complimentary bases can be joined together. Scale 10 mm = 2 Angstroms. A choice of 2 kits are available, either as an 12 layer or 22 layer. Each kit comes with stand and full instructions.

MO55860 MO55865

Type DNA 12 Layer Kit DNA 22 Layer Kit

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£28.28 kit £49.88 kit

119


BIOLOGY

Biological Models

Dynamic DNA Kit

The kits contain the following: 2 Base Pairs Includes 1 A-T and 1 G-C base pair, 5’ hydrogen and 3’ oxygen parts, oxygen atoms to model RNA; removable carbons for uracil; ATP, TTP, GTP and CTP models; teacher resources and lessons. 12 Base Pairs Includes 6 A-T and 6 G-C base pairs; 5’ hydrogen and 3’ oxygen parts; oxygen atoms to model RNA; removable carbons for uracil; ATP, TTP, GTP and CTP models; display stand; teacher resources and lessons.

A

DNA Starter Kit

Students will immediately become engaged with this interactive foam model of double-stranded DNA and single-stranded RNA. The DNA Starter Kit© is a schematic model that transforms from the familiar ladder shape to the double helix with a twist. Students can explore the structure of colour-coded DNA bases showing purines and pyrimidines which connect to a continuous sugarphosphate backbone. Then they can delve into replication and transcription. Using individual nucleotide triphosphates, they can synthesize a new strand of DNA - one base at a time - showing the semi-conservative replication of DNA. Finally they can synthesize mRNA - one base at a time - to show the process of transcription. Each kit includes: 51 bases (12 red adenine, 12 yellow thymine, 12 blue cytosine, 12 green guanine, 3 white uracil), 4 continuous grey backbones, 24 grey sugar-phosphates, 12 lavender sugarphosphates and 48 orange phosphates.

B

Type MO190104 A 12 Base Pairs B 2 Base Pairs MO190100

MO140115 MO140125 £344.25 kit £74.18 kit

DNA - RNA Model

The model shows DNA and transcription of RNA. Height approx 500 mm. Complete with stand, instructions and model description.

MO30640

120

£21.53 ea

Type 1 group set 2 group set

£40.43 kit £72.83 kit

Demo DNA Nucleotides

The sky is the limit to what you can teach using these new large-scale, colour-coded foam nucleotides. Begin by teaching the complementary A-T and C-G base pairs and the antiparallel nature of double-stranded DNA. Move on to the flow of genetic information as you teach the basic processes of semiconservative DNA replication and mRNA transcription. You can then stretch students by introducing PCR (polymerase chain reaction) and the Sanger DNA sequencing method -- and much more. Includes 80 large-scale Nucleotides: • 20 Red Adenosine • 20 Yellow Thymine • 20 Blue Cytosine • 20 Green Guanine • 80 Adhesive-Backed Round Magnets

MO150006

£51.23 set

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Models

BIOLOGY

Mitosis Model, Unmounted

Eight individual models illustrating the process of mitotic cell division for a general animal cell. Chromosomes and centromeres are brightly painted to easily identify and explain each step of cell division. Each model is approx. 10 x 15 cm.

MO190000

£74.18 set

Meiosis Model, Unmounted

Robust models illustrating the process of meosis cell division. The chromosomes are painted to allow easy identification.

MO190010

£87.68 set

Human Models Brain Model, 2 Part

Skull

Human Brain Model - 2 parts. Life size 2 part human brain is a median section model. The right hemisphere has the cerebellum and the stem with occipital lobe. Supplied on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (D x W x H): 190 x 150 x 150 mm.

MO130530

Human Skull Model - 3 Parts. The most popular skull for anatomical study, at a very affordable price, made of plastic material, and in a natural colour. Dimensions (H x W x D): 220 x 160 x 170 mm.

£47.18 ea

Human Brain, 5-part

This 5-part classic brain model is an original anatomic cast of a real human brain and comes divided along the midsagittal plane. The components of the brain’s left half are: • Frontal and parietal lobe • Temporal and occipital lobe • Encephalic trunk • Cerebellum With integral magnets for easy viewing and hands on learning, the classic brain is a great education tool for teaching and learning about the human nervous system and anatomy of the brain. The model comes complete with a removable base for mounting and display purposes.

MO160800

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£189.00 ea

MO130510

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£53.93 ea

w: timstar.com

121


BIOLOGY

Biological Models

Ear Model

4 times life size. Colourful representation of the outer, inner and middle ear with removable eardrum with hammer and anvil, 2-part labyrinth with stirrup, cochlea and auditory/balance nerve. Comes with base and photocopiable key to parts. Dimensions (W x D x H): 340 x 160 x 190 mm.

MO94200

£53.93 ea

Ear Model

Human Ear - Enlarged approx. 4 times life size and dissected into 4 parts, showing external, middle and internal portion. Ossicles and labyrinth can be taken out. Mounted on base, numbered and with key card. Dimensions (L x W x D): 370 x 240 x 190 mm.

MO130515

Eyeball Model

Enlarged about 3 times life size and separates in a horizontal plane into 6 parts, showing the ocular muscles, blood supply, vitreous body, optic disc, ciliary body, iris, cornea, retina and sclera. Mounted on a pedestal stand 150 mm high. Supplied with key card.

MO11216

£99.83 ea

Functional Eye Model, Non-Liquid

This innovative functional eye model is an open design model, offering high visibility, which does not involve the injection of liquid*! It is composed of a flexible lens with an adjustable focal length, which constitutes the crystalline lens for comprehensive visualisation. The adjustment of the crystalline lens is made by mechanical stress on the flexible lens, which is similar to the action of the ciliary muscles. The screen represents the retina that can slide along the optical axis to simulate vision problems (myopia, hyperopia). The lens holder is placed in front of the eye to allow a corrective lens to be put in place. The crystalline lens is equipped with an adjustable focal, without the need for further injection of a liquid*, which enables the study of vision problems and their correction. Contents: eye model and a kit of corrective lenses. *A one-time injection of liquid is required when setting up the apparatus for the first time only.

£74.18 ea

Human Eye Model

Detailed and accurate dissectable 6 part human eye model with detachable base and photocopiable key. Approximately 3 times life size. Dimensions (W x D x H): 90 x 90 x 150 mm.

MO120100

For a video demonstration, see timstar.co/FunctionalEyeModel MO104234

122

£182.25 ea

INFO

£48.53 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Models

BIOLOGY

Heart Model

A life-sized 2-part model which shows the anatomy of the human heart with ventricles, atriums, valves, veins and the aorta in great detail. Dimensions (L x W x H): 220 x 120 x 120 mm.

MO11219

Pumping Heart Model

An exceptionally good-value heart model which clearly demonstrates the way the heart pumps blood around the body. Comes complete with instructions but does require assembling. Dimensions (L x W x H): 320 x 250 x 65 mm.

£57.98 ea

Heart Model, Economy

Human Heart - 2 Parts Natural size, front heart is removable to view the chambers. Mounted on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (L x W x H): 140 x 140 x 200 mm.

MO104238

£21.53 ea

Kidney with Adrenal Model

Human Kidney with Adrenal Gland - 2 Parts. This model shows the Kidney with an adrenal gland as well as renal and adrenal vessels and the upper portion of the ureter. A removable front half of the kidney to show cortex medulla and vessels as well as renal pelvis. Mounted on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (L x W x H): 120 x 120 x 280 mm.

MO130520

£23.63 ea

Heart Model, Giant

Human Heart - Extra Large Size. Model is cut by a vertical line towards level of ventricular septum and separates into 2 parts after the arch of aorta and superior venacava have been removed. Both atria and ventricles with bicuspid and tricuspid semilunar valves as well as sigmoid valves can be seen. Separates into 4 parts. Supplied on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (L x W x H): 280 x 230 x 330 mm.

MO130505

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£222.75 ea

MO130525

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£43.13 ea

w: timstar.com

123


BIOLOGY

Biological Models

Human Torso (Half Size)

Separating into 11 parts with removable 2-piece head showing respiratory tract, sectioned brain, 2-part heart, 2-lung halves, stomach, liver and intestines. All parts unbreakable. Dimensions (Height): 500 mm.

MO11230

£75.53 ea

Human Torso 13 Part Model

Torso Sexless - Life size sexless torso in 13 parts. The eye with optical nerve and half brain are removable. The lungs and heart in two parts, liver, stomach, front portion of the Kidney, half of the bladder and large and small intestines with appendix flap opening and cover. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (W x D x H): 380 x 240 x 890 mm.

MO130540

124

£398.25 ea

Human Torso 21 Part Model

Torso without Open Back - 21 parts. Life size showing the head with nasal and buccal cavity, half brain, eye with optic nerve. Removable 2-lung halves, heart in 2 parts, liver with gall bladder, 2-part stomach, large and small intestines with appendix flap opening and cover, and a half of Kidney. Male genital organs in 4-parts and female genital organs in 2-parts with embryo in the 3rd month of pregnancy. Mounted on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (W x D x H): 380 x 240 x 890 mm.

MO130545

£465.75 ea

Human Torso 28 Part Model

Torso with Open Back - 28 Parts Life size showing the head with nasal and buccal cavity, half brain, eye with optic nerve. Removable 2-lung halves, heart in 2 parts, liver with gall bladder, 2-part stomach, large and small intestines with appendix flap opening and cover, and half of a Kidney. Male genital organs in 4-parts and female genital organs in 2-parts with embryo in the 3rd month of pregnancy. The back shows the vertebral column, spinal cord with nerve endings and the 1st, 5th & 7th dorsal vertebra are removable. Mounted on a base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (W x D x H): 380 x 240 x 900 mm.

MO130550

£553.50 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Models

BIOLOGY

Torso 12 Part Model ,Premium

Torso 24 Part Model, Premium

This 12 part anatomically correct human torso from 3B is a quality educational tool. The unisex torso is hand-painted true to detail and made of high-quality plastic. Developed and modelled in Germany this is ideal for teaching and understanding human anatomy, offering a hands-on experience. Supplied complete with Torso Guide. The following components of this unisex torso are removable: • 2-part head • 2-part heart • 2 lungs • Stomach • Liver with gall bladder • 2-part intestinal tract • Front half of kidney

This deluxe dual-sex, 24-part Human Torso from 3B offers all you need for detailed demonstrations in human anatomy. The human torso model contains the following removable parts and organs: • 3-part head • 2-part stomach • Female chest wall • 2 lungs • 2-part heart • Liver with gall bladder • 4-part intestinal tract • Front half of kidney • 4-part male genital insert • 3-part female genital insert with foetus All the organs in this human torso are hand painted, to provide an accurate and quality product. Supplied complete with torso guide.

MO160100

MO160110

£486.00 ea

Torso 18 Part Model, Premium

This classic 18-part unisex human torso model from 3B is hand-painted true to detail and made of high-quality plastic. Developed and modelled in Germany this is ideal for teaching and understanding human anatomy, offering a hands-on experience. This human torso model has the unique feature of an open neck and back section going from the cerebellum to the coccyx. Vertebrae, intervertebral discs, spinal cord, spinal nerves, vertebral arteries, and many other features are represented in detail in this colourful replica of the human anatomy. Supplied complete with torso guide. 18-part unisex human torso model includes the following removable parts and organs: • 7th thoracic vertebra • 6-part head • 2 lungs • 2-part heart • S tomach • Liver with gall bladder • 2-part intestinal tract • Front half of kidney • Front half of urinary bladder

MO160105

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£621.00 ea

£938.25 ea

Torso 28 Part Model, Premium

This deluxe dual-sex, 28-part human torso from 3B offers everything you need for a detailed demonstration in human anatomy. The model comes complete with removable male and female genital inserts, opened neck and back section to study vertebrae, intervertebral discs, spinal cord, spinal nerves, vertebral arteries etc., a deluxe head with a 4-part brain and much more. Ideal for advanced demonstrations in biology or medical settings and supplied complete with torso guide. The following parts of the 28-part deluxe human torso are removable: • 7th thoracic vertebra, female chest wall • 6-part head • Female breast covering • 2 lungs • 2-part heart • 2-part stomach • Liver with gall bladder • 4-part intestinal tract • Front half of kidney • 4-part male genital insert • 3-part female genital insert with foetus

MO160115

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£965.25 ea

w: timstar.com

125


BIOLOGY

Biological Models

Mini Skeleton

A cost effective mini skeleton with moveable joints and complete with stand. Height: 46 cm.

MO160500

£18.23 ea

Skeleton Model Mr. Thrifty

Skeleton Model

MO11205

MO130535

A half-size model of the human skeleton made from top quality plastic. Main joints are articulated. Complete with metal stand. Dimensions (Height): 85 cm.

£74.18 ea

Universal Skeleton Stand

This high-quality robust skeleton stand can be used to hold almost any skeleton model, and allows it to be transported easily from room-to-room over a variety of surfaces. The base is made from cast iron and is very heavy to prevent tipping. The six heavy-duty castors have brakes. A set screw holds the skeleton rod in place. The inner diameter is 12.5 mm. It measures 52 x 52 x 95 cm approx. with a weight of 17.4 kg. The hook accessory can be used to hang a life-sized skeleton using the base. It is 117 cm long, 12.5 mm in diameter, with a hook that is approx. 20 cm.

SK180000

Type Base

£222.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES SK180010 Hook accessory

126

£26.93 ea

Human Skeleton Model-Life size model of human skeleton with stand, made of plastic material, finished in a natural colour with plastic cover. Mounted on base. Numbered with English Key Card. Dimensions (Height): 1.7 m.

£330.75 ea

Joint Models

Life-sized functional models with ligaments.

A

Type MO11266 A Knee joint MO11267 B Hip joint MO11268 C Elbow joint

B

C

£80.93 ea £80.93 ea £80.93 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Models

BIOLOGY

Ultra Slim Light Panel

This Ultra bright light panel uses the latest low energy LED strip technology to provide a clean bright illuminated background. Perfect for lighting transparent and translucent objects from beneath, this tough, easily cleaned panel comes supplied with a low voltage power supply. The typical life span for the LED light source is an amazing 50,000 hours. Weight 2.25 Kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 480 x 352 x 10 mm. Illuminated area 410 x 285 mm.

Plant Models Dicot Leaf Model

A hand-painted dicot leaf model showing details of a typical mesophytic leaf. Mounted on a base, and supplied with a numbered key card.

MO190700

£36.38 ea

Large Size Flower Model

Large, detailed model of a flower, with the pistil and anthers shown in section to show the egg and pollen inside their cases. Dimensions: 220 x 330 mm.

EN71560

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£121.43 ea

MO120105

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£168.75 ea

w: timstar.com

127


BIOLOGY

Biological Specimens

Botanical Specimens

Zoological Specimens

Algae

Seeds for Germination

Supplied in 30 mL tubes, except Chlorella which is on an Agar slope. A

BL80515 BL180550

A

Type Chlorella sp. Scenedesmus quadricauda

£28.28 ea £18.83 ea

Pondweed, Egeria densa

Egeria densa is an alternative to Elodea crispa (pondweed), which is no longer available, and is a useful oxygenator for ponds, tanks and photosynthesis experiments. Sold as a bunch of approx. 10 strands.

14

DELIVERY LEAD TIME

BL80700 BL80705 BL80730 BL80745 BL80755 BL80760 BL80775 BL80780 BL80785

Type Barley Broad Bean Cress Maize Mung bean Mustard Pea Sunflower Wheat

Quantity 500 g 500 g 250 g 250 g 250 g 250 g 500 g 250 g 500 g

WARNING

£7.90 pk £6.08 pk £8.51 pk £17.48 pk £8.51 pk £6.01 pk £11.48 pk £5.33 pk £7.02 pk

INFO

Some seeds may be chemically treated with a fungicide. Please wash before use. In case of contact with skin, please rinse with plenty of water.

PRACTICAL PHOTOSYNTHESIS GCSE Level Biology required practical 6 - The effect of light intensity on photosynthesis can be investigated in water plants. BL170200

£16.13 pk

Download our simple photosynthesis practical worksheet: timstar.co/photosynthesis-practical

Pondweed, Myriophyllum

Myriophyllum is an alternative to Cabomba, which is no longer available, and is a tropical pondweed which is a good oxygenator for warm tanks and suitable for evolution of oxygen during photosynthesis experiments. Not suitable for outdoor ponds. Sold as a bunch of approx. 10 strands.

INVESTIGATING GERMINATION

14

DELIVERY LEAD TIME

Students will investigate the effect of light intensity on the growth of mustard seedlings for GCSE Biology required practical 8.

Petri Dishes See page 302

BL170210

128

£14.78 pk

NON RETURNABLE

ALSO BOUGHT...

All Biological Specimens are non returnable

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Specimens

BIOLOGY

Drosophila Ancillaries

BL80280 BL150850

Daphnia

Water fleas (Daphnia) are a useful source of food for fish in tanks, as well as for observation under a microscope. Sold as a pack of approx. 300 live Daphnia.

Type Quantity Drosophila ready prepared 10 media, in tubes Drosophila ready mix dried 1 kg food

£40.43 pk £24.84 ea

Fly Snooze Kit

BL170300

For anaesthetising Drosophila. Flies remain immobilised for at least 50 minutes. Kit contains a 10 mL vial of Fly Snooze and 12 anaesthetic wands. A separate anaesthetiser is not needed. Safer to use than ether and easy to use. Kit contains 100 doses. • Easy to use. Dip the wand into the Fly Snooze solution. Tap flies to bottom of foam stoppered tube. Insert Fly Snooze wand into tube. Keep tube upright with wand in place for two minutes. Flies are then anaesthetised and can be sorted in the usual way • Less chance for dosage error • Reusable wand controls dosage • Drosophila remain anaesthetised for anything from 50 minutes to several hours without being killed or sterilised

£16.88 pk

Daphnia Food

Pelleted food for feeding Daphnia (water fleas). Sold as a pack of 100 g.

BL170310

£27.68 ea

DISCOVERING DAPHNIA BL90415

£44.48 kit

Brine Shrimp Culture Kit

Grow brine shrimps from eggs to adults by feeding them on dried natural planktonic algae. The kit comes with sea salt, viable eggs, algal food and simple instructions. BL80156

£53.93 kit

Daphnia are ideal for observing under a microscope as they have spectacular features, including a beating heart, eyes and individual cells are clearly visible on their surface. Daphnia can be used to demonstrate the effects of caffeine on heart rates. Go online to download our daphnia experiment: timstar.co/daphnia-experiment

SPECIMENS

INFO

When ordering LIVE SPECIMENS please allow 7-10 days for delivery, as all our specimens are freshly prepared.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Slides and Slide Covers See page 95

e: export@timstar.co.uk

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

129


BIOLOGY

Biological Specimens

Woodlice

Packs of living woodlice, suitable for behavioural experiments e.g. for use with choice chambers.

10

BL160702 BL160704

DAY DELIVERY LEAD TIME

Quantity 50 100

Mammalia

A

B

C

£51.23 pk £94.43 pk

SETTING UP FOR A-LEVEL BIOLOGY REQUIRED PRACTICALS? Practical 10 - Investigation into the effect of an environmental variable on the movement of an animal using either a choice chamber or a maze: Using choice chambers to investigate responses of invertebrates to light/dark and humid/dry conditions

Choice Chambers

Type Mus musculus (Mouse) formalin free BP82122 B Rattus rattus (Rat) formalin free BP82146 C Pig eyes BI130585 Sheep eyes BP82106

A

Quantity

£14.78 ea £29.63 ea

5 5

£30.98 pk £29.63 pk

Preserving Fluid Opresol Preserving Fluid

For the preservation of biological specimens. Dilute 1 part ‘Opresol’ to 3 parts water.

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 449

Blood

These products have a short shelf life of approximately 28 days from packing. Store in a fridge at 2 to 8 °C. Please order 2 to 3 weeks before required.

MI10870

Type Quantity Horse, Defibrinated 100 mL

£40.43 ea

Type Locust, adult

£30.65 pk

Insecta BP81600

SPECIMENS

Quantity 10

INFO

When ordering LIVE SPECIMENS please allow 7-10 days for delivery, as all our specimens are freshly prepared.

130

BL110706

Quantity 2.5 litre

NON RETURNABLE

£48.53 ea

All Biological Specimens are non returnable

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Tools & Accessories

BIOLOGY

Boards & Trays

Dissecting Wallets & Sets

Dissecting Board

Canvas Roll Case

Soft Wood. Dimensions: 550 x 400 mm with raised edges.

To hold 14 dissecting instruments with tie tapes.

DI05800

£37.73 ea

Polypropylene Cutting Board

A useful cutting board for dissection and other applications, which is easy to clean, dishwasher safe and autoclavable. Product also has good chemical resistance and is virtually unbreakable and nonabsorbent. • Autoclavable at 121 °C • Dishwasher safe • Good chemical resistance • Unbreakable in normal use • Non-absorbent and easy to clean • Dimensions: 300 x 210 x 9 mm

DI160100

DI06240

£3.98 ea

Dissecting Set TECHNICIAN’S In canvas roll case:CHOICE • 1 Scissors 115 mm fine point stainless steel • 1 Scissors 150 mm fine point stainless steel • 1 Forceps 125 mm straight fine point stainless steel • 1 Forceps 125 mm straight blunt points stainless steel • 1 Swann Morton Handle No.3 • 1 Swann Morton No.11 Blades Pk • 1 Swann Morton Handle No.4 • 1 Swann Morton No.22 Blade pk • 2 Needles, stainless steel • 1 Seeker, stainless steel • 1 artist brush • 1 dropping pipette 75 mm with teat.

£40.43 ea

Dissecting Dishes, Aluminium

High-quality aluminium dissecting dishes with sloping sides. Dimensions: 30 x 20 x 5 cm.

DI05810 DI180815

Type Without Wax With Wax

£21.53 ea £21.53 ea

Dissection Tray Kits

Trays and lids supplied with reusable pads eliminating the need for wax. Available in 2 sizes.

DI06250

£30.98 set

SETTING UP FOR A-LEVEL BIOLOGY REQUIRED PRACTICALS?

DI81100 DI81102

Type Small Medium

Dimensions 255 x 185 mm 290 x 190 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£26.93 kit £37.73 kit

Practical B: AQA A Level Biology required practical 5 Dissection of animal or plant gas exchange or mass transport system or of organ within such a system: Heart dissection

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

131


BIOLOGY

Biology Tools & Accessories

Forceps & Tweezers

Needles & Points

Blunt Forceps

Needles

Stainless steel.

DI05826

Straight. Stainless steel needle.

Length 125 mm

Quantity 10

£14.78 pk

A

Disposable Blunt Forceps, Nylon

B

DI05835

Length 125 mm

Quantity 10

£5.20 pk

Pointed Forceps

Type DI05900 A Plastic handle DI05901 Plastic handle DI05911 B Stainless steel handle

Quantity 10 100 10

£7.43 pk £63.38 pk £17.48 pk

Stainless steel. Straight with fine points and guide pin.

Boradaile Needles Stainless Steel.

DI05846

Length 125 mm

Quantity 10

£18.23 pk DI05915

Curved Forceps

Stainless steel. With fine points and guide pin.

£3.11 ea

Wire Loops

Nichrome, designed to be held in a needle holder. Needle holder (DI05920) not supplied.

DI05855

Length 125 mm

£2.63 ea

Cover Glass Forceps

Stainless Steel with Spatula ends. DI05925

Quantity 10

£4.46 pk

Needle Holder (Inoculating Loop) MI11075

£1.82 ea

Aluminium with brass chuck.

Artery Forceps

Spencer Wells stainless steel artery forceps. Straight with box joint, 225 mm length.

DI05920 DI05921

Quantity 1 10

£3.98 ea £31.73 pk

Inoculating Loops DI101100

£12.08 ea

Sterile (Sterility Assurance Level 10^-3), disposable. 10 µL loop at one end with a needle for stab culture at the other. Length 20 cm. Loop 6 mm o.d. 4 mm i.d. Supplied in a pack of 10.

Plastic Tweezers

Economical, plastic tweezers, ideal for science and as an assembly aid for small components.

DI160110

132

Length 110 mm

£0.61 ea

DI05928

£2.63 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Tools & Accessories

BIOLOGY

Dissecting Awl

Dissecting Sharps

Stainless steel spike.

Disposable Scalpels, Sterile Swann Morton Plastic handle with steel blade.

DI05930

Type Quantity Aluminium handle 10

£13.03 pk DI06086 DI06087 DI06088 DI06093 DI06096

Setting Pins

Blade No. 10 10A 11 22 24

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10

£4.79 pk £4.79 pk £4.79 pk £4.79 pk £4.79 pk

Length 35 mm blade 45 mm blade 50 mm blade

£3.38 ea £3.38 ea £3.38 ea

Scalpels, Solid A B C

DI05960

Type Plastic heads

Length 30 mm

Quantity 100

Type DI05965 A Stainless Steel DI05970 B Stainless Steel DI05975 C Stainless Steel £8.03 pk

Scalpel Handles, Economy

Seekers

Stainless steel. DI06013

Seekers

Stainless steel, bent with blunt point.

£18.83 pk

Scalpel Handles, Swann Morton

A

A

B Type DI06225 A Plastic handle DI06236 B Stainless steel handle

Handle No. 3

Quantity 10 10

£7.36 pk £16.13 pk

Spreaders

B

Handle No. DI06001 A 3 DI06006 B 4

Spreaders, L-Shape

Non-Sterile, disposable. NOT individually wrapped. Polystyrene, free from heavy metal.

Quantity 10 10

£36.38 pk £36.38 pk

Scalpel Blades, Swann Morton

To fit handles No. 3 and 7L. Sold in 20 packs of 5 (100 in total).

A

C

B

DI91100

Quantity 20

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£1.69 pk

Blade No. DI06016 A 10 DI06021 B 10A DI06026 C 11

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Quantity 100 100 100

w: timstar.com

£14.78 pk £14.78 pk £14.78 pk

133


BIOLOGY

Biology Tools & Accessories

Scalpel Blades, Swann Morton

Single Edge Razor Blades

To fit handle No. 4. Sold in 20 packs of 5 (100 in total).

A

D

B

E

Single edge.

DI140145

C

DI06041 DI06046 DI06051 DI06061 DI06066

Quantity 100

£7.36 pk

Single Edged Razor Blades In a Dispenser A B C D E

Blade No. 20 21 22 23 24

Single edge blades in a safety dispenser to reduce used or new blades being left in precarious places. A pack of 10 dispensers, with 10 blades per dispenser (100 blades in total).

Quantity 100 100 100 100 100

£14.78 pk £14.78 pk £14.78 pk £14.78 pk £14.78 pk

Scalpel Blade Remover Disposable. For use with No. 3 and No. 4 handles. Fits around the blade allowing it to be safely removed.

DI140150

Quantity 10

£13.43 pk

Scissors

Stainless steel. Straight fine points. Open shank.

DI06126 DI06130 DI06131 DI06136 DI06084

Quantity 50

Length 115 mm 125 mm 125 mm 150 mm

Quantity 10 1 10 10

£26.93 pk £3.04 ea £26.93 pk £26.93 pk

£17.48 pk

Fine Points Scissors

Blade Remover

Stainless steel. Fine points, closed shank.

A safe and easy to use implement to aid blade removal.

DI06155

Type Straight

£3.04 ea

Dressing Scissors

Stainless steel, closed shank.

DI140155

Quantity 100

£16.13 pk

QlickSmart BladeFlask See page 421

134

ALSO BOUGHT...

DI06170 DI06175

Type Blunt/Sharp Sharp/Sharp

£3.04 ea £3.04 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY

The following tables are a summary of each particular sub-section in this section. For more information on any of the products, key in your web browser: timstar.co/<Timstar Code>

EXAMPLE: timstar.co/BT150286 Introduction to Biotechnology Edvotek Code

Title

S-75

Do Onions, Strawberries and Bananas Have DNA?

For

Price

£64.73 ea

BT97805

£107.93 kit

119

A

Genes in a tube

1500

B

Poppit Beads, 150 of each colour (750): Red, Yellow, Green, Blue, & White

BI130935

£53.93 pk

1500-RED

Poppit Beads, 150 of red beads

BI130940

£13.37 pk

1500-YELLOW

Poppit Beads, 150 of yellow beads

BI130945

£13.37 pk

Molecular Biology, Classroom Game

BT140870

£75.53 ea

S-80 A

GENES IN A TUBE

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

25 students

Timstar Code

BT140865

B

POPPIT BEADS

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

135


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Discovering Electrophoresis Edvotek Code

S-43

Title

For

Timstar Code

DNA Dura Gel Kit

6 gels (12-24 students)

Price

BI130970

£89.03 kit

S-51

A

Whose DNA Was Left Behind Kit?

10 lab groups

BT97870

£67.43 kit

S-49

B

In Search of My Father Kit

10 lab groups

BT97895

£67.43 kit

101

C

Principles & Practice of Agarose Gel Electrophoresis Kit

8 lab groups

BT97865

£67.43 kit

S-46

Linking Stem to Agarose Gel Electrophoresis Kit

10 lab groups

BT140850

£60.68 kit

S-48

What Is PCR and How Does It Work? Kit

10 lab groups

BT97925

£60.68 kit

The Secret of the Invisible DNA: A Genetics Exploration

10 lab groups

BT97875

£74.18 kit

S-52

A

C

136

D

WHOSE DNA WAS LEFT BEHIND KIT?

PRINCIPLES & PRACTICE OF AGAROS GEL ELECTROPHORESIS KIT

B IN SEARCH OF MY FATHER KIT

D

THE SECRET OF THE INVISIBLE DNA: A GENETICS EXPLORATION

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY

Ready-to-load DNA Electrophoresis Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Price

102

Restriction Enzyme Cleavage of Plasmid and Lambda DNA Kit

8 gels

BT140200

£97.13 kit

102-C

Replenisher for BT140200: Restriction Enzyme Cleavage of Plasmid and Lambda DNA Kit

24 gels

BT140210

£209.25 kit

Principles of PCR Kit

8 gels

BT140225

£97.13 kit

112/AP09

Restriction Enzyme Analysis Of DNA

8 gels

BT140306

£97.13 kit

114

DNA Paternity Testing Simulation

8 gels

BT97890

£121.43 kit

Cancer Gene Detection

8 gels

BI130905

£105.23 kit

115-C

Replenisher for BI130905: Cancer Gene Detection

24 gels

BT140326

£229.50 kit

116

Sickle Cell Gene Detection (DNA-based)

8 gels

BI130910

£105.23 kit

116-C

Replenisher for BI130910: Genetic Disease Screening Kit

24 gels

BT140331

£229.50 kit

DNA Fingerprinting by Restriction Enzyme Patterns

8 gels

BI130980

£93.08 kit

109-C

DNA Fingerprinting by Restriction Enzyme Patterns

24 gels

BT140295

£229.50 kit

118

Cholesterol Diagnostics

8 gels

BT150222

£101.18 kit

118-C

Replenisher for BT150222: Cholesterol Diagnostics

24 gels

BT150224

£209.25 kit

120

Ready-To-Load DNA Sequencing

8 gels

BT140332

£114.68 kit

DNA Fingerprinting by PCR Amplification

8 gels

BT97880

£121.43 kit

DNA Fingerprinting by PCR Amplification

24 gels

BT97882

£202.50 kit

103

115

A

B

109

130

C

D

130-C

B

A

PRINCIPLES OF PCR KIT

D

C

CANCER GENE DETECTION

DNA FINGERPRINTING BY RESTRICTION ENZYME PATTERNS

DNA FINGERPRINTING BY PCR AMPLIFICATION

Advanced DNA Applications Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Restriction Enzyme Mapping

6 sets

BT150238

£129.53 kit

DNA Fingerprinting Using Restriction Enzymes

6 lab groups

EL130690

£125.48 kit

300

Blue/White Cloning DNA Fragment & Assay Of ß-Galactosidase

5 lab groups

BT150246

£222.75 kit

302

Purification of the Restriction Enzyme Eco Ri Kit

10 lab groups

BT140390

£222.75 kit

206 225

A

Price

316

B

In Search of the Cholesterol Gene Kit

10 lab groups

BT140403

£189.00 kit

340

C

DNA Bioinformatics Kit

12 lab groups

BT140415

£107.93 kit

A DNA FINGERPRINTING USING RESTRICTION ENZYMES

B IN SEARCH OF THE CHOLESTEROL GENE KIT

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

C DNA

BIOINFORMATICS KIT

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

137


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Polymerase Chain Reaction Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Price

S-48

A

What Is PCR and How Does It Work? Kit

10 lab groups

BT97925

103

B

Principles of PCR Kit

8 gels

BT140225

330

C

Amplification of DNA By PCR Kit

10 lab groups

BT97930

£162.00 kit

372

D

Quick PCR Kit

10 lab groups

BI130975

£202.50 kit

335

Reverse Transcription Pcr (Rt-Pcr): The Molecular Biology Of HIV Replication

6 lab groups

BT150254

£249.75 kit

953

Water Quality Testing III: Multiplex PCR Testing Of Water Contaminants

25 students

BT150262

£216.00 kit

332

Mitochondrial DNA Analysis Kit

25 students

BI130925

£236.25 kit

333

PCR Based Alu-Human DNA Typing Kit

25 students

BI130930

£236.25 kit

£60.68 kit £97.13 kit

334

E

Vntr Human DNA Typing Using PCR

25 students

BT150264

£216.00 kit

369

F

Human PCR Tool Box™ Kit

25 students

BT140425

£216.00 kit

371

DNA Fingerprinting Kit, Using PCR

25 students

BT97920

£189.00 kit

345

Exploring the Genetics of Taste Kit: SNP Analysis of the PTC Gene Using PCR

25 reactions

BT140418

£229.50 kit

Identification of Genetically Modified Foods Using PCR Kit

10 lab groups

BT140730

£202.50 kit

962

G

A WHAT IS PCR AND HOW DOES IT WORK? KIT

E VNTR HUMAN DNA TYPING USING PCR

138

B PRINCIPLES OF PCR KIT

C AMPLIFICATION OF DNA BY PCR KIT

F HUMAN PCR TOOL BOX™ KIT

D QUICK PCR KIT

G IDENTIFICATION OF GENETICALLY MODIFIED FOODS USING PCR KIT

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY

Introduction to RNA Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Price

235

DNA/Rna Microarrays

10 lab groups

BT150266

£121.43 kit

Title

For

Timstar Code

Whose Fingerprints Were Left Behind?

10 lab groups

FO91855

£80.93 kit

Whose DNA Was Left Behind Kit?

10 lab groups

BT97870

£67.43 kit

A

Forensic Science Edvotek Code B

S-51 109-C

Price

DNA Fingerprinting by Restriction Enzyme Patterns 24 gels

BT140295

£229.50 kit

130

DNA Fingerprinting by PCR Amplification

8 gels

BT97880

£121.43 kit

130-C

Replenisher for: BT97880: DNA Fingerprinting by PCR Amplification

24 gels

BT97882

£202.50 kit

225

DNA Fingerprinting Using Restriction Enzymes

6 lab groups

EL130690

£125.48 kit

371

DNA Fingerprinting Kit, Using PCR

25 students

BT97920

£189.00 kit

191

Forensic Blood Typing Kit

10 lab groups

BT140345

£114.68 kit

195

Forensic Toxicology

10 lab groups

BT180400

£148.50 kit

140

Blood Typing Kit

10 lab groups

FO91850

£60.68 kit

140-B

Blood Typing Refill

10 lab groups

BT140334

£31.59 kit

C

A DNA/RNA

MICROARRAYS

B WHOSE FINGERPRINTS WERE LEFT BEHIND?

C DNA FINGERPRINTING BY RESTRICTION ENZYME PATTERNS

Incubation Oven & Long Wave UV Mini Lamp

ALSO BOUGHT...

See pages 61 & 149

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

139


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Genetic Engineering & Transformation Edvotek Code

Title

221

A

222

Type

For

Timstar Code

Transformation of E.coli pGAL Kit

10 lab groups

BT97945

£121.43 kit

Price

Transformation with Blue & Green Fluorescent Proteins Kit

10 lab groups

BT97940

£128.18 kit

223/AP08

B

Transformation with Green Fluorescent Proteins Kit

10 lab groups

BI130985

£113.33 kit

224

C

Rainbow Transformation

10 lab groups

BT150274

£129.53 kit

300

D

Blue/White Cloning DNA Fragment & Assay Of ß-Galactosidase

5 lab groups

BT150246

£222.75 kit

A TRANSFORMATION OF

B TRANSFORMATION WITH GREEN

E.COLI PGAL KIT

FLUORESCENT PROTEINS KIT

D BLUE/WHITE CLONING DNA

C RAINBOW

FRAGMENT & ASSAY OF ß-GALACTOSIDASE

TRANSFORMATION

Petri Dishes and Luria Broth Agar Base

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 151

140

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY

Immunology Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Price

269

ELISA Reactions Kit

10 lab groups

BT140365

£134.93 kit

Quantitative Elisa

6 lab groups

BT150278

£134.93 kit

270

Antigen-Antibody Interaction: The Ouchterlony Procedure

10 lab groups

BT150280

£134.93 kit

272

Immunoelectrophoresis

10 lab groups

BT150282

£134.93 kit

Radial Immunodiffusion

10 lab groups

BT150284

£134.93 kit

277

Affinity Chromatography Of Glucose Binding Proteins

10 lab groups

BT150286

£134.93 kit

271

Simulation of HIV Detection Kit

10 lab groups

BT97900

£134.93 kit

278

273

A

B

275

C

Aids Kit II: Simulation of HIV Detection by Western Blot

6 lab groups

BT150292

£134.93 kit

274

D

In Search Of The Kissing Disease

10 lab groups

BT150288

£134.93 kit

A QUANTITATIVE ELISA

B RADIAL IMMUNODIFFUSION

C AIDS KIT II: SIMULATION OF

HIV DETECTION BY WESTERN BLOT

D IN SEARCH OF THE KISSING DISEASE

Simulated ELISA Kit

This kit has been designed for pupils in secondary education to give an extremely realistic simulation of ELISA, while being low cost and requiring very little preparation. There are multiple ways to use the kit, but the recommended practical experiment is the simulation of the outbreak of disease and identification of the source. The practical can be done in an hour, or comfortably in two 40 minute lessons. The kit contains: • 10 strips of 8 plastic wells • 20x small, empty plastic pipettes • 20x 1.5 mL centrifuge tubes containing ‘serum’ samples • 2x 1.5 mL centrifuge tubes containing positive ‘serum’ samples • 1x bottle containing 30 mL of ‘wash buffer + detergent’ • 10x sealed pipettes containing enzyme substrate • 10x sealed pipettes containing positive control • 10x sealed pipettes containing negative control • 10x sealed pipettes containing ‘primary antibody’ • 10x sealed pipettes containing ‘secondary antibody’ Stored in the fridge, the kit will last UP TO 4 weeks. Stored in the freezer above -20 °C, it should last up to 6 months. BT190000

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£44.48 kit

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

141


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Biomedical Sciences Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

115

Cancer Gene Detection

8 gels

BI130905

£105.23 kit

Price

115-C

Replenisher for BI130905: Cancer Gene Detection

24 gels

BT140326

£229.50 kit

990

Morphology of Cancer Cells Kit

6 lab groups

BT140745

£117.38 kit

1001

Eukaryotic Cell Biology

6 lab groups

BT140755

£243.00 kit

116

Sickle Cell Gene Detection (DNA-based)

8 gels

BI130910

£105.23 kit

116-C

Replenisher for BI130910: Genetic Disease Screening Kit

24 gels

BT140331

£229.50 kit

118

Cholesterol Diagnostics

8 gels

BT150222

£101.18 kit

118-C

Replenisher for BT150222: Cholesterol Diagnostics

24 gels

BT150224

£209.25 kit

274

In Search Of The Kissing Disease

10 lab groups

BT150288

£134.93 kit

271

A

Simulation of HIV Detection Kit

10 lab groups

BT97900

£134.93 kit

275

B

Aids Kit II: Simulation of HIV Detection by Western Blot

6 lab groups

BT150292

£134.93 kit

140

C

Blood Typing Kit

10 lab groups

FO91850

£60.68 kit

140-B

Blood Typing Refill

10 lab groups

BT140334

£31.59 kit

209

Exploring the Infectious Nature of Viruses

10 lab groups

BT150240

£129.53 kit

In Search of My Father Kit

10 lab groups

BT97895

£67.43 kit

114

DNA Paternity Testing Simulation

8 gels

BT97890

£121.43 kit

369

Human PCR Tool Box™ Kit

25 students

BT140425

£216.00 kit

S-49

D

A SIMULATION OF HIV

B AIDS KIT II: SIMULATION OF

DETECTION KIT

Mid Range Transilluminator See page 149

142

HIV DETECTION BY WESTERN BLOT

C BLOOD TYPING KIT

D IN SEARCH OF MY FATHER KIT

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY

Plant Biotechnology Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

Price

962

A

Identification of Genetically Modified Foods Using PCR Kit

10 lab groups

BT140730

£202.50 kit

908

B

Introduction to Plant Cell Culture Kit

10 lab groups

BT140720

£125.48 kit

Brassica Quick Plant™ Seeds

200 seeds

BT140765

£31.59 pk

1226

A

Identification of Genetically Modified Foods Using PCR Kit

B INTRODUCTION TO PLANT CELL CULTURE KIT

C HOW CLEAN IS THE WATER

WE DRINK AND THE AIR WE BREATHE KIT?

Environmental Monitoring & Protection Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

856

Environmental Toxicity Response in C. elegans

10 lab groups

BT150306

£134.93 kit

956

Bioremediation By Oil Eating Bacteria

10 lab groups

BT150308

£118.73 kit

How Clean is the Water we Drink and the Air we Breathe Kit?

10 lab groups

BT140843

£64.73 kit

Water Quality Testing III: Multiplex PCR Testing Of Water Contaminants

25 students

BT150262

£216.00 kit

S-30

C

953

Long Wave UV Mini Lamp See page 149

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Price

ALSO BOUGHT...

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

143


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Proteins, Enzymes & Chromatography Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

150

Survey of Protein Diversity

3 gels (6 groups)

BT150314

£66.08 kit

Price

153

Determination of Protein Molecular Weight Kit

5 gels (6 groups)

BT140338

£66.08 kit

253

Diversity Of Fish Proteins

8 gels (6 groups)

BT150320

£75.53 kit

108

Principles of Gel Filtration Chromatography Kit

10 separations

BT140285

£114.68 kit

113

A

Principles of Thin Layer Chromatography Kit

8 separations

BT140316

£114.68 kit

243

B

Ion Exchange Chromatography Kit

6 separations

BT140360

£121.43 kit

277

C

Affinity Chromatography Of Glucose Binding Proteins

10 lab groups

BT150286

£134.93 kit

A PRINCIPLES OF THIN LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHY KIT

C AFFINITY CHROMATOGRAPHY

B ION EXCHANGE

OF GLUCOSE BINDING PROTEINS

CHROMATOGRAPHY KIT

Advanced Placement Biology Edvotek Code

Title

For

Timstar Code

285/AP06

Cellular Respiration

10 lab groups

BT150330

£60.68 kit

Price

112/AP09

A

Restriction Enzyme Analysis Of DNA

8 gels

BT140306

£97.13 kit

AP13

B

Enzyme Activity Kit

10 lab groups

BT140841

£114.68 kit

221

Transformation of E.coli pGAL Kit

10 lab groups

BT97945

£121.43 kit

333

PCR Based Alu-Human DNA Typing Kit

25 students

BI130930

£236.25 kit

Transformation with Green Fluorescent Proteins Kit

10 lab groups

BI130985

£113.33 kit

223/AP08

C

A RESTRICTION ENZYME ANALYSIS OF DNA

144

C TRANSFORMATION WITH B ENZYME ACTIVITY KIT

GREEN FLUORESCENT PROTEINS KIT

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

BIOLOGY Edvotek M12 Complete Electrophoresis Package

Electrophoresis Edvotek DNA Electrophoresis Equipment Kit

DNA electrophoresis equipment for the whole class! Discover how easy electrophoresis can be with this classroom set. Features: • Fast 20 minute gel run • Easy gel casting • Reliable & excellent results Kit includes: • 1 x HexaGel Electrophoresis Tank (for 6 gels) • 6 x gel trays with GelCaps and combs • 1 x DuoSource™ 150 Power Supply • 6 x 40 µL minipipettes & tips

Run the full spectrum of horizontal electrophoresis experiments with this versatile package! The M12 Complete™ supports one or two student groups in two standard length gel trays for experiments that require less separation, or one long gel tray for experiments that require more. Produces excellent results in 30-40 minutes and includes a lifetime warranty. Features: • Includes DNA DuraGel™ for Pipetting Practice! • Large Colour Coded Push Tabs for Easy Lid Insertion & Removal • Pour Spout for Buffer Disposal • Improved Ventilation Reduces Lid Condensation • User Replaceable Electrodes • Chamber Reverse Compatible with Previous Edvotek® Accessories Kit includes: • 2x 7 x 7 cm Gel Trays • 1x 7x 14 cm Gel Trays • 2x 6/8 Tooth Combs • 4x Rubber End Caps • 1x DNA DuraGel™

BT100514

£600.75 kit

Edvotek HexaGel DNA Electrophoresis Tank

Features: • Includes a DNA DuraGel™ for Pipetting Practice! • Contoured Lid for Enhanced Gel Visualization • Large Colour Coded Push Tabs for Easy Lid Insertion & Removal • Pour Spout for Buffer Disposal • Improved Ventilation Reduces Lid Condensation • User Replaceable Electrodes • Chamber Reverse Compatible with Previous Edvotek® Accessories Kit includes: • 6x 7 x 7 cm Gel Trays • 6x 6/8 Tooth Combs • 12x Rubber End Caps • 1x DNA DuraGel™

BT97820

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

BT180800

£222.75 set

6 Tooth Comb

£398.25 set

BT140695

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£31.59 ea

w: timstar.com

145


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Edvotek Classroom DNA Electrophoresis Lab Station

An economical way to introduce DNA electrophoresis to the classroom. This LabStation provides all the equipment you need to run any of our DNA or dye electrophoresis kits with your students. Contents include: • 1 x HexaGel Horizontal Electrophoresis Apparatus (with six 70 x 70mm gel trays) • 1 x DuoSource Power Supply (75 V, for 1 or 2 units) • 2 x 40 µl Fixed Volume Minipipette • 1 x Yellow Micropipette Tips (1 - 200 µl / 2 Racks of 96) • 1 x DNA Fingerprinting Classroom Kit • Supports 24 students

Edvotek Demonstration DNA Electrophoresis Labstation™ Supports up to 4 students. Kit includes: • 1x M12 Complete Electrophoresis Package • 1x DuoSource™ 75 Power Supply • 1x Fixed Volume Mini Pipette (35 µl) • 1x Yellow Micro Pipette Tips • 1x Whose DNA Was Left Behind

BT150880

BT100510

£594.00 kit

Edvotek Classroom PCR Labstation™

146

Edvotek Comprehensive Biotechnology Labstation™

This extensive LabStation™ supports up to 48 students and offers a well-rounded introduction to the exciting field of biotechnology. Kit includes: • 1x EdvoCycler™ 2 • 6x M12 Complete Electrophoresis Package • 3x QuadraSource™ Power Supply • 1x TruBlu™ 2 Transilluminator • 6x Variable Micropipettes (0.5 – 10 µl) • 6x Variable Micropipettes (10 – 100 µl) • 6x Variable Micropipettes (100 – 1000 µl) • 1x Incubation Oven • 2x 1.8 L Waterbath • 3x Piccolo Microcentrifuge • 2x TruBlu™ 2 Transilluminator • 1x Tornado Vortexer™ • 10 x Long Wave UV mini-light • 3x Ultra Micropipette Tips (0.1 – 10 µl) • 6x Yellow Micropipette Tips (1 – 200 µl) • 3x Blue Micropipette Tips (200 – 1000 µl) • 3x Fine Micropipette Tips (1 – 200 µl) • 3x MV10 Protein Electrophoresis Apparatus

Kit includes: • 1x EdvoCycler™ 2 • 6x M12 Complete Electrophoresis Package • 3x QuadraSource™ Power Supply • 1x TruBlu™ 2 Transilluminator • 6x Variable Micro Pipettes (5-50 µl) • 1x 1.8 L Water bath • Supports up to 25 students

BT150886

£425.25 kit

£5,393.25 kit

BT150888

£9,443.25 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR Edvotek DuoSource™ 150 Power Supply (220V)

The DuoSource™ 150 runs gels quickly - in only 20-30 minutes at 150 V. It can operate two M6+ units, two M12 units or two HexaGels. • Max Voltage: 150 V • Voltage Steps: 75 or 150 V • Max Current: 300 mA • Made in USA

BIOLOGY EdvotekMV10 Vertical Electrophoresis Apparatus

The MV10 gel tank is designed for easy separation of proteins on polyacrylamide gels utilizing a unique gel support cassette clip. It allows gels to be easily inserted or removed and holds them in place securely. The MV10 unit holds one 9 x 10 cm gel cassette and can accommodate most precast polyacrylamide gels. Features: • Improved Support Clip Holds Gel Securely • Push Tabs for Easy Lid Insertion & Removal • Color-Coded for Fool proof Setup • Stabilizing Feet Improve Balance & Cooling

BT150802

£202.50 ea

Edvotek QuadraSource™ Power Supply

Power any combination of EDVOTEK® electrophoresis units with this mighty power supply! Features an easy-to-use, full programmable interface for setting voltage, current or timer control with each parameter displayed in real-time. Programs may be paused or resumed at any point. Run experiments in the least time possible with this powerful and versatile unit!

• Max Voltage: 300 Volts • Voltage Steps: 10-300 Volts • Max Current: 500 Milliamps • Output Type: Variable Voltage • Lead Inputs: 4 Sets, Recessed, Colour Coded • Input Power: Universal Voltage • Made in USA • 2-year warranty • Dimensions (L X W X H): 150 x 150 x 90 mm

BT150804

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

BT140434

£249.75 ea

NEW

£432.00 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

147


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Edvotek EdvoCycler™ 2

The bestselling EdvoCycler™ has been redesigned with improved PCR technology to bring you a great value thermal cycler for the classroom. The EdvoCycler™ 2 doubles the capacity of the original at 48 wells and features an intuitive touchscreen. Proudly made in the USA and backed by an industryleading 3-year warranty. • Holds 48 x 0.2 mL PCR samples & 8-tube strip compatible • 7 “ HD colour touchscreen displays real-time cycling data • Edvotek PCR programs included + storage for 100 more • Heated lid prevents sample evaporation • Active cooling to 4 º C • Temperature range: 4 to 99 º C • Maximum ramp rate: 3.5 º C • Instant incubate function • High precision algorithm for superior results • Includes free PCR validation kit • 3-year warranty • Dimensions (L X W X H): 340 x 200 x 200 mm

NEW

BT150806

£1,680.75 ea

3 Year Warranty On Edvotek Thermal Cyclers

INFO

Edvotek EdvoCycler™ Jr.

The EdvoCycler™ Jr. is based on the advanced EdvoCycler™ 2 platform. The sleek form factor has been miniaturized with 16 wells to run individual PCR experiments. A vivid and intuitive touchscreen and onboard computer simplify operation by not requiring a secondary device. And it’s backed by an industry-leading 3-year warranty. • Holds 16 x 0.2 mL PCR samples & 8-tube strip compatible • 7 “ HD colour touchscreen displays real-time cycling data • Edvotek PCR programs included + storage for 100 more • Heated lid prevents sample evaporation • Active cooling to 4 º C • Temperature range: 14 to 99 º C • Maximum ramp rate: 3.5 º C • Instant incubate function • High precision algorithm for superior results • Includes free PCR validation kit • 3 Year warranty • Dimensions (L X W X H): 200 x 200 x 170 mm

NEW

BT200806

£918.00 ea

...the EdvoCylerTM Jr is OUR EXPERT SAYS... ideal for demonstrating PCR without the need to waste precious consumables.

148

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR Edvotek White Light Box

This white light box features a spacious 250 x 250 mm viewing area illuminated by long life LEDs and is housed in a slim aluminum body. It’s designed to safely enhance the visualization of DNA stained with FlashBlue™, proteins stained with Coomassie Blue and autoradiograms. • 250 x 250 mm viewing area • 90 lumens LED chips • 8 W power rating • 2 year warranty • Made in the USA

BT97815

BIOLOGY Edvotek Midrange UV Transilluminator

EDVOTEK®’s Midrange UV Transilluminator is designed to visualize DNA stained with either ethidium bromide or SYBR® Safe. The UV filter measures 7 x 14 cm which is optimized for viewing gels cast from EDVOTEK® electrophoresis chambers. Safety features include a UV blocking cover and an automatic power-cut off when the cover is opened.

£168.75 ea

Edvotek Long Wave UV Mini Lamp

A hand-held UV light that is used to detect hydrolysis of the fluorescent substrate and fluorescent Artemia and Daphnia after their ingestion. Also useful for observing fluorescence in Green (gfp) and Blue (bfp) fluorescent proteins.

BT150810

£735.75 ea

Reagent & Supplies Sybr® Safe Stain

Save time, money, the environment...and get better gel results! Kit includes: Concentrate for 750 ml

BI130920

£41.78 ea

Edvotek TruBlu™ 2 Transilluminator

The successor to the popular TruBlu™ has been improved with an enlarged viewing surface and a novel white light mode. Blue light enables visualization of SYBR® Safe stained DNA gels and white light enhances visualization of blue-stained DNA or protein gels. The TruBlu™ 2 has enough surface area to simultaneously view up to eight 7 x 7 cm gels and combines the functions of two units into one! • Dual Blue/White Light Modes • Large Viewing Surface: 27 x 15 cm • Orange Contrast Lid • Safe - Non-UV Wavelength • Built-in Fan Minimizes Condensation

BT180900

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£398.25 ea

BT150612

£43.13 ea

Instastain® Blue

InstaStain® Blue sheets stain gels in minutes and give high quality and uniform gel staining with excellent results for photography. They are environmentally friendly, avoiding large amounts of liquid stain and waste disposal.

BT150604

Type 40 Gels, 7 x 7 cm

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£71.48 pk

149


BIOLOGY

Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR

Electrophoresis Reagent Package W/Flashblue™ Stain

Electrophoresis Buffer 50x TAE

50-fold concentrated solution (Tris-acetate, EDTA, pH 7.8).

This Electrophoresis Reagent package contains enough reagents to perform up to 40 electrophoresis experiments with the EDVOTEK Electrophoresis Apparatus Model M6, M12 or M36 based upon an agarose gel concentration of 0.8 %. The EDVOTEK proprietary formulation of FlashBlue™ staining solutions makes a total of 1.2 litres of working stain. Enough gel loading solution is provided to prepare 150 samples (40 µl each) for electrophoresis. Kit includes: UltraSpec-Agarose™ (10 grams), 100 ml Electrophoresis Buffer (50x), 1ml Gel Loading (10x) Solution with tracking dye, FlashBlue™ stain (for 1.2 L).

BT100530 BT140585 BT150614

£82.28 kit

Yields 5 mL final volume of DNA sample. Recommended usage: Add 1 volume solution to 9 volumes of sample and mix well. Store at room temperature.

£10.94 ea

Melt and Pour Ultraspec-Agarose™

Quantity 400 mL

150

Quantity 20 g 100 g

BT110100

£34.43 ea

FlashBlue™ is a proprietary visible light DNA stain that has been optimized to shorten the time required for both staining and destaining. Kit includes: 10x Concentrate for 1.2 L.

£31.59 ea

UltraSpec-Agarose™ Powder For Electrophoresis

BT100518 BT100520

Electrophoresis Buffer, 10x TBE

Flashblue™ DNA Staining System

0.8 % UltraSpec-Agarose™ prepared with TAE buffer.

BT140574

£34.43 ea £107.93 ea

Tris-borate, EDTA buffer solution for electrophoresis. Sufficient to make 5 litres of working buffer.

Gel Loading Solution (10X)

BT140582

Quantity 100 mL 500 mL

BT150616

£38.21 ea

DNA Gel Markers: Standard DNA Fragments 20 µg, enough for 20 gels. Store at room temperature.

£51.23 ea £155.25 ea

BT140705

For 20 gels

£38.21 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biotechnology, Electrophoresis & PCR Bacti-Caps

Lambda DNA

Bacti-Caps provide a firm, positive culture tube closure whilst allowing controlled gas interchange. They are an excellent and more practical alternative to wool or foam plugs. Suitable for most standard rimless test tube sizes. Made from chemically resistant plastic, colour coded and autoclavable.

Kit includes: 20 µL for 20 gels.

BT150620

BIOLOGY

Type Digested With Eco RI and Hind III

£31.59 ea ST96241

PCR Beads

A bottle of 25 beads. Each PCR EdvoBead™ contains:

Colour For White 16 mm o.d. tubes

Quantity 100

£33.68 pk

Pre-Cast Polyacrylamide Gels

12 % pre-cast gels. Requires refrigeration. 9 x 10 cm.

• Taq DNA Polymerase • Taq DNA Polymerase buffer, dNTP Mixture, MgCl

2

Store at room temperature with desiccant.

BT140596

£49.88 ea BT140675

PCR Tubes

Thin-walled PCR Microtest Tubes. The 0.2 mL tubes are suitable for use in the Edvocycler PCR machine. Supplied in packs of 100.

BT100562

£43.13 pk

Microtiter Plates

96-well transparent plastic microtiter plates. The transparency facilitates easy viewing of colour reactions. Kit includes: Set of 6 Plates.

Capacity 0.2 mL

£19.58 pk

Readypour™ Luria Broth Agar Base

BT150900

170 mL of Luria Broth Agar Base, with Ampicillin. Store the agar base with ampicillin in the freezer.

£24.98 pk

Petri Plates

Pack of 20. Height: 15 mm.

BT140594

£15.26 ea BT150904

Bactobeads

BactoBeads™ are non-pathogenic freeze-dried microbes. Each bead contains microorganisms, buffer, salts and nutrient broth in an instantly soluble pellet. Place one bead on the agar plate, watch it dissolve, and streak for isolated colonies. Beads remain viable for at least 9 months when stored in the fridge. Supplied in vials of 5 beads.

BT150658 BT150660 BT150668

Quantity 3

Type E. Coli GFP Host E. Coli OP50 (For C. Elegans) Bacillus Subtillis

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Diameter 100 mm

£12.76 pk

Waterbath Floats

Takes 24 PCR tubes. Tube size 1.5 - 2.0 mL. Dimensions (W x L): 76 x 114 mm. Supplied in a pack of 2.

£31.59 ea £31.59 ea £31.59 ea

BT150864

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£10.94 pk

w: timstar.com

151


BIOLOGY

Section ● Section

Together Timstar and Edvotek® aim to inspire students to choose a career in science, by providing a comprehensive range of safe, affordable and easy-to-use biotechnology kits and equipment designed specifically for use in education. The Edvotek range includes thermal cyclers, DNA and Protein Electrophoresis equipment and kits, power supplies, incubation ovens, vortexers, centrifuges, and a wide range of essential consumables including petri dishes, pipettes and pipette tips.

EXPLORE OUR FULL RANGE ONLINE To view Timstar’s full range of Edvotek products, visit: timstar.co/edvotek

152


Biological Solutions

BIOLOGY Project Pack Bacterial Amylase

Enzymes Enzymes are biological catalysts, they increase the rate of a reaction without being used up, they are found naturally in the environment and work at optimum temperatures and pH, at this point their activity is at the greatest. The kits below can be used to investigate various effects of temperature/ pH on reactions to determine optimum temperature/ pH and help illustrate how enzymes work.

The kit contains the enzyme starch iodine and all buffers necessary to carry out experiments into the effect of pH and temperature on Bacterial Amylase. Complete with teaching notes.

Introduction To Enzymes Kit

Demonstrates the effects of pH and temperature and the specificity of enzymes. Emphasis is placed on good experimental technique and appropriate deductions from the results obtained. Includes guide notes. Experiments included: • Demonstrating enzyme activity • Enzyme specificity • The effect of pH • The effect of temperature

EZ98226

EZ98205

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£48.53 kit

£80.93 kit

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

153


BIOLOGY

BIological Solutions

Enzymes In Action Kit

Take students beyond the simple lock-and-key concept of enzyme action with this dynamic, multifunctional kit. Colour-coded foam pieces represent enzymes, a variety of substrates and inhibitors. Students will use this kit to discover the specificity of substrate binding, how enzymes catalyze both catabolic and anabolic reactions, and the effect of various inhibitors on enzyme action. Each Enzymes in Action Kit© 1-group set contains 10 foam pieces (2 grey, 2 green, 2 orange, 1 red, 1 tan, 1 purple and 1 blue) and 1 sheet of stickers. Teacher notes and student handouts are available online. Multiply each item by 3 for the 3-group set.

α-Amylase (bacterial source)

Contains sodium chloride as an extender. Free from reducing sugars. Quantity 10 g

AM1338

£12.08 ea

α-Amylase (bacterial source) Contains about 50 % reducing sugars. Quantity 10 g 25 g 100 g

AM1340 AM1342 AM1344

£5.33 ea £8.03 ea £21.53 ea

Diastase from malt DI2438

Quantity 100 g

£16.88 ea

Quantity 10 g 25 g

£9.38 ea £16.13 ea

Lipase

MO150000

Quantity 3 group set

£55.28 set

LI3512 LI3514

Pancreatin from pig pancreas

Exposed Film

1.5 metre length. Used as a substrate in proteolytic enzyme experiments.

PA4450

Quantity 100 g

£67.43 ea

Quantity 25 g 100 g

£7.16 ea £20.12 ea

Quantity 25 g

£24.23 ea

Quantity 10 g 25 g

£12.08 ea £20.18 ea

Pepsin PE4506 PE4508

Rennet RE5162 EZ98220

£8.78 ea

Trypsin

Enzyme Buffer Solutions

Buffer solutions for use with enzymes, to help maintain a steady pH. Dilute all solutions apart from pH 4.5 (1:4) dilute pH 4.5 (1:9)

TR6336 TR6338

Enzymes Set

Eight tubes of 10 g each of Amylase, Diastase, Invertase, Lipase, Pancreatin, Pepsin, Trypsin and Urease. With teaching notes. EZ98242

EN130920 EN130925 EN130930 EN130935 EN130940

154

pH 2.8 4.5 4.7 6.5 7

Quantity 50 mL bottles 50 mL bottles 50 mL bottles 50 mL bottles 50 mL bottles

£8.03 ea £8.03 ea £8.03 ea £8.03 ea £8.03 ea

NON RETURNABLE

£78.23 set

All enzymes are non returnable

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Solutions

BIOLOGY

These enzymes should be stored in a refrigerator at 4 °C. This should ensure a shelf life of up to 12 months unless indicated otherwise. They should be regarded as being 100 % for the purposes of dilution, e.g. 1 g/1 ml made up to 100 ml water gives a 1 % solution. NON RETURNABLE

pH = optimum range. Temp = optimum range. Working conc. = recommended dilution. Source = origin. Code EZ81560 EZ81561

Title

Qty

Fungal Alpha Amylase

50 g

Amylase, Bacterial 100 mL

Typical Optimum Working Working Conc pH

All enzymes are non returnable

Working Temp Range

Substrate

Product

Enzyme Source

Comments

Price

0.1-1 %

3-6

20-60 °C

2% Starch

Maltose

Aspergillus spp.

Contains reducing sugars

£14.18 ea

0.5-1 %

4-8

20-60 °C

2% Starch

Maltose, Dextrins

B. subtilis

Contains reducing sugars

£8.78 ea

EZ81562

Amylase Working Solution

50 mL

0.1-1 %

3.5-5

2% Starch

2% Starch

Maltose Dextrins

Aspergillus spp.

EZ81563

Alpha Amylase, free from reducing sugars

50 mL

1-2 %

4.5-6.5

20-60 °C

1-2% Starch

Maltose

Aspergillus spp.

Free from reducing sugars

£19.85 ea

EZ81564

Catalase

50 mL

0.5-2 %

3-9

25-80 °C

20% Hydrogen peroxide

Water & Oxygen

Micrococcus lysodeikticus

Commercial grade liquid

£13.23 ea

EZ81565

Cellulase

2g

0.01

5.5

25 °C

1% Carboxymethyl

Glucose

Aspergillus spp.

EZ81566

Diastase

100 g

1-2 %

3.5-5

20-60 °C

2% Starch

Maltose, Dextrins

Malt

EZ81568

Invertase “Bio-Invert”

50 mL

1-2 %

4-6

40-65 °C

5% Sucrose

Glucose & Fructose

Yeast

£25.38 ea

EZ81569

Invertase, Concentrate

50 mL

1-2 %

4-6.5

5% Sucrose

5% Sucrose

Glucose & Fructose

Yeast

£20.52 ea

EZ81570

Lactase (B-Galactosidase)

25 mL

1-2 %

6.5-8

35-50 °C

5% lactose

Glucose & Galactose

Yeast

£19.04 ea

£15.53 ea

£66.08 ea Contains some reducing sugars

£16.13 ea

EZ81571

Lipase, Powder

25 g

0.05

6-9

20-50 °C

Whole milk or glycerol triacetate

EZ81573

Pectinase

100 mL

0.1-1 %

2-9

20-75 °C

Fruit pulp, 2-4% pectin

EZ81574

Pepsin, Powder (Shelf Life Less Than 6 Months)

50 g

1-2 %

2-4.5

30-70 °C

EZ81576

Protease, Bacterial

100 g

1-2 %

5.5-7.5

30-60 °C

EZ81577

Protease S.A.

50 mL

0.2-1 %

5-9.5

30-70 °C

EZ81578

Rennet

5.5-6.5

30-50 °C

Fresh milk

Caseinogen forms Fungal Rhizmucor caesin miehei

Causes milk to gel

£10.19 ea

EZ81579

Rennin

5g

0.05-0.1 %

5.5-6.5

25-55 °C

Fresh milk

Caseinogen forms caesin

Causes milk to gel

£19.04 ea

EZ81581

Trypsin, Powder

25 g

0.1-1 %

5-10.5

20-65 °C

UR6438

Ureasea Active meal, from jack beans

25 g

1-2 %

6-9

20-70

1-2% Urea

Ammonia and CO2

Jackbeans

£32.33 ea

UR6444

Urease tablets

10 tablets

1-2 %

6-9

20-70

1-2% Urea

Ammonia and CO2

Jackbeans

£17.48 pk

50 mL 0.05-0.1 %

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£23.63 ea

Acetic acid & FFA’s Porcine pancreas

Maltose, Dextrins

Aspergillus spp.

Peptides & AA’s

Porcine stomach

Commercial grade liquid

£48.53 ea £15.53 ea £38.21 ea £22.55 ea

B. Licheniformis

Calf stomach

Protein solutions Peptides and AA’s Porcine pancreas

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£34.56 ea

155


BIOLOGY

Biological Solutions Malt Extract Broth

Culture Media & Hormones

20 g/L

Nutrient Agar

CM68470

28 g/L (powder). 1 tablet to 5 mL.

CM68500 CM68520 CM68560

Quantity 100 g

£31.86 ea

Milk Agar 24 g/L

Quantity 100 g 500 g 100 tablets

£16.13 ea £52.58 ea £44.48 pk

CM68480

CM68490

A pack of 10 ready to use 90 mm diameter plates.

£38.48 ea

MRS Agar 62 g/L

Nutrient Agar, Ready Prepared

Quantity 100 g

Quantity 100 g

£32.33 ea

Peptone bacteriological PE4512

CM69050

£22.14 ea

Potato Dextrose Agar

Quantity 10 plates

£20.18 pk

39 g/L

CM68660

Nutrient Broth

A general purpose fluid medium for the cultivation of microorganisms not exacting in their nutritional requirements. Blood, serum, sugars, etc., may be added as required for special purposes.

Quantity 100 g 500 g

£17.48 ea £66.08 ea

CULTURE MEDIA PREPARATION

INFO

When preparing culture media, allow: • 15 cm3 agar for each Petri dish • 5-10 cm3 broth for each McCartney bottle

Quantity 100 g

£35.03 ea

Yeast Extract Agar 23 g/L

CM68820

Add 13 g/L distilled water. CM68590 CM68595

Quantity 100 g

Quantity 100 g

£15.53 ea

Yeast Extract CM68840

Quantity 100 g

£14.78 ea

Meristem Culture Medium

Replacement Meristem culture medium for use with Cauliflower cloning kit. Supplied in a pack of 2x 100 mL bottles.

Agar Technical No. 2

A technical grade agar, suitable for applications where clarity and compatibility are not of prime importance. High gel strength, gives a firm gel at 1.2 % w/v. CM190100

Quantity 500 g

£283.50 ea

£24.23 ea

Malt Extract Agar 50 g/L

CM68460 CM68462

Quantity 100 g 500 g

£31.19 ea £94.43 ea

Malt Extract Agar, Ready Prepared

156

Quantity 10 plates

Murashige & Skoog Plant Salts

£18.36 ea

Murashige and Skoog Medium

A clear gel to which extra nutrients can be added for a variety of experiments where plant roots are visible as well as the shoots. Supplied in a powdered form to make up 1L.

PL43535

Quantity 4.62 g

£16.13 ea

Kinetin

Supplied ready for use in 90 mm dia. petri dishes.

CM69000

£30.98 ea

PL110100

52 g/L

Quantity 100 g

Quantity 2x 100 mL bottles

Plant salt mixture for use as a base in plant tissue culture media. Contains no agar or plant hormones.

Macconkey’s Agar

CM68260

PL95145

Kinetin is a type of cytokinin, a class of plant hormone that promotes cell division. 100cm3. 1mM/dm3 = 0.215 g /L. £13.37 pk

KI3330

Type Bottle

Quantity 100 mL

£12.08 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biological Solutions

BIOLOGY Plant Culture Kit

Cultures

The kit consists of a plant culture medium which contains all the elements required by the plant as well as a range of mixtures which are deficient in one element only. These media are provided in powder form and are simply added to water before use. A clear demonstration of deficiency diseases can be given by growing seedlings or cuttings in the various solutions, following the full experimental details which are supplied.

Bacteria

Supplied as cultures on slopes.

BL80894 BL80900 BL80908 BL80910 BL80912 BL80916 BL80917 BL80920 BL80930 BL80935

Type Bacillus megaterium Bacillus subtilis Erwinia carotovora Escherichia coli K12 strain Escherichia coli B strain Lactobacillus casei Micrococcus luteus (Sarcina lutea) Pseudomonas fluorescens Staphylococcus epidermidis (albus) Streptococcus lactis

Gram Type +ve +ve -ve -ve

£20.66 ea £20.66 ea £20.66 ea £20.66 ea

-ve +ve +ve

£20.66 ea £20.66 ea £20.66 ea

-ve

£20.66 ea

+ve

£20.66 ea

+ve

£20.66 ea

All bacteria are sold at customer’s own risk. No responsibility will be taken for any accidents resulting from the misuse of these cultures.

PL95160

£75.53 kit

Plant Hormones Set

This set helps students understand how plant hormones effect plant growth and development. Experiments include; breaking dormancy in seeds, rooting cuttings, killing weeds, preventing leaves from dropping. Suitable for GCSE students. Contents: Culture Medium, Indol-3-yl acetic acid, Lanolin, Gibberellic acid, 0.1 % IAA in lanolin paste, Coumarin, N.A.A., 0.01 % IAA in lanolin paste, Thiourea, 2,4-D, Ethrel ‘e.

INFO

Fungi

Supplied as cultures on slopes. BL80954 BL80960 BL80980

Type Mucor hiemalis +ve Penicillium roqueforti Saccharomyces cerevisiae

PL95135 £20.66 ea £20.66 ea £20.66 ea

Sach’s Water Culture Kit

Eight tubes each containing sufficient material to prepare four litres of liquid medium. One tube each lacking: phosphorus, nitrogen, calcium, potassium, magnesium, iron, sulfur and the complete (normal) medium.

PL43555

NON RETURNABLE

£182.25 set

Cauliflower Cloning Kit

This kit provides the media, equipment and instructions for propagating small cauliflower plantlets from cauliflower curd, by the process of meristem culture. The process is relatively quick and simple and no special facilities are required. Plantlets, which should be visible in 6-8 weeks, can later be transplanted into compost and grown-on. Suitable for GCSE and higher level. Contents: 10 sterile loops, 10 peat discs, 10 vials medium, 2 x 100cm3 medium. Sufficient for 10 students or groups.

£43.13 kit

All cultures are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

PL95166

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£98.48 kit

w: timstar.com

157


BIOLOGY

Biological Solutions ● Biology Equipment Antibiotic Sensitivity Discs

Antibiotics

Must be stored in the refrigerator. Best used in conjunction with an ejector (BL81022). Packed in cartridge discs.

Antibiotic Multi-Test Rings

Paper ring with eight tips each being impregnated with a different antibiotic. Each antibiotic being identified by a colour code. Must be stored in the refrigerator. • AMP – Ampicillin (2 µg) • CHL – Chloramphenicol (10 µg) • ERY – Erythromycin (10 µg) • CXT – Cefoxitin (30 µg) • PEN – Penicillin (1.5 international units) • STR – Streptomycin (10 µg) • SFZ – Sulphafurazole (10 µg) • TET – Tetracycline (10 µg)

BL81000 BL81001

BL81010 BL81012 BL81015 BL81020 BL81022

Quantity 10 50

£18.83 pk £48.53 pk

BL90450

Type Penicillin discs 1.5 units Penicillin discs 5 units Penicillin discs 10 units Streptomycin discs 25 µg Ejector for use with individual Cartridges Non-impregnated (blank) discs

Quantity 50 50 50 50 6 50

£7.56 pk £7.90 pk £7.90 pk £7.56 pk £60.68 pk £9.18 pk

Biology Equipment Gram Staining Kit

Microbiology Kit enabling students to study the reaction of bacteria (two types) to different concentrations and types of antibiotic. Contents include: Cultures of Escherichia Coli and Staphylococcus albus, 10 vials of nutrient agar, 2 vials of nutrient broth, 10 petri dishes, 10 antibiotic discs Penicillin 1.5 iu, 10 antibiotic discs Penicillin 5 iu, 10 antibiotic discs Streptomycin 25 µg, Instructions. Contains enough materials for up to for 10 students or groups.

The Gram Stain is a technique used to help identify and classify bacteria. Using this kit the bacteria are stained with crystal violet and Gram’s iodine then counterstained with phenyl fuschin. Gram positive bacteria retain the crystal violet and iodine complex and are stained blue, whilst Gram negative bacteria are counterstained red. The teaching notes included are straight forward and easy to follow. Also includes a “Safe Handling of Micro-organisms” booklet which has instructions on safety, aseptic technique, culturing and disposal. Contents: Escherichia coli culture, staphylococcus albus culture, crystal violet, grams iodine phenol-fuschin, dropping bottles for alcohol, teaching notes.

MI94112

MI94124

Antibiotic Kit

158

£118.73 kit

£80.93 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Equipment

BIOLOGY Darwin Potometer

Plant Biology Photosynthesis Apparatus

For the measurement and collection of gas evolved by Aquatic plants during photosynthesis. The gas evolved can be measured by the calibrated capillary tube and drawn off for analysis by the plastic syringes. Mounted on a plastic panel 190 x 150 mm.

Glass, 'H' Type Potometer suitable for individual student use. The cut shoot is attached to the side arm with tubing and the wide glass tube acts as the reservoir. The glass reservoir tube is 152 mm long, 6 mm wide plus the side arm, and has a diameter of 19 mm. The capillary tube measures is 178 mm long with a bore measuring 1 mm. When assembled, the potometer measures 356 mm in length.

PL43505

£15.53 ea

Ganong Potometer

Consisting of a graduated narrow bore glass tube fitted with a vessel to take a plant shoot at one end and funnel with glass stopcock mounted vertically. Complete with wooden stand.

PL43530

£40.43 ea

Simple Potometer

For investigating the uptake of water and transpiration of a cut shoot. The apparatus can be submerged in a basin of water while the cut stem is mounted. The graduated capillary tube is 100 mm long with a 1 mm bore. Mounted on a stand. Dimensions (H x W x D): 140 x 85 x 65 mm.

BEST SELLER

PL43515

£30.98 ea

Clinostat

For demonstration of heliotropism and geotropism. Germinating seedlings are pinned to the cork table which is rotated by an electric motor at 4 revolutions per hour. The motor is spindle mounted and may be clamped so that the place of the table can be set at any angle between horizontal and vertical. An acrylic cover is provided for the cork table to shield the seedlings from droughts. The cork disc has a 10 cm diameter.

PL43500

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£25.58 ea

CL04298

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£148.50 ea

w: timstar.com

159


BIOLOGY

Biology Equipment

Blood & Circulation

Manometer

Simulated ABO/Rh Blood Typing

Simple Glass Manometer

Simple design glass manometer with 2 mm bore tube clamped to a clear acrylic base by means of a locking bar. This allows graph paper to be mounted behind the manometer. Dimensions: 140 x 70 mm.

This activity provides the most procedurally accurate simulation of the blood typing technique available. Students test and determine the ABO/Rh blood types of four different simulated blood samples. Using simulated blood, the students combine blood samples and antisera, gently agitate the blood typing tray, and observe the results. No toothpicks, no stirring, and no waiting for results required. Kit contains enough materials for 10 groups. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included. Please note that the refill is NOT suitable for the old kit CL53530.

EN120510

BI170500

£107.93 kit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BI170505 Refill Pack

£89.03 pk

£24.98 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EN120515 Spare manometer glass

£16.13 ea

Respirometer

Sphygmomanometer, Aneroid

Scale reads up to 300 mm Hg, strong cloth cuff is fastened by Velcro Strips. Supplied in a zip case.

Apparatus for measuring rates of absorption or evolution of gases from organisms. Comprises two stoppered boiling tubes with wire baskets to support organisms. Each boiling tube is connected to a simple manometer tube via a three-way tap. The manometer tube is mounted on a scale to measure the position and movement of the liquid level as gas is evolved or absorbed. The organism of interest is placed in the basket of one of the tubes, which also has some potassium hydroxide solution to absorb carbon dioxide. The other tube acts as a thermobarometer, to counteract changes in temperature. Full instructions are included.

CL04290

£33.68 ea

Blood Pressure Meter, Digital UA705

A semi-automatic meter with a large LCD for measuring both blood pressure and pulse rate. Ranges: 20 to 280 mm/Hg and 40 to 200 pulses/min. Powered by 4 x AA batteries (supplied). Complete with full instructions. Clinically validated.

CL18100 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

BI180500

Type Respirometer

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BI180502 Spare Chambers x 4

160

£30.98 ea £8.03 pk

Blood pressure meters are CE & MDA approved. Any diagnosis of the reading for medical purposes should only be conducted by a qualified medical practitioner.

£40.43 ea £2.50 pk

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Equipment

BIOLOGY

Blood Pressure Monitor. UA-611

The UA-611 is a fully automatic, clinically validated and excellent value for money blood pressure monitor which has the following features: • Automatic one-touch operation • WHO Blood Pressure result classification indicator • 30 Memories • Average BP Result display • Irregular Heartbeat feature (IHB) • Slim-fit comfortable adult cuff with correct size indicator • 5-Year Warranty • 2 Minute automatic switch off for battery saving • Instructions in 10 languages including Arabic, Hindi and Chinese • Dimensions: 85 x 80 x 110 mm (l x w x h) • Soft Storage Case, 4 x AA batteries and full instructions included

HU110100

£47.18 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

UB-525 Automatic Wrist Blood Pressure Monitor

A simple to use, easy one button operation wrist blood pressure monitor, with lightweight, compact design, extra-large, easy to read LCD, and fast measurement. • 60 readings memory recording – for recording trending • Average reading function • World Health Organisation (WHO) Blood Pressure Classification Indicator • IHB – Irregular Heart Beat indicator • Clinically Validated • 5-year warranty (excluding batteries & cuff) • Takes 2x AAA batteries

CL190500

£52.58 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

Premium Blood Pressure Monitor, UA-1020

New faster, quieter, smoother inflation and deflation, leading to more natural readings. 90 memories + averaging function Cuff fit error indicator, Movement error indicator Irregular Heartbeat Feature WHO BP indicator, New allergy free Eco cuff 22-32cm 4 x AA batteries, multi-lingual instructions, carry case included New Tri-check feature, taking 3 readings 1 minute apart - to give a more accurate average reading New smooth-fit, multi-fit cuff, 17-32cm ‘My Pressure’ feature, allowing the user to pre-set the inflation to the preferred level (Auto/180/210/240) 90 memories plus averaging function including ability to differentiate All/AM/PM readings. Clinically validated. • Faster, quieter, smoother inflation and deflation leading to more natural readings. • 90 memories and averaging function cuff fit error indicator. • Movement error indicator. • Irregular heartbeat feature. • New allergy free eco cuff 22-32cm. • WHO BP indicator takes 4x AA batteries (supplied). • Multi lingual instructions and carry case included. • New tri check feature- 3 readings 1 minute apart for an ultra accurate reading. • Ability to differentiate between Aii/AM/Pm readings. • 5-year warranty.

Pulse Oximeter

An easy to use Fingertip Pulse Oximeter which measures blood oxygen saturation and pulse rate. With a large clear two-colour OLED display that is easy to read and has a simple one-button function. Small and lightweight, the unit has 4-way adjustment for comfort, and is supplied with a lanyard for security and convenience. It automatically powers off after 8 seconds to preserve battery life.

HU190500

£35.03 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

HU120105 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£94.43 ea £2.50 pk

£2.50 pk

All UA and UB models now come with a 5-year warranty.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£2.50 pk

INFO 161


BIOLOGY

Biology Equipment

Respiration

Lung Volume Kit

Stethoscope

Designed to measure lung capacity. Comprising of 4x graduated 6 L lung volume bags, holders and mouthpieces. Supplied with full instructions.

CL04293

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type CL04287 Lung Volume Bags HU92520 Mouthpieces

A simple stethoscope.

CL04286

£11.48 ea

Lung Model Demo Kit

Peak Flow Meter

HU92530

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type CL04288 Spare Cardboard Mouthpieces CL160943 Spare Cardboard Mouthpieces

Kit containing all the necessary parts to make a lung model demonstration. Includes Bell jar, single hole bung, ‘Y’ shape adapter to fit in to bung, balloons, cable ties to hold balloons on to adapter, latex rubber sheet to attach to bottom of bell jar using a rubber band (or string). By pulling down or pushing up the latex sheet, the balloons can be made to inflate or deflate, simulating the effect of the diaphragm on the lungs.

£76.88 kit Quantity 4 8

Comes with instructions, a self monitoring chart and a storage container. Uses a universal reusable mouthpiece.

CL04289

£83.63 kit

162

Quantity 20 500

£6.68 pk £44.48 pk

For testing inhaled and exhaled air. Consisting of two test tubes 150 x 24 mm, two lengths of glass tubing, connected by PVC tubing with a plastic T- piece.

Translucent, natural colour sheet. Dimensions (L x W x D): 1 m x 1 m x 0.25 mm.

Type Latex Rubber Sheet

£18.83 ea

Respiration Apparatus ‘’Huff-N-Puff’

Latex Rubber Sheet

HU92525

£49.88 pk £23.63 pk

£20.93 ea

HE42520

£23.63 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Equipment

BIOLOGY

Spirometer, ‘Clifton’

For investigating tidal volumes, respiratory rate, pulmonary ventilation, reserve volumes and vital capacity. Oxygen consumption can also be measured which is useful in metabolic rate studies. A simple lever control enables the subject to be connected either to the atmosphere or to the float for recording. A container for soda lime crystals is fitted which absorbs the CO2. The spirometer is designed to offer minimal resistance to airflow. This provides the user with greater comfort and ensures accurate results. The float is constructed from lightweight plastic and is calibrated in 0.5 litre steps with a maximum capacity of 7 litres. A pen arm allows attachment of a fibre tipped pen for recording results or for attachment to a position sensor for datalogging. Two flexible corrugated breathing hoses 0.8 m long are provided. Supplied with two mouth pieces and a noseclip. Complete with full instructions.

Digestion & Nutrition Digesto-Rama®

Hands-on activity makes learning about the digestive system fun! Contains two plastic replicas of the digestive tract plus an activity guide written especially for kids. Younger students learn basic anatomical information, while older students expand on the activities.

HE63200

£37.73 pk

Digestive System Model

The digestive system is shown with details of the mouth, salivary glands, oesophagus, stomach, liver, pancreas and intestines. Also includes cutaway sections and enlargements of the stomach and intestine. Dimensions HE63100

538 x 332 x 290mm (W x D x H)

Internal Weight dimensions 500 x 300 x 11kg 200mm (W x D x H)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES HE63102 Mouthpieces, pack of 100

£1,208.25 ea

£63.38 pk

...a STEM related piece of OUR EXPERT SAYS... equipment which is ideal for investigating tidal volumes, respiratory rate, pulmonary ventilation, reserve volumes and vital capacity. The user friendly design ensures accurate results every time. HU72530

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£256.50 ea

w: timstar.com

163


BIOLOGY

Biology Equipment

Food Calorimeter

The food calorimeter offers a superior method of measuring the energy in foodstuff, compared to burning it under a boiling tube of water. The enclosed vessel and copper tube ensure that more of the food’s energy is used to heat up the water, and less heat is lost to the environment, increasing the accuracy of the experiment. The unit comprises a glass jacket with a bell jar inside. A spiral copper tube draws air through the bell jar, in which food is burning, transferring more of the heat to the water. The lid has holes for a thermometer and stirrer. The base unit has clips to hold the calorimeter unit securely, a crucible holder, and posts for a replaceable ignition coil. The bottom of the base has 4 mm sockets for connecting a power supply to the ignition coil. A sample of food is placed in the crucible, the calorimeter unit placed over the top, and filled with water. The power to the ignition coil is turned on, and the food ignited. The temperature of the water is recorded, and the energy released can be calculated from the temperature change. To increase accuracy further, the calorimeter can be calibrated using a spirit with known energy density. Also required: a 12 V power supply, 4 mm plug leads, a 0.1 g resolution balance and a crucible.

Dimensions Body: (H) 215 mm, (H) including stirrer 275 mm, (D) 100 mm. Dimensions Base: (H) 110 mm, (L) Retort Clamp 70 mm, (L) Total 170 mm, (D) 100 mm.

Type Calorimeter Unit Base Unit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL06734 Nichrome Wire, Bare BI190110 Crucible, Food Calorimeter

Clinical Test Strips

Type TS7200 Albustix, strips for protein tests TS7206 Diastix, strips for glucose tests TS7220 Uristix, strips for protein and glucose tests

Please note that the calorimeter unit and base are sold separately, and both are required.

BI180100 BI180105

Urinalysis

£12.08 pk £9.38 pk £20.18 pk

Urinalysis Test Strips

Reagent strips for qualitative test for glucose in urine. Alternative to Clinistix.

£52.58 ea £49.88 ea £29.03 ea £8.03 ea HU110125

Body Fat Calliper

Type Glucose, qualitative

This calliper is extremely economical and is of a very strong construction made from ABS plastic. Calibrated range 0-85 mm. Includes 22 page booklet entitled “How To Measure Your Percentage Body Fat”.

Urinalysis Test Strips

HU82400

HU110135

164

Quantity 50 50 50

£30.38 ea

Quantity 50

£8.71 pk

Reagent strips for testing protein in urine. Alternative to Albustix.

Type Protein

Quantity 50

£8.71 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Biology Equipment

BIOLOGY

Growth & Exercise

Dental Health

Hand Dynamometer, Digital

A good value, quality digital Hand Dynamometer with a large LCD. Used for measuring hand grip strength in kilograms. Made of high quality and durable plastic and features an adjustable grip to account for different hand sizes. Can be used to auto capture maximum grip strength or it can be set up to save and store results for up to 19 users. Also rates strength according to age and sex if this has been set up in the instrument prior to testing.

Tongue Depressors

Wooden. Supplied in packs of 100.

CL04294

£4.46 pk

Dental Mirrors

Plastic disposable. Supplied in packs of 10.

HU130720

£128.18 ea DI05881

School Pedometer

Designed for use in education. Features include a large easy to read LCD, simple one button operation, counts number of steps from 1 to 99999, strong metal belt/clothing clip and a reset button that has a 2 second press and hold delay to avoid accidental resetting. Complete with SR44 battery.

£12.83 pk

Disclosing Tablets

Disclosing Tablets help to identify plaque (a mixture of acid producing bacteria and sugars) on teeth by dyeing the plaque a bright colour. This indicates the areas that need to be cleaned more thoroughly. The tablets are chewed then spread around the teeth using the tongue. Supplied in a pack of 24.

HU160230

CL53510

£3.98 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£3.04 ea

Reaction Tester

£5.33 pk

Giant Teeth and Toothbrush A 2 x lifesized model for demonstrating dental hygiene and tooth care. Complete with giant toothbrush. Dimensions (W x D x H) (approx.): 150 x 125 x 65 mm.

These ingenious card strips enable anyone to test their reaction performance without the need for expensive equipment. They can be used in science investigations and design and technology. MO11242

£20.18 ea

Large Teeth

A 1.5 x lifesized model, realistic shape and details.

HU72340

Quantity 10

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£5.33 pk

HU92510

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£16.88 ea

w: timstar.com

165


BIOLOGY

Biology Equipment Compact Contraception Kit

Genetics Genetic Taste Test Strips

Our range of taste strips offers tests for genetically linked taste test ability. Consisting of paper strips impregnated with a harmless quantity of a test substance (or untreated in the case of the control strips), subjects will be able to detect (or not) varying tastes or degrees of intensity of taste. The ability to taste these substances is known to be genetically linked (inherited) and depends on the presence of dominant or recessive genes. Having the ability to taste one substance does not necessarily imply that a different substance will also be detected. PTC (phenylthiocarbamide) test strips have a bitter taste for some individuals, the intensity of which can vary. Thiourea test strips also have a bitter taste sensation for some people. Sodium benzoate test strips have a taste which varies from person to person and can be perceived as sweet, salty, sour or bitter (or, in some cases, no taste at all). Control test strips are untreated paper strips, used to provide a negative response for comparison to the taste test strips. A

C

B

D

A small compact kit, with a full range of contraceptive samples/ placebos. Ideal for any session on contraception. A good resource to use alongside the Safer Sex Kit. • Condoms - 1 female, 3 male and 1 latex free • Plastic model IUD/IUS and mini booklet • Plastic model Implant and picture card • Picture cards showing contraceptive pills (28 day, 21 day, emergency pill) • Contraceptive injection photo card • Diaphragm • Lubricant sachet • Contraceptive patch stickers x 3 • Placebo vaginal ring • Methods of contraception booklet

HU72585 HU110140 HU110145 HU110150 HU110155 HU110160 HU110165 HU110170 HU110175

A B C D

Type P.T.C P.T.C Sodium benzoate Sodium benzoate Thiourea Thiourea Control (non-impregnated) Control (non-impregnated)

Quantity 1 x 100 strips 12 x 100 strips 1 x 100 strips 12 x 100 strips 1 x 100 strips 12 x 100 strips 1 x 100 strips 12 x 100 strips

£4.66 pk £32.33 pk £4.66 pk £31.73 pk £4.66 pk £31.73 pk £4.19 pk £16.88 pk

£56.63 kit

Condom Demonstrator

Condom Demonstrator for Safer Sex Education. Condoms are for demonstration purposes only.

Sexual Health Safer Sex Kit

A compact kit for demonstrating the use of male & female condoms to prevent transmission of STIs. Contents: • 1x Condom demonstrator model • 3x Male condoms • 1x Latex-free male condom • 1x O Cube female condom demonstrator model • 2x Female condoms • 2x Lubricant sachets • 1x How to use a Condom – Tear Pad

HU190900

166

£33.68 kit

HU72600

£10.06 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES HU92582 Condoms, pack of 144

£37.73 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Chromatography 168 Electrolysis 170 Flame Testing 173 Gas 174 Melting 175

CHEMISTRY

167

Fragrances 176 Atomic Models 176 Molecular Models 178 pH Measuring 186


CHEMISTRY

Chromatography Chromatography TLC Plates, Polygram PreCoated

Chromatography Columns Pyrex Chromatography Column

With Rotaflo stopcock and porosity ‘O’ sintered disc. Stopcock bore 3 mm. Socket 19/26. Dimensions (L x Diameter): 300 x 20 mm.

BEST SELLER

CH04010

Coated with Silica Gel, average pore diameter 6 angstroms, layer thickness 0.25 mm with fluorescent indicator. Can easily be cut with scissors forming smaller plates which may be used to facilitate the further development of a given spot. The plates can be rolled to fit into chromatography cylinders. The carrier sheet is polyester, 0.2 mm thick and is resistant to all organic solvents commonly used in TLC.

£134.93 ea

Silicia Gel For Column Chromatography

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 39

Chromatography Tanks

CH44017 CH44018

Dimensions 80 x 40 mm 50 x 200 mm

Quantity 50 50

£70.13 pk £114.68 pk

Chromatography Papers

Chromatography Tank, Borosilicate Glass

Whatman Grade 1, Chromatography Paper Sheets

Dimensions (W x D x H): 230 x 90 x 230 mm.

Supplied as a box of 100 sheets.

A

B

CH04012 A CH04013 B

Type Tank Lid

£72.83 ea £16.13 ea

TLC Plates

CH04020 CH04025 CH04030 CH04060

Dimensions 100 x 300 mm 200 x 200 mm 250 x 250 mm 115 x 213 mm

£70.13 box £80.93 box £121.43 box £126.83 box

Whatman Grade 1, Chromatography Paper Supplied in a reel, 100 m long.

Chromatography TLC Plates

Flexible, pre-coated with ‘Silica Gel 60’ (0.25 mm thickness) polyester backed. Can be cut with scissors. Dimensions: 200 x 200 mm. Supplied in a pack of 25.

CH04017 CH04018

168

Type TLC Plates TLC Plates with fluorescent indicator (UV254)

Quantity 25 25

£195.75 pk £195.75 pk

CH04096 CH04098 CH04100 CH04105 CH04110 CH04120 CH04130

Width 10 mm 20 mm 30 mm 40 mm 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm

£29.63 ea £44.48 ea £56.63 ea £63.38 ea £76.88 ea £148.50 ea £189.00 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Chromatography

CHEMISTRY

Chromatography Inks

Amino Acids

Chromatography Separation Ink

A mixture of cyan, magenta and yellow inks which appears black when combined but separates out into bright constituent colours when spotted on chromatography card and separated using a solvent (water), or by electrophoresis. Sufficient for approximately 500 ink spots.

BEST SELLER

Amino acid set

Consisting of 17 tubes of 1 g each L-Alanine L-Arginine L-Asparagine L-Cystine L-Glutamic acid Glycine L-Histidine monohydrochloride L-Leucine L-Lysine monohydrochloride AM1186

of the following: DL-Methionine DL-Phenylalanine L-Proline L-Serine L-Threonine L-Tryptophane L-Tyrosine L-Valine

Chemical Quantity 17 x 1 g

£48.53 set

Amino Acids for Chromatography

Amino acid. Can be used as a marker for chromatography.

CH160140

£2.23 ea

Parker Quink Ink

An ink which uses isopropyl alcohol, instead of water, as a solvent, so it dries by absorption instead of evaporation. When paper with Quink becomes wet, the ink will run into its separate components. The bottles have a low centre of gravity to reduce the risk of tipping over. Supplied in a 57 mL bottle. CH90644 CH90646 CH90648

Type DL Aspartic Acid DL Leucine DL Lysine Monohydrochloride

Quantity 5 mL 5 mL 5 mL

£7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea

Marker Mixture, Three Amino Acids

5 mL of mixture, containing DL Aspartic Acid, DL Leucine & DL Lysine Monohydrochloride. CH90650 CH170100 CH170102

Colour Black Blue

£13.43 ea £13.43 ea

£7.09 ea

Hot Air Blower Hot Air Blower

(Hair Dryer). With detachable blow dry nozzle and automatic safety cutout. Two heat settings 600 or 1200 W. Rated at 220/240 V.

Inks for Chromatography

CH90652 CH90654 CH90656 CH90658 CH90660

Colour Brown Royal Blue Scarlet Green Blue/Black

Quantity 5 mL 5 mL 5 mL 5 mL 5 mL

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea

CH04015

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£17.48 ea

w: timstar.com

169


CHEMISTRY

Electrolysis

Simple Cells

Electrodes

Simple Cell, Student Kit

This set allows students to experiment with the characteristics of primary cells (voltaic cells). By using different electrodes and electrolytes, various voltaic cells can be made and tested. The set contains various different electrodes, including zinc, lead, aluminium, carbon, tin, copper, nickel and iron. Also included are a plastic cell container with electrode holders and a porous pot. Instructions included. Dimensions: 100 x 20 mm (approx.).

BEST SELLER

Universal Electrode Holder

These versatile electrode holders are suitable for holding Carbon rod electrodes as well as metal strip electrodes. They are designed to fit over 100 ml and 250 ml glass beakers, being held in place by small plastic lugs to prevent them slipping off. Resistant to corrosion, they accept 6 - 8 mm diameter cylindrical (e.g. carbon) electrodes and 19 mm wide, 0.8 mm (minimum) thick metal strip electrodes. The brass connectors also resist corrosion and are compatible with the usual 4 mm stackable type lab leads. To tighten the carbon electrodes without crushing them, the setscrew is equipped with a stop. • 4 mm sockets • Dimensions (L x W x H): 100 x 40 x 15 mm • Complete with 2 carbon electrodes

EL110620

£22.88 ea

Electrodes

EL130455

£22.28 kit

Power Supplies See Page 98

ALSO BOUGHT...

A

B

C

D

Type EL06890 A Platinum Electrodes with screw terminals EL06886 B Plain Carbon Rods EL06885 C Carbon Electrodes with screw terminals EL06887 D Plain Carbon Rods

Length

Diameter Quantity 1 pair

£94.43 pr

100 mm 5 mm

10 rods

£3.31 pk

80 mm

8 mm

1 pair

£29.63 pr

200 mm 8 mm

1 pair

£4.66 pr

Electrodes, Strip Type

Dimensions: 100 x 19 mm. Supplied in packs of 10. A

EL91490 EL150110

170

A

Type Copper Zinc

£5.06 pk £5.06 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrolysis

CHEMISTRY

Electrodes, Round

Electrolysis Cells

These round electrodes will fit the electrode holder EL110620, the electrode connector EL150426, and rubber stoppers with a hole. Diameter: 6-7 mm.

EL150410 EL150412 EL150414 EL150416 EL150418 EL150420 EL150422 EL150424

Type Copper Nickel Aluminium Tin Iron Carbon Zinc Lead

Electrolysis Cells

Length 15 cm 15 cm 15 cm 15 cm 15 cm 20 cm 15 cm 15 cm

Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 1

£6.01 ea £13.43 ea £4.66 ea £9.38 ea £5.33 ea £26.93 pk £8.03 ea £6.68 ea

Each cell consists of a 75 x 25 mm glass cylinder with a 2 hole rubber stopper fitted with 2 carbon electrodes. Electrical contact is made through the crocodile clips and a piece of insulating material between the electrodes prevents short circuiting. The gases evolved are collected in two 75 x 10 mm test tubes suspended over the electrodes by a piece of wood and rubber bands (not supplied).

EL06891

Quantity 3

£33.68 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL91495 Spare Outer Glass Tube EL91497 Spare Carbon Electrodes, pack of 10

Electrode Connector

This electrode connector is suitable for round electrodes up to 7.5 mm in diameter. The holder contact screw has a socket for connecting 4 mm safety jacks. O.D. 25 mm, I.D. 12 mm. Made of acid resistant plastic.

EL150426

£13.43 ea

£3.58 ea £12.08 pk

Electrolysis Clocks LCD Clock with Leads

This low-cost LCD clock allows users to create their own low cost ‘fruit or vegetable clock’. The clock comes supplied with leads, but two different electrode plates in series will be needed to power the clock (for suitable electrodes, see ‘Electrolysis’ section). The clock also has a design your own graphic panel that may be slipped in behind the display. The top part of the display flashes on and off each second, revealing then hiding the graphic. Please note: crocodile clips not included. Two fruit cells in series are required to generate a voltage sufficient to power the clock.

S Shape Electrodes

These ‘S’ shaped electrodes are convenient and easy to use - simply hang them over the rim of the beaker containing the electrolyte and connect crocodile clips with 4 mm leads to them! Made from insulated brass, with a short length of carbon rod attached at the lower end and a bare contact at the top for attaching a crocodile clip. Supplied as a pair of electrodes.

BEST SELLER EL130405

EL120100

Type Standard

Length 80 mm

£8.03 pr

£4.52 ea

Fruit Clock

This kit uses the juice within a lemon as an electrolyte in an oxidation-reduction reaction to produce useful electricity sufficient to power a clock. The electrodes must be sanded clean between each attempt. Requires 2 lemons to make 2 “batteries” in series to generate a sufficient voltage to power the clock.

Salt Bridges Salt Bridge

Consisting of an inverted U-tube with its ends closed by sintered discs. Dimensions (Diameter x W x H): Arms 13 mm x 80 mm x 100 mm.

EL06893

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£17.48 ea

EL150450

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£12.08 ea

w: timstar.com

171


CHEMISTRY

Electrolysis

Voltameters A voltameter is an instrument for measuring the quantity of electricity (i.e. the amount of electric charge). This is done by measuring the amount of element deposited or released at the cathode. In schools, they are typically used to demonstrate the composition of water being two parts hydrogen to one part oxygen.

Student Gas Voltameter

For student experiments. Embedded platinum electrodes are connected via 4 mm sockets. Two miniature test tubes are included for gas collection.

BEST SELLER

EL62520

£26.93 ea

Hofmann Voltameter

Comprises three parallel tubes, joined at the bottom with a horizontal tube. The central tube has a funnel for filling with water, and the side tubes have open ends at the bottom to allow bungs that hold electrodes to be fitted, and jets with stopcocks at the top for collecting gas in test tubes. The side tubes are graduated 0 - 50 x 0.2 mL so that the volume of gas in each can be measured. Clamps and support base (sold separately) are recommended so the unit can be mounted on a retort rod.

Type EL180875 Glass Stopcock EL180877 PTFE Stopcock

£57.98 ea £80.93 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL06880 Metal stand with base, rod and clamps (suitable for EL180875 and EL180877) EL06885 Carbon Electrodes with screw terminals EL06890 Platinum Electrodes with screw terminals

£29.63 pr £94.43 pr

£18.83 ea

Platinum electrodes INFO mounted in rubber stoppers are used for the electrolysis of water. Carbon electrodes must be used for ammonia solutions, or hydrochloric acid, or other solutions containing chloride.

172

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Flame Testing

CHEMISTRY Wire Loops

Flame Testing

Nichrome, designed to be held in a needle holder. Needle holder (DI05920) not supplied.

Flame Test Glass

Cobalt blue. Dimensions: 75 x 50 mm. Supplied in packs of 5.

DI05925

Quantity 10

£4.46 pk

Needle Holder (Inoculating Loop) Aluminium with brass chuck.

DI05920 DI05921

Quantity 1 10

£3.98 ea £31.73 pk

Welding Filter Lens FL07720

Quantity 5

£40.43 pk

Shade 9 welding filter lenses, as recommended for safe viewing of burning magnesium etc. Sold as a pack of 10 filters.

Platinum Wire PL4792

Chemical Quantity 150 mm

£86.33 ea

Platinum Wire

Fused into glass handle.

FL07725

£13.43 ea

FL160900 FL160902

Size 108 x 50 mm 108 x 83 mm

Quantity 10 10

FLAME TESTING

INFO

Flame testing is best done using platinum wire, although this is very expensive. A cheaper alternative is to use nichrome wire, which works well but tends to give a trace of orange colour in a flame.

Metal compound (salt)

Flame colour

Barium

Pale green / green

It is more effective to use a flame test wire with a loop at the end, as this allows more of the sample being tested to adhere to the wire.

Boron

Green / bright green

Caesium

Blue / violet

Calcium

Orange-red / brick red

Copper

Blue-green / green or blue (depending on which ion)

Indium

Blue

Iron

Yellow-gold

Lead

Grey-white

Lithium

Red / crimson

Manganese

Light green / yellow green

Potassium

Lilac / pink / violet

Rubidium

Red / red-violet

Sodium

Orange / orange-yellow

Strontium

Red

Thallium

Green

Zinc

Blue-green

Wires should be cleaned first by dipping the end or loop into concentrated hydrochloric acid (HCl) and then placing in a hot (blue) Bunsen burner flame. This process should be repeated until no colour comes off the wire in the flame. Concentrated acid works best but diluted HCl can be used instead, although less effectively, if safety issues are a concern – the flame colours may not be so intense. Then the end of the wire or loop should be moistened again in the acid, dipped into the sample being tested (so that some sticks) and placed back into the Bunsen flame. The table lists typical flame test colours for various metal compounds (salts). Please be aware that this is only a guide and colours may vary from sample to sample, depending on the source and purity.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£9.38 pk £9.38 pk

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

173


CHEMISTRY

Gas Fixed Flow Regulator

Bottled Gas Bottled Gas, Mini, Non-Refillable

Compressed gas in small, economical bottles. Ideal for low gas volume requirements. Bottles require a control valve, which is interchangeable between bottles of different gases and are nonrefillable (disposable). Bottles are re-sealable and valve can be removed whilst gas is still in the bottle.

Recommended solution for the 34 and 110 litre canisters. It allows the user to achieve a fixed flow of gas (0.5 litres / minute) and features the added benefit of a pressure gauge indicating the contents of the canister.

Dimensions: 270 x 75 mm.

GA92034

£148.50 ea

Helium Balloon Gas Cylinders

GA110120 GA110125 GA110130 GA110135 GA110140

Type Oxygen Nitrogen Carbon dioxide Hydrogen Helium

Capacity 14 litres 14 litres 14 litres 14 litres 14 litres

£48.53 ea £48.53 ea £48.53 ea £48.53 ea £57.98 ea

Valve for Mini Gas Bottles

Disposable Helium gas cylinder, specifically for filling balloons. An easy-fill nozzle is attached to these light-weight cylinders and there is also an open/close valve on the top. Unused helium gas can be stored safely in the cylinder for future use. Helium gas should not be inhaled and balloons should be inflated carefully to make maximum use of the gas. Small cylinders will inflate approximately 30 x 9 “ latex balloons, 15 x 11 “ latex balloons or 15 x 18 “ foil balloons. Large cylinders will inflate approximately 50 x 9 “ latex balloons, 25 x 11 “ latex balloons or 25 x 18 “ foil balloons.

Screw-on fine control valve for mini gas bottles (only). The valve is interchangeable between bottles of different gases.

GA120160 GA110100 GA110145

£45.83 ea

Type Small Large

Capacity 252 litres (8.9 cu ft) 422 litres (14.9 cu ft)

Balloons See page 438

Bottled Gas, Non-Refillable

Please note: For all bottled gases, the volume of gas stated for each cylinder is the volume the gas will occupy at atmospheric pressure.

£53.93 ea £67.43 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

INFO

For example, a 34 litre cylinder has an actual (water) volume of approximately 1 litre, due to the gas being so compressed and a 110 litre cylinder has an actual cylinder volume of approximately 1.6 litres.

GA92006 GA92007

174

Type Hydrogen Hydrogen

Capacity 34 litres 110 litres

£148.50 ea £209.25 ea

If using the bottled gases to fill rubber or latex balloons, due to the surprisingly large volume of a balloon (e.g. a 9 ”/23 cm spherical balloon would have a volume of approx. 6.3 litres) and also due to the pressure the balloon walls exert on the gas, the number of balloons which can be filled will be considerably fewer than expected – probably only 3 or 4 from a 34 litre cylinder (depending on the size of balloon) and perhaps only 1 from a 14 litre bottle.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Melting

CHEMISTRY Thiele Melting Point Apparatus

Melting

A glass apparatus with side tube to allow stirring by convection of heating a liquid. Dimensions: 182 x 84 mm. I.D. 16 mm.

Simple Melting Point Apparatus

An aluminium block with an angled hole drilled to accept a thermometer (not included). Dimensions (Diameter x H): 65 x 50 mm.

ME10384

ME80295

£21.53 ea

Stuart SMP 10, Digital Melting Point Apparatus Designed with safety and ease of operation in mind making it ideal for use in education. Two samples can be tested simultaneously. Built-in illumination and viewing magnifying lens give clear viewing of samples. Temperature range: Ambient to 300 °C. Three digit LED display. Range rates: 20 °C/min to plateau and 2 °C/min to melt. For 220/240 V. Dimensions (L x W x H): 160 x 220 x 170 mm.

£12.08 ea

Stuart SMP 11, Melting Point Apparatus

The SMP 11 measures the melting point of chemicals from ambient to 250 °C. Samples need to be placed in a sealed end capillary tube and located in the heating block. Up to three tubes can be tested at one time. The heating rate can be adjusted manually between 1 to 20 °C/min, and for rapid heating 10 °C/min, to obtain an accurate melting point range. The sample and melt process can be viewed via the magnifying lens, which is illuminated by bright LEDs. Record the melt temperatures from the thermometer, positioned horizontal to the samples to allow simultaneous viewing. The lens can be detached for cleaning and simple to follow instructions are printed directly on to the unit, making it easy for students to use. For 220/240 V. Dimensions (L x W x H): 370 x 140 x 110 mm.

BEST SELLER

ME10351 ME10365

£924.75 ea

Stuart SMP 20, Digital Melting Point Apparatus Designed with safety and ease of operation in mind making it ideal for use in education. Two samples can be tested simultaneously. Built-in illumination and viewing magnifying lens give clear viewing of samples. Temperature range: Ambient to 300 °C. Three digit LED display. Resolution is to 0.1 °C and temperature to melt is variable from 1-10 °C. For 220/240 V. Dimensions (L x W x H): 160 x 220 x 170 mm.

ME120200

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£1,235.25 ea

Type Melting point Apparatus, complete with thermometer and pack of 100 melting point tubes (open both ends)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES ME10352 Spare thermometer, spirit filled, 0 to 250 °C

£776.25 ea

£80.93 ea

Melting Point Tubes, Capillary

Soda Glass. Outside diameter 1.8-2.0 mm. Wall thickness 0.28-0.32 mm. Supplied in packs of 100.

ME10370 ME10375 ME170380 ME170390

Type Open both ends Open both ends Sealed one end Sealed both ends

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Length 75 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm

w: timstar.com

£5.33 pk £6.14 pk £13.43 pk £10.73 pk

175


CHEMISTRY

Fragrances ● Atomic Models

Fragrances Fragrance Compounds

Suitable for aromatherapy devices, etc, these are genuine essential oils mixed with a volatile medium. Using a simple delivery system - e.g. a small fan blowing air over a moistened pad - a minute quantity can fragrance a room. The fragrances can also be used in other design and make contexts where a background aroma is called for. Supplied in 10 ml glass bottles with a built-in dropper. One bottle will provide enough fragrance for 10 students. Please note: These fragrances are not suitable for use as body scents.

FR71900 FR71910 FR71920

Type Lavender Jasmine Rose

Quantity 10 mL 10 mL 10 mL

£3.98 ea £3.98 ea £3.98 ea

Atomic Models Mole Set

This mole set contains samples of four different metals and helps students to visualise a mole of a substance in a solid state, as well as developing a better understanding of the concept of the mole, mass, molar mass, along with the differing properties of the various metals. The set contains four element specimens: copper, iron, zinc and aluminium, each containing approximately one mole (6.023 X 1023 atoms) of the element. Comparison of each sample, side-by-side, clearly shows that the same molar amount of different elements have different masses and occupy different volumes, due to each element having a different atomic mass and density.

Molymod Vibrating Atoms Model

This vibrating atom model demonstrates how atoms making up a solid (e.g. a crystal) are held together by spring-like forces. If the model is held at arm’s length (easier on a firm board) and shaken lightly, the individual ‘atoms’ will vibrate and move independently due to the springs holding them together, but they remain in the same formation within the model, as they do in a solid. Best used for demonstration purposes due to the ease with which the springs can be bent or misplaced. Comprises 27 white ball atoms arranged in a 3 x 3 x 3 lattice, connected by 54 springs. Dimensions: 185 x 185 x 185 mm.

BEST SELLER

MO170300

176

£25.58 set

MO170105

Model Self-assembly

£30.98 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atomic Models

CHEMISTRY

A

Atomic Structure Kits, Demonstration & Class Set The complete package! This whole class set contains one Atomic Structure Demonstration kit and eight Atomic Structure Student Kits, along with a lesson plan/working sheet which has been developed together with science teachers; use it for studying activities, for tips and guidance or as tests for the students. MO104308

A

£290.25 kit

Atomic Structure Kit, Student Version

These atomic structure kits from Bright of Sweden are an awardwinning, hands-on teaching aid for students. The unique models, based on Bohr’s atomic model, allow students to make their own atoms, isotopes and ions and give them a great hands-on experience of the structure of atoms. Each kit includes: Box with lid; 4 electron shells on the lid and 4 at the underside of the box; 30 protons; 30 neutrons; 30 electrons; smart storing of subatomic particles inside the box.

Atomic Structure Kit, Demonstration Version

At last, the perfect, magnetic demonstration tool for the science classroom that helps teachers present the abstract concepts of atomic structure, isotopes and ions, in an easy and concrete way, giving students a good visual idea of the concepts involved. All parts, except for the storing board, are magnetic; the electron shells, the two nuclei and the subatomic particles. All parts are separate; use only the parts needed for each situation. Just place the parts directly on the whiteboard when teaching! This demonstration model, based on Bohr’s theory of atomic structure, makes science teaching and learning easier and more enjoyable. When not in use, the components can be kept on the storing board, which has two holes for possible hanging; one in each top corner. Each kit includes: 2 atomic nuclei, 180 and 130 mm in diameter; 8 electron shells (use up to 4 shells for each nucleus); 20 protons; 20 neutrons; 20 electrons; 1 metal board for storing parts when not in use, 550 x 550 mm.

MO104300

£45.83 kit

Atomic Structure Kits Spares

Student version spare particles, consisting of 30 protons, 30 electrons and 30 neutrons. MO104304

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£189.00 kit

MO110200

Quantity 90

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£20.18 pk

w: timstar.com

177


CHEMISTRY

Molecular Models KS3 Molecular Model Set

Molecular Models Shapes of Molecules Set

The Molyorbital™ 8 model collection set contains sufficient parts to make the eight atomic models shown in the picture. The different shapes are examples of the orientations of the bonds and cover coordination numbers 1 to 6. Lone pairs are represented by brown spheres or brown pear shaped parts. The 2 extra pear shaped parts are included in the set to enable protonated models to be made. e.g. Acid/Base theory, the formation of H3O+ as a result of the migration of H+ from hydrogen chloride. Models: linear, HCl (hydrogen chloride); linear, BeCl (beryllium chloride); Bent, H2O (water); trigonal planar, BH3 (boron trihydride); Pyramidal, NH3 (ammonia); tetrahedral, CH4 (methane); trigonal bipyramidal, PCl5 (phosphorus pentachloride); Octahedral, SF6 (sulphur hexafluoride).

MO55810

£22.88 set

Magnetic Molecule Demonstration Kit

This set is designed for use by students in the classroom under the supervision of a teacher or as a useful revision aid. Specifically designed and updated for higher level Key Stage 3 Chemistry. Ages: 12+. This Molymod® set contains a total of 66 atoms and includes the following: Non-metal elements from the periodic table: 14 Hydrogen, 12 Oxygen, 6 Nitrogen, 6 Carbon, 2 Sulphur. Group 7 Halogen elements: 2 Fluorine, 4 Chlorine, 2 Bromine, 2 Iodine. Metals: 4 grey metal 1 hole (K, Na), 4 grey metal 2 hole (Mg, Ca, Zn, Fe), 4 copper 2 hole (Cu), and 4 grey metal 3 hole (Fe, Al). Connectors: 20 grey single connectors, 40 grey multiple connection links, and 10 purple single bond links which, if required, may be used to represent ionic bonds. Key Stage 3 Chemistry – Kit outline: Introduction to atoms, elements, compounds and their chemical symbols, molecular formulae and their representation by colour-coded model parts, with an emphasis on modelling the conservation of mass during chemical reactions, whereby the total number of atoms of the reactants equals the total number in the products. This set contains enough parts to model the chemical rearrangement of atoms (i.e. the Chemical reactions) listed below. • Oxidation by combustion of hydrocarbons, and the oxidation by rusting of metals • Thermal decomposition of metal carbonates • Displacement reactions of metals in salts • Examples of common acids, bases & alkalis • Neutralisation reactions of acids and alkalis • Reactions of acids with metals to produce a salt plus Hydrogen • Reactions of acids with alkalis to produce a salt plus water • Material examples of Polymers, PVC & Polyethene • Extraction of metals by the reduction of metal oxides by Carbon • Greenhouse effect, the production of CO2 by burning of fossil fuels • Reactions of acid rain on the soil, metals and limestone rocks • Respiration chemical reaction of glucose Although beyond the scope of Key Stage 3 Chemistry, this set can also be used for GCSE Chemistry to model Hydrocarbon (Organic) chemistry up to 6 carbons, including Alkanes, Alkenes, Alkynes, Addition polymers, Alcohols, Carboxylic acids, Esters, Amino Acids, addition reactions of Hydrogen and halogens to Alkenes.

The Magnetic Molecule Demonstration kit, from Bright of Sweden, is the perfect demonstration tool to help demonstrate molecules and chemical bonding to students in an easy and concrete way. The kit comes with 90 magnetised ‘atoms’ in 6 different colours - white (representing e.g. Hydrogen), black (e.g. Carbon), red (e.g. Oxygen), blue (e.g. Nitrogen), green (e.g. Chlorine) and yellow atoms (e.g. Sulphur) - with 20 each of the black, white and red atoms and 10 each of the blue, green and yellow, enabling a wide range of molecules to be represented. It also contains 50 bindings (bonds) - the model can be used with or without bonds. As all parts of the kit are magnetised, they can be used directly on a magnetic whiteboard or blackboard. Contents: 20 each of white, black and red ‘atoms’ 10 each of green, blue and yellow ‘atoms’, 50 bindings (bonds), special storage box.

BEST SELLER

MO120200

178

£189.00 kit

MO180100

£35.03 set

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Molecular Models

CHEMISTRY

Magnetic Water Molecule Kits

These 3D Molecular Designs Magnetic Water Kits© will help students to understand the structure and properties of water. They can “see and touch” water in its 3 dimensions and embedded magnets enable students to “feel” hydrogen and oxygen atoms attract and repel each other. Features include: 2 Magnets in oxygen atom, so students can make ice; Permanently embedded magnets (magnets won’t fall out when atoms are unassembled); Removable hydrogen atoms, so students can assemble water and compare hydrogen bonds to covalent bonds; 1 Non-polar ethane, so students can see and feel how non-polar molecules interact with polar molecules; 1 Hydroxyl group, so students can make ethanol. wAs students explore the 3D water kit they will be able to: see spontaneous bonding, compare hydrogen bonds to covalent bonds, make ice crystals, dissolve salt, evaporate water, add non-polar ethane to water, create ethanol, explore capillary action. Each 3D Molecular Designs Water Kit© cup includes: 12 water molecules, 1 sodium, 1 chloride, 1 ethane and 1 hydroxyl group. All atoms are magnetised to reflect their positive or negative charges (except non-polar ethane). The 6-Cup Water Kit© also includes a CD with Secondary school lesson plans.

MO110110 MO110115

Type Water Water

Quantity 1 6 kits

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£56.63 kit £303.75 pk

Magnetic Sodium Chloride Molecule Kits

These 3D Molecular Design Magnetic Sodium Chloride Models will help students to understand the structure and properties of ionic compounds. Each ion has 6 embedded magnets to simulate ionic bonding. The 4 x 4 x 4 Lattice contains 64 ions (32 Sodium and 32 Chlorine) and the 3 x 3 x 3 Lattice contains 27 ions (13 of 1 type of ion and 14 of the other.) Lattices do not include water molecules, which are available, if required, in the magnetic water molecule kits. The models will help students gain an understanding of: ionic structure and bonding, the cubic nature of salt crystals, efficient lattice packing, high melting temperature, and brittleness cleavage planes.

A

B

MO110120 MO110125

A B

Type Quantity Sodium chloride 1 (3 x 3 x 3 Lattice) Sodium chloride 1 (4 x 4 x 4 Lattice)

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£101.18 kit £222.75 kit

179


CHEMISTRY

Molecular Models

Carbon Nanotubes

Study the unique molecular structure of carbon nanotubes. Fullerene molecules are all visually interesting and can be well represented by molecular models. Their unique molecular structure results in numerous potential exciting applications in current day nanoscience which can engage pupils and help to create a link between chemistry and the ‘real world’. This 530 mm model uses atoms from the Minit system which can be arranged to show the chair, zigzag or chiral structures of the tube and the associated properties. Particular areas to study include: • The similarities in structure of carbon nanotubes and the layers in graphite. • How curvature is achieved in the molecular shape of the ends of nanotubes due to the difference in bonding angles. • Different symmetries of carbon rings in the carbon nanotube - the chair, zigzag and chiral structures - and how these differences affect properties such as strength and conductivity and hence potential applications. Kit contains 260 atoms. Please note this kit version requires assembly.

Individual Models - Orbit

For self-assembly, complete with instruction card. A

B

C

D

MO30620 MO30622 MO30624 MO30626

A B C D

Type Diamond Graphite Buckminsterfullerene (Carbon 60) Sodium Chloride

£13.43 ea £13.43 ea £13.43 ea £21.53 ea

Unit™ Molecular System Kit

MO130555

£36.38 kit

Basic Structures Set

For structures of sulphur, sodium chloride, diamond and graphite, metals, acids and bases, petroleum, soaps and detergents, nylon, water and ice, polymers and amorphous structures.

MO30600

180

Type Class Set (515 Atoms, 570 Bonds)

£84.98 set

Unit™ Molecular Building System is probably the most versatile and durable large scale molecular model building system for front of class demonstrations. Easily build large-scale models of organic, inorganic and biochemical molecules for demonstration in lecture halls and classrooms. Show molecular shapes with rotating single bonds and non-rotating double and triple bonds, structural isomers and optical isomers, ring structures, chair-boat ‘flip’ of cyclohexane and VSEPR theory. You can make models of hydrocarbons, alcohols, amines, organic and inorganic acids and bases, carbohydrates, benzene, chlorinated molecules, inorganic molecules and more that the whole class can see! The system uses large (44 mm diameter) spheres in seven colours to represent different atoms plus a 25 mm diameter white sphere to represent a hydrogen atom. A versatile peg system allows you to use each large model atom in either tetrahedral (sp3), trigonal (sp2), linear (sp), trigonal bipyramidal (dsp3) and octahedral (d2sp3) geometries. These can then be joined with either rigid aluminium or flexible vinyl tubes. These larger scale models are perfect for lectures and classroom demonstrations. Contents include: 70 Atoms: 18 Carbon (black); 6 Oxygen (red); 4 Nitrogen (blue); 6 Halogen (green); 2 Sulphur (yellow); 2 Metal (silver); 2 Other element (white); 30 Hydrogen (white). 144 Bonding pegs: 48 radial, 24 polar, 72 4 and 8 coordinate. 90 Bonds: 36 Rigid tube (metal) 65 mm; 40 Rigid tube (metal) 83 mm; 4 Rigid tube (metal) 125 mm; 10 Flexible tube (white) 90 mm. • Structures can be seen from the back of the class • Bonds and atoms are to scale for accuracy at 8.5 cm per 100 pm • Sturdy pegs join atoms and bonds at any bond angle • Easy to handle, build and take apart • Durable plastic and metal parts enable long • Full range of supplementary atoms, bonds and orbitals available

MO120225

£243.00 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Molecular Models

CHEMISTRY Biological Sciences Molecular Model Set

Chemical Jigsaws Chemical Jigsaws

Chemical jigsaws offer a highly effective method of teaching chemical formulae and equations. It uses a number of interlocking pieces with plus signs and arrows that enable students to build representations of covalent and ionic compounds and also to model equations. Advantages: • More effective understanding of formulae • Enhanced motivation • Use of OHP for demonstrations. Covalent jigsaw:- In the covalent jigsaw, atoms are represented by coloured disks with cut-outs corresponding to the positions of atoms in the periodic table. Atoms are joined by clear bonds representing electrons shared between atoms. The covalent jigsaw is available in two boxed sets. Ionic jigsaw:- The ionic jigsaw pieces build on the popular method of using squares and rectangles to aid the determination of ion ratios when constructing formulae. The parts are translucent and can be placed on an OHP for projection. The formulae can be identified by shape, colour and identifying symbols/ formulae can be written on them in felt-tip pen. Please Note: the KS3 kit is required prior to the KS4-upgrade kit.

MO84200 MO84202

Type Key Stage 3 Kit Key Stage 4 upgrade Kit

This set is designed for use by students working on their own or in pairs, in a classroom under the supervision of a teacher, or as a revision aid. This Molymod® set contains a total of 34 atoms and comes with both standard open and compact links to make either open or compact models. Also included are three flat pink paddles to represent “R” groups. Contents: 14 Hydrogen, 7 Oxygen, 3 Nitrogen, 6 Carbon, 2 Sulphur, 1 Copper, 1 Phosphorus, 3 Pink R-Groups, 26 grey single bond links, 12 grey multiple bond links, and 50 compact model links. With 1 set: • Introduction to Organic chemistry & functional groups • Simple Aldoses, Ribose, Ketoses, Fructose • Monosaccharides of Glucose, Galactose • Phospholipids • Triglyceride lipids • Saturated and unsaturated cis/trans fats & lipids • One example of an Amino acid • Building block of DNA, RNA & phosphate group • Pyrimidines With 2 sets: • Comparison of Alpha & Beta glucose • Condensation reaction & the Glycosidic Bond • Disaccharides • Formation of proteins & the peptide link • Purines in DNA & the Nucleotides With 3 sets: • Carbohydrates • Photosynthesis reaction • Respiration reaction

£17.48 kit £20.18 kit

Introductory Set

A basic introductory set designed to help students understand chemistry. Consisting of: Spheres: 12 Carbon, 7 Oxygen, 2 Nitrogen, 1 Sulphur, 6 Halogen and 20 Hydrogen. Links: 33 short grey, 12 long grey and 29 Hydrogen connectors. Packed in plastic box with instructions.

MO11301

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£25.58 set

MO180200/3

Quantity 3 sets

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£52.58 kit

w: timstar.com

181


CHEMISTRY

Molecular Models

Biochemistry Set - Teacher

A semi-space filling set for making a wide range of biochemistry molecular models. Consisting of: Spheres: 66 Carbon, 34 Nitrogen, 40 Oxygen, 6 Phosphorus, 2 Sulphur, 2 Metal, 105 Hydrogen. Links: 100 short white, 60 non-visible. Packed in 2 plastic boxes with instructions.

MO55800

£86.33 set

Organic Set - Teacher

Designed to make models of most compounds in the G.C.S.E. and Advanced level courses. Consisting of: Spheres: 24 Carbon, 12 Oxygen, 4 Nitrogen, 2 Sulphur, 12 Halogen, 3 Metal, and 40 Hydrogen. Links: 60 short white, 55 medium grey, and 25 long grey. Packed in a plastic box with instructions.

MO11302

£45.83 set

Organic and Inorganic Set - Teacher

A versatile set suited to G.C.S.E. and Advanced level courses covering a comprehensive range of organic, inorganic molecules from simple ones to complex ions. Consisting of: Spheres: 6 Carbon, 22 Oxygen, 10 Nitrogen, 12 Sulphur, 8 Halogen, 14 Metal, 7 Phosphorous and 14 Hydrogen. Links: 50 medium grey and mauve, and 36 long grey. Packed in a plastic box with instructions.

MO11303

182

£51.23 set

Biochemistry Set - Student

An open-type set. Consisting of: Spheres: 21 Carbon, 13 Oxygen, 25 Hydrogen, 11 Nitrogen, 1 Sulphur, 1 Phosphorus. Links: 40 medium grey. Packed in a plastic box with instructions.

MO55805

£26.93 set

Organic Set - Student

Consisting of: Spheres: 12 Carbon, 6 Oxygen, 2 Nitrogen, 2 Sulphur, 4 Halogen, 1 Metal, 1 Phosphorous, and 20 Hydrogen, and 2 Pyramidal Nitrogen. Links: 26 short white, 26 medium grey, and 12 long grey. Packed in a plastic box with instructions.

MO11305

£22.88 set

Organic and Inorganic Set - Student

Consisting of: Spheres: 6 Carbon, 7 Oxygen, 3 Nitrogen, 2 Sulphur, 6 Halogen, 11 Metal, 2 Phosphorous, and 14 Hydrogen. Links: 20 medium grey, 12 long grey and 5 medium purple. Packed in a plastic box with instructions.

MO11306

£22.88 set

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Molecular Models

CHEMISTRY

Crystal Structures Kits

These kits contain sufficient parts to make individual structures. They are supplied pre-assembled (marked PA) or self assembly with instructions. MO20000 MO20020 MO20025 MO20030

A B C D

Sodium Chloride Diamond Graphite Buckminsterfullerene C60

A

£21.53 kit £16.13 kit £21.53 kit £25.58 kit

MO20040 MO20045 MO20055

E Quartz F Ice G Copper, Iron & Zinc - set of 3 models (PA)

£24.23 kit £24.23 kit £29.63 kit

D

E

B

F

C

G

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

183


CHEMISTRY

Molecular Models

Organic Molecular Models

These kits contain sufficient parts to make individual structures. Complete with instructions.

A

Atomic Orbital Set

MolyorbitaI™ 14 model collection set, containing sufficient parts to make 14 easy to self-assemble atomic orbitals, as shown in the picture. Pink and purple coloured pear shaped lobes represent the two wave phases, positive and negative of the p and d atomic orbitals. The atomic nuclei are represented by opaque white spheres. Each model comes with its own individual colourless transparent base for display purposes. Approximate model heights including base are: s-orbital 5 cm, p-orbital 9 cm, d-orbital 8 cm. Contents: Is, unhybridised x 1, 2s, unhybridised x1, 2p, unhybridised x3, 3d, unhybridised x5, model of a 2s plus three 2p orbitals, unhybridised x1, sp, sp2, sp3, hybridised x3.

MO120210

£33.68 set

Molecular Orbital Organic Structures Set

Molyorbital™ 4 model collection set containing Benzene, Ethane, Ethene and Ethyne. This set contains sufficient parts to make the 4 organic molecular orbital models, as shown in the picture. The models show: sigma bonding orbitals, pi bonding orbitals, concept of hybridisation and delocalisation. Contents: 12 carbon and 18 hydrogen atoms, 9 carbon-carbon (oval shaped) sigma bonds, 18 carbon-hydrogen (pear shaped) sigma bonds, 9 pi-bonds (21 pink and 21 purple pieces). Dimensions: Benzene diameter 20 cm, height 10 cm.

B

MO20120 A MO20135 B

Type Glucose Fat (Triglyceryl Stearate)

£17.48 kit £36.38 kit

MO120215

£41.78 set

INFO

184

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Molecular Models

CHEMISTRY

Molecular Model Spares Cat Code Component Colour

No. of Pk Diameter Angle/Type· Holes Qty

Price

No. of Pk Diameter Angle/Type· Holes Qty

Cat Code Component Colour

Price

MA-101

Halogen/ Chlorine

Green

1

20 mm

10

£4.39 pk

MA-317

Metal (Al)

Grey

3

23 mm

120 trigonal

10

£5.33 pk

MA-102

Metal

Grey

1

20 mm

10

£5.33 pk

MA-316

Boron

Beige

3

23 mm

120 trigonal

10

£5.33 pk

Black

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£6.14 pk

MA-103

Oxygen

Red

1

20 mm

10

£5.33 pk

MA-400

Carbon (SP3)

MA-110

Hydrogen

White

1

17 mm

10

£3.17 pk

MA-401

Nitrogen

Blue

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£6.01 pk

MA-111

Halogen

Green

1

17 mm

10

£5.74 pk

MA-402

Oxygen

Red

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.33 pk

MA-112

Metal

Grey

1

17 mm

10

£5.33 pk

MA-403

Sulphur

Yellow

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-114

Bromine

Orange

1

17 mm

10

£3.98 pk

MA-404

Metal

Grey

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.33 pk

MA-116

Fluorine

Light Green

1

17 mm

10

£3.44 pk

MA-405

Silicon

Grey

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.33 pk

MA-120

Halogen/ Chlorine

Green

1

23 mm

10

£4.39 pk

MA-406

Halogen

Green

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-121

Oxygen

Red

1

23 mm

10

£5.33 pk

MA-407 Phosphorus

Purple

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-150

Hydrogen

White

1

19 mm

Molydome

10

£3.17 pk

MA-408

Beige

4

23 mm

109 tetrahedral

10

£5.33 pk

MA-200

Oxygen

Red

2

23 mm

105 angular

10

£5.33 pk

MA-510 Phosphorus

Purple

5

23 mm

90, 120, tribipyr.

10

£5.74 pk

MA-201

Sulphur

Yellow

2

23 mm

105 angular

10

£5.74 pk

MA-511

Carbon

Black

5

23 mm

90, 120, tribipyr.

10

£6.14 pk

MA-202

Metal (Ca Mg)

Grey

2

23 mm

105 angular

10

£5.33 pk

MA-513

Metal

Grey

5

23 mm

90, 120, tribipyr.

10

£5.33 pk

MA-203

Nitrogen

Blue

2

23 mm

105 angular

10

£6.01 pk

MA-610

Metal

Grey

6

23 mm

90, octahedral

10

£5.33 pk

MA-240

Oxygen

Red

2

20 mm

140 (Silicates)

10

£5.33 pk

MA-612

Halogen

Green

6

23 mm

90, octahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-210

Hydrogen

White

2

17 mm

180 linear

10

£3.17 pk

MA-613

Sulphur

Yellow

6

23 mm

90, octahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-211

Oxygen

Red

2

17 mm

180 linear

10

£5.33 pk

MA-619 Copper Metal

Grey

6

23 mm

90, octahedral

10

£5.74 pk

MA-213

Metal (Be)

Grey

2

23 mm

180 linear

10

£5.33 pk

ML-10

Short White Links

25

£2.90 pk

Black

2

23 mm

180 linear

10

£6.14 pk

ML-11

Medium Purple Links

25

£3.04 pk

MA-220 Carbon (SP)

Boron

MA-223

Oxygen

Red

2

23 mm

180 linear

10

£5.33 pk

ML-12

Medium Grey Links

25

£3.04 pk

MA-300

Nitrogen

Blue

3

23 mm

107 pyramidal

10

£6.01 pk

ML-13

Long Grey Flexible Links

25

£3.17 pk

Purple

3

23 mm

107 pyramidal

10

£5.74 pk

ML-14

Long Purple Flexible Links

25

£3.17 pk

3

23 mm

107 pyramidal

10

£5.33 pk

ML-15

Non-Visible Links

25

£2.90 pk

10

£5.33 pk

ML-16

Medium White Links

25

£2.90 pk

MA-301 Phosphorus MA-302

Metal

Grey

MO-304

Lone Pair Electron

Beige

17 mm

MA-310 Carbon (SP2)

Black

3

23 mm

120 trigonal

10

£6.14 pk

SLRT1

Short Link Remover

1

£1.28 ea

MA-311

Blue

3

23 mm

120 trigonal

10

£6.01 pk

MB-30

Storage Box, 4 compartment

1

£3.98 ea

Nitrogen

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

185


CHEMISTRY

pH Measuring

pH Meters

REQUIRE A pH METER?

Hanna Checker Plus pH Tester A sturdy, compact pH tester which gives fast, accurate readings, displayed clearly on a large LCD. The thin long-reach tube fits easily into a test tube. Twopoint calibration with automatic buffer recognition. The electrode can be easily replaced by unscrewing it from the tester body. It is supplied with a CR2032 cell.

When purchasing a pH Meter, there are four main considerations: accuracy, calibration, electrodes, and requirements. Timstar has a number of different options that may best suit your needs. • What accuracy is required for your application – a higher specification bench meter or lower cost pocket meter?

BEST

• Calibration – have a fresh set of buffers, choose a meter

• Range: pH 0.00 to 14.00 SELLER • Resolution: 0.01 pH • Accuracy: ± 0.2 pH • Battery life: 1000 hours • Automatic shut off after 8 minutes • Supplied with plastic carry case • Dimensions (l x w x d): 174 x 50 x 21 mm • Weight: 50 g • Warranty: 1 year (meter), 6 months

with a simple single step calibration. • Ensure that the electrode is of a good quality and suitable for your application. • Portable or Bench – What fits your application best? Timstar has a range of meters suitable for an educational setting:

(electrode)

PH180100

£71.48 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES PH180102 Replacement Electrode BA01997 CR2032 Batteries

£52.58 ea £0.88 ea

EzDo Pocket pH Meter

These pocket pH meters are easy to use, giving fast, accurate and repeatable measurements of pH values. They have the unique feature of a retractable electrode. The LCD display has large digits making it easy to read and the protective cap allows the inclusion of a small sponge to keep the electrode moist to help prolong its life. Dimensions (L x W x D): 158 x 40 x 34 mm.

• 0 to 14.0 pH x 0.1 pH (PH-5011) • 0 to 14.00 pH x 0.01 pH (PH-5011A) • Impact-resistant ABS case • Splash-proof membrane keypad • Electrode can be extended up to 80 mm • Manual calibration via screw trim pot • Pocket clip moulded on the rear of the case • Supplied with electrode, protective cap,

Pocket size testers • Integrated electrode • Compact size • Easy to use and store when not in use Handheld portable meters • Separate electrode, allowing different types of electrode to be easily interchanged • Specifically designed with ease of use in mind • Ideal for education and field applications Benchtop meters • For high accuracy pH measurements on the laboratory bench

Hanna pH and Temperature Pocket Tester Compact, waterproof pocket meter with a dual display showing pH and temperature simultaneously. This meter has automatic 1 or 2 point calibration, A.T.C and automatic shut off after 8 minutes.

calibration screwdriver, 50 mL calibration solution and carry case • Powered by 9 V PP3 battery (supplied) • Weight: 120 g • Warranty: 6 months

• Range: pH -2.00 to 16.00, temperature -5.0 to 60 °C

• Resolution: 0.1 pH, 0.1 °C • Accuracy: ± 0.1 pH, ± 0.5 °C • Replaceable pH electrode • Dimensions (l x w x d): 163 x 40 x 26 mm

• Weight: 100 g • Warranty: 1 year (meter), 6 months (electrode)

PH120110 PH120115

Model PH-5011 PH-5011A

Resolution 0.1 pH 0.01 pH

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

186

£67.43 ea £86.33 ea £4.25 ea

PH20690

Type Pocket tester range: pH 0.0 to 14.0 Temp: 0.0 to 60.0 °C

SPARES & ACCESSORIES PH20698 Spare electrode BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£168.75 ea

£87.75 ea £3.04 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


pH Measuring

CHEMISTRY

Hanna pHEP pH and Temperature Waterproof Tester This handheld pH meter has a clear LCD displaying pH 0.0 to 14.0 and temperature readings simultaneously. It is waterproof and designed to float, making it ideal for use in the field or the laboratory. This pH meter has a renewable cloth junction to extend the life of the tester and it has easy 1 or 2 point automatic calibration. Supplied with a CR2032 cell providing a battery life of approximately 1000 hours. Dimensions (L x W x D): 160 x 40 x 17 mm, weight 75 g.

FiveEasy F20-Standard pH Meter

A sleek, intuitive pH meter which provides accurate and reliable readings at the touch of a button. Featuring a large well-structured display, the instrument’s intuitive button arrangement and sample menu allow quick measurement. Thanks to its compact design, little bench space is needed for the meter. The sensor holder is easily removed and stored in the side of the unit when not in use. The data can be exported directly to a printer, or to a PC for further processing, via its RS232 and USB ports. Supplied with an LM438 pH Sensor.

• Range: pH 0.00 – 14.00 x 0.01 • Temperature: 0 °C – 100 °C x 0.1 °C • Error: pH ± 0.01; ± 0.5 °C • 3 point calibration • 4.3 ” LCD • Dimensions: 227 x 147 x 70 mm • Weight: 630 g

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

PH12168

Type pHep with +/- 0.05 pH accuracy

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01997 CR2032 Batteries

£94.43 ea £0.88 ea

Portable pH Meter

A portable pH meter ideal for use in education. With its sleek ergonomic design, it is easy to use and is supplied with a combination electrode, enabling temperature compensated pH readings to be performed. The unit will power off automatically after ten minutes, maximising battery life. Dimensions: 25 x 56 x 128 mm, weight 130 g. Supplied with batteries.

• Automatic 2-point calibration • Operating temperature range 0 to 50 °C • pH range 0 to 14 pH with ±0 .05 pH accuracy • Interchangeable electrode making it flexible for many applications 2-year warranty •

PH170200

Model F20-Standard

£587.25 ea

LM438 pH Sensor

A low maintenance 3-in-1 plastic electrode with integrated temperature sensor for field use, and samples with fluctuating temperature. BNC connection.

NEW

PH170900

Model LE438

£189.00 ea

USEFUL FOR GCSE REQUIRED PRACTICAL ‘ANALYSIS AND PURIFICATION OF WATER’ Explore Timstar’s full range of pH meters and accessories online PH200800 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£98.55 ea

timstar.co/phmeters

£2.50 pk

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

187


CHEMISTRY

pH Measuring

pH Combination Electrode - Plastic Bodied

Robust, double junction gel filled electrode with a temperature range 0 to 80 °C. With free cleaning solution. PH12192

pH Calibration Kit

Ideal for use with pH testers comprising 5 sachets of each pH solution.

£155.25 ea

pH Combination Electrode - Glass Bodied

A high performance, single junction, refillable electrode with a temperature range -5 to 100 °C. With free cleaning solution.

PH12195

Type pH electrode with BNC connector

£195.75 ea

Hanna pH Electrode Cleaning & Storage Solutions

PH25000 PH25010

Type Quantity pH Cleaning Solution 500 mL pH Storage Solution 500 mL

PH12190 PH12191

£37.73 ea £37.73 ea

pH Storage Bottle

Type pH 4 and pH 7 pH 7 and pH 10

£29.63 kit £29.63 kit

Buffer Solution Capsules

These buffer solution capsules for use with pH electrodes are convenient and easy to use. Simply split the capsule in two and add to 100 ml of deionised/distilled water and mix. No minimum shelf life, so will keep for years!

Plastic bottles, air-tight with gromit to stop pH electrodes from drying out.

BEST SELLER

BO80400

For 12 mm diameter probes

£13.43 ea

PH120120 PH120125 PH120130 PH120135

Type pH 4 (orange capsules) pH 7 (green capsules) pH 9 (white capsules) pH 10 (blue capsules)

CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF pH ELECTRODES • pH electrodes must NEVER be allowed to dry out • pH probes should be stored in a bottle (BO80400) with the following in order of preference:

Quantity 10 10 10 10

£17.48 pk £17.48 pk £17.48 pk £17.48 pk

INFO

Long term: 1. pH probe storage solution (PH25010) Short term: 2. Saturated KCl solution 4. pH 7 buffer 3. pH 4 buffer 5. Deionised water (last resort to prevent drying out) • Electrodes should never be stored in de-ionised water, unless as a last resort to prevent drying out, testing sample or solvents • Electrode tips should always be rinsed after use • If electrodes need cleaning physically, use a soft tissue and mild detergent or propan-1-ol, (PH25000) • Regularly inspect electrode glass for cracks or chips; if any are present, replace the electrode • It is not unusual for electrodes to have salt deposits present - these will disappear when rinsed • If bulb becomes dry during storage, soak in storage solution, pH 7 or pH 4 buffer for at least an hour prior to use Please Note: most manufacturers of pH electrodes will not guarantee them for more than 3 or 6 months.

Looking for Glass Burettes or Jointed Glassware, these can now be found on page 245 and 256 respectively, in the Labware Section.

188

LABWARE

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Batteries 190 Charges & Testers 194 Cell Holders 194 Basic Electricity System (BES) 195 Worcester Circuit Boards 197 Locktronics 198 Leads 203 Plugs 204 Bulb Holders 205 Bulbs 206

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

189

Components 209 Soldering 214 Electrical Measurement 216 Piscoscopes 220 Capacitance & Charging 220 Resistance 221 Transformers 223 Rectifiers 225 Mains Accessories 226 Wire 227


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Zinc Chloride Batteries

These low cost batteries have a 2-year shelf life and are suitable for low drain applications.

BA01961 BA01954 BA01960 BA01950 BA01925 BA01930

Type AAA AA C D PJ996 PP3

NON RETURNABLE

Voltage 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 6V 9V

Quantity 2 2 2 2 1 1

£1.01 pk £1.01 pk £1.28 pk £2.03 pk £5.67 ea £1.28 ea

All Batteries are non returnable

CELL OR BATTERY?

Batteries Zinc Chloride Batteries, Bulk Packs

Bulk battery packs, offering savings over purchasing smaller quantities. These low cost batteries have a 2-year shelf life and are suitable for low drain applications.

BA110632 BA110634 BA110636 BA110638 BA110640

Type AAA AA C D PP3

Quantity 200 40 24 20 100

£45.83 pk £12.08 pk £17.48 pk £22.88 pk £79.58 pk

INFO

A cell (also called electrolytic cell or voltaic cell) is a device which has two electrodes in an electrolyte, producing electricity by electrochemical reaction. The output is a smooth direct current/voltage (dc). A battery consists of two or more electrolytic cells which are connected together to function as a single unit to give a higher dc voltage or current output (higher current when connected in parallel, higher voltage when connected in series). NON-RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES These are single-use only. Also known as primary cells or Leclanché cells, with a gel type electrolyte. Mostly used in devices which have a low current requirement although alkaline types can be used for both low current drain & high drain devices. Voltage is typically 1.5V from a single cell. Voltage falls steadily during use. Types Zinc-Carbon (ZnC) – These are usually the cheapest but have the shortest life during use. Zinc-Chloride (ZnCl) – Similar to ZnC but with a slightly longer life. Alkaline – These have the longest life and can also be used for high drain applications (e.g. cameras). Silver oxide button cells – These give a steady voltage discharge over a longer period before it drops off, with a longer operating life than the alkaline equivalents. Alkaline button cells – The voltage drops below the nominal quicker than with Silver oxide cells. They are cheaper but have a shorter life during use. Lithium coin cells – These have a high energy capacity to mass ratio and produce a higher voltage per cell – typically 3V. RECHARGEABLE BATTERIES Also known as secondary cells or accumulators. Voltage remains fairly constant during use until nearly exhausted, when it falls rapidly. Voltage is typically 1.2V from a single cell - due to the chemistry involved this is the limiting factor. Types Nickel Cadmium (NiCd) – These are an older type, now replaced by NiMH types. They tend to suffer from ‘memory effect’. Nickel Metal Hydride (NiMH) – The universally used type of rechargeable cells & batteries for general use. Memory effect is not really a problem. NOTE: Both NiCd and NiMH types self-discharge during storage due to the nature of their chemical and physical properties so it is always worth recharging again before use if stored or unused even for short periods. ‘ReCyko’ – This is a brand name of a newer type of NiMH rechargeable cells & batteries, which arrive fully charged and will not discharge as readily as normal NiMH types. They should retain up to 85% of their charge when stored for a year – far more than standard NiMH cells & batteries. Lithium-ion – These have a high energy capacity to mass ratio and no memory effect. Often used in laptops, digital cameras, camcorders and other portable devices. They do not readily self-discharge and give a higher voltage per cell – typically 3.6V. Lead-acid – These are ‘wet cells’ but more recently ‘gel cells’ where the electrolyte is either liquid or gel. Usually used for vehicle batteries and alarms and are able to deliver a high current, although they are usually larger and heavier than other types of battery, for the same voltage rating. AMP HOURS Rechargeable batteries usually have the capacity specified in milli-Amp hours (mAh) or Amp hours (Ah). This is the amount of current the battery should be able to supply in one hour. For example a battery rated at 2300mAh should be able to supply 2300mA for one hour. Of course if the current drain of the device being powered is lower or higher, the battery life (discharge time) will be longer or shorter.

190

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Batteries

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

RECYCLING BATTERIES INFO Please consider recycling your old batteries when finished with or no longer required. Many batteries contain chemicals that are harmful to the environment when not dealt with correctly. The discarding of batteries in refuse bins means they will end up in landfill sites, causing pollution.

Duracell Industrial Alkaline Batteries

Professional batteries that delivery long-lasting power across a range of applications, capable of operating in temperatures between -20 °C and 54 °C. They will perform reliably even after years of storage, with a shelf life of 7 years.

Many shops and supermarkets, as well as council recycling points and waste disposal sites, have a battery collection point. All battery types sold by Timstar can be recycled (both rechargeable and non-rechargeable as well as button cells), as can battery packs from electronic and electrical equipment. It doesn’t matter if the batteries are full, completely discharged or part used. For further information go to:

BA100380 BA100382 BA100384 BA100386 BA100389

Type AAA AA C D PP3

Voltage 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 9V

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10

£11.48 pk £11.48 pk £21.53 pk £26.93 pk £36.38 pk

GP ReCyko Rechargeable Batteries Alkaline Batteries

These batteries have a 7-year shelf life and are suitable for high drain rate applications (although lithium cells may work better in some applications). They also have a better low temperature performance than Zinc cells.

BA01983 BA01984 BA01985 BA01975 BA01970 BA01987

Type AA AAA C D PP3 23A (A23)

Voltage 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 9V 12 V

Quantity 2 2 2 2 1 1

NiMH rechargeable batteries ideal for everyday use in most applications. These batteries are best suited to recharging in the Recyko Charger but can also be charged in standard NiMH chargers. • Supplied ready-charged for immediate use • Retains 85% of their charge after a year’s storage • Up to 1000 recharge cycles

£2.50 pk £2.50 pk £5.06 pk £5.74 pk £4.25 ea £1.69 ea

Alkaline Batteries, Bulk Packs

These batteries have a 7-year shelf life and are suitable for high drain rate applications (although lithium cells may work better in some applications). They also have a better low temperature performance than Zinc cells. BA110642 BA110644 BA110646 BA110648 BA110650

Type AAA AA C D PP3

NON RETURNABLE

Quantity 40 40 24 20 10

£24.23 pk £26.93 pk £53.93 pk £45.83 pk £33.68 pk

All Batteries are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

BA100410 BA100414 BA100418

Type AAA C PP3

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Capacity 850 mAh 2600 mAh 155 mAh

Voltage Quantity 1.2 V 4 1.2 V 2 8.4 V

w: timstar.com

£16.13 pk £17.48 pk £12.08 ea

191


BUTTON CELLS

D

PP9

PP3 CR2025

C

SR66

NOT SURE WHAT BATTERY TYPE YOU REQUIRE? Simply place the battery you need over the shaded battery outlines below. BUTTON This will help you quickly identify your requirements for your next order. CELLS

SR60/ LR60

A23 A23 A23 AAA AAA PP9 AAA

C

CR2032

SR60/ LR60 SR41/ LR41

PP3 PP3

PJ996

PP3

SR69 SR54/ LR54

C C

312A

A23

SR55

COIN CE

D

LR43

SR44/ LR44 COIN CELLS

PJ996PP9 PP9 PP9

SR44/ LR44

D D

312A

AA

CR2025

COIN CELLS

PP3

CR2032 CR1620

PJ996 PP9 PJ996 PJ996 312A C

BUTTON CELLS SR60/ LR60

SR66 PP9

SR41/ LR41

P3 192

D

CR2016 CR2016 CR201

CR2025 PJ996 CR2025 CR202

COIN CELLS BUTTON CELLS BUTTON CELLS SR60/ CR1620BUTTON SR60/ CE LR60 LR60 SR60/ SR66LR60 SR66 SR41/SR66 SR41/ LR41 LR41 SR41/ CR2016 LR41 SR69

LR43 D

CR1620 CR1620 CR162

CR2032 CR2032 CR203

CR2016 AAA

PP9

LR43 CR1620

SR55

C

COIN CELLS COIN CELLS

SR44/ LR44

SR54/ LR54

D SR66

INFO

SR54/ LR54

SR55

312A SR69 312A 312A

BUTTON CELLS

SR41/ LR41

SR69

SR66 SR41/ LR41

PJ996 AA AA AA

AA

A

SR60/ LR60

CR2032

CR2016

SR69 SR69 SR54/ SR54/ LR54 LR54SR54/ LR54

CR2025 SR55 SR55 SR55

SR44/ SR44/ LR44 SR44/ LR44 CR2032 LR44

LR43 LR43 LR43 BUTTON CELLS

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today SR69 CR2025 SR60/ LR60

SR54/ LR54

SR66


Batteries

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Smart Energy Rechargeable Batteries

Rechargeable batteries suitable for low capacity devices which need power that lasts, reducing the need to replace batteries frequently. • Supplied ready-charged for immediate use • Retain 80 % of their charge after 2 years’ storage • Up to 300 recharge cycles

Button Cells, Alkaline For watches, calculators etc.

BA110618 BA01989 BA110620 BA110622

Type LR41 LR43 LR44 LR54

Voltage 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V

Quantity 10 1 10 10

£7.36 pk £0.88 ea £8.03 pk £6.68 pk

Coin Cells Coin Cells, Lithium Manganese

BA150702

Type AA

Quantity 4

£8.78 pk

Button Cells Button Cells, Silver Oxide For watches, calculators etc.

BA01993 BA01988 BA01991

Type SR41 SR44 SR54

Voltage 1.55 V 1.55 V 1.55 V

BA01997 BA01996 £1.49 ea £3.04 ea £2.77 ea

Type CR2032 CR2025

NON RETURNABLE

Voltage 3V 3V

All Batteries are non returnable

BUTTON CELL & COIN CELL CROSS REFERENCE TABLE BUTTON CELLS (ALKALINE) Type Voltage Size (mm) LR41 1.5V 7.9 x 3.6 LR43 1.5V 11.6 x 4.2 LR44 1.5V 11.6 x 5.4 LR54 1.5V 11.6 x 3.05 LR60 1.5V 6.8 x 2.15 BUTTON CELLS (SILVER OXIDE) Type Voltage Size (mm) SR41 1.55V 7.9 x 3.6 SR44 1.55V 11.6 x 5.4 SR54 1.55V 11.6 x 3.05 SR55 1.55V 11.6 x 2.10 SR60 1.55V 6.8 x 2.15 SR66 1.55V 6.8 x 2.6 SR69 1.55V 9.5 x 2.1 COIN CELLS (LITHIUM) Type Voltage Size (mm) CR1220 3.0V 12 x 2.0 CR1620 3.0V 16 x 2.0 CR2016 3.0V 20 x 1.6 CR2025 3.0V 20 x 2.5 CR2032 3.0V 20 x 3.2 CR2430 3.0V 24 x 3.0

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£0.88 ea £0.88 ea

INFO

Cross Reference GP192; V36A; 192; AG3; G3A GP86A; V12GA; AG12; G12A GPA76; V13GA; A76; AG13 GP189; V10GA; 189; G10A; AG10; LR1130 GP164; LR620; AG1; G1A; L621 Cross Reference SR41W; SR41SW; GP384; GP392; S736E; D384; D392; V384; V392; 384; 392 SR44W; SR44SW; GP303; GP357; S1154E; D303; D357; V303; V357; 303; 357 SR1130W; SR1130SW; GP389; GP390; SE1131E; D389; D390; V389; V390; 389; 390 SR1120SW; GP391; D391; V391; 391 SR621SW; GP364; S621E; D364; V364; 364 SR626SW; SR628SW; GP377; V377; AG4 SR920SW; SR921; GP371; V371; AG6 Cross Reference GPCR1220; ECR1220; CR/BR1220; DL1220 DL1620; CR/BR1620; ECR1620 GPCR2016; CR/BR2016; ECR2016; DL2016 GPCR2025; ECR2025; DL2025 GPCR2032; CR/BR2032; ECR2032; DL2032 GP2430; DL2430; ECR2430; BR2430

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

193


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Chargers & Testers ● Cell Holders

Chargers & Testers

BEST SELLER

Compact Battery Tester

Test the condition of your batteries using this low-cost, versatile and compact battery tester. The tester uses the power of the battery you are testing to power itself, so does not require batteries. • Suitable for checking the state of Zinc chloride, Alkaline and Rechargeable batteries • Will test AAA, AA, C, D, 9V PP3 and N batteries

BA130910

£5.74 ea

Cell Holders Battery Holders Tapped

Holds 4 x D (R20) batteries with outputs at 1.5, 3, 4.5 and 6 V. Batteries and leads not supplied. Each output has a 4 mm socket.

Battery Holders AA Size Pack of 5.

BA02031

BA02060

£24.23 ea

Type 1 x AA Cell snap terminals

£1.82 pk

Battery Snaps

Battery snaps have colour coded 150 mm long insulated leads and PP3 snaps. Supplied in packs of 10.

Battery Holders Battery Holders

These holders have either snap connectors which accept PP3 batteries, or they are supplied with solder tags.

BA02049

£1.89 pk

Battery Holders D Size Packs of 5.

BA200526 BA42032

194

Type 1 x AA Cell with leads 2 x AA Cell with leads

£2.03 ea £2.30 ea

BA02045

Type 1 x D Cell solder tag terminals

£3.71 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Basic Electricity System (BES)

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

BES Kits Benchmark™ Basic Electricity System - BES

A simple electricity kit designed to make the teaching of electricity fun. Specification: Standard BES kit comprises: Starter BES kit comprises: • Robust plastic holders • 6 Lamp holders • 6 Lamp holders • Clear cover on the base so • 4 Cell holders • 6 Cell holders components clearly visible • 2 Push switches • 2 Push switches • 4 mm sockets for ease of 5 Black leads • • 2 Changeover switches connection 5 Red leads • • 1 Motor • Electrical symbol Teacher’s instructions • • 1 Buzzer • 20+ individual types available • 1 Component holder • Teacher’s instructions • 5 Black leads • 3 classroom kits available • 5 Red leads • Teacher’s instructions

EL130900 EL30260 EL130905

Advanced BES kit comprises: • 6 Lamp holders • 6 Cell holders • 2 Push switches • 1 Changeover switch • 2 Buzzers • 2 Motors • 2 Component holders • 1 Potentiometer • 2 x 10 Ohm Resistors • 2 x 20 Ohm Resistors • 1 Diode • 1 LDR • 2 Red LEDs • 20 Leads (10 Black & 10 Red) • Teacher’s instructions

Type Starter BES Kit Standard BES Kit Advanced BES Kit

Mains Voltage and Frequency

Mains power consists of alternating current (AC), with different voltages and frequencies in different countries. In general, the range lies between 100 and 240 volts, at frequencies of either 50 or 60 hertz (i.e. the number of times the current reverses its direction per second, being 50 or 60).

£67.43 kit £94.43 kit £202.50 kit

INFO

The following mains voltages and frequencies apply: UK 230 V 50 Hz Europe 230 V 50 Hz USA 120 V 60 Hz Previously, Europe operated on 220 V and the UK on 240 V. However, this was later standardised to 230 V, which is within the 10 % tolerance of both of the old standards, so no change is required in either system. With the exception of filament bulbs, equipment used in Europe is designed to work on any voltage in the accepted range. Therefore, an appliance rated at 230 V will work on voltages between 220 V and 250 V (which is still in use in some parts of the UK).

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

195


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Basic Electricity System (BES)

BES Components A

Benchmark™ BES Components

For use in conjunction with the B.E.S or as stand-alone mounted components. EL30270 EL30272 EL30274 EL140175 EL30276 EL120945 EL30278 EL30280 EL120940 EL140180 EL30282 EL120905 EL180910 EL120915 EL120920 EL120925 EL140150 EL30284 EL120930 EL150200 EL140155 EL120935

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U

Type Lamp Holder (without bulbs) Cell Holder (1 x C Cell) Push Switch Toggle Switch Changeover Switch Reed Switch Buzzer 2-5V Motor 3-6V LED, Red LED, Green Component Holder 10 Ω Resistor 22 Ω Resistor 50 Ω Resistor 100 Ω Resistor 1K Ω Resistor 330Ω Resistor Potentiometer 50 Ω, 5W Diode Thermistor, 4.7K Ω 2200µF Capacitor LDR

£6.01 ea £5.33 ea £5.54 ea £5.67 ea £5.60 ea £8.03 ea £5.33 ea £6.28 ea £4.52 ea £4.52 ea £4.66 ea £3.31 ea £3.31 ea £3.31 ea £3.31 ea £3.31 ea £3.31 ea £9.59 ea £3.31 ea £6.68 ea £4.25 ea £5.60 ea

L B

M

C N

D O

E

Stackable Plug Leads, 4 mm

These quality plug leads come with 4 mm stackable, insulated plugs and extra flexible 0.75 mm, 95/0.01 mm sheathed copper cable, which is rated at 15 A/60 V DC. Supplied in packs of 5. EL120585 EL120610 EL120615

Colour Red Red Black

Length 250 mm 500 mm 500 mm

£6.62 pk £7.29 pk £7.29 pk

P

F Q

Multi Lamp & Switch Unit

This useful unit includes four low voltage lamp holders connected in parallel and mounted on a BES type base. Individual switches control each lamp, allowing all, some, or none of the lamps to be illuminated. Four colour-coded 8 mm sockets can be used to link multiple sets together or to connect a power supply and Voltage and Current sensors or meters. Unit comprises: 4 On/Off toggle switches; 4 x 4 mm sockets; 4 lamp holders - supplied without bulbs, which are available separately. Suggested uses: • Use a hand powered generator (EN98100) to feel the increase in power and energy needed to successively light more lamps. • Use with a battery or power supply to study the relationship between voltage, current and resistance. • Useful for studying power, efficiency, and Ohm’s law in a simple circuit. • Simple to use and quick to set up, as individual components do not need to be connected together to make a circuit.

G

R

H S

I

T J EL140190

£12.83 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Bulbs MES Cap, .6 A, 6. V x 1 EL06661

Powered Generator See page 339

196

1

U

£3.17 pk

K

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Worcester Circuit Boards

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Worcester Circuit Board Worcester Circuit Board Kit, MK 2

An updated version of the Worcester circuit board kit, using high quality plastic connectors with brass wire inserts to make the connections. Can be used with bench top power supply or batteries (not supplied). Neater and easier to use than the traditional Worcester Circuit Board kits, with no sharp edges. Kit contains: • 1 circuit board • 1 coil steel wire 28 swg BEST • 9 bulb holders • 2 red wires SELLER • 16 bulbs • 2 black wires • 2 push switches • 2 crocodile clips • 1 potentiometer • Graphite rods • 12 connecting bars • Steel wool • 1 resistor • Teacher’s guide • 1 coil of wire 19 swg • Student activity sheets • 1 coil of white wire 24 swg

EL160700

£94.43 kit

Spares & Accessories for Worcester Circuit Board, MK 1

EL30225 EL30226 EL30227 EL30228 EL30229

Type Plain Connector Lamp Connector Mounted Bell Push Rheostat Connector Circuit Board only

Quantity 12 9 2 1 1

£11.41 pk £18.83 pk £10.19 pk £7.90 ea £37.73 ea

Electronic Project Kits LED Christmas Tree Project Kit

A simple to build festive project supplied with comprehensive instructions. Contents: • 16x 2.2 V 5 mm Red LEDs • 4x 100 R 0.25 W resistors • 4x 100 k 0.25 W resistors • 2x 10 uF capacitors • 2x 22 uF capacitors • 4x NPN transistors • 1x miniature slide switch • 1x PP3 battery clip • 1x PCB Requirements: • Soldering iron • Solder • “Helping hands” (optional) • “Solder sucker” (optional) • Cutters • PP3 battery

EL110820 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£6.55 kit £4.25 ea

Soldering See page 214

e: export@timstar.co.uk

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

197


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Locktronics

Locktronics is a range of products that simplifies the process of learning and teaching electricity and electronics. The core range consists of more than 200 electronic components mounted on rugged plastic carriers which are printed with the corresponding circuit symbol. Students use these carriers, in conjunction with a baseboard with interconnecting metal pillars, to build up a working circuit. They then use the software and curriculum provided to carry out experiments in electricity and electronics. The key benefit of Locktronics is that as students construct the working circuit they can also see the corresponding circuit diagram. This helps students link theory to practice and simplifies the process of learning electricity and electronics. Locktronics is used in more than 10,000 schools worldwide. Teachers and students like to use Locktronics for a number of reasons: • Students can see the circuit diagram and the real circuit • Circuits are fast to build and easy to work with • Support materials guide students step-by-step • Locktronics is reliable and works year after year • Curriculum and worksheets are provided • Components mounted on rugged plastic carriers • Simple, effective, strong baseboards • Component legend bonded to plastic carriers • Can be used in many subject areas, at many levels • Vast range of components • Ideal for demonstrations, practicals and projects • Components and curriculum now updated • 12 month guarantee on all items • Technical telephone support on all products

Spring clips riveted on for strength.

Components identifiable under carrier

Circuit symbol bonded onto plastic carrier Component value easily identified Durable, robust plastic carriers are long-lasting and cost effective

trong soldered S joints Simple repairs can be made in-house

Most up to date circuit symbols now available

PLEASE NOTE: Baseboards arrive flat-packed and have to be assembled by the user.

Rust proof spring clips ensure a good connection Custom-made metal clips can be bent many times

The range includes:

CHOOSING THE RIGHT SOLUTION

BASEBOARDS

CHOOSING A KIT Kits are supplied in blister packs, containing just the carriers, or as complete solutions with storage trays, baseboards, power supplies, and leads.

POWER SUPPLIES

CHOOSING ACCESSORIES AND EXTRAS If blister packs are chosen, be sure to order baseboards, leads and power supplies separately. Datasheets showing complete contents of each product are available online. MAKING UP YOUR OWN KIT If the kits we have don’t suit, it is possible to make up bespoke kits from the list of parts - see pages 200 and 201. CHOOSING ADDITIONAL MANUALS AND PARTS Updated manuals can be downloaded free from the Locktronics web site and Timstar can supply additional components which will allow you to deliver new courses.

To which students add…

CAPACITORS

RESISTORS

INDUCTORS

SEMICONDUCTORS

LOGIC GATES

SYSTEM BLOCKS

ELECTROMECHANICAL

LAMPS AND LEDS

CURRICULUM PACKS

IMPROVEMENTS & NEW POWER SUPPLY SMALL CARRIER IMPROVEMENTS. Many minor changes have been made to the designs of existing carriers - for example the lampholder now includes the appropriate circuit symbol.

NEW LOW COST POWER SUPPLIES New power supplies make a practical alternative to batteries and traditional PSUs whilst keeping the circuit diagram intact.

198

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Locktronics

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Locktronics Kits Electrical and Electronic Principles Kit

Electricity Magnetism & Materials Kit

This kit provides a comprehensive range of practical assignments for electricity and magnetism and is ideal for those who are studying science and electricity for science students. The kit is supplied with a comprehensive set of worksheets that cover the electrical and electronic principles. Suitable for students of Physics aged 16 to 18. Kit contains: • Plastic trays & lids • 1 Power supply • 1 Small bar magnet • 3 MES bulb, 6V, 0.04A • 1 Capacitor, 22,000µF, Electrolytic 16V • 1 Locktronics User Guide • 1 Resistor, 100 ohm, 1W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Capacitor, 1,000 µF, Electrolytic 30V • 1 Resistor, 10 ohm, 1W 5% (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 47 ohm, 1/2W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Transformer, 2:1 turns ratio • 1 Light dependent resistor • 1Resistor, 1k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 10k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 270 ohm, 1/2W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Potentiometer, 250 ohm (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 5.6k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 3.9 ohm, 3W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Resistor, 68 ohm 1/2W, 5% (DIN) • 12 Connecting Links • 3 Lamp holders, MES • 1 x 400 turn induction coil • 1 Thermistor, 4.7k, NTC (DIN) • 1 Capacitor, 2,200 µF, Electrolytic, 25V • 1 Capacitor, 1 µF, Polyester • 1 Switch, on/off, metal strip • 1 Resistor, 22k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Choke, 47mH • 1 Resistor, 2.2k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 LED, red, 12V (SB) • 1 Curriculum CD ROM • 3 AA battery holder carrier • 1 x 1:1 transformer with retractable ferrite core • 1 Nichrome Wire Carrier, 0.075 x 500mm • 1 Nichrome Wire Carrier, 0.075 x 250mm • 1 Nichrome Wire Carrier, 0.21 x 500mm • 1 Constantan Wire Carrier, 0.075 x 500mm • 1 Power supply carrier with battery symbol • 7 x 5 metric baseboard with 4mm pillars Topics students can study include: • Batteries in series and parallel • Internal resistance of batteries • Power dissipation and efficiency • Potential dividers • Resistivity • Kirchoff’s laws • AC circuits • Capacitors • Transformers

This kit provides a comprehensive range of practical assignments into electricity and magnetism and is ideal for those who are studying science and electricity within a wide variety of academic or vocational courses. The kit is supplied with a comprehensive set of worksheets that covers the electrical properties of materials, and introduces students to electricity. Suitable for pupils from age 11 upwards. Kit contains: • 1 Locktronics blister pack clear tray & insert • 1 Adjustable DC power supply • 2 BNC male to dual 4mm binding posts • 1 AC voltage source carrier • 1 Resistor, 100 ohm, 1W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Low power solar motor • 1 Resistor, 1k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 2 Resistors, 10k, 1/4W, 5% (DIN) • 1 Potentiometer, 10k (DIN) • 1 Capacitor, 0.1 µF, Polyester • 9 Connecting Links • 1 Thermistor, 470 ohm, NTC (DIN) • 2 Leads, red, 500mm, 4mm to 4mm stackable • 3 Leads, black, 500mm, 4mm to 4mm stackable • 1 Lead, blue, 500mm, 4mm to 4mm stackable • 1 Capacitor, 100µF, Electrolytic, 25V • 1 Capacitor, 1 µF, Polyester • 1 Op Amp Carrier (TL081) with 2mm to 4mm Lead • 1 LED, red, 12V (SB) • 1 LED, green, 12V (SB) • 1 Dual rail power supply carrier • 1 Speaker • 1 Voltmeter, +/- 7.5V The following experiments and learning objectives are covered: • Electrical properties of materials • Simple circuits • Heat and magnetism • Basic circuit symbols • Current flow • Series and parallel circuits • Patterns of voltage and current • Electrical sensors • Relays and electromagnets

EL130810

LK129071

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£506.25 kit

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£344.25 kit

w: timstar.com

199


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Fundamentals of Electricity Solution Kit

This kit is a complete teaching and storage solution with classroom friendly trays and foam to keep carriers tidy and secure. The solution comes with a baseboard with battery retaining clips, a power supply and power supply carrier allowing you to choose the most appropriate power source for teaching simple circuits. Extensive curriculum is provided to guide the teaching and learning of electricity required at Key Stage 2. Kit contains: • 1 x Deep storage tray with lid, foam insert and daughter tray • 1 x International power supply • 3 x 2.5V, 0.2A MES bulbs • 1 x Locktronics baseboard with battery retaining clips • 9 x Connecting Links • 3 x Lampholder carriers • 1 x 75mm black lead • 1 x 75mm red lead BEST • 1 x Press switch • 1 x On/off switch SELLER • 1 x Buzzer • 1 x Motor • 1 x Curriculum pack CD ROM • 1 x Power supply carrier with battery symbol

Locktronics A

Resistors

B

LK95211 LK94025 LK94002 LK95208 LK95214 LK95219 LK95401 LK95402

C

Size

Type Resistor - 3.9 Ω, 3W, 5% Resistor - 10 Ω, 1W, 5% Resistor - 100 Ω, 1W, 5% Resistor - variable, 250 Ω Resistor - variable, 10K Resistor - variable, 100K Thermistor 470 Ω, NTC Thermistor 47K, Ω, NTC

A Small B Small

Small Large Large C Large D Small Small

D

£5.33 ea £4.32 ea £4.39 ea £37.73 ea £16.13 ea £14.78 ea £9.38 ea £9.38 ea

Ammeters

These moving coil meters are fitted onto a large carrier and provide an easy visual reading of both voltage and current.

LK96444

£182.25 kit LK109381 LK108397

Locktronics Components

Range 0-100 mA 0-1A

£30.98 ea £35.03 ea

Semi Conductors

Voltmeter

This moving coil meter is fitted onto a large carrier and provides an easy visual reading of both voltage and current.

LK95243

Size Small

Type Diode (IN4001) Power 50V

£3.98 ea

Miscellaneous LK95250

Size Small

Type Connecting Link

£3.98 ea

Optoelectronic and Light/Lamps A

LK103982

200

Range 0-15 V

£29.63 ea

LK95291 LK96635

Size

A Small B Small

Type Lampholder LED - red, 5V

B

£6.68 ea £6.01 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Locktronics

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Blank Carriers

LK95800

Size Small

Power Supplies

Type Blank carrier - small, pack of 20

£63.38 pk

LK99218

Type Adjustable power supply with battery symbol carrier

£34.02 ea

Electromechanical B

Baseboards and Spares

A A B

Creating Bright Sparks LK96706 LK94102 LK95405 LK96207 LK95404 LK96838 LK96423

Size Large A Large B Small Small

Type Motor - 3/6V DC, 0.7A Motor - open frame, 6V Relay - reed Switch Press (morse key-type strip, push to make) Small Switch, reed Large Solenoid Small Buzzer (6V, 15 mA)

£22.88 ea £16.13 ea £36.32 ea £8.03 ea £10.33 ea £67.43 ea £15.80 ea

Timstar and Locktronics have been working together to bring you two workbooks to simplify the teaching of Electricity. Each workbook is packed full of useful resources including: worksheets, Type quizzes, a teacher’s guide and a student A 7 x 5 pillars LK98900 handout.

with the Electricity Matters workbooks that guarantee your students gain a firm understanding of the basic concepts and relationships in Electricity.

Ensure that your students excel when studying electricity, download your copies £60.68 ea todaybattery by simplyholders keying into your web £49.88 ea B 4 x 4 pillars with LK93000 Expand your range of learning materials browser: LK93288 Battery contact spring £1.76 ea and save time spent on lesson planning timstar.co/creatingbrightsparks LK98615 Battery retaining clip £1.49 ea

Creating Bright Sparks Timstar and Locktronics have been working together to bring you two workbooks to simplify the teaching of Electricity. Each workbook is packed full of useful resources including: worksheets, quizzes, a teacher’s guide and a student handout. Expand your range of learning materials and save time spent on lesson planning

with the Electricity Matters workbooks that guarantee your students gain a firm understanding of the basic concepts and relationships in Electricity. Ensure that your students excel when studying electricity, download your copies today by simply keying into your web browser: timstar.co/creatingbrightsparks

ADVERTISEMENT

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

201


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Section ● Section

ENABLING YOUR STUDENT’S INNOVATION – ONE PART AT A TIME… TSL, as part of the WF Education Group, is the expert in supplying schools, colleges and universities with Design and Technology equipment and supplies. WHY TEACHERS CHOOSE TSL… • The

one-stop-shop for whole curriculum D&T

• We

work with leading D&T experts to provide the most relevant products for the curriculum

• Easy,

quick ordering available online, phone or by email

• High

quality in-house technical support & customer services

• On-site

training & equipment familiarisation available at your convenience

• Experts • Health

in large-scale full turnkey workshop installation projects

& Safety standards and accreditations

EXPLORE OUR FULL RANGE ONLINE View TSL’s range of electronic components & class kits at:

The range includes exciting products, including STEM kits and Robotics, teaching equipment and learning resources.

technologysupplies.co/electronics-kits

202

PICAXE-20X2 MICROBOT

BBC MICRO:BIT STARTER KIT

250-766

600-042

The PICAXE 20X2 Microbot is a simple to assemble kit. The clever, unique design enables a versatile robot to be built and reconfigured without the use of solder.

The BBC micro:bit is a pocket-sized codeable computer packed full of features. This starter kit can be used in conjunction with the project kit, to build 6 different projects.


Leads

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Stackable Plug Leads, 2 mm

Length of flexible wire covered in colour coded P.V.C. terminated at each end with a 2 mm in-line stackable plug. Sold in packs of 5.

EL06571 EL06572 EL06573 EL06574

Colour Black Red Black Red

Length 10 cm 10 cm 30 cm 30 cm

£12.08 pk £12.08 pk £13.43 pk £13.43 pk

These quality plug leads come with 4 mm stackable, insulated plugs and extra flexible 0.75 mm, 95/0.01 mm sheathed copper cable, which is rated at 15 A/60 V DC. Supplied in packs of 5.

Colour Red Black Red Black Red Black

5 kV lead. 50 cm length.

EL91360 EL91362

Colour Red Black

Length 50 cm 50 cm

£9.38 ea £9.38 ea

Plug To Crocodile Clip Leads Extra flexible leads with a 4 mm stackable plug at one end and a standard crocodile clip at the other. Length: 30 cm. Supplied in packs of 5.

Stackable Plug Leads, 4 mm

EL120585 EL120590 EL120610 EL120615 EL120635 EL120640

EHT Leads

Length 250 mm 250 mm 500 mm 500 mm 1000 mm 1000 mm

£6.62 pk £6.62 pk £7.29 pk £7.29 pk £9.05 pk £9.05 pk

EL101412 EL101414

Colour Red Black

£11.81 pk £11.81 pk

Crocodile Lead Pack, Red & Black

Vinyl covered crocodile clips, in packs of 20 (10 black and 10 red). Length 46 cm.

Lead holder for 4 mm leads, Steel Sturdy lab lead holder for wall mounting, using 2 screws. The holder is made from painted steel, with 13 slots, and can accommodate approximately 50 leads (leads not supplied). Dimensions 260 W x 82 D x 15 H (in mm).

EL170952

£23.36 ea

Schutzinger brand professional quality 4 mm stackable test leads, utilising 1 mm 2 double insulated highly flexible PVC cable and terminated at each end with a stackable 4 mm plug. • Cable: 1.0 mm 2 double insulated PVC • Plugs: Nickel plated brass body & lamella basket spring • Plug length: 48 mm • Voltage: 33 V AC / 70 V DC • Current (max): 16 A Colour Red Black Red Black

Length 250 mm 250 mm 500 mm 500 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£7.29 pk

Crocodile Lead Pack

High Quality Stackable Leads, 4 mm

EL150500 EL150502 EL150504 EL150506

EL170700

£4.73 ea £4.73 ea £4.73 ea £4.73 ea

Assorted Colours Set of 10 leads, in five assorted colours. Terminated at each end with a vinyl sleeved crocodile clip.

EL06567

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£7.29 pk

w: timstar.com

203


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Crocodile Clips

BNC Connecting Leads & Adapter

Nickel plated steel. Takes a 4 mm plug. 10 A max current.

EL06566

Quantity 100

Leads ● Plugs

Leads come ready assembled with moulded-on strain reliefs.

£12.08 pk

EL18513 EL18514 EL18516

Type BNC Plug to Crocodile Clips BNC Plug to Stackable 4mm Plugs BNC Plug to 4mm sockets

£8.03 ea £11.14 ea £7.09 ea

Plugs 4 mm Stackable Plugs

Socket in the top providing an in-line stackable facility. The lead wire is clamped in position by a screw located at the bottom of the socket. Sold in packs of 5.

EL06590 EL06591

Colour Black Red

Terminal Sockets Terminal Sockets

A 4 mm screw-socket which can be mounted on to panels up to 12.7 mm thick. Supplied in packs of 5. • Current: 10 A max • Height above panel: 24-32 mm • 14 mm outer diameter • Thread size 4BA

£5.74 pk £5.74 pk

Plugs & Sockets Sockets

Insulated, moulded polypropylene solid nickel silver contact rated 10A @ 240V AC. Panel cutout 8mm, max panel thickness 13mm.

EL200583 EL200584

204

Colour Black Red

£3.51 ea £3.51 ea

EL06616 EL06617

Colour Black Red

£7.09 pk £7.09 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Bulb Holders

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

SBC Bulb Holders

MES Lamp Base

Miniature MES lamp holder, suitable for all MES lamps, terminated by solder tags at the base of the holder. Dimensions: 10 mm diameter, 11 mm high. Supplied in a pack of 10.

Batten, Brass

SBC, with base with screw holes to mount onto a surface.

EL06562

£5.67 ea

Cord Grip, Brass

SBC, to grip on to cable to suspend a bulb.

EL160000

£1.55 pk

Bulb Holders In Series & Parallel EL06563

£8.03 ea

ABS box consisting of 4 MES bulb holders wired in series or parallel, to show how voltage and current are affected by different circuit arrangements. Each box includes 4 mm sockets for power input. Bulbs not included.

SBC Bulb Holder

A brass SBC bulb holder mounted on a plastic base, with two 4 mm sockets for electrical connection. Includes a 12 V 24 W SBC bulb.

EL180564

£7.09 ea

MES Bulb Holders MES Bulb Holder

White plastic screw connections 30 mm dia, 19 mm high. Supplied in a pack of 10.

EL200569

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£3.04 pk

EL150202 EL150204

Type Series Parallel

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£14.18 ea £14.18 ea

w: timstar.com

205


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Bulbs LED Filament Mains Voltage Lamp

BC Bulbs

LED filament bulbs use a string of fine LEDs to more closely mimic the operation of a classical incandescent filament bulb, while retaining the low power and cool operation advantage of LEDs.

Halogen Energy Saving GLS Bulbs Energy efficient replacements for incandescent GLS mains voltage bulbs. These use 30 % less energy, have twice the expected lifetime and are identical in size to the Tungsten filament (incandescent) equivalents which are no longer available. They are also fully dimmable. Voltage: 230 V AC.

EL130515 EL130520

Fitting Power BC 42 W BC 70 W

Colour

Equivalent Power 60 W 100 W

£3.98 ea £3.98 ea

OP180700

240 V Rough Service lamp which adequately replaces the traditional carbon filament lamp but has the added benefit of being more robust. Suitable for use in optics experiments such as pinhole cameras, projection of an image, determining focal length of a lens etc.

Fitting BC

Equivalent Power 30 W

£8.03 ea

Daylight Bulbs

A range of 230 V ‘daylight’ GLS bulbs which simulate natural daylight, offering enhanced colour rendition and improved contrast for inspection, industrial lighting and other visually demanding applications.

Power 40 W

NON RETURNABLE

5W

ES Bulbs

Carbon Filament Lamp Replacements

OP110155

Fitting Power

Warm White BC

£10.73 ea Fitting ES

EL160810

All Bulbs are non returnable

Power 60 W

£3.44 ea

COMMONLY USED LAMP (LIGHT BULB) FITTINGS

INFO

Fittings Type SBC

SBC

BC

LES

MES

SES

ES

Festoon

Name

Small Bayonet Cap

Small Bayonet Cap

Bayonet Cap

Lilliput Edison Screw

Miniature Edison Screw

Small Edison Screw

Edison Screw

Festoon

Other Name

B15s BA15s

B15d BA15d

B22d BA22d

E5

E10

E14

E27

-

No. contacts on base

1

2

2

1*

1*

1*

1*

1 each end

Dia. of Fitting

15mm

15mm

22mm

10mm

10mm

14mm

27mm

Various

Typical Applications

Car bulbs, 12V Optics e.g. Ray boxes, Ripple tanks etc.

Car bulbs, 12V Optics e.g. Ray boxes, Ripple tanks etc.

Mains light bulbs, Infra red lamps

Panel lighting, MFA boards

‘Pea’ bulbs Torch bulbs, Worcester circuit boards, BES kits, Locktronics

Some mains bulbs

Mains bulbs, Spectral lamps, Infra red lamps

Optics e.g. Ray boxes, Whitley Bay smoke cell etc.

Notes

206

*On Edison Screw bulbs, the screw thread forms the second contact.

GLS on lamps refers to ‘General Lighting Service’

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Bulbs

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS SBC Bulbs

Halogen Energy Saving GLS Bulbs Energy efficient replacements for incandescent GLS mains voltage bulbs. These use 30 % less energy, have twice the expected lifetime and are identical in size to the Tungsten filament (incandescent) equivalents which are no longer available. They are also fully dimmable. Voltage: 230 V AC.

EL130525 EL130530 EL130535

Fitting

Power

ES (E27) ES (E27) ES (E27)

28 W 42 W 70 W

Bulbs, SBC Cap, Radial Filament

12 V bulbs, with SBC fitting, and radial (horizontal) filaments. Can be used in a ray box if the bulb holder is rotated such that the filament is parallel to the beams, effectively making it a point source.

Equivalent Power 40 W 60 W 100 W

£3.98 ea £3.98 ea £3.98 ea

EL06676 EL06678 EL06677 EL06679 EL160910

£1.82 ea £3.44 ea £3.04 ea £3.71 ea £1.55 ea

MES Bulbs Torch bulbs.

Spiral-type, 230/240 V mains voltage low energy light bulbs. These are not suitable for dimming or electronic switches. Bulbs use 5 times less energy than traditional bulbs and are expected to last 8000 hours, based on 3 hours per day burn time. Colour: Warm white.

EL06645 EL06650 EL06661 EL120800 EL06646 EL06655 EL06661 EL06662 EL180900 EL06663 EL160920 Fitting Power ES (E27) 11 W

Power 5W 36 W 24 W 48 W 21 W

Bulbs, MES Cap

Mains Bulbs, Energy Saving

EL120515

Dimensions 35 x 19 mm (L x Dia.) 55 x 38 mm (L x Dia.) 55 x 38 mm (L x Dia.) 55 x 38 mm (L x Dia.) 47 x 25 mm (L x Dia.)

Equivalent Power 60 W

£5.74 ea

Current 250 mA 200 mA 60 mA 90 mA 300 mA 300 mA 60 mA 300 mA 0.1 A 200 mA 100 mA

Voltage 1.25 V 2.5 V 6.0 V 1.5 V 1.5 V 3.5 V 6.0 V 6.5 V 12 V 12.0 V 12 V

Quantity 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 1

£8.03 pk £2.63 pk £3.17 pk £5.87 pk £2.63 pk £2.63 pk £3.17 pk £3.17 pk £2.63 pk £3.17 pk £0.34 ea

Bulb, MES Cap, Lens Ended

Lens ended bulb, with MES base, producing a focused beam of light. Commonly used in torches and applications where a directed beam is required. Dimensions: Diameter 9.5 mm (max.) x length 24 mm (overall).

LED mains voltage lamp

Low energy mains light bulb with instant on/off full brightness LED technology. Low power consumption, long lasting, cool running and no mercury content, as found in the fluorescent type of low energy bulb. Non-dimmable.

EL160850

Current 220 mA

Voltage 1.2 V

Quantity 10

£3.31 pk

LES Bulb Bulb, LES Cap

LES (Lilliput Edison Screw) cap bulbs. Uses include lighting panels, MFA boards etc. Colour EL160585

Fitting Power

Warm White ES

NON RETURNABLE

10 W

Equivalent Power 60 W

£8.78 ea

All Bulbs are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

EL120500

Current 60 mA

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Voltage 6V

Quantity 10

w: timstar.com

£9.38 pk

207


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Bulbs

Festoon Bulb

Infrared Bulb

Festoon Bulb

EL06643

Bulb, Infra Red

A tungsten filament bulb, internally silvered.

Diameter 10 mm

Power 10 W

Voltage 12 V

£1.69 ea

G4 Bulb Halogen Lamps, Low Voltage

Low voltage halogen lamps, suitable for use in appropriate ray boxes. Distance between pins: 4 mm. Fitting ES (E27)

LA09965

OP130510

Power 20 W

Voltage 12 V

Power 250 W

NON RETURNABLE

£3.17 ea

Voltage 240 V

£13.43 ea

All Bulbs are non returnable

LED MAINS LIGHT BULBS – WATTS, LUMENS & COLOUR TEMPERATURE • LED bulbs consume far less energy than traditional incandescent (tungsten filament) or halogen bulbs and, unlike fluorescent and compact fluorescent bulbs and tubes, they do not contain any mercury. Also, they do not take time to warm up to full brightness but glow at full brightness almost as soon as they are switched on

INFO

• Traditionally the brightness of light bulbs is rated by power (in Watts). However, since the introduction of LED mains lighting, the brightness of bulbs is starting to be rated in lumens - the higher the number of lumens, the brighter the light. This is because LED bulbs use so much less power and it is difficult to know how bright the bulbs are without stating an equivalent rating in Watts, for comparison with the old-type incandescent bulbs. The actual power rating should still also be stated (in Watts) • Please be aware that LED bulbs can only be used with dimmer switches if they are of the dimmable type, and dimmable LED bulbs require a trailing edge dimmer switch Equivalent brightness of different bulb types (approximate only) Tungsten filament (incandescent)

25W

30W

40W

60W

75W

100W

Halogen

18W

21W

28W

42W

53W

70W

Compact Fluorescent (CFL or low energy)

5W

6W

8W

12W

15W

20W

LED

4W

5W

6W

10W

13W

18W

≥220

≥300

≥400

≥700

≥900

≥1300

Brightness (Lumens)

As a rough guide: halogen bulbs use approx. 30% less energy than incandescent bulbs; Compact fluorescent bulbs use approx. 80% less energy than incandescent bulbs; LED bulbs use approx. 85% less energy than incandescent bulbs. Colour Temperature Colour temperature is used to describe the type of white light emitted. Incandescent bulbs generally emit a ‘warm-white’ light, (yellowwhite) and are suitable for less harsh (‘cosy’) house lighting etc. Halogen bulbs tend to emit a cooler white light. Fluorescent lights vary, being internally coated to emit different types of light e.g. warm-white, cool-white or light which is biased towards different parts of the light spectrum (e.g. blue or red, for plant growth etc.). LED bulbs use a colour temperature rating to indicate the type of white light emitted, which is stated in degrees Kelvin (K). 1800K

2700–3000K

3000K - 4000K

4000K

Candlelight

Warm White

Cool White

Cool White

Daylight White

Candle

Incandescent lamp

Moonlight

Daylight (bright to overcast)

LED Colour temperature White light type Equivalent light source

Warmest

208

Halogen lamp

5000K – 6500K

Coldest

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Components

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Buzzer, Miniature, Electronic

Bells

Packs of 10 low cost miniature buzzers. These come complete with flying leads and are ideal for educational projects and general purpose use. • Current: 30 mA • Dimensions (L x W x H): 23 x 17 x 15 mm • Fixing Centres: 27.5 mm • Lead Length: 80 mm

Electric Bell, Economy

Electric bell, comprising a plastic case with removable cover, and (70 mm) metal plated gong. Runs off 4-6 V AC or DC, via flying 4 mm plug-leads.

EL06633

Diameter 70 mm

£9.18 ea

Electric Bell

EL130165 EL130170 EL130175 EL130180

Range 1.2-3 V 2-4 V 4-8 V 6-12 V

Voltage 1.5 V 3V 6V 9V

Quantity 10 10 10 10

£12.83 pk £12.83 pk £12.83 pk £12.83 pk

Capacitors

A higher quality, more reliable bell manufactured in the EU. Operates on 5-8 V.

Capacitors, Radial Electrolytic

A range of radial electrolytic capacitors suitable for general purpose use. Supplied in packs of 10.

EL101380

£22.28 ea

Rubber Feet

EL110680

Capacitance 1000 µF

Voltage 16 V

£3.04 pk

Rubber Feet

Self-adhesive square black rubber feet for attaching to the bottom of equipment. Sold in packs of 100. • 12.7 mm at wide point • 6 mm height

Diodes Diodes, Signal, 1N4148

A general purpose low signal switching diode, this 1N4148 diode has an operating voltage of 75 V and current rating of 150 mA max.

EL130225

EL180100

Size 12.5mm Dia

£9.38 pk

Quantity 10

£1.69 pk

Diode, Rectifier, 1N4001

DO-41 Plastic case, 1 A silicon rectifier diodes. 1 A/50 V.

Buzzers Economy Buzzers With Leads

Solid state. Sound output 75 dB @ 30 cm. Frequency 400 Hz. Fixing centres 27.5 mm.

EL06636

Voltage 6V

Quantity 5

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£7.43 pk

EL98020

Quantity 10

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£1.69 pk

w: timstar.com

209


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS LDRs

Components

LEDs

Light Dependent Resistor (LDR), NORPS12

Photoconductive cadmium sulphide cell with a spectral response similar to the human eye. As light falling on the cell increases, so the resistance of the cell decreases. Peak spectral response: Typ. 550nm. Cell resistance: 9kΩ at 10 lux. 400Ω at 1000 lux. Dark resistance: Min. 1MΩ. Sold as a pack of 5.

EL98016

LEDs

High quality 5 mm LED indicators with diffused lens. Maximum voltage 3.0 V DC. PCB or panel mount. Sold as a pack of 10.

£12.08 pk

Miniature Low Cost LDR

Photoconductive cadmium sulphide light dependent resistor (LDR) in a miniature epoxy sealed open frame package (4mm dia.). Cell resistance reduces as light falling on the device increases. Typical applications include light control, cameras, toys etc. Sold as a pack of 10. • Peak spectral response: 540nm. • Light resistance: 50-100Kohm • Dark resistance: 20Mohm minimum • Max. voltage: 100V • Power max: 90mW • Working temp. range: -20 to +60°

EL150700

EL06620 EL06621 EL06622 EL81364 EL81362

A heat shrink sleeve kit housed in a plastic case with dividers and lid. Containing a variety of commonly used sizes and colours in pre-cut lengths. Lengths include 50 mm and 70 mm. Nominal diameters of 3.2 mm, 4.8 mm, 9.5 mm and 12.7 mm. Colours: Black, Blue, Yellow, Red and White.

Vr Max 5 5 5 5 5

£1.01 pk £1.28 pk £1.28 pk £6.75 pk £4.66 pk

A range of super bright 5 mm LEDs from Kingbright, with transparent lenses, low power consumption and high visibility. RoHS compliant. Sold as a pack of 10.

EL167300 EL167302

Heat Shrink Sleeve Kit

Frequency Vf Max 480 THz (625 nm)2.5 531 THz (565 nm) 2.5 510 THz (588 nm) 2.5 4 638 THz (470 nm) 4

LEDs, Kingbright

£3.71 pk

Heat Shrinking

Colour Red Green Yellow White Blue

Colour White Red

Frequency

£6.41 pk £1.55 pk

468 THz (640 nm)

LED INFORMATION

INFO

When using Light Emitting Diodes it is strongly recommended that a resistor is placed in series with the LED to limit the current and prevent heating up and damage. Suggested resistor values to use are shown below. These values are not critical but for guidance only. Voltage in circuit (V)

Resistor value (Ohms)

3

150

5

270

9

470

12

560

Cathode (-) This is the shorter connector. There is also a flat side on the LED which corresponds to the negative terminal.

Circuit Symbol

Anode (+)

Cathode (-)

Flat Side

Anode (+) This is the longer connector

LED TERMINOLOGY EL130665

Heat Guns TO150800

210

£22.01 kit

ALSO BOUGHT...

IF max.

Maximum forward current i.e. maximum recommended current passing through the LED when connected correctly

VF typ.

Typical forward voltage

VF max.

Maximum recommended forward voltage

VR max.

Maximum recommended reverse voltage – not a problem if connected the right way round!

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Components

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Motor Pulleys

Motors

Small push fit pulley which fits directly onto a 2 mm motor shaft. Sold as a pack of 5.

Electric Motors

A range of miniature, circular DC motors, ideal for models and educational applications. RoHS compliant. Model MM10 has 2 flat sides. Shaft dimensions (L x Dia.): MM10 & MM12: 8.1 x 2.0 mm, MM28: 10.0 x 2.0 mm. Sold as a pack of 10.

A

EL52100

£1.69 pk

Drive Belt Set

A useful set of 4 flexible drive belts, made from oil resistant black synthetic rubber, for replacing broken or stretched drive belts. • 240 mm/38 mm dia. • 390 mm/62 mm dia. • 580 mm/92 mm dia. • 780 mm/124 mm dia.

B

EN170900

£16.88 set

C

Motor Gearbox, Standard Type RPM Dimensions EL130255 A MM10 16000 25 x 20 mm EL130260 B MM12 14700 25 x 21 mm EL130270 C MM28 9600 30.5 x 24 mm

Range 1.4-5.0 V 1.5-3.0 V 1.5-6.0 V

£5.87 pk £6.48 pk £12.49 pk

Ideal for projects, providing high power and low speed and designed to fit our MM28 type motors. The Perspex base incorporates holes for screw fixing if required. The assembly also includes a precision worm and gearwheel, and a 150 mm long x 4 mm dia. output shaft. RoHS compliant. Motor not included.

Propellers

Plastic propellers (impellers), designed to push onto 2 mm diameter motor shafts.

EL130290

£3.71 ea

Potentiometers Wire-wound Potentiometers, 5W

High quality wire-wound controls, ideal for loudspeaker volume controls, miniature motor speed controllers, etc. Power rating: 5W; Resistance tolerance: ±20%; Spindle rotation: 300° ±5°; Max. operating voltage: 120V; Breakdown voltage: 200V. Body Dimensions (Dia. x D): 24 x 11 mm. Spindle Dimensions (L x Dia.): 6.5 x 6 mm.

EL110150

Type 4 blade

Diameter 57 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£1.28 ea

EL130560 EL130565

Resistance 50 Ω 100 Ω

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£3.44 ea £3.44 ea

w: timstar.com

211


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Components Jumper Wires

This jumper wire pack is suitable for use with all Prototype boards and provides a selection of ready cut leads ideally suited for this purpose. The pack includes 10 pieces each of 14 different lengths: 2.5 mm to 125 mm (total 140 pieces). Leads are PVC insulated, colour coded in a variety of different colours, and pre-formed ready for use. Supplied in a handy Perspex partitioned case. RoHS compliant.

Prototyping Boards Prototyping Board

This prototyping board is ideal for making up electronic circuits or test circuits without the need for soldering, as wires and components can be simply pushed in or pulled out again. Components and wires are held in place by clips below the holes, the clips being interconnected in groups to create connections between components. Made from white high durability Acetal board mounted on an adhesive foam base, the contact positions are clearly indicated by alphanumeric grids and colour coded polarity indicators. The boards are also interlocking, enabling two or more boards to be fixed together. There are a total of 400 tie points (contacts). RoHS compliant.

EL130675

212

Dimensions 80 x 54 x 10 mm

£7.90 pk

EL130680

£7.63

set

Strip Boards Economy Stripboard

A low cost stripboard manufactured from copper clad laminated board. Punched on a 0.1” pitch with 1mm diameter holes. For prototyping, educational projects etc.35 strips x 61 holes.

EL200801

Size 100 x 160 mm

£2.63

ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Components

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Resistors

Resistors, Carbon Film Kit

Resistor, Carbon Film

0.25 W Carbon film resistor, 5 % tolerance, maximum operating voltage 300 V. Resistor Body Dimensions (L x W): 6.5 x 2.3 mm. Lead Dimensions (Dia.): 0.6 mm. Dimensions (L): 66.5 mm. Sold in packs of 100.

A kit containing a total of 1000 0.25W 5% carbon film resistors. Values ranging from 4.7Ω through to 10MΩ. A total of 63 different values, this makes an ideal starter kit.

EL98010

EL110705

Resistance 10 Ω

RESISTOR COLOUR CODES

£18.83 kit

Wire Wound Resistors, 6W, 5% £1.55 pk

INFO

A range of 6 W, 5 % tolerance wire-wound power resistors which have flame retardant coating, along with ceramic cores and metal alloy resistance wire, offering high resistance stability, excellent heat dissipation and low noise. Sold in packs of 10. • Power rating: 6 W • Resistance tolerance: ±5 % • Max. working voltage: 350 V • Temperature range: –55 °C to +155 °C • Dimensions: 24 x 8 mm

EL162010 EL162016 EL162020 EL162024

Resistance 10 Ω 22 Ω 47 Ω 100 Ω

£3.31 pk £3.31 pk £3.31 pk £3.31 pk

Switches Push Button Switch

Miniature low cost push to make switch with red button. Sold in packs of 10.

OHM’S LAW: V=IR so R=V/I & I=V/R Total resistance Resistors in series: Rtotal = R1 + R2 + R3 Resistors in parallel: 1/Rtotal = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3 EL06542

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Length 28 mm

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Diameter 10.5 mm

Current 250 mA

Voltage 125 V AC

w: timstar.com

£3.38 pk

213


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Contact Switch

Thermistors

Contact make-and-break switch (push to make) with sprung contact, mounted on an insulated base.

NTC Disc Thermistors

EL120660

£7.76 ea

Switch, Mini Toggle

A range of economical mini toggle switches, which are rugged and reliable. Complete with fittings for mounting. Rating: 1 A 250 V AC Contacts: Nickel plated brass. Dimensions (H x W x D): 9.8 x 13 x 8 mm. Panel cut-out: 7.0 mm.

EL130860 EL130870

Type SPDT (on-on) SPDT (on-off-on)

Components ● Soldering

Quantity 10 1

£10.73 pk £1.28 ea

A range of NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) miniature disc thermistors, for general purpose applications such as temperature measurement and thermal compensation circuits. Also useful in the classroom for demonstrating how the resistance changes with temperature. A thermistor is a temperature dependant resistor or ‘thermal resistor’. The thermistors are clearly coded. Sold in packs of 10. • Temperature range: -30 °C to +125 °C • Tolerance: 10 %

EL160703 EL120415 EL120420 EL120425

Resistance 100 Ω 300 Ω 5 kΩ 1 kΩ

£5.74 pk £4.39 pk £5.06 pk £4.52 pk

Soldering XS Iron 25W

Soldering Irons CS Iron 18W

The CS iron is probably the best choice for electrical and electronics work in school. Silicone cable.

The XS is a good general purpose iron for heavy duty electrical work as well as general soldering applications. Silicone cable.

BEST SELLER

TO96510

£30.98

ea

Soldering Iron Stand TO96500

£30.98 ea

Remember to choose the OUR EXPERT SAYS... correct iron for the voltage you require. All 230V irons come fitted with a UK 13A plug for connection to the mains, all other irons come supplied with either a bare cable or a plug for a specific PSU or connection to trunking. 214

Soldering Iron Stand

For all Antex and most other brands of soldering iron. This stand is adjustable for the model of iron used. It is made from high grade phenolic, has slip resistant feet, and a ballast weight for stability.

TO200148

£8.03 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Soldering

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Soldering Accessories

Antex Lead-Free Solder

The 0.8 mm solder wire is quick melting, easy to use and ideal for use on micro electronics, fine wires and most other electrical/ electronic soldering operations. Supplied in handy sized 2 m length dispenser.

Helping Hand

Helping Hand is very useful for holding printed circuit boards and components while assembling and soldering. Two crocodile clips hold items while eight swivel joints allow a wide range of adjustment. Supplied with a 63 mm diameter lens and heavy iron base for stability.

TO96492

£6.41 ea

Tip Tinner & Cleaner

Multicore tip tinner - Helps to look after your soldering iron tip and can aid cleaning of an oxidised tip.

EL130670

EL200285

£16.27 ea

£5.33 ea

Desoldering Pumps

The model DS has double ‘O’ ring washers for increased suction. Replaceable Teflon nozzle. Lightweight and easy to use. 200 mm long x 20 mm dia.

Solder & Fluxes Soft Solder

60/40 Tin/Lead alloys with five cores of non-corrosive flux. The ‘Savbit’ alloy will help prevent corrosion of copper soldering bits.

TO20095

Size 500g Reel

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£40.49 ea

TO200178

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£6.75 ea

w: timstar.com

215


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Electrical Measurement Galvanometer, Moving Coil

Analogue Electrical Meters

For DC only with 4 mm terminals.

Milliammeters, Analogue

BEST SELLER

Moving coil DC milliammeters with zero adjust, fully enclosed in a robust housing, with clear acrylic front cover. • Scale length: 60 mm • Accuracy: ±2.5 % • Dimensions: 125 x 80 x 80 mm A

EL180770 EL180772

B

Range

A 0-100 mA B 0-500 mA

£10.73 ea £13.43 ea EL06830

Microammeters, Analogue

Moving coil DC microammeter with zero adjust, fully enclosed in a robust housing, with clear acrylic front cover. • Range: 0-500 µA • Resolution: 10 µA • Scale length: 60 mm • Dimensions: 125 x 80 x 80 mm

EL180800

Range 35-0-35 mV

£17.48 ea

Frederiksen Analogue Voltmeter, Premium

This analogue voltmeter, specifically designed for use by students, is a sturdy instrument for measurement of both AC and DC voltage. The instrument comes with a DC/AC switch and has three voltage ranges. Analogue meters can be more useful than digital meters for certain applications, and often provide a more visually stable reading. This instrument is electronically protected against overload but must not be connected to voltages exceeding 30 V. • AC and DC ranges: 0-3 V; 0-15 V; 0-30 V • Precision: ± 2 % of full scale • Impedance: 10 kΩ/V • Electronically protected against overload • Dimensions: 158 x 108 x 56 mm • Scale length: 72 mm

£13.43 ea

DC Analogue Benchmeters, Dual Scale

Economical analogue bench meters designed for education. Large, easy-to-read scales. Connection via 4 mm terminal posts. • Accuracy: 2.5 % • Dimensions: 100 x 133 x 97 mm B

A

EL180775 EL180815

216

Range

A 0-3 V & 0-15 V B 0-0.6 A & 0-3 A

BEST SELLER

£14.78 ea £14.78 ea

EL170400

£103.88 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrical Measurement

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Frederiksen Premium Analogue Ammeter

This analogue ammeter, specifically designed for use by students, is a sturdy instrument for measurement of both AC and DC current. The instrument comes with a DC/AC switch and has three current ranges. Analogue meters can be more useful than digital for certain applications, and often provide a more visually stable reading. This instrument is electronically protected against overload and will tolerate overloads up to 15 A for at least 10 seconds. • AC and DC ranges: 0-0.05 A; 0-0.5 A; 0-5 A • Precision: ±2 % of full scale • Impedance: 10 kΩ/V • Max. voltage drop: DC: 0.25 V; AC: 0.27 V • Electronically protected against overload • Dimensions: 158 x 108 x 56 mm • Scale length: 72 mm

EL170410

SATZ Bench Meters Supplied in a strong high grade ABS case with a large bold LCD and 4mm colour coded sockets. Powered by 1 x 9V PP3 Battery (supplied). Dimensions (L x W x H): 95 x 90 x 75mm.

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

£128.18 ea

Frederiksen Premium Galvanometer

This galvanometer, specifically designed for use by students, is a sturdy but sensitive instrument for the measurement of small currents. The instrument has a centre-zero scale and three current ranges and is electronically protected against overload, tolerating overloads of up to up to 1 A for at least 10 seconds. • DC ranges: ± 5 mA; ± 500 μA; ±50 μA • Centre-zero scale • Precision: ± 5 % of full scale • Internal resistance: ± 5 mA: ca. 9 Ω; ± 500 µA: ca. 90 Ω; ± 50 µA: ca. 900 Ω • Electronically protected against overload • Dimensions: 158 x 108 x 56 mm • Scale length: 72 mm

EL170450

£133.58 ea

EL18560 EL18562

Type Range School Ammeter 0-10 x 0.01 A DC School Voltmeter 0-20 x 0.01 V DC

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£37.73 ea £37.73 ea £4.25 ea

Digital Meters

Economic, robust digital meters, housed in a sturdy ABS case with a clear LCD screen. Input is via 4 mm sockets on the front panel, which features an on/off switch.

KEY EQUIPMENT FOR GCSE AND A LEVEL PHYSICS STUDENT REQUIRED PRACTICAL PROGRAMME, INCLUDING:

Each meters requires a 9 V, PP3 battery (NOT included). Dimensions (W x D x H): 10 x 14 x 10 cm.

AQA GCSE Physics required practical activity 3. Resistance. Use circuit diagrams to set up an appropriate circuit to investigate a factor/the factors that affect the resistance of an electrical component. AQA GCSE Physics required practical activity 4. V-I Characteristics

EL101480 EL101482

Type Digital Ammeter Digital Voltmeter

Range 0-19.99 A DC 0-19.99 V DC

SPARES & ACCESSORIES 1 x PP3 Batteries BA01970

NON RETURNABLE

£25.58 ea £25.58 ea £4.25 ea

All batteries are non returnable

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

AQA A Level Physics required practical 5. Determination of resistivity of a wire using a micrometer, ammeter and voltmeter. AQA GCSE Physics required practical activity 6. Investigation of the emf and internal resistance of electric cells and batteries by measuring the variation of the terminal pd of the cell with current in it.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

217


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS IPC Digital Meters

A high quality range of ergonomically designed digital meters. 5 versions are offered covering most applications and ranges. The units come in moulded plastic cases and feature 25 mm LCD. Input is via colour coded 4 mm sockets and the units are short circuit and overload protected. Powered by a 9 V PP3 battery (not supplied). Dimensions (L x W x D): 115 x 80 x 45 mm.

A

B

C EL81412 EL81414 EL81402 EL81404 EL81406

D A B C D E

Type Digital Digital Digital Digital Digital

E

Voltmeter Voltmeter Ammeter Ammeter Ammeter

Range 0-20 V. DC 0-20 V AC 0-200 mA DC 0-2 A. DC 0-10 A DC

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£45.83 ea £64.73 ea £45.83 ea £45.83 ea £45.83 ea £4.25 ea

Demonstration Electrical Meters Demonstration Meter

A universal demonstration meter which can, by using interchangeable scales read both AC and DC volts and amps. The movement is a quality, highly sensitive moving-coil meter housed in a tough plastic enclosure, suitable for educational use. The meter is large with clear scales which can be read from either side of the meter. A complete range of interscales are available separately. • Accuracy +/-2.5% • Basic sensitivity 5mA, 100mV f.s.d • Dimensions (L x W x H): 300 x 150 x 300mm

EL52300

£98.48 ea

Electrical Measurement MY60 Digital Multimeter

The MY60 is a high quality, high-accuracy 3.5 digit multimeter offering excellent value for money. This meter has thirty two ranges, which cover measurement of AC and DC voltage, AC and DC current and resistance plus test positions for diodes and transistors. It also incorporates an audible continuity tester, large, clear LCD display and a ‘low battery’ indicator which shows when the battery is exhausted. The meter is supplied with a rubberised holster for protection, which has a 2-height stand built in along with clips to hold the test probes. Designed in accordance with IEC1010. Supplied complete with holster, test probes, PP3 battery and instruction manual. Weight: 310 g (including battery). Dimensions (D x W x H): 31.5 x 91 x 189 mm. Features: • 32 Ranges • Large LCD - 3.5 digits • Auto power off • DC voltage: 200m/2/20/200V ±0.5%, 1000V ±0.8% • AC voltage: 200mV ±1.2%, 2/20/200V ±0.8%, 700V ±1.2% • DC current: 20µA ±2.0%, 200µA/2m/20mA ±0.8%, 200m/2A ±1.5%, 10A ±2.0% • AC current: 20µ/200m/2A ±1.8%, 2m/20mA ±1.0%, 10A ±3.0% • Resistance: 200/2 k/20k/200k/2MΩ ±0.8%, 20MΩ ±1.0%, 200MΩ ±5.0% • Continuity checking with buzzer • Diode check: Test current 1.0mA, test voltage 2.8 • Power: PP3 (9V) x 1 • hFE: 1 ~ 1000 • Display: 30mm x 60mm LCD

EL110250 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries EL06683 13 A x10 Fuses

£21.53 ea £4.25 ea £4.32 pk

Digital Multimeter DM-921

Auto ranging 2000 counts. Range hold with over range indication. Data hold. Max hold. Auto power off. Temperature. Impact resistant rubber and ABS plastic case with a flip-out desk stand. 34 mm LCD with large digits. Auto polarity indication. Fast blow fuse for overload protection. Low battery indication. Supplied with soft zip carry pouch, 2 test leads and battery and K Type temperature bead probe.

Multimeters Student Digital Multimeter DM830D An easy to use compact 3.5 digit LCD multimeter. Supplied with test leads, battery and boot. Dimensions (L x W x D): 162 x 86 x 33 mm. Features: • DC volts 200mV to 1kV • AC volts 200mV to 750V, • DC amps 20mA to 10A • Resistance 200Ω to 2MΩ • Diode Test • Continuity

BEST SELLER

EL52400

£16.13 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries EL06687 20 x 5 mm Fuses

£4.25 ea £3.98 pk

218

EL72555 250 mA

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£41.78 ea £4.25 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrical Measurement

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Joulemeters

IPC Joulemeter, Low Voltage, Premium

SEP Joulemeter, Low Voltage

This updated USB version of the low voltage Joulemeter includes datalogging and an improved specification and can be used with or without a computer. Designed to be simple enough to use at KS3, and flexible enough for more advanced use at KS4 and beyond, the Joulemeter simply requires an input supply and a load to be plugged in (e.g. a solar panel and a motor) and the meter will display the values of the power and the energy transferred. For simplicity, the instrument automatically adjusts the display to show suitable units and an appropriate number of decimal places, so that it can deal with a very wide range of values (e.g. for energy, from 100 nanojoules up to 1.75 megajoules).

This meter is capable of measuring energies from 1 mJ to 9999 J or power from 1 mW to 200 W in AC or DC circuits. Two ranges selected by a switch labelled mJ/mW and J/W are available. The auto-ranging four digit display will give direct readings of energy or power. The maximum current input is 10 A. All electrical connections are via 4 mm sockets. • Supply voltage: 20 V DC, 14 V AC (rms) • Input resistance: (No load) 2MΩ • Max load current: J/W range - 10 A, mJ/mW range - 10 mA • Max energies: J range - 9999 J, mJ range - 9999 mJ • Max power: W range - 200 W

This version of the Joulemeter functions almost identically to the previous version but in addition the meter also keeps a log at the chosen sample rate when the total energy transferred is being measured; the data can then be loaded on to a PC using free mini-datalogger software. The function button allows any of four settings to be selected for the required quantity to be measured (energy and time; power; average power; voltage, current and power). • Current range: ±7 A (current can flow in either direction) • Voltage range: ±25 V • Log memory: 2500 samples • Log sample period: 1, 2, or 4 seconds • Powered via USB or using the 5 V mains adaptor (included) EL81448

£297.00 ea

Mains Power & Energy Meter, Digital

This plug-in power meter monitors and measures the energy/power consumption and running costs of connected electrical appliances. Measures voltage, current, power, frequency, power factor, usage and costs; adjustable price per kWh for 2 prices; memory for cumulative energy usage, total costs and costs by price setting; Large LCD; 12/24 hour clock with day/hour/minute; Clear function clears all data in memory including current time; supplied with batteries. Voltage: 200-276 V AC; Current: 0.02-16 A; Power: 5-3588 W; Frequency: 45-65 Hz; Energy: 0-9999.9 kWh; Power Supply: 230-240 V AC 50 Hz; Max. load: 13 A, 3120 W; Power: 3 x 1.5 V button cell batteries (supplied).

BEST SELLER

EL81445 SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL180447 Replacement fuse

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£98.48 ea £5.33 ea

EN101550

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£30.98 ea

w: timstar.com

219


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Picoscopes ● Capacitance & Charging Picoscopes Dual Channel Picoscopes

This range of PicoScopes are extremely versatile, with an Oscilloscope, spectrum analyser and arbitrary waveform generator in each model. Their compact size makes them extremely portable and the cases are very robust. Connections are simple, comprising, channel A, channel B, signal out and USB socket. Dimensions (L x W x H): 100 x 135 x 45 mm. The USB (2.0) provides power, eliminating the need for an external power supply. The USB connection facilitates high speed data transmission. The Windows software supplied with each PicoScope is very simple to use. It features an auto setup function which reduces setup time to a few minutes. Updates to the software are provided free of charge. Both models have input ranges of: ±50 mV, ±100 mV, ±500 mV, ±1 V, ±2 V, ±5 V, ±10 V ±20 V. Specification: Model: Picoscope 2204 • Bandwith (MHz): 10 • ETS (GS/s): 5.0 • Sampling rate (MS/s): 100 • Scale (ns-s/div): 2-50 Model: Picoscope 2205 • Bandwith (MHz): 20 • ETS (GS/s): 10.0 • Sampling rate (MS/s): 200 • Scale (ns-s/div): 1-50 Signal Generator Output: • Buffer Size: 4k words • Vertical Resolution: 8 bits • Output Range: ±125 mV to ±2 V pk-pk with ±1 V offset • Output Resistance: 600 O • Clock Frequency: 2 MHz • Bandwidth: DC to 1 MHz EL81422 EL81424

Type PicoScope 2204 PicoScope 2205

£182.25 ea £276.75 ea

Capacitance & Charging Capacitance Selector

Twelve non-electrolytic capacitors selected by a rotary switch mounted on the outer casing. Capacitance values available: 100pF; 220pF; 470pF; 2.2nF; 4.7nF; 10nF; 22nF; 47nF; 220nF; 1µF. Connection by 4mm sockets.

EL110300

220

£59.33 ea

Capacitor Investigation Demo Board

This is a highly useful demo board, it demonstrates the charging and discharging of the capacitors. Here the external + 12V DC supply is used for charging the capacitors through the current limiting resistors. The charging curve/time can be viewed on CRO. Once the capacitor is fully charged, it can be discharged with the help of toggle switch (turning towards discharge). Again the discharge curve/time can be viewed on CRO. This phenomenon can also be demonstrated using current meter, only the polarity of motor should be connected properly. Here three different combinations of C & R are provided for observing different wave forms.

EL71405

£60.68 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Resistance

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Resistance Substitution Box

Resistance

A 6 decade resistance substitution box ideally suited for school or college use. The box will simulate resistances from 1 to 999,999Ω in 1Ω steps. The value selected is clearly indicated on the dials.

Resistance Selector

Mini substitution unit using a single rotary switch to select from twelve values all at 5% 0.5W. Values in Ω are 100, 330, 470, 680, 1k, 3.3k, 4.7k, 6.8k, 10k, 33k, 47k and 100k. Connections via 4 mm sockets.

EL71455

£45.83 ea

Decade Resistance Box

A four decade resistance box covering 1 to 9999Ω in 1Ω steps. Plastic enclosure box with resistance values 5% tolerance. Dimensions (L x W x H): 165 x 80 x 50 mm.

EL71460

£60.68 ea

Rheostats Sliding Contact

A range of rheostats or potentiometers ideal for school use. Consisting of heavily oxidised resistance wire wound upon a vitreous enamelled steel tube and locked into place with ceramic cement, multi-leaf phosphor bronze heavy duty sliding contact on a nickel plated rod. Robust enamelled die-cast end stands and 4 mm socket terminals. All Rheostats are 43 mm diameter.

EL71415

USEFUL ELECTRICAL Useful Electrical Formulae FORMULAE

£64.73 ea

INFO

EL18541 EL18542 EL18544 EL18545 EL18546 EL18552 EL18553 EL18554 EL18555

OHM’S LAW: V=IR so R=V/I & I=V/R Total resistance Resistors in series: Rtotal = R1 + R2 + R3 Resistors in parallel: 1/Rtotal = 1/R1 + 1/R2 + 1/R3

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Length 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm

Current 0.6 A 0.9 A 2.3 A 4A 5A 1.8 A 3.2 A 4.5 A 9A

Resistance 600 Ω 300 Ω 55 Ω 16 Ω 8.5 Ω 125 Ω 37 Ω 20 Ω 4.5 Ω

£41.78 ea £32.33 ea £45.83 ea £45.83 ea £41.78 ea £44.48 ea £47.18 ea £59.33 ea £47.18 ea

...an essential product to OUR EXPERT SAYS... help students understand electrical resistance in a metal caused by electrons colliding with atoms. A rheostat (variable resistor) controls the current in a circuit, and so can vary the brightness of a bulb or the speed of a motor.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

221


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Resistance

NEED TO MEASURE RESISTANCE? There are several methods to investigate resistance. A wire potentiometer can be used to find the resistance of the wire at different lengths. A Wheatstone bridge can also be used for this investigation, and in addition, it can be used to find the resistance of unknown electrical resistance. Wheatstone bridges provide very accurate measurements. Required practicals for investigating resistance include:

1.

Investigating how the resistance of a wire varies with its length

2.

Investigating resistance in series and parallel circuits

Resistance Wire Board

This apparatus provides the basis for student investigations into resistance. Four wires, 500mm long mounted on an acrylic base and connected via 4mm sockets. The wires are all Nichrome with diameters of 1.0, 0.8, 0.63 and 0.4mm giving resistances in the range 0.4 to 4 ohms. A graduated mm scale is included allowing resistance V length and resistance V diameter investigations to be easily covered. Dimensions (L): 500mm.

Wheatstone Bridge

Slide wire pattern with four gaps for known and unknown resistors. A straight resistance wire stretched along a metric scale mounted on a wooden base. Wire can be easily replaced if damaged or broken. Complete with jockey. All connections are low resistance and via standard 4 mm sockets. Length: 1.5 m.

EL52250 SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL52265 Spare Jockey

£53.93 ea £9.38 ea

Teledeltos Conductive Paper EL71445

£134.93 ea

Potentiometer

High resistance conductive paper. Suitable for: Electric field plotting. Simple strip resistors (or variable resistors using 2 mounted strips with conductive surfaces in contact, overlaying by varying amounts). Resistance: 2,000-3,000 ohms/square.

Slide wire pattern mounted on a rigid anodized aluminium base fitted with a metric scale with two equal lengths of constantan wire running across their length. Connection to the resistance wires is made via 4 mm sockets. Resistance wires located along the meter rules, giving a total length of 2 metres. Complete with knife jockey. Resistance of wire approx 2Ω/m. EL91430

Dimensions 457 mm x 1 metre (W x L)

£10.73 ea

Resistance Putty

Conducting putty is a useful aid to teaching resistivity and the relationship between length and cross-sectional area on resistance. A cylinder 60mm long and 20mm in diameter has a resistance of approximately 20Ω. Can readily be connected into an electrical circuit and both length and diameter can easily be altered by ‘re-moulding’ the putty. Although harmless, plastic gloves are provided to prevent hands from becoming stained. Approx. 100g. Type EL52260 SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL52265 Spare Jockey

222

£53.93 ea £9.38 ea

EL91440

£25.58 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Resistance ● Transformers

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Thermistor

This apparatus contains an NTC bead thermistor with a nominal resistance of 4.7kΩ in a glass tube with electrical connection made by means of 4 mm sockets. Students from KS3 to Post-16 can carry out practical investigations into the thermistor characteristics. Full instructions and specimen results included. Dimensions (L): 220 mm.

EL71480

£30.98 ea

Transformers Demountable Transformer Kit

A laminated, low loss core on which to attach coils in different combinations to demonstrate the principle of step-up and step-down transformers. Various coils can be used for GCSE physics and A-Level physics to show how transformers are used in domestic electrical appliances and in the National Grid for power transmission. Demonstrations work well with the Interscale Demonstration Meter EL52300. The core is made up of highly permeable U-shaped metal sheeting, which can be closed via two clamps with tightening screws. The cross-section of the core measures 40 x 40 mm. Contents:

• Transformer core • 1x 6000 turn, 0.2 A coil, with tappings every 2000 turns • 1x 1200 turn, 1.25 A coil, with tappings at 300 & 600 turns • 1x 72 turn, 12 A coil, with tappings at 6, 30, 54, and 66 turns • 1x 600 turn, 2 A coil, with mains input, switch and protective fuse The Premium Version is supplied in a Gratnells tray with insert.

EL180820 EL180830

Type Standard Version Premium Version

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL18517 C13 plug

£290.25 ea £357.75 ea £7.49 ea

Transformer Accessory Kit 1

Used to demonstrate Lenz Law and Induction Heating. 4 pieces kit includes single ring with handle, 2 coil rings (one complete, one with gap), and 6 turn thick coil with handles

EL81466

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£60.68 kit

Transformer Accessory Kit 2

Lenz’s law transformer accessory kit to demonstrate the production of large magnetic fields and Lenz’s law damping on pendulums with and without slits.

EL81468

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£60.68 kit

w: timstar.com

223


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Demountable Transformer Coils

To fit the EL180820 demountable transformer kit. Fits a 40 x 40 mm core.

Transformers Galvanometer Insert

For building a simple galvanometer. The insert consists of a permanent magnet with a pointer. The device is fitted with a 0-centre scale. Compatible with coils EL150810-EL150820.

EL180810

EL81452 EL81454 EL81456 EL81458 EL81460 EL81462

Type Coil 50 turns, 4A, 0.15Ω Coil 100 turns, 2A, 0.55 Ω Coil 200 turns, 1A, 2.5 Ω Coil 500 turns, 0.5A, 8.95 Ω (In Starter Kit) Coil 1000 turns, 0.3A, 39.5 Ω Coil 2000 turns, 0.05A, 445 Ω

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL18517

C13 plug

Current 5A

Length 1.8 m

£40.43 ea £40.43 ea £40.43 ea £48.53 ea £48.53 ea £48.53 ea

£37.73 ea

U-Core With Armature

Laminated U-core with armature and clamp screw. Cross sectional area: 20 x 20 mm. Compatible with EL150810-EL150820.

£7.49 ea

Transformer Coil Set, Student

Coils to fit EL150800. Made of coloured plastic with 4 mm safety jack connectors. Armatures available separately. The coils are provided with a transparent, adhesive polyester foil with effective voltage insulation up to 4500 V to reduce the risk of electric shock. • Hole size: 20.5 x 20.5 mm • Resistance: 0.7 O • Colour: Blue • Thread diameter: 0.9 mm • Number of Windings: 200 • Inductance: Approximately 680 µH • Max. current: 2 A

EL150800

£60.68 ea

Armature, Laminated

Laminated I-core. Dimensions (W x H x L): 20 x 20 x 83 mm. Mass: 225 g. Compatible with EL150816, EL150818 and EL150820.

EL150802

£22.88 ea

Armature, Massive

This massive I-core is used for demonstrating the increase in power loss when using massive cores instead of laminated types. When the massive core is used it becomes warmer than the laminated core. Dimensions: 20 x 20 x 83 mm. EL150810 EL150812 EL150816 EL150818 EL150820 EL150822 EL150824

224

Type 200 turns 400 turns 800 turns 1600 turns 3200 turns 200/400 turns 300/600 turns

Colour Blue Yellow Grey Red Grey Grey Grey

£28.28 ea £28.28 ea £30.98 ea £30.98 ea £37.73 ea £35.03 ea £37.73 ea

EL150804

£17.82 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Transformers ● Rectifiers

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

C-Core Coils Set

A range of sturdy, mounted coils, designed for use with laminated C cores and clips. The coils have different numbers of turns of copper wire, allowing students to investigate the relationship between voltage and number of turns, showing how transformers work etc. They can also be used to demonstrate electromagnetic induction (Faraday’s law). Coils come complete with 4 mm sockets and are available as a set of 5 coils: 50 + 100 turns; 200 + 300 turns; 300 + 350 turns; 400 + 500 turns; 550 + 600 turns.

National Grid Simulation Kit

To safely demonstrate the need for high voltage transmission of electricity. This apparatus clearly demonstrates how this is achieved using the 2 interconnected boxes through which pupils can see the components. The high and low voltage sides are clearly indicated, with resistance wires connected to either side for direct comparison of lamp brightness/energy loss. By gripping the insulated cables the energy loss can be felt in the form of heat. There are also voltmeter sockets for measuring the high voltage. Comes complete with two boxes (transmit and receive), insulated resistance wires, two mounted SBC lamps and full instructions. • Touchproof, locking high voltage connectors used throughout it is virtually impossible to get an electric shock • Clear lid to the casing so pupils can see how it works and trace the circuit • Indicators for low/high voltage • Voltmeter sockets for measuring the high voltage • Supplied with 2 x kits to make up the pylons

BEST SELLER

EL71520

Type Set of 5 Coils

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type EL130315 C Core EL130325 C Core & Clip

£195.75 set Quantity 2 2 (+ 1 clip)

£40.43 pr £40.43 ea

Rectifiers Full Wave Bridge With LEDs

Comprising a plate with four arrow-shaped red LEDs in a diodebridge arrangement, with a 4 mm socket at each node. By using a slow AC power supply (using a signal generator at <1 Hz) each step in the rectification process can be followed. • Max 15 mA/25 V AC • Plate size: 90 x 90 mm

EL150740

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£32.33 ea

EL71435

Type

£168.75 kit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Dimensions Power EL06677 55 x 38 mm (L x Dia.) 24 W EL180437 HT Leads for Mk 2 kit

£3.04 ea £33.68 ea

...by gripping insulated OUR EXPERT SAYS... cables, energy loss can be felt in the form of heat. A great way to safely demonstrate high voltage transmission of electricity. The kits clever design ensure it is virtually impossible to receive an electric shock.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

225


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Leads

Mains Accessories Insulating Tape

Standard 4 Way Extension Socket

PVC Insulating Tape

4 way with neon indicator, 2 metre cable and 13A plug.

EL06515

Coloured PVC adhesive tape, electrical grade conforming to BS 3924. In 19 mm wide rolls. Supplied in rolls of 20 m.

£9.38 ea

Cable Reels

Robust, easy wind action cable reels that comply with BS1363A and EN61242 Specifications. Arctic cable, suitable for use down to -20°C. Fitted with BS approved 3 pin re-wireable plug. Built-in hand grip and twin childproof socket outlets, gated for safety. Maximum load 10A. 6 m length.

EL06630 EL110160 EL06631 EL110175

Colour Black Red White Yellow

£2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea

Quick Blow Fuses Fuses, Quick-Blow, Glass EL06520

£20.18 ea

20 x 5 mm, 250 V AC. Supplied in packs of 10. EL06687 EL06689 EL06691

IEC Mains Lead (Kettle Lead) Moulded UK mains plug to IEC plug.

Length 20 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm

Current 250 mA 1A 2A

£3.98 pk £2.36 pk £2.36 pk

Fuses, Mains, Ceramic 6.3 x 25.4 mm. 240 V AC. To BS 1362. Supplied in packs of 10.

EL06683 EL18517

Type C13 plug

Length 1.8 m

Current 5A

£7.49 ea

Current 13 A

£4.32 pk

Slow Blow Fuses Fuses, Slow-Blow (Time-Delay)

Plug

20 x 5 mm. 250 V AC. Supplied in packs of 10.

BS 1363. Fused. White plastic body.

EL06500

226

Type 3 Pin

Current 13 A

£1.49 ea

EL18523

Length 20 x 5 mm

Current 1A

£2.63 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Mains Accessories ● Wire

ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS

Fuse Wire

Fuse Wire Holder

Handy holder for clamping fuse wire, to demonstrate the operation of a fuse in an electrical circuit. The holder includes 4 mm sockets, for easy connection to lab leads, and is designed for use with bare fuse wire, which should be pushed into the fuse holder’s clamps.

Fuse Wire, Mixed Pack

This pack contains 3 lengths of fuse wire and is ideal for demonstrating the relationship between thickness and resistance in fuse wires. The thinner wire can also be used to demonstrate how a fuse works (requires a power supply capable of delivering a current over 5 Amps). Contents: 1.7 m of 5 amp fuse wire (for use in lighting circuits, max circuit loading 1kW); 0.7 m of 15 amp fuse wire (for use in mains socket ring circuits, max circuit loading 3kW): 0.5 m of 30 amp fuse wire (for use in cooker, shower and immersion heater circuits, max circuit loading 7kW). EL120570

£4.39 ea

EL170575

£29.43 ea

Wire Copper Track

Copper Wire

Supplied on a reel with self adhesive backing.

Copper Wire, Bare Supplied on a reel.

EL06758

Length 33 metre

Width 5 mm

£9.38 ea

Constantan Wire Constantan Wire, Bare (Eureka)

Supplied on a reel (60% Copper, 40% Nickel Alloy).

EL06700 EL06702 EL06703 EL06704 EL06706 EL06707 EL06708 EL18530 EL18531 EL18532 EL18533

Diameter Length per kg 2 mm 35 m 1.6 mm 56 m 0.9 mm 176 m 0.71 mm 284 m 0.56 mm 456 m 0.45 mm 708 m 0.37 mm 1020 m 1.25 mm 90 m 0.31 mm 1444 m 0.28 mm 1828 m 0.2 mm 3584 m

Resistance

Weight

0.000544 Ω/m 0.0085 Ω/m 0.0269 Ω/m 0.0432 Ω/m 0.0694 Ω/m 0.108 Ω/m 0.155 Ω/m 0.0139 Ω/m 0.219 Ω/m 0.278 Ω/m 0.544 Ω/m

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

g g g g g g g g g g g

£16.13 ea £16.88 ea £16.88 ea £17.48 ea £17.48 ea £18.23 ea £18.83 ea £16.13 ea £18.83 ea £19.58 ea £20.93 ea

Iron Wire Iron Wire, Bare

Please note, this wire rusts very readily and will probably have some surface rust when purchased.

EL06717 EL06718 EL06719 EL06721 EL06722 EL06723 EL06724 EL06726 EL06727

Diameter Length per kg 0.9 mm 176 m 0.71 mm 284 m 0.56 mm 456 m 0.45 mm 708 m 0.37 mm 1020 m 0.31 mm 1444 m 0.28 mm 1828 m 0.23 mm 2574 m 0.2 mm 3584 m

Resistance Weight 0.77 Ω/m 1.24 Ω/m 1.99 Ω/m 3.10 Ω/m 4.40 Ω/m 6.30 Ω/m 7.90 Ω/m 11.20 Ω/m 15.0 Ω/m

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

g g g g g g g g g

£24.98 ea £24.98 ea £24.98 ea £25.58 ea £25.58 ea £25.58 ea £26.33 ea £26.33 ea £26.93 ea

EL101446 EL101447

Diameter 0.71 mm 0.71 mm

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Weight 50 g 1000 g

w: timstar.com

£6.89 ea £17.48 ea

227


ELECTRICITY & ELECTRONICS Nichrome Wire

Multi Strand, Flexible

This high quality stranded PVC-insulated equipment wire is ideal for general interconnection with apparatus. • 7 strand/0.2 mm tinned • Rating 1 kV rms 1.4 A at 70 copper conductor deg C • Overall dimeter 1.2 mm • Supplied on reels of 100 m • Current rating 2 A

Nichrome Wire, Bare

Supplied on a reel (80% Nickel, 20% Chromium Alloy).

Diameter Length per kg 1.25 mm 96 m 0.9 mm 188 m 0.71 mm 304 m 0.56 mm 488 m 0.45 mm 756 m 0.37 mm 1088 m 0.31 mm 1542 m 0.28 mm 1952 m

EL06731 EL06732 EL06733 EL06734 EL06736 EL06737 EL06738 EL06739

Wire

EL180400 EL180402

Resistance Weight 0.88 Ω/m 1.70 Ω/m 2.70 Ω/m 4.40 Ω/m 6.80 Ω/m 9.80 Ω/m 13.90 Ω/m 17.50 Ω/m

125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125

g g g g g g g g

£28.28 ea £29.03 ea £29.03 ea £29.03 ea £29.63 ea £29.63 ea £30.38 ea £30.38 ea

Colour Black Red

£12.08 ea £12.08 ea

Insulated Wire Cable, PVC Insulated 3-Core Cable 10 m lengths. For mains use to BS 6500.

Flexible Wire Multi Strand, Flexible

Flexible Rated: 1.4A@ 1000V RMS max. 7 cores x 0.2mm. 100m reel. EL06751 EL06752

Current 3A 6A

£7.43 ea £8.91 ea

Core Wire Solid Core

Rated: 1.8 A @ 1000V RMS max. size 1/0.6 mm. 100 m reel.

EL067460 EL067463

Colour Black Red

£7.63 ea £7.63 ea

EL110180 EL110185 EL110190 EL110195

Colour Black Red Blue Brown

£12.08 ea £12.08 ea £12.08 ea £12.08 ea

STANDARD WIRE GAUGES (SWG) AND DIAMETERS* OF BARE WIRES

INFO

SWG

Diameter

SWG

Diameter

SWG

Diameter

4

5.89mm

20

0.91mm

36

0.19mm

5

5.39mm

21

0.81mm

37

0.17mm

6

4.88mm

22

0.71mm

38

0.15mm

7

4.47mm

23

0.61mm

39

0.13mm

8

4.06mm

24

0.56mm

40

0.12mm

9

3.66mm

25

0.51mm

41

0.11mm

10

3.52mm

26

0.46mm

42

0.10mm

11

2.95mm

27

0.42mm

43

0.09mm

12

2.64mm

28

0.38mm

44

0.08mm

13

2.34mm

29

0.35mm

45

0.07mm

14

2.03mm

30

0.31mm

46

0.06mm

15

1.83mm

31

0.29mm

47

0.05mm

16

1.63mm

32

0.27mm

48

0.04mm

17

1.42mm

33

0.25mm

49

0.03mm

18

1.22mm

34

0.23mm

50

0.025mm

19

1.02mm

35

0.21mm

* Diameters are approximate only.

228

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage 230 Fume Cupboards 240

FURNITURE & STORAGE

229

Workbenches 241 Seating 242


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Storage

Storage Units

Gratnells Tall Frames

Supplied complete with trays. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x W x D.

Double Chemical Store Set

This set is ideal for storing all your chemical requirements. Translucent trays allow you to easily see the contents of the trays and the additional shelves are useful for larger items. • 12 translucent shallow trays • 4 translucent deep trays • 2 translucent jumbo trays • 18 pairs of runners • 8 single shelves - the bottom trays sit on shelves for easy access

A

B

Type Dimensions TR190302 A Double Column 1850 x 710 x 420 mm TR190303 B Triple Column 1850 x 1055 x 420 mm

BEST SELLER

Dimensions 1850 x 710 x 420 mm (H x W x D)

51

£695.25 ea

Gratnells Low Frames

Supplied complete with trays. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x D x W. B

A TR190900

No. of Trays 34 £465.75 ea

£533.25 ea

Treble Chemical Store Set

This set is ideal for storing all your chemical requirements. Translucent trays allow you to easily see the contents of the trays and the additional shelves are useful for larger items. • 18 translucent shallow tray • 6 translucent deep trays • 3 translucent jumbo trays • 21 pairs of runners • 12 single shelves - the bottom trays sit on shelves for easy access

C

Dimensions 825 x 370 x 420 mm TR190112 B Double Column 825 x 710 x 420 mm TR190113 C Triple Column 825 x 1055 x 420 mm TR190111

TR190910

230

Dimensions 1850 x 1055 x 420 mm (H x W x D)

£708.75 ea

Type

A Single Column

For tray colour selection see page 235

No. of Trays 7

£148.50 ea

14

£283.50 ea

21

£364.50 ea

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Gratnells Under-Bench Frames

Supplied complete with trays. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x W x D. A

Trolleys Callero Plus Mobile Trolley Units

This range of science storage trolleys from Gratnells offers several advantages over standard trolleys, including extra storage, larger castors, enclosed metal trolley frames and stop-safe runners. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x W x D. • 25% extra storage • Larger castors for improved stability • Enclosed metal framing, to reduce cleaning needs and boost security • Improved ergonomic design • Versatile storage, with a wide range of modern colour options • New stop safe runners • Assembly Required

B

A

B

C

D

E

F

C

Type TR190101 A Single Column

Dimensions 725 x 370 x 420 mm TR190102 B Double Column 725 x 710 x 420 mm TR190103 C Triple Column 725 x 1055 x 420 mm

No. of Trays 6

£141.75 ea

12

£263.25 ea

18

£337.50 ea

Mobile Storage Units

A range of quality Mobile Tray Storage Units. Made from scuff resistant light oak laminate panels. Supplied without trays. A

B Type

TR76902 TR76904

Type A Double Column B Triple Column

Dimensions 630 x 690 x 450 mm (H x W x D) 630 x 1030 x 450 mm (H x W x D)

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

FU160700 A Double Column FU160705 B Double Column FU160710 C Double Column FU160715 D Triple Column FU160720 E Triple Column FU160725 F Triple Column

No. of Trays 12

£202.50 ea

18

£256.50 ea

Dimensions 1075 x 690 x 430 mm

No. of Trays 16 Shallow £364.50 ea

1075 x 690 x 430 mm

8 Deep

1075 x 690 x 430 mm

8 Shallow, £357.75 ea 4 Deep 1075 x 1020 x 430 mm 24 Shallow £479.25 ea 1075 x 1020 x 430 mm 12 Deep

£519.75 ea

1075 x 1020 x 430 mm 16 Shallow, £526.50 ea 4 Deep

For tray colour selection see page 235

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£351.00 ea

w: timstar.com

INFO 231


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Storage

Gratnells Trolleys

Supplied complete with trays. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x W x D. A

TR190011 TR190012 TR190013

B

Type

A Single Column B Double Column C Triple Column

C

Dimensions 850 x 370 x 420 mm 850 x 710 x 420 mm 850 x 1055 x 420 mm

No. of Trays 6 12 18

£182.25 ea £303.75 ea £384.75 ea

Gratnells Under-Bench Trolleys

Supplied complete with trays. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Dimensions are stated in H x W x D.

A

TR190001 TR190002 TR190003

232

B

Type

Dimensions

A Single Column 725 x 370 x 420 mm B Double Column 725 x 710 x 420 mm C Triple Column 725 x 1055 x 420 mm

C

No. of Trays 5 10 15

£162.00 ea £263.25 ea £384.75 ea

For tray colour selection see page 235

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Rover Trolley

The Gratnells Rover is a heavy duty metal trolley with pneumatic tyres, runners to hold Gratnells trays, and a strap to secure your trays for transport. Suitable for use indoors and out, and up and down stairs. Please specify tray colour when ordering. Supplied with trays in a range of configurations. Compatible with Gratnells PowerTray and SmartCase. • Stylish curved silver frame • 260 mm pneumatic tyres for all terrains • Five sets of runners allow a variety of possible tray combinations For tray colour selection • Strap to secure the trays and contents see page 235 • Supplied fully assembled • Dimensions (H x W x D): 1170 x 760 x 560 mm

A

TR180900 TR180901

No. of Trays

A 3 Extra Deep B 3 Deep

B

C

£236.25 ea £236.25 ea

TR180902 TR180904

INFO

D

No. of Trays

C 2 Jumbo D 1 Shallow, 1 Deep, 1 Jumbo

£236.25 ea £236.25 ea

Laboratory Trolley

This multipurpose range of Laboratory Trolleys has been designed with many different applications in mind. The trolleys are chemical resistant and are used in research, medical, industrial and education labs all over the world. All trolleys in the range are lightweight, have a safe working load of 250kg and are supplied with precision bearing castors with 2 brakes. They are ergonomic in design, attractive in appearance and are manufactured using the highest quality, nylon fibre blended polymers, which are resistant to the harshest working conditions. Complete with instructions and a rubber construction mallet for easy self-assembly. Features: • Multipurpose use • 100mm castors - 2 brakes • Wipe Clean • Black Chemical Resistant Nylon Polymer Trays • Durable & Lightweight • Sturdy Aluminium Frame B • 250kg load capacity • CE marked D A

C

BEST SELLER

Dimensions TR140100 TR140105 TR140110 TR140115 TR140120

A B C D E

Shelf Height 1020 x 850 x 480 mm 300 mm 950 x 850 x 480 mm 550 mm 1080 x 850 x 480 mm 170 mm 950 x 1100 x 520 mm 550 mm 1020 x 1100 x 520 mm 300 mm

E

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£337.50 ea £317.25 ea £398.25 ea £324.00 ea £411.75 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

233


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Storage

Laboratory Trolley, Economy

A robust general purpose trolley. • Easy-Clean Polypropylene Shelves • Quiet, heavy-duty braked castors • Flat-packed for easy assembly • Maximum weight capacity: 150 kg • Usable surface area of each shelf (W x D) 400 x 610 mm approx • Dimensions (H x W x D): 960 x 415 x 830 mm • Weight: 11.2 kg

TR180000

£168.75 ea

Tray Trolleys

Enamelled steel construction with removable plastic trays and four swivel castor tyred wheels. Max. load 127kg.

TR16310 TR16315

234

Dimensions 755 x 450 x 985 mm (L x W x H) 755 x 450 x 1030 mm (L x W x H)

£398.25 ea £479.25 ea

Trolley, Folding Box

This lightweight trolley has smooth rolling rubber tyres, an adjustable telescopic handle, folds down completely for easy storage or carrying and reopens again in seconds. • Dimensions (L x W x H): 380 x 360 x 330 mm (Excluding handle)

TR130500

£33.68 ea

Trolleys, Fixed Tray

These high quality, all steel general purpose trolleys are of a fully welded construction with tubular end frames and come with 100mm swivel nylon castors offering a carrying capacity of 200kg (uniformly distributed load). Trolley shelves are supplied with 30mm retaining lip to 4 sides as standard. Colour: Blue. • Dimensions (L x W x H): 1060 x 460 x 950mm

TR106520 TR106524

Type 2 tier 3 tier

£344.25 ea £384.75 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Trays, Shelves & Accessories

Shallow Trays

Dimensions (L x W x D): 427 x 312 x 75 mm.

Deep Trays

Extra Deep Trays

Dimensions (L x W x D): 427 x 312 x 150 mm.

Jumbo Gratnells Trays

Dimensions (L x W x D): 427 x 312 x 225 mm.

Dimensions (L x W x D): 427 x 312 x 300 mm.

SHALLOW

DEEP

EXTRA DEEP

Price

£3.85 ea

£6.01 ea

£7.63 ea

JUMBO £9.38 ea

Translucent

TR110100

TR110120

TR110140

TR110145

Light Grey

TR180110

TR180210

N/A

N/A

Jet Black

TR150000

N/A

N/A

N/A

Sunshine Yellow

TR16174

TR16184

TR69015

TR16189

Tropical Orange

TR110115

TR110135

N/A

N/A

Flame Red

TR16173

TR16183

TR69010

TR16188

Fuchsia Pink

TR110110

TR110130

N/A

N/A

Plum Purple

TR110105

TR110125

TR160310

TR160405

Royal Blue

TR16171

TR16181

TR69000

TR16186

Grass Green

TR16172

TR16182

TR69005

N/A

Lime Green

TR160105

TR160205

N/A

TR16187

Lids for School Trays

Customisable Gratnells Tray Insert

Fits all Gratnell trays.

Ideal for storing irregularly shaped items securely, this Gratnells trays insert has scored squares, which can be removed to form the shape required.

BEST SELLER

TR16190

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£2.63 ea

TR160900

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£6.01 ea

w: timstar.com

235


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Storage

Inserts

For Shallow Gratnells Trays. A

B

Type

TR16195 TR16196 TR16197

A 3 section B 4 section C 6 section

Quantity 6 6 6

C

£27.68 pk £27.68 pk £27.68 pk

Foam Inserts

For Deep Gratnells Trays.

A

B

C

E D

F

TR69050 TR69055 TR69060 TR69061 TR96544 TR96546

236

A B C D E F

Type 30 Bottles 30 Calculators 30 Junior Lab Glasses 20 Adult Lab Glasses 108 test tubes, 15 mm diameter 56 boiling tubes, 25 mm diameter

£7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea £7.09 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Hazardous Storage

Acid/Alkali Cabinets

Radioactive Storage Cabinet

A strong steel cabinet with a combination lock, suitable for storing radioactive sources etc. Supplied with a yellow radioactive warning sign. Can be wall mounted. • Dimensions (W x H x D): 380 x 300 x 300 mm

Manufactured in 20 gauge mild steel with welded seams, these cabinets are fitted with reinforced non-combustible doors, with high melting point hinges, and lockable “L” handle with 2 point locking system. Two keys are supplied. They come with adjustable shelves, which act as a spillage tray for minor spills, and are adjustable in 25mm increments. The cabinets have an internal spillage sump built into the base of the unit which is not removable. Cabinets are finished in white polyester powder coat with warning labels on doors. A C

B

E D

ST170100

£182.25 ea

F

Radioactive Storage Cabinet, Premium

An enamelled sheet-steel cupboard with a lockable, vented door. Comes with 1 narrow fixed steel shelf, 2 holes at the rear for wall mounting and standard international warning sign. • Dimensions (W x H x D): 380 x 300 x 300 mm

BEST SELLER

ST14756 ST14757 ST14758 ST14755 ST150000 ST150005 ST150010

A B C D E F

Height

Width

Depth

71 cm 91.5 cm 183 cm 91.5 cm 76.2 cm 61 cm 71 cm

91.5 cm 91.5 cm 91.5 cm 46 cm 46 cm 61 cm 35.5 cm

46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 30.5 cm 30.5 cm

No. of Shelves 1 1 3 1 1 1 1

£398.25 ea £499.50 ea £803.25 ea £344.25 ea £276.75 ea £303.75 ea £310.50 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES ST150015

ST68600

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£256.50 ea

Shelf for ST14758

£47.18 ea

PLEASE NOTE: The powder INFO coat used for the acid cabinets is splash resistant not acid proof. There is not an acid proof powder coat on the market. If spills are not cleaned up or bottles are left open the fumes alone with some acids will take the paint finish off and start to corrode some components in time. If in any doubt, then we would suggest that some form of extraction is fitted to the cabinet in order to remove the vapours.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

237


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Storage

COSHH/Chemical Storage Cabinets

Flammables Cabinets

Cabinets are finished in grey epoxy polyester powder coat and are supplied with a pack of 4 labels for you to label the cabinet accordingly.

Cabinets are finished in yellow polyester powder coat with warning labels on doors.

Manufactured in 20 gauge mild steel with welded seams, these cabinets are fitted with reinforced non-combustible doors, with high melting point hinges, and lockable “L” handle with 2 point locking system. Two keys are supplied. They come with adjustable shelves, which act as a spillage tray for minor spills, and are adjustable in 25mm increments. The cabinets have an internal spillage sump built into the base of the unit which is not removable.

Manufactured in 20 gauge mild steel with welded seams, these cabinets are fitted with reinforced non-combustible doors, with high melting point hinges, and lockable “L” handle with 2 point locking system. Two keys are supplied. They come with adjustable shelves, which act as a spillage tray for minor spills, and are adjustable in 25mm increments. The cabinets have an internal spillage sump built into the base of the unit which is not removable.

A

BEST SELLER

B

A

C

C

B

D

E

E

D

F

Height

ST150415 ST150400 ST150425 ST150420 ST150410

238

A B C D E

Height

Width

Depth

71 cm 76.2 cm 183 cm 91.5 cm 61 cm

91.5 cm 46 cm 91.5 cm 91.5 cm 61 cm

46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 30.5 cm

No. of Shelves 1 1 3 1 1

£351.00 ea £243.00 ea £546.75 ea £378.00 ea £276.75 ea

ST14753 ST14751 ST14752 ST14750 ST150450 ST150460 ST150455

183 cm 91.5 cm 71 cm 91.5 cm 76.2 cm 71 cm F 61 cm

A B C D E

Width

Depth

91.5 cm 91.5 cm 91.5 cm 46 cm 46 cm 35.5 cm 61 cm

46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 46 cm 30.5 cm 30.5 cm

No. of Shelves 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

£621.00 ea £398.25 ea £357.75 ea £263.25 ea £229.50 ea £249.75 ea £256.50 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES ST150465

Shelf for ST14753

£47.18 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Storage

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Poisons Cabinet, Red

Manufactured in 20 gauge mild steel with welded seams, these cabinets are fitted with reinforced non-combustible doors, with high melting point hinges, and lockable “L” handle with 2 point locking system. Two keys are supplied. They come with adjustable shelves, which act as a spillage tray for minor spills, and are adjustable in 25mm increments. The cabinets have an internal spillage sump built into the base of the unit which is not removable. Cabinets are finished in red polyester powder coat and have warning signs on doors.

Height ST150666

Width

Depth

76.2 cm 46 cm

46 cm

No. of Shelves 1

£249.75 ea

Poisons Cabinet, Grey

• Approximately 40 L capacity • Three adjustable shelves to 45 mm pitch • Two point lock • Louvered door Wall mounting, constructed of 1.2 mm Zinctec coated sheet steel, with three adjustable shelves and lockable door. The door, which has concealed hinges, is recessed for added security.

ST14760

Height

Width

Depth

61 cm

45.5 cm

15.5 cm

£290.25 ea

Tool Box

Barn-type toolbox manufactured from sheet steel with plastic tote tray. The lid has a clip-type lock. Suitable for transporting radioactive sources between rooms within a school if security is a concern. • Dimensions: 455 x 125 x 40 mm

ST180900

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£49.88 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

239


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Fume Cupboards

Fume Cupboards Labvent Airscience Filtered Fume Cupboard

The Labvent Air Science Series ductless demonstration fume cupboard hoods are designed for individual and group applications where clear front, side and rear walls permit 360 degree visibility. The high efficiency carbon filtration and air management system protects both the user and the classroom environment from hazardous vapours generated on and above the work surface. The Filtered fume cupboard units are mounted on heavy duty transfer carts and are sized to fit through standard doorways for ease of transportation. Simplistic filter change and improved filter clamping, prevents bypass leakage and the low airflow alarm warns of unsafe conditions. Compliant with ANSI, OSHA, ANFOR, and BSI safety standards, tested to CLEAPSS guidance. Product Features and Options: • Control panel: Electronic controls and displays • Switches for blower and low airflow alarm • Power Inlet (right side and top) • Air Velometer: An analogue air velocity meter in the field of vision of the user • Gas Petcock • Gooseneck Water Faucet • Cup Sink • Internal diffuser • Integrated Centrifugal Fan motor blower assembly • Front Access Multiplex TM filtration system with filter clamp system • Electrostatic Pre Filter 99.5 % effective electrostatic pre filter is accessible from the inside of the chamber to contain the release of any particulates that it traps • Manual speed controller: The operator may set the centrifugal fan motor speed as desired • Internal fluorescent lamp • Duplex electrical outlet: externally mounted • Airflow alarm: A continuous air velocity monitoring system alerts the operator upon unacceptable values • Main Controls: Petcock and water faucet controls • Cart Handle: Located on the left and right sides • Filter ID Window: A strategically placed front cover window shows the installed filter part number and installation date for convenience and to encourage timely filter replacement. • Work surface: The internal work surface is fitted with a polypropylene tray. • Pass through ports: Electronic cords and cables are safely routed into the cabinet through ports on the back and side walls • Double hinged self-locking front sash: When closed, the cabinet sash protects the operator with 100 FPM airflow. The sash has an easy to open latch • 1.5 m flexible hose for water connection • 1.5 m flexible hose for gas connection • 2.0 m flexible waste pipe, ½ inch Vulcathane • 1 x Chain, hook and eye • Dimensions (W x D x H): 1003 x 724 x 1968 mm • Weight: 123 kg.

FU120100

£5,393.25 ea

Price does not include delivery or commissioning. Please contact us to request a quote.

240

INFO

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Fume Cupboards● Workbenches

FURNITURE & STORAGE

Fume Extraction Cabinet

The bench mounted fume cabinet offers an excellent and more versatile alternative to full sized fume cupboards. They are not intended as direct replacements for fume cupboards in all aspects, but offer a more affordable alternative for certain applications. They are suitable for use with organic chemicals, smoking experiments, microbiology and any lower-level fume and dust experiments, but are not suitable for use with chlorine, bromine, hydrogen chloride, sulfur dioxide etc. This cabinet offers a compact plug-and-play alternative when a full size lab fume cupboard is impractical or too costly, but where contaminant capture is necessary to meet Health and Safety standards and legislation. It is ideal for reducing risks to health posed by monomers, adhesives, hazardous powders and particulates, resins, solvents etc. The easily accessible hoods and shields feature service access ports for balances and equipment. Their convenient size, ability to offer first class air filtration or extraction in such a compact system, and ability to be moved and/or stored easily means it can be a valuable tool within the education sector. • Standard Filtration to 5 microns (optional HEPA filters available) • 0.5 m/s air velocity at filter • High Efficiency Carbon Filtration • Low Power Consumption • Single Phase Power Supply • No installation costs • Virtually maintenance free • Easy filter change • Quiet unobtrusive fans • Lifetime Warranty • Recirculatory action • Three stage particulate filtration • High Efficiency Activated Carbon Gas Filters • Powder Coated Mild Steel Hood • Clear High Visibility PETG capture shield • Brushless Centrifugal Blower (larger models have 2 blowers) • Optional 0.3 m HEPA filtration • 230 V AC 50 Hz • Dimensions (W x D x H): 680 x 660 x 610 mm • This unit is UK designed and manufactured FU101840

Model T660

Air Volume Displaced 335 m3/hr

£1,815.75 ea

...a versatile alternative OUR EXPERT SAYS... to fume cupboards but are not intended as direct replacements. Ideal for eradicating risks to health posed by adhesives, hazardous powders and resins etc. The Fume Extraction Cabinet is a compact system which can be easily moved and stored in the lab or prep-room.

Workbenches Mobile Benches Mobile Science Bench

A fully functional mobile science laboratory for secondary & tertiary level schools and institutions. The mobile science bench allows you to teach science anywhere in the school. Wheel the bench in to any classroom, plug in and start your lessons. This versatile mobile laboratory offers mains power, gas and running water with integrated ICT options. Weight: 200kg approx. • Dimensions (W x D x H): 1400 x 700 x 934mm Features: • Laboratory grade working surface: Trespa Athlon • Pull out surfaces for extra working space • Gratnells trays provide ample storage space for equipment • Lockable doors for safety • Push/pull handles for easy manoeuvrability • Lockable castors for stability • Mains plug with minimum 4 socket outlet • Double gas tap & tubing for bottled gas* • Running water via clean & waste water tanks, water pump and waste disposal system • Screw in sockets for standard retort stands • Computer monitor arm • Computer space lockable *Note: Requires 3.5 or 4.5 kg Butane/propane gas cylinders and regulator to be purchased separately by institution. FU110200

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£4,043.25 ea

When purchasing gas, please ensure you follow the guidance and regulations regarding storage of cylinders.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

INFO

241


FURNITURE & STORAGE

Seating Traditional Wooden Lab Stool

Steps & Stools

Traditional wooden laboratory stool in beech. • Dimensions (H x W x D): 610 x 370 x 370 mm

Kicksteps

Lightweight steel kicksteps. • Safe and convenient to use • Castors retract when steps are in use • Non slip rubber treads • Overall height: 400 mm • Top diameter: 260 mm • Base diameter: 430 mm • Working load: 150 kg

ST106270

Colour Blue

BEST SELLER

£53.93 ea

FU140160

£74.18 ea

Flat Seat Stacking Stools

Hardworking, hardwearing, tough yet lightweight flat seat stacking stools. NOTE: Please state colour when ordering: Red/Blue/Green and Charcoal seats - black frame. • Dimensions (H x W x D): 610 x 400 x 410 mm

FU71954

242

£66.08 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Section â—? Section

Adapters 244 Beakers 246 Baskets 248 Bottles 248 Burettes 256 Burners 258 Crucibles 261 Cylinders 262 Desiccators 264 Crystallising Dishes 264 Evaporating Basins 265 Flasks 266 Funnels 271 Gauzes 274

LABWARE

243

LABWARE

Jars 274 Labware Racks & Storage 275 Labware Sets 277 Labware Tools & Accessories 278 Measuring 292 Measurement 298 Petri Dishes 302 Pipettes 303 Retort Stands 307 Special Labware Joints 310 Torches 311 Test Tubes 312 Tripods 316 Tubing 317


LABWARE

Adapters

Plastic Adapters Straight Disconnector Adapters

Straight Disconnector Adapter. This tight fitting, quick disconnector is useful for joining tubing which may need to be quickly uncoupled. Made from Polyethylene.

QUICKFIT® JOINTED GLASSWARE

AD00114

The Quickfit system is a premium range of interchangeable glassware, manufactured exclusively from Pyrex® borosilicate 3.3 glass. The range features interchangeable ground glass joints which when combined creates a wide variety of excellent assemblies for a vast number of experiments.

O.D. 8/10 mm

£1.55 ea

Y-Shape Adapters

Polypropylene connectors with rigid arms and ridges for better grip. Supplied in packs of 5.

AD00071

O.D. 8 mm

£13.43 pk

Glass Adapters Quickfit Adapters

Right-angled tubing adapter fits 8 mm bore tubing. Detachable plastic screw thread.

Cone QMF10/1B/SC 14/23

£21.53 ea

Quickfit Expansion Adapters

QXA21 QXA31 QXA32

Cone 14/23 14/23 19/26

Socket 19/26 24/29 24/29

£18.83 ea £18.83 ea £18.83 ea

The brilliance of these products is that Quickfit only makes 20 joints from the mould before it is recalibrated, so you can buy different pieces years apart and they will still fit together.

Quickfit joints are made with a 2-way grinding process making the system fully interchangeable. The rounded profile adds mechanical strength, and is more resistant to chipping, compared to other brands which have a square profile. There is no need to use grease in the joints and you can also buy clips for extra security. All conical joints have an accurately ground cone & socket with 1:10 taper and the ground finish of a Quickfit joint ensures:

• No joint seizure • No fluid leakage • Joint is gas & vacuum tight Joint sizes can be found printed on your Quickfit glassware and are specified as two numbers e.g. 24/29. This means that sockets or cones of this size have a diameter of 24 mm at the widest end and have a 29 mm length of engagement. Ideally, the cone and socket should both be the same size. A cone or joint, size 19/26 will fit into a socket size 19/26. However, if you have a mix of sizes that won’t fit together Timstar offers a range of expansion or reduction adapters enabling you to use your glassware once more.

Quickfit Cone/Screw Thread Adapters These adapters are ideal to connect thermometers and inlet tubes to your Quickfit assemblies. They are supplied complete with a plastic cap, silicone rubber ring and PTFE washer.

BEST SELLER

Quickfit & Timstar jointed glassware Quickfit is regarded as the Premium jointed glassware and offers the best overall quality. Timstar jointed glassware is a standard quality equivalent, offering good quality at a more affordable price. The two ranges are compatible with each other. Please note that the Timstar adapters do not come with the screw thread adapter – this can be purchased separately.

244

QST51/13 QST52/13

Cone 14/23 19/26

Thread 13 13

Hole Diameter 6.0 - 7.0 mm 6.0 - 7.0 mm

£22.88 ea £23.63 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Adapters

LABWARE Quickfit Receiver Adapters

Timstar Cone/Screw Thread Adapters JG26060 JG26062 JG26066

Cone 14/23 19/26 14/23

Thread 13 13 18

Hole Diameter 6.0 - 7.0 mm 6.0 - 7.0 mm 7.0 - 8.5 mm

Used to safely feed the distillate from condensers into the receiving vessels. Long stem. £12.83 ea £13.37 ea £16.47 ea

Quickfit Reduction Adapters

QRA1/11 QRA1/12

Socket 14/23 19/26

£24.98 ea £24.98 ea

Timstar Receiver Adapters JG26100 JG26102 JG26104

QDA12 QDA13 QDA23

Cone 19/26 24/29 24/29

Socket 14/23 14/23 19/26

£16.13 ea £16.13 ea £16.13 ea

Socket 14/23 19/26 24/29

£11.00 ea £11.54 ea £7.16 ea

Quickfit Receiver Adapters Bends, with vents.

Timstar Reduction Adapters

JG26000 JG26002

Cone 19/26 24/29

Socket 14/23 14/23

£8.78 ea £8.78 ea

QRA2/11 QRA2/22

Cone 14/23 19/26

Socket 14/23 19/26

£34.43 ea £39.83 ea

Timstar Receiver Adapters

Quickfit Receiver Adapters

Bends, with vents.

Used to safely feed the distillate from condensers into the receiving vessels. Short stem.

JG26110 JG26112

Cone 14/23 19/26

Socket 14/23 19/26

£21.33 ea £22.01 ea

Receiver Adapters - Quickfit Plain with bend.

QRA1/01 QRA1/02

Socket 14/23 19/26

£24.98 ea £24.98 ea QRA9/11

Cone 14/23

Socket 14/23

£33.68 ea

Timstar Receiver Adapters JG26080 JG26082

Receiver Adapters - Quickfit

Socket 14/23 19/26

£11.00 ea £11.54 ea

Angled side socket adapter, with side socket inclined at an angle of 105°.

SETTING UP FOR A-LEVEL CHEMISTRY REQUIRED PRACTICALS? Practical 5: Distillation of a product from a reaction ideally requires Quickfit® apparatus. The range comprises of around 1000 individual products that can be combined to construct an extensive range of assemblies.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

QRA9/11

Cone 14/23

Joint Clips See page 279

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Socket 14/23

£33.68 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

245


LABWARE

Beakers

TIMSTAR PROVIDES A RANGE OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF GLASSWARE DEPENDING ON YOUR REQUIREMENTS AND BUDGET. There are essentially 3 types of laboratory glassware: Soda lime glass is suitable for general laboratory use and can withstand moderate warming (e.g. in a water bath) but NOT direct heat. It is an economical choice for situations where direct heat is not required.

Neutral borosilicate glass can withstand moderate temperature changes. Neutral borosilicate glass has a good chemical resistance and is a cheaper alternative to borosilicate 3.3 glass, when only gentle heating is required.

Rasotherm Beakers

Glass Beakers Academy Beakers

Squat form, boroscilicate glass beakers. Graduated with spout.

BE42079 BE42080 BE42081 BE42082 BE02083 BE02084

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 400 mL 600 mL 1 litre

Borosilicate 3.3 glass can be used where direct heating is required due to its high thermal resistance. It also has excellent chemical resistance. Trade names include Simax and Pyrex.

Quantity 12 12 12 12 6 6

VALUE BUY

£8.03 pk £8.03 pk £9.86 pk £13.16 pk £8.98 pk £19.31 pk

Simax Beakers, Squat Form

• Borosilicate 3.3 • ISO 3819 • Graduated • With spout • Resistant to heat, temperature changes, and chemicals • Supplied in packs of 10

BE190100 BE190102 BE190104 BE190106 BE190108

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 600 mL 1 litre

£8.71 pk £10.13 pk £16.13 pk £21.47 pk £47.18 pk

Simax Beakers, Tall Form

Borosilicate glass, graduated with spout.

Tall form, borosilicate glass beakers, graduated with spout. Supplied in packs of 10.

BE02169 BE02170 BE02175 BE02178 BE02180 BE02185 BE02190 BE02195

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 150 mL 400 mL 600 mL 1 litre 2 litres

NON RETURNABLE

246

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1

£14.58 pk £13.77 pk £15.12 pk £17.28 pk £23.36 pk £26.87 pk £45.83 pk £8.24 ea

All glass beakers are non returnable

BE02233 BE02234

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

£25.52 pk £28.22 pk

LOOKING FOR GLASSWARE? Browse Timstar’s entire range, including additional capacities. timstar.co/labware

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Beakers

LABWARE

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

Pyrex is a premium glassware range which has been manufactured in the UK since 1923. The brand is synonymous with quality and longevity.

• Complies with ISO 3819 and DIN 12331 • Manufactured from Pyrex® borosilicate 3.3 glass • Excellent thermal performance • High resistance to chemical attack • White graduations and marking spot Robust rim profile

Pyrex Beakers, Squat Form

• Ensures less chipping • Provides mechanical strength

Squat form, borosilicate glass beakers, graduated with spout.

Uniform wall thickness

• Reduces risk of breakage

BE02101 BE02106 BE02111 BE02116 BE02121 BE02126 BE02131 BE02136 BE02141 BE02146 BE02150 BE02151 BE02155 BE02160 BE02165

Graduations printed

• Long lasting even after dishwashing

Flat, even base

• Eliminates hot spots reducing breakages

• Maximises surface contact and thermal transfer

BE02211 BE02216 BE02226 BE02230

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£40.43 pk £43.13 pk £37.73 pk £37.73 pk £40.43 pk £43.13 pk £45.83 pk £55.28 pk £68.78 pk £98.48 pk £11.14 ea £109.28 pk £19.58 ea £36.86 ea £60.68 ea

Squat form, borosilicate glass beakers, graduated, with spout. Extra thick walls, heavier bases and reinforced rims.

Tall form, borosilicate glass beakers, graduated with spout.

Quantity 10 10 10 1

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 10 1 1 1

Pyrex Beakers, Heavy Duty

Pyrex Beakers, Tall Form

Capacity 150 mL 250 mL 600 mL 1 litre

Capacity 5 mL 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 150 mL 250 mL 400 mL 600 mL 800 mL 1 litre 1 litre 2 litres 3 litres 5 litres

£55.28 pk £60.68 pk £87.68 pk £14.18 ea

BE17950 BE17951 BE17952 BE17953 BE17954 BE17955

Capacity 150 mL 250 mL 400 mL 600 mL 1 litre 2 litres

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£7.90 ea £9.59 ea £11.21 ea £12.08 ea £18.83 ea £35.78 ea

w: timstar.com

247


LABWARE

Baskets ● Bottles

Metal Baskets

Aluminium Beakers

Test Tube Baskets, Cubic

Aluminium Beakers

Cubic, nylon coated metal wire test tube baskets.

BA01700 BA01710 BA01715

Length 100 mm cube 160 mm cube 200 mm cube

This laboratory beaker is produced to a durable seamless design with flat base for stability in use and even wall thickness, generous flared rim for durability, with a spout for easy pouring. Dimensions (H x W): 76 mm x 69.4 mm. This aluminium beaker normal maximum temperature range +340 °C. Above this temperature the beakers will anneal @ 350±5 °C and then start to soften with melting occurring @580>660 °C.

£27.81 ea £37.26 ea £51.23 ea

BE02300 BE02305

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

£10.46 ea £12.22 ea

Bottles Storage Bottles

Plastic Bottles Aspirator Bottles, Polythene

Robust design, graduated in litres. Dimensions (H X W): 332 mm x 170 mm (5 litres), 378 mm x 205 mm (10 litres). Dimensions (H x W x D): 460 mm x 330 mm x 220 mm (25 litres),

A

Octagonal High density polythene, graduated container with screw cap and handle.

C

B

BO02827 BO02828

Capacity 5 litres 10 litres

£12.96 ea £16.74 ea

Bottles, (Jerrican)

Polythene. Rectangular with handle, narrow mouth and screw cap.

D

E

Type AS00830 A 5 litre with tap and handle AS00835 B 10 litre with tap and handle AS00840 C 25 litre Aspirator rectangular with large bore stopcock SPARES & ACCESSORIES AS00836 D Spare tap for 5 litre and 10 litre Aspirators AS00841 E Spare tap for 25 litre Aspirator

248

£14.18 ea £17.48 ea £29.63 ea

£2.63 ea £6.28 ea

BO02822 BO02824

Capacity 2.5 litres 5 litres

£1.69 ea £3.98 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Bottles

LABWARE

Bottles, Polythene

Density Bottle, Adjusted

Narrow mouth, medium wall with polypropylene screw cap. Supplied in packs of 10.

Density bottle, adjusted to BS733.

Capacity 50 mL

DE05665

BO02800 BO02805 BO02810 BO02815 BO02820

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

£4.46 pk £5.67 pk £7.43 pk £8.37 pk £10.13 pk

£29.63 ea

Quickfit Drechsel Bottles B

Glass Bottles Winchester Pattern Bottles

A

Narrow screw mouth, amber glass with black plastic lined cap.

BO02760 BO02761 BO02762 BO02763 BO02764 BO02765

Capacity 100 mL 150 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2.5 litres

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10 1

£8.98 pk £11.88 pk £16.47 pk £24.17 pk £34.43 pk £9.59 ea

QMF29/3/125

Capacity

A 125 mL

Socket 24/29

£32.33 ea

For QMF29/3/125

£33.68 ea

Quickfit Drechsel Heads

Culture Bottles (Medical Flats)

Connectors fit 8 mm bore tubing.

Flat, clear glass bottles with narrow neck and autoclavable, rubber-lined, aluminium caps. Bottles and spare caps are supplied in packs of 10.

QMF28/3/125/SC

Cone

B 24/29

Drechsel Gas Washing Bottle

The head is fitted with 8 mm diameter inlet and outlet tubes.

BO110100 BO02786

Capacity 200 mL 300 mL

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BO180900 Caps for 100 mL bottles BO180902 Caps for 200 & 300 mL bottles

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£17.48 pk £20.93 pk £6.68 pk £8.03 pk

GA08776

Capacity 250 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Cone 24/29

Socket 24/29

w: timstar.com

£48.53 ea

249


LABWARE

Bottles

Timstar Dropping Bottles

Dropping Bottles

Glass with vinyl teat, plastic interchangeable stopper and glass pipette. Supplied in packs of 10.

BO190640 BO130645 BO130650 BO130655 BO130660

Type Clear Clear Clear Amber Amber

Capacity 30 mL 50 mL 100 mL 50 mL 100 mL

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type BO160670 Dropper Assembly BO160675 Dropper Assembly

For 50 mL, Timstar 100 mL, Timstar

Polythene with squeeze dispenser cap.

Stopper Size 14.5/23 14.5/23 14.5/23 14.5/23 14.5/23

£35.24 pk £35.78 pk £38.61 pk £47.18 pk £56.63 pk

Quantity 10

£13.43 pk

10

£15.80 pk

BO180040 BO03045 BO03050

Capacity 30 mL 60 mL 125 mL

Quantity 10 10 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Quantity BO180041 Caps for 30 mL 100 Bottles BO180046 Caps for 60 & 125 100 mL Bottles

£7.43 pk £7.90 pk £8.03 pk

£28.28 pk £28.28 pk

Rasotherm Media Bottles

• Borosilicate 3.3 • ISO 4796-1 • Graduated • Polyproplyene screw cap &

Graduated Dropping Bottles Polyethylene, with 40 mm spouted cap and dust cover.

pouring ring

• Resistant to heat,

temperature changes, and chemicals • Supplied in packs of 10

BO03015 BO03016

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL

Graduation 10 mL 20 mL

£2.97 ea £3.17 ea

BO190300 BO190302 BO190304 BO190306

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

£21.47 pk £23.76 pk £30.51 pk £49.88 pk

Simax Media Bottles Dropping Bottle Holder

Designed to provide extra stability for dropping bottles, and a convenient way to group sets of bottles together.

Borosilicate glass, wide mouth and graduated with 45 mm diameter blue chemical resistant polypropylene screw cap and outlet ring for drip free pouring. Can be autoclaved up to 140 °C.

BO160839 BO02840 BO02841 BO02842 BO02843

BO170902

250

Capacity 3 bottles

For 50 mL bottles

£3.65 ea

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BO02846 Spare cap, pack of 10 BO02847 Spare outlet ring, pack of 10

£4.32 ea £3.11 ea £3.44 ea £3.98 ea £6.82 ea £18.63 pk £9.79 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Bottles

LABWARE

Pyrex Media Bottles

Pyrex borosilicate glass bottles, complete with cushioned PTFElined thermoplastic polyester cap and pouring ring, resistant to temperature and chemical attack. Suitable for bottling concentrated nitric acid for long-term storage. See CLEAPSS’ guides GL251 & GL252 for more information. • White graduations & marking spot • Withstands up to 180 °C hot air sterilisation • Complies with ISO 4796

BO180005 BO180010

Capacity 500 mL 1 litre

Powder Bottles, Glass, Extra Wide Mouth

Clear glass with black plastic cap fitted with waxed liner. Supplied in packs of 10.

BO02880 BO02885 BO02890 BO02895

Quantity 1 1

£18.23 ea £22.28 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Quantity BO180011 Replacement cap 1 BO180000 Replacement 10 pouring rings

Capacity 30 mL 60 mL 120 mL 250 mL

£7.90 pk £9.38 pk £10.73 pk £24.03 pk

Powder Bottles, Clear Plastic

Wide mouth clear plastic with wadded cap. Supplied in packs of 10. £8.24 ea £20.18 pk

Simax Reagent Bottle Red Cap

Borosilicate glass media bottle with PTFE lined cap and pouring ring suitable for long term storage of concentrated acids. See CLEAPSS guides GL251 & GL252 for more information. • ISO 4796-1 compliant • Autoclaveable / hot air sterilisation to 200 °C • Batch traceable

BO60825 BO60826 BO60827 BO60828

NEW £13.43 ea £16.13 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Quantity Replacement cap 1 Replacement 10

£7.43 ea £17.48 pk

BO190704 BO190706

pouring rings

£12.08 pk £14.45 pk £18.23 pk £26.33 pk

Powder Bottles, HDPE

Quantity 1 1

BO190700 BO190702

Capacity 500 mL 1000 mL

Capacity 30 mL 60 mL 120 mL 230 mL

Powder Bottles, Glass

Wide mouth glass with black plastic cap fitted with waxed liner. Supplied in packs of 10.

Squat bottles with extra wide mouth, HDPE with polypropylene cap. Supplied in packs of 10.

BO100500 BO100502 BO100504 BO100506

Capacity 150 mL 285 mL 685 mL 1285 mL

Height 68 mm 82 mm 86 mm 152 mm

Diameter 60 mm 78 mm 117 mm 117 mm

£7.09 pk £10.73 pk £20.18 pk £26.33 pk

Powder Bottles, Polypropylene Polythene, medium wall, polypropylene cap. Supplied in packs of 10.

BO02875 BO02876 BO02850 BO02855 BO02860

Type Amber Amber Clear Clear Clear

Capacity 30 mL 60 mL 30 mL 60 mL 125 mL

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£7.29 pk £8.57 pk £4.52 pk £4.86 pk £5.67 pk

BO02900 BO02905 BO02910 BO02915

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£5.20 pk £7.63 pk £8.44 pk £10.26 pk

w: timstar.com

251


LABWARE

Bottles

Reagent Bottles, Glass

Reagent Bottles, Polypropylene

Wide neck clear soda-glass with interchangeable ground glass stopper.

BO02829 BO02830 BO02835

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

An economical range of polypropylene (PP) reagent bottles with screw caps. Available in four sizes, with capacities from 125 ml to 1 litre. Supplied as a pack of 10 bottles.

£3.98 ea £5.00 ea £6.89 ea

Reagent Bottles, Timstar

An excellent combination of value and quality fit for education. Narrow mouth, clear or amber glass with interchangeable dustproof plastic stopper. Supplied in packs of 10.

BO160120 BO160122 BO160124 BO160126

Capacity 125 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

£4.39 pk £6.14 pk £9.86 pk £15.53 pk

Gallipots

These handy polypropylene Gallipots are useful for dispensing small volumes of liquids or powders etc. and although classed as disposable, can in fact be re-used or even autoclaved. Moulded graduations to indicate 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 and 60 ml. Ideal for use in practical exams, modules or assessed practicals as well as general use.

BO150300 BO120100

Quantity 100 1000

£13.43 pk £114.68 pk

Specimen Bottles, Plastic BO190600 BO130605 BO130610 BO130615 BO130620 BO130625 BO130630 BO130635

Type Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Amber Amber Amber

Capacity 30 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Stopper Size 14.5/23 14.5/23 14.5/23 24/29 24/29 14.5/23 14.5/23 24/29

Clear plastic containers with screw-on lids. Ideal for use outdoors or in the classroom. In packs of 30. £25.52 pk £25.52 pk £26.87 pk £27.54 pk £51.23 pk £43.13 pk £47.18 pk £49.88 pk

Reagent Bottle Stoppers

BO03090 BO170300 BO03091

Plastic for reagent bottles etc. Supplied in packs of 5.

Capacity 30 mL 60 mL 70 mL

£10.73 pk £20.18 pk £24.98 pk

Specimen Bottles, McCartney

Clear glass, with aluminium screw cap and silicone liner. Autoclavable.

ST14727 ST14728 ST14730 ST14731 ST14733 ST14735

252

Stopper Size 10/13 12/21 14.5/23 16/16 19/26 24/29

£11.34 pk £12.96 pk £8.44 pk £11.68 pk £9.86 pk £10.13 pk

Quantity 1 144 1 144

£1.76 ea £121.43 pk £1.08 ea £133.58 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Quantity BO190069 Spare Caps 100

£35.37 pk

BO03060 BO03061 BO03065 BO03066

Capacity 7 mL 7 mL 14 mL 14 mL

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Bottles

LABWARE

Universal Bottles, Glass, Aluminium Cap

Screw Neck Vials, Squat Form Neutral glass with black urea screw cap.

Clear glass, wide neck, with aluminium screw cap and rubber liner. Autoclavable. 25 mL capacity.

Quantity 1 144

£1.15 ea £134.93 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Quantity BO03083 Spare Caps 100

£53.93 pk

BO03080 BO03081

VI16970 VI16972

Capacity Height 7 mL 42 mm 28.25 mL 72 mm

Diameter Quantity 20 mm 264 27.5 mm 140

£82.28 pk £71.48 pk

Specimen Tubes, Glass

Glass, flat bottom with push-in polythene closures. Supplied in packs of 100.

TU16400 TU16410 TU16430

Length 50 mm 50 mm 75 mm

Rolled Rim Vials

Neutral glass with polythene clip-on cap.

Diameter 12 mm 25 mm 25 mm

£28.76 pk £45.83 pk £45.83 pk

Universal Bottles, Glass, Polypropylene Cap

Soda glass with white polypropylene screw cap. Supplied in a pack of 125.

VI16980 VI16981 VI16982

Capacity 7 mL 10.5 mL 14 mL

Height 34 mm 46 mm 48 mm

Diameter 23 mm 23.25 mm 25.5 mm

Quantity 190 190 162

£51.23 pk £57.98 pk £57.98 pk

Azlon® wide mouth vented wash bottles

BO03084

Capacity 28 mL

Height 82.5 mm

Diameter 27.5 mm

£45.83 pk

These Azlon square shoulder LDPE wash bottles feature a wide neck for easy spill-free filling and the patented DripLok® vapour venting valve that prevents solvent drips. The bottles come fitted with colour-coded one-piece polypropylene (PP) closures that maintain their shape in use. Closures feature precision jet-tip aperture for fine control. Supplied in a pack of 5.

Universal Bottles, Polystyrene

Clear polystyrene with screw cap. Supplied in a pack of 10.

BO03085

Capacity 30 mL

Height 94 mm

Diameter 31 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£4.32 pk

BO160000 BO160002 BO160008 BO160010

Capacity 500 mL 500 mL 500 mL 500 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Colour White Red Green Blue

w: timstar.com

£26.33 pk £26.33 pk £26.33 pk £26.33 pk

253


LABWARE

Bottles

Azlon Wash Bottles, Labelled

Round natural polyethylene bottles with an easy to fill wide neck and printed with a choice of common volatile solvent labels, complete with the latest hazard information. These bottles feature a unique valve mechanism which automatically vents solvent vapour, eliminating the problem of solvent drip. Also available are a range of non-vented bottles labelled for water. 60 mm diameter. Supplied in a pack of 5.

WA17432 WA17433 WA17437

Type Distilled Water Acetone Ethanol

Wash Bottles, Oval

Polythene. The jet can be angled in any direction.

WA17401 WA17406

Capacity 250 mL

Colour White

£26.93 pk

250 mL 250 mL

Red Orange

£30.98 pk £30.98 pk

Capacity 250 mL 500 mL

Quantity 10 10

£22.01 pk £25.52 pk

Weighing Bottles, Glass

Azlon Wash Bottles

Round natural polyethylene narrow mouth bottles with white swan neck jet and screw closure. Supplied in a pack of 5.

WA17423 BO130505

BA01385 BA01390 BA01395

Capacity 250 mL 500 mL

£15.53 pk £18.23 pk

Height 40 mm 50 mm 60 mm

Diameter 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm

£9.65 ea £14.45 ea £14.78 ea

Weighing Bottles, Plastic Polypropylene.

Wash Bottles, Integral Type

Polythene, with an integrally moulded tube, removable jet tip and a separate plain cap. The shape is a ‘squared oval’ for easy grip and improved stability. Supplied in a pack of 10.

WA17411 WA17416

254

Capacity 250 mL 500 mL

£35.78 pk £39.83 pk

BA01412

Height 35 mm

Diameter 60 mm

Mass 10 g

£6.01 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Beakers

LABWARE Beakers, Polypropylene

Plastic Beakers

Squat form, polypropylene beakers, with moulded graduations and spout.

Azlon Beakers, Polypropylene Squat form with moulded graduations and spout.

BE02261 BE02262 BE02263 BE02266 BE02267 BE02268

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 600 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Quantity 10 10 10 5 5 1

£20.18 pk £22.88 pk £32.33 pk £28.28 pk £33.08 pk £11.61 ea

BEST SELLER BE02253 BE02254 BE02256 BE02257 BE02258

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Quantity 10 10 5 5 1

£6.14 pk £6.68 pk £6.28 pk £6.35 pk £6.41 ea

Azlon Beakers, PMP

Transparent. Squat form graduated with spout.

BE02272 BE02273

Stackable Beakers

A range of stackable polypropylene beakers. The beakers are slightly tapered to allow stacking, thereby saving storage space.

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

£5.27 ea £6.62 ea

Azlon Beakers, Stackable

Clear, stackable, polypropylene beakers with moulded graduations and spout.

BE02284 BE02287 BE02288

Capacity 250 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Quantity 10 5 1

£24.98 pk £25.58 pk £9.32 ea

BE170104 BE170106 BE170108 BE170110

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

Quantity 10 10 10 5

£5.27 pk £8.91 pk £14.18 pk £13.23 pk

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES & CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF PLASTICS Name

Full name

LDPE

HDPE

PP

PMP (TPX)

PC

PS

Acrylic (PMMA)

PTFE

INFO PFA

PVC

PolymethylLow Density High Density Polyfluoroalkoxy methacrylate Polyethylene Polyethylene Polypropylene Polymethylpentene Polycarbonate Polystyrene Polytetrafluoroethylene Polyvinylchloride (Perfluoroalkoxy) (Perspex/ (Polythene) (Polythene) Plexiglass)

Transparency

Translucent

Translucent

Translucent

Clear

Clear

Clear

Clear

Opaque

Translucent

Flexibility

Flexible

Rigid

Rigid

Rigid

Rigid

Rigid

Rigid

Rigid

Flexible

Flexible

Temperature range (˚C)

-50 to 80

-100 to 120

-20 to 135

-180 to 145

-135 to 135

-40 to 90

-60 to 50

-200 to 260

-260 to 260

-25 to 70

Autoclaveable (121˚C)?

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

Chemical resistance

Good to excellent

Good to excellent

Good to excellent

Good to excellent

Moderate

Moderate

Moderate

Excellent

Excellent

Moderate

Microwaveable

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Marginal

No

No

Yes

Yes

No

High tensile strength making it very tough

Resistant to fatigue making it tough

Has a low density and a high clarity

High impact strength

Brittle yet has excellent clarity

Very tough and high clarity

Extremely low friction coefficient

Low friction coefficient

Rigid or flexible, coloured or clear

Bottles

Beakers, bottles and cylinders

Beakers and cylinders

Safety shields

Container ware

Radiation shields

Bottles, beakers and stirrers

Tubing, trace metal analysis bottles

Trays and troughs

Robust and Other physical virtually properties unbreakable Typical laboratory uses

Wash bottles

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Translucent

w: timstar.com

255


LABWARE

Burettes

Class A and Class B refer to the accuracy of our range of burettes. Class A burettes are used when the accuracy of the experiment is very important, as they have an accuracy of up to 0.1 per cent compared to 0.2 per cent in Class B burettes. Class A is more preferred than Class B when volumetric determinations are required, so they are ideal for analytical applications. Our Class A glass burettes offer the best quality and accuracy and are calibrated to half the tolerance of Class B – and each has a unique serial number for traceability. Constructed from borosilicate glass, Timstar’s range of Class A burettes are made from precision bore glass for improved accuracy along the entire scale length. Class B burettes are ideal for general purpose work where a lower level of accuracy is required. To complete the range, Timstar offers a number of acrylic burettes as a useful alternative to glass. Acrylic is more robust than glass and is suitable for most diluted aqueous solutions but NOT alcohols or organic solvents. The choice of which burette, is down to personal preference, practicality, accuracy, or price. Burettes can also be classified by the type of graduation used, depending on the colour of the solution being titrated: • Blue – good for general purpose use • White – useful for dark coloured solutions • Black or amber – useful for light-coloured or clear solutions

Class A Burettes

Class B Burettes

Glass Stopcock Burette, Class A

Teflon Stopcock Burettes

Complies with ISO 385. Graduations and inscriptions in blue enamel.

To BS 846 Class B. Amber graduations.

With interchangeable 2.0 mm bore glass key.

BU03686

BU03725

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

£53.93 ea

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

£11.07 ea

Glass Stopcock Burettes

To BS 846. Class B with permanent blue graduation.

PTFE Stopcock Burette, Class A

Complies with ISO 385. Graduations in white enamel for increased visibility with dark solutions. Grease-free interchangeable PTFE key with 1.5 mm bore.

BU03650 BU03660

BU110200

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

Capacity 10 mL 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL 0.1 mL

£14.18 ea £14.78 ea

Schellbach Burette £60.68 ea

White enamel back, PTFE stopcock, blue graduations.

PERFECT FOR GCSE REQUIRED PRACTICAL! ‘Determination of the reacting volumes of solutions of a strong acid and a strong alkali by titration’ BU03720

256

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

£48.53 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Burettes

LABWARE

The stopcock valve is used to control the flow of liquid from the burette in either a steady stream or drop-by-drop:

• • • • •

Pinch clip – an older and simpler design used mainly in education. Glass key – a traditional choice due to smooth action, greater control and longer life than PTFE key stopcocks. Usually require light lubrication with silicone grease. PTFE key – most frequently used, lower maintenance option. They do not require lubrication and are less likely to jam than glass alternatives. Modular PTFE – made entirely of PTFE are particularly suitable for schools as they are more durable and all parts are replaceable Rotaflo – has a screw in/out PTFE key which allows for fine drop control.

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

Modular PTFE Stopcock Burette This Class B burette is made from precision bore borosilicate glass, for improved accuracy along the entire length. It has an interchangeable PTFE stopcock and a replaceable glass jet. This burette has blue graduations every 0.1 ml and has a tolerance of +/-0.1 ml. Manufactured in accordance with BS EN ISO 385: 2005. BU03765

Type Complete Burette

Capacity Graduation 50 mL 0.1 mL

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BU110208 Spare tube 50 mL BU110212 Spare stopcock & jet BU110216 Spare jet, pack of 5

PTFE Stopcock Burette

To BS 846 Class B. Blue graduations.

£26.93 ea

0.1 mL

£18.83 ea £20.93 set £12.08 pk

Glass Stopcock Burette

Class B burette with glass stopcock and white graduations.

BU03685

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

£24.84 ea BU110228

Rotaflo Stopcock Burette

To BS 846 Class B, permanent amber graduations.

Type Capacity White 50 mL graduations

Graduation 0.1 mL

£37.73 ea

Acrylic Burettes Acrylic Burette

Economical clear acrylic burette, white graduations. TPX/Teflon stopcock.

BU03710

Capacity 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL

£33.68 ea BU120105 BU100584

PTFE Stopcock Burettes

Class B burettes with PTFE stopcocks and white or black graduations. A

Capacity 25 mL 50 mL

Graduation 0.1 mL 0.1 mL

£9.38 ea £7.43 ea

Azlon Acrylic Burette

Transparent with PMP/PE stopcock to BS 846 Class B.

B

Type Capacity Graduation BU110220 A White graduations 50 mL 0.1 mL BU110224 B Black graduations 50 mL 0.1 mL

£30.38 ea £49.88 ea

BU03740

Capacity 50 mL

Looking for burette clamps and stands? See pages 278 and 284

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Graduation 0.1 mL

£45.83 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

257


LABWARE

Burners

A classic, the Bunsen burner is an instantly recognisable piece of lab apparatus.

Bunsen Burners, Standard Range

REQUIRE A BURNER?

These burners are manufactured with a pressed die-cast base (80 mm diameter) and rifled gas inlet tube. The nickel-plated burner tube comes with a rotatable air regulator. 11 mm burner dimensions: Chimney dia. 11 mm; Height 120 mm; Weight 260 g. 13 mm burner dimensions: Chimney dia. 13 mm; Height 142 mm; Weight 280 g. Available individually or in a pack of 10.

Timstar has a range of burners suitable for every educational setting: Bunsen burners • Requires a mains gas supply • Adjustable flame • Flame temperature up to 1000 °C (for natural gas)

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

Portable gas burners • Doesn’t require mains gas supply • Adjustable flame • Refillable gas tank • Flame temperatures up to 1250 °C Electric burner

• • •

Works from mains power Maximum temperature 720 °C No naked flame BU03780 BU03781 BU03790 BU03791 BU108015 BU03785 BU03786

Spirit burner

• • •

Refillable fuel supply Useful for sterilisation of equipment Shorter height and lower temperature flame

Gas Type N.G. N.G. N.G. N.G. L.P.G. L.P.G. L.P.G.

O.D. 11 mm 11 mm 13 mm 13 mm 11 mm 13 mm 13 mm

Quantity 1 10 1 10 1 1 10

£9.59 ea £87.68 pk £10.73 ea £94.43 pk £12.29 ea £12.29 ea £107.93 pk

Micro Burner, Standard

Bunsen & Electric Burners Bunsen Burner, Value

Pressed steel powder coated base.

VALUE BUY

BU03855

Gas Type N.G.

£20.93 ea

PERFECT FOR A-LEVEL AND GCSE REQUIRED PRACTICALS

BU03792

258

Gas Type N.G.

O.D. 13 mm

A-Level Chemistry practical – ‘Preparation of an organic solid and a test of its purity’

• •

Or GCSE Chemistry practical – ‘Water purification’ Or GCSE Biology practical – ‘Using qualitative reagents to test for a range of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins’

£5.47 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Burners

LABWARE Premium Bunsen Burner Range

PREMIUM BUNSEN BURNERS Designed to last our Premium Range burners are constructed using a heavy pressure die-cast base, which is finished in a chemically resistant blue acrylic paint and nickel-plated brass chimneys. All burners are factory tested for flame quality and leakage before packing, using the standard gas pressure and specified gas type for each burner. Base diameter: 80 mm.

Natural Gas (N.G) Burners Typical flame temperatures with the air inlet open (‘blue flame’) will be 900 to 1000 ˚C. This temperature is achieved at the tip of the blue flame. Typically the flame temperature with the air hole closed (‘yellow flame’) will be 750 to 800 ˚C. The temperatures achieved depend on the mains gas pressure and chemical composition of the gas. L.P.G Burners These are designed to be used with propane (at a gas pressure of 35 mb) or butane (at a gas pressure of 28 mb). The appropriate pressure reduction valve must be fitted to gas cylinders or tanks. Typical flame temperatures with air inlet fully open are in the range 850 to 950 ˚C.

Air regulator and rifled gas inlet tube. 11mm Burner Dimensions: Overall Height 124 mm; Chimney O.D 11 mm; Inlet O.D 9.25 mm; Outlet I.D 7.0 mm. 13 mm Burner Dimensions: Overall Height 145 mm; Chimney O.D 13 mm; Inlet O.D 9.25 mm; Outlet I.D 9.0 mm.

BU108004 BU108006 BU108002

Gas Type N.G. N.G. L.P.G.

O.D. 11 mm 13 mm 13 mm

£17.48 ea £18.83 ea £18.83 ea

Premium Micro Burner

Air regulator and rifled gas inlet tube. Overall Height 88 mm; Chimney O.D 9 mm; Outlet I.D 5.0 mm.

BU108012

Gas Type N.G.

£23.63 ea

Handheld & Portable Burners Rekrow RK4601 Portable Gas Burner

A high-quality burner with refillable butane gas tank and thumboperated electric ignition. It provides a stable, controllable flame. The housing stays cool enough to touch even after sustained use. • Heavy base design for stability • Easy to refill • Electric instant ignition system • Built-in safety pressure release valve • 35 minutes large flame on full tank • 70 minutes small flame on full tank • Flame temperature up to 1,250 °C • Output 0.75 kW • 30 g tank capacity • Consumption: 56 g/ hour • Base diameter: 79 mm • Width: 127 mm • Height: 75 mm • Weight: 410 g (without fuel) • CE marked

BU190000 BU190000/10

Quantity 1 10

£48.53 ea £452.25 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES GA130510 Butane Gas for Gas Lighters & Burners

£5.00 ea

The built-in safety switch OUR EXPERT SAYS... on the Rekrow RK4601 burner gives a positive click when switching off, providing certainty that the gas supply is closed after use.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Rekrow RK4102 Laboratory Burner

A high-quality portable laboratory burner, with refillable butane gas tank and thumb-operated electric ignition. It provides an adjustable flame, similar to a Bunsen burner. The housing stays cool enough to touch even after sustained use. • Heavy base design for stability • Easy to refill • Electric instant ignition system BEST • Built-in safety pressure release valve SELLER 35 minutes large • flame on full tank • 80 minutes small flame on full tank Flame • temperature up to 1,250 °C • 30 g tank capacity • Width: 115 mm • Height: 96 mm • Weight: 430 g (without fuel) • CE marked

BU190200 BU190200/10

Quantity 1 10

£55.28 ea £513.00 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES GA130510 Butane Gas for Gas Lighters & Burners

The Rekrow 4102 brings a Bunsen-like flame to the lab without a gas supply, in a safe and easy way.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£5.00 ea

OUR EXPERT SAYS...

w: timstar.com

259


LABWARE

Burners

Blowlamp Burner

Wax & Nightlights

General purpose blowlamp with needle valve control.

BU03886

Type Burner with gas cylinder

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BU03887 Spare gas cylinder, 175 g

Night Light Stands & Wax Burners £37.53 ea £7.56 ea

Electric Burner, Becelec 2

The Becelec 2 Electric Burner offers a unique replacement option to conventional gas Bunsen burners. The high power heater combined with a reflective internal stainless steel bowl produces a concentrated stream of heat comparable with that of gas-powered Bunsen burners. Dimensions (L x W x H): 310 x 200 x 110 mm. Features: • Power: 500 W • Temperature Range: 37 to 720 °C • Weight: 1.7 kg • Diameter of heating area: 130 mm Set also contains: • Stainless Steel Plate • Support Rod • Boss Head • Clamp BU90520

£263.25 set

Spirit Burners Glass body with wick, screw on top and push on cap.

A simple, metal stand for enabling safe experimentation. Supplied in packs of 5.

BU80550 BU110320

Type Quantity Night light stands 5 Wax burners 25

£13.23 pk £4.59 pk

Butane Gas for Gas Lighters & Burners

Butane lighter fluid, suitable for the majority of refillable lighters, the Rekrow RK4601 & RK4102 portable gas burners, and other butane filled appliances. Comes in a tin, with various nozzles to fit a range of devices.

GA130510

Capacity 250 mL

£5.00 ea

Lighters & Matches Gas Lighter, Mechanical

BEST SELLER

Comprising of steel holder with adjustable shielded flint and striking plate. Supplied with one flint.

GA08650

£10.46 ea

Safety Matches

Each box of matches contains approximately 40 matches. Supplied in packs of 10.

GA08663

BU03877

Type Capacity Spirit Burner 100 mL (uses 4 mm wick)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BU03882 Spare Wick, 4 mm x 1 metre (Dia. x L) BU03883 Spare Wick, 7 mm x 12.5 cm (Dia. x L), pack of 10

£4.25 ea

£1.96 pk

Wood Spills

In bundles of 1,000 wood spills.

£6.14 ea £21.33 pk

GA08575

£4.73 pk

Spirit Burner, Stainless Steel

Robust spirit burner, made from stainless steel, with wick adjustment and cap.

BU110905

Capacity 100 mL (uses 12.5 mm wick)

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BU130500 Spare wick, 12.5 x 80 mm, (Dia. x L), pack of 10

260

Smoke Matches

Ideal for convection in air apparatus or as an indicator for fume cupboard operation. Supplied in packs of 25. £6.08 ea £5.00 pk

BU80555

Smoke Matches

£3.04 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Crucibles

LABWARE

Nickel Crucibles

Porcelain Crucibles

Nickel Crucibles

Porcelain Crucibles, Grade A

Tall form without lid.

CR05105 CR05110 CR05115

Capacity 15 mL 25 mL 30 mL

Squat form without lid. Supplied in packs of 5.

Height 29 mm 34 mm 38 mm

Diameter 30 mm 35 mm 41 mm

£12.62 ea £13.30 ea £17.15 ea

Crucible Lids

CR05145 CR05150 CR05155 CR05160

Capacity 11 mL 15 mL 25 mL 50 mL

Height 22 mm 25 mm 28 mm 38 mm

Diameter 35 mm 40 mm 45 mm 60 mm

£19.31 pk £20.66 pk £22.01 pk £39.08 pk

Porcelain Crucible Lids

For squat form crucibles. Supplied in packs of 5.

Nickel Crucible Lids

CR05170 CR05175 CR05180 CR05185

For CR05145 CR05150 CR05155 CR05160

£19.31 pk £20.66 pk £25.52 pk £30.92 pk

Porcelain Crucibles. Grade A

Tall form without lid. Supplied in packs of 5.

CR05125 CR05130 CR05135

For CR05105 CR05110 CR05115

£9.25 ea £10.46 ea £11.54 ea

Stainless Steel Crucibles Stainless Steel Crucibles & Lids

Superior to porcelain due to their robust nature and greatly extended life in repeated use, these Stainless Steel crucibles and lids are also cheaper than the Nickel equivalents.

CR05210 CR05215 CR05220

Capacity 15 mL 20 mL 49 mL

Height 28 mm 32 mm 40 mm

Diameter 35 mm 40 mm 50 mm

£20.66 pk £24.84 pk £24.84 pk

Porcelain Crucible Lids

For tall form crucibles. Supplied in packs of 5. CR05235 CR05240

For CR05210 CR05215

£15.12 pk £17.15 pk

Porcelain Crucibles

Complete with ringed handle lid. Supplied in packs of 10.

CR110100 CR110105 CR110110 CR110120 CR110125 CR110130

Type Crucible Crucible Crucible Lid Lid Lid

Capacity 15 mL 25 mL 40 mL

Height 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm

Diameter 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm 30 mm 35 mm 40 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£10.73 ea £11.27 ea £12.29 ea £7.63 ea £7.22 ea £6.68 ea

CR05190 CR05191 CR05195 CR05196

Type Squat Squat Tall Tall

Capacity 15 mL 25 mL 18 mL 25 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Height 23 mm 27 mm 31 mm 36 mm

Diameter 43 mm 47 mm 37 mm 40 mm

w: timstar.com

£9.59 pk £11.95 pk £19.31 pk £21.33 pk

261


LABWARE

Cylinders Azlon Measuring Cylinders

Plastic Measuring Cylinders

With blue graduations.

Measuring Cylinders, Polypropylene With moulded graduations.

CY05500 CY05505 CY05510 CY05515 CY05520 CY05525 CY05530 CY05535

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

BEST SELLER

Graduation 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL 5.0 mL 10.0 mL 20.0 mL

£0.41 ea £0.61 ea £0.68 ea £0.81 ea £1.76 ea £3.38 ea £5.33 ea £13.43 ea

CY18250 CY18251 CY18252 CY18253 CY18254

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Graduation 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL

£3.65 ea £3.71 ea £3.92 ea £6.35 ea £10.13 ea

Azlon, Measuring Cylinders, Transparent PMP With moulded graduations. Resistant to 180 °C.

Azlon Measuring Cylinders, Squat Form

Polypropylene with blue graduations. This useful design gives increased stability on the bench and ease of handling in restricted spaces.

CY61600 CY61602 CY61604 CY61606

262

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

Graduation 2.0 mL 5.0 mL 10.0 mL 20.0 mL

£7.22 ea £9.59 ea £12.29 ea £16.13 ea

CY05540 CY05545 CY05550 CY05555 CY05560 CY05565 CY05570

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

Graduation 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL 5.0 mL 10.0 mL

£4.32 ea £5.74 ea £6.48 ea £8.71 ea £16.13 ea £25.58 ea £35.78 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Cylinders

LABWARE Simax Measuring Cylinders Stoppered

Glass Measuring Cylinders

Glass body graduated with polypropylene stopper.

Benchmark™ Measuring Cylinders

A high quality graduated glass cylinder with spout. Manufactured and tested in the EU to BS 604. Class B.

CY05446

Capacity 250 mL

Graduation Stopper Size 2.0 mL 19/17

£19.31 ea

Pyrex Measuring Cylinders

Graduated with spout and detachable plastic foot.

CY130405 CY130410 CY130415 CY130420 CY130425 CY130430 CY130435 CY130440 CY130445

Capacity 5 mL 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Graduation 0.1 mL 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL 5.0 mL 10 mL 20 mL

Quantity 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1

£45.83 pk £47.18 pk £49.88 pk £53.93 pk £6.82 ea £11.00 ea £15.80 ea £28.89 ea £41.78 ea

Cylinders

Glass body, graduated with spout, bronze graduations.

BEST SELLER CY05470 CY05475 CY05480 CY05485 CY05490

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Graduation 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL

£8.24 ea £8.51 ea £9.38 ea £11.07 ea £19.58 ea

Cylinder Protectors

Sponge Rubber, not suitable for squat form beakers. Supplied in packs of 5.

CY18200 CY18201 CY18202 CY18203 CY18204 CY18205 CY18206

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre

Graduation 0.2 mL 0.5 mL 1.0 mL 1.0 mL 2.0 mL 5.0 mL 10.0 mL

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£2.16 ea £2.23 ea £2.43 ea £2.36 ea £5.00 ea £8.03 ea £9.18 ea

CY05495

For 50 mL and 100 mL cylinders

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£9.38 pk

263


LABWARE

Desiccators ● Crystallising Dishes Academy Vacuum Desiccator

Desiccators

Borosilicate glass, with stopcock and disc.

Desiccator

Borosilicate glass. With knob lid and disc. Please Note: Diameters refer to inside lid/top of base.

DE05700 DE05705

Internal dimensions 90 x 115 mm (H x dia.) 160 x 220 mm (H x dia.)

£60.68 ea £107.93 ea

DE190715

Type Diameter Borosilicate glass Approx disc diameter 250 mm

£117.38 ea

Crystallising Dishes Simax Crystallising Dish

Borosilicate Crystallising Dishes

Borosilicate glass crystallising dish, without spout.

Academy Crystallising Dish

Borosilicate glass 3.3 crystallising dishes with spout.

CD180104

Height 40 mm

Diameter 70 mm

£3.65 ea

Pyrex Crystallising Dishes Without spout.

BA01500 BA01505 BA01510 BA01520

264

Capacity 100 mL 150 mL 300 mL 900 mL

Height 40 mm 45 mm 55 mm 75 mm

Diameter 70 mm 80 mm 95 mm 140 mm

£9.05 ea £11.14 ea £11.27 ea £25.58 ea

BA01531

Capacity 100 mL

Height 40 mm

Diameter 70 mm

£11.21 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Evaporating Basins

LABWARE

Borosilicate Evaporating Basins

Porcelain Evaporating Basins

Academy Evaporating Basins

Evaporating Basin, Grade A Porcelain

Borosilicate glass 3.3 evaporating basins with spout.

Round Bottom, shallow form with spout.

BA01605

EV180100 EV180102

Diameter 60 mm 90 mm

£3.98 ea £4.39 ea

Capacity 62 mL

Height 27 mm

Diameter 83 mm

£8.98 ea

Evaporating Basins, Porcelain Round Bottom, shallow form with spout.

Simax Borosilicate Evaporating Basins Flat Bottom with spout.

BA01625 BA01626 BA01627 BA01628

Capacity 50 mL 75 mL 100 mL 125 mL

Height 28 mm 32 mm 35 mm 38 mm

Diameter 70 mm 82 mm 90 mm 98 mm

£1.28 ea £1.49 ea £1.55 ea £1.82 ea

Evaporating Basins, Grade A Porcelain Flat Bottom, shallow form with spout.

BA01580 BA01581

Capacity 45 mL 80 mL

Height 25 mm 30 mm

Diameter 60 mm 80 mm

£9.32 ea £10.73 ea

Pyrex Evaporating Basins Flat Bottom with spout.

BEST SELLER

BA01665

Capacity 55 mL

Height 20 mm

Diameter 80 mm

£10.73 ea

Stainless Steel Evaporating Basins Evaporating Basin, Stainless Steel

Superior to porcelain due to its robust nature and greatly extended life in repeated use.

BA01565

Capacity 100 mL

Height 45 mm

Diameter 80 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£11.68 ea

BA110400

Capacity 80 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Height 30 mm

Diameter 70 mm

w: timstar.com

£20.52 ea

265


LABWARE

Flasks Simax Conical Flasks, Narrow Mouth

Conical Flasks

Borosilicate glass, graduated, narrow-mouthed conical flasks. Supplied in packs of 10.

Quickfit Conical (Erlenmeyer) Flasks

Capacity FL07900 100 mL FL07905 250 mL FL07910 500 mL

Neck Size 22 34 34

Stopper Size 19 31 31

£21.33 pk £23.36 pk £39.08 pk

Pyrex Conical Flasks, Narrow Mouth

Borosilicate glass, narrow-mouthed, graduated conical flasks. QFE50/1 QFE100/1 QFE500/3

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 500 mL

Socket 14/23 14/23 24/29

£18.83 ea £20.93 ea £23.63 ea

Timstar Conical (Erlenmeyer) Flasks JG26192 JG26194 JG26196 JG26198

Capacity 100 mL 100 mL 250 mL 250 mL

Socket 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29

£7.02 ea £10.33 ea £11.75 ea £11.95 ea FL07861 FL07866 FL07871 FL07876 FL07881 FL07885 FL07890

Rasotherm Conical Flasks, Narrow Mouth

• Borosilicate glass 3.3 • ISO 1773 • Graduated • Polyproplyene screw cap & pouring ring

266

Stopper Size 15 15 27

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10 1 1

£48.53 pk £49.88 pk £51.23 pk £57.98 pk £75.53 pk £13.23 ea £24.98 ea

Borosilicate glass, graduated, narrow-mouthed, heavy duty conical flasks.

changes, and chemicals • Supplied in packs of 10

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Stopper Size 17 17 17 33 33 35 49

Academy Heavy Duty Conical Flasks

• Resistant to heat, temperature

FL190100 FL190102 FL190104

Capacity

£20.18 pk £14.78 pk £16.74 pk

Capacity Neck Size Stopper Size Quantity FL190800 100 mL 24 23 6 FL190802 250 mL 29 27 12

£19.58 pk £13.10 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Flasks

LABWARE

Academy Conical Flasks, Wide Mouth

Borosilicate glass, graduated, easy pour rim, wide-mouthed conical flask. Supplied in a pack of 6.

Distillation Flasks Timstar Distillation Flasks Pear shape.

Capacity FL190750 100 mL FL190755 250 mL

Neck Size 31 30

Stopper Size 29 29

£13.10 pk £17.01 pk

Simax Conical Flasks, Wide Mouth Borosilicate glass, wide-mouthed, graduated conical flasks. Supplied in a pack of 10.

JG26242

Capacity 50 mL

Cone 14/23

Socket 14/23

£22.68 ea

Simax Distillation Flasks

Borosilicate glass with side arm to BS 658.

FL07946 FL07947

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

Neck Size 34 50 mm

Stopper Size 31 45

£26.19 pk £30.24 pk

Pyrex Conical Flasks, Wide Mouth

Borosilicate glass, wide-mouthed, graduated conical flasks.

BEST SELLER

Capacity FL07926 FL07931

100 mL 250 mL

Stopper Size 29 45

Quantity 10 10

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£55.28 pk £67.43 pk

FL07985 FL07990

Capacity 250 mL 500 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£27.54 ea £31.73 ea

w: timstar.com

267


LABWARE

Flasks Pyrex Filter Flasks

Filter Flasks

Borosilicate glass. Heavy wall with integral side arm. For ISO 6556.

Academy Filter Flasks

Borosilicate glass. Heavy wall, with an integral 11 mm diameter side arm.

FL07955 FL07956 FL07957

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

Stopper Size 23 33 33

£18.83 ea £21.53 ea £26.93 ea

Timstar Filter Flasks

Heavy wall, screw thread connection. Screw thread connector fits 8 mm bore tubing. JG26210 JG26212 FL07975 FL07976 FL07977

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

Stopper Size 21 21 29

£8.30 ea £8.24 ea £10.13 ea

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

Socket 19/26 24/29

£26.87 ea £30.24 ea

Pear Shaped Flasks Quickfit Pear Shaped Semi-Micro Flasks Single neck.

Simax Filter Flask

Borosilicate glass. Heavy wall with push-in plastic side arm.

QFP50/1 QFP100/1 QFP100/2

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 100 mL

Socket 14/23 14/23 19/26

£16.13 ea £25.58 ea £25.58 ea

Timstar Pear Shaped Semi-Micro Flasks Single neck. FL07962

Capacity 250 mL

Stopper Size 33

SPARES & ACCESSORIES FL07966 Spare Arm

268

£26.87 ea £7.83 ea

JG26220 JG26222 JG26224 JG26226

Capacity 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 100 mL

Socket 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26

£9.99 ea £11.34 ea £13.10 ea £13.23 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Flasks

LABWARE

Timstar Pear Shaped Semi-Micro Flasks

Quickfit Round Bottom Flasks

Centre neck and side neck at angle. JG26234

Capacity 50 mL

Socket 14/23

Medium neck. £22.01 ea

Pyrex Round Bottom Flasks Borosilicate glass.

FL07800 FL07810 FL07815 FL07820

Capacity 100 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Stopper Size 17 31 37 41

£12.08 ea £13.37 ea £22.28 ea £39.83 ea

Quickfit Round Bottom Flasks

Capacity QFR100/3M 100 mL QFR250/3M 250 mL

Short neck.

Socket 24/29 24/29

£20.18 ea £23.63 ea

Quickfit Round Bottom Flasks

Two necks, short centre neck, side at angle.

QFR50/1S QFR100/1S QFR100/2S QFR100/3S QFR250/2S QFR250/3S QFR500/2S QFR500/3S

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 100 mL 100 mL 250 mL 250 mL 500 mL 500 mL

Socket 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29

£16.13 ea £19.58 ea £19.58 ea £18.83 ea £21.53 ea £21.53 ea £24.98 ea £24.98 ea

Timstar Round Bottom Flasks Short neck. JG26160 JG26164 JG26166 JG26172 JG26174 JG26178

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 100 mL 250 mL 250 mL 500 mL

Socket 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29

Cork Rings See page 280

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£8.98 ea £9.99 ea £9.86 ea £14.45 ea £12.96 ea £12.35 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

Capacity QFR100/3S/1A QFR250/3S/2A

100 mL 250 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Centre Socket 24/29 24/29

Side Sockets 14/23 19/26

w: timstar.com

£43.13 ea £43.13 ea

269


LABWARE

Flasks

Volumetric Flasks Pyrex Volumetric Flasks, Class A

High quality, class A Pyrex volumetric flasks with tight tolerance levels and ground glass necks. Complete with polyethylene stoppers. • Complies with ISO 1042 and DIN 12664 • Calibrated to the tolerance required by the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP) which is tighter than those of ISO/DIN standards • Each flask is laser etched with an individual serial number batch code and date of manufacture • Batch certificate available to download online • Conformity ‘H’, certified from chemically resistant • Manufactured Pyrex® glass • Inscriptions in white enamel • Polyethylene stopper

FL160110 FL160112 FL160114 FL160116 FL160118 FL160120

Capacity

Height

100 ±0.08 mL 200 ±0.10 mL 250 ±0.12 mL 500 ±0.2 mL 1 litre ±0.30 mL 2 litre ±0.50 mL

170 mm 210 mm 220 mm 260 mm 300 mm 370 mm

Stopper Size 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

MBL Volumetric Flasks, Class B High quality class B premium borosilicate volumetric flasks from MBL, with ground glass necks and polyethylene stoppers. • Complies with ISO 1042 and DIN 12664 • Manufactured from borosilicate glass for corrosion-free performance Inscriptions in blue enamel • • Polyethylene stopper

£15.53 ea £21.53 ea £21.53 ea £29.03 ea £38.48 ea £67.43 ea FL160206 FL160208 FL160210 FL160212 FL160214 FL160216 FL160218 FL160220

Volumetric Flasks

High quality borosilicate glass, Class B with interchangeable polypropylene stoppers to BS 1792.

Capacity

Height

25 ±0.08 mL 50 ±0.12 mL 100 ±0.20 mL 200 ±0.30 mL 250 ±0.30 mL 500 ±0.50 mL 1 litre ± 0.80 mL 2 litre ± 1.20 mL

110 mm 140 mm 170 mm 210 mm 220 mm 260 mm 300 mm 370 mm

Stopper Size 12/21 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

£9.18 ea £9.38 ea £11.61 ea £16.13 ea £16.88 ea £22.28 ea £29.03 ea £51.23 ea

Class A/AS volumetric flasks are ideal for: • High accuracy work • Analytical applications Class B volumetric flasks are ideal for: • Education and general purpose applications • Accuracy tolerances double that of Class A/AS

FL130605 FL130610 FL130615 FL130620 FL130625 FL130630 FL130635 FL130640

270

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres

Height (mm) 100 112 140 182 225 250 320 370

Stopper Size 10/19 10/19 12.5/21 12.5/21 14.5/23 19/24 24/29 24/29

£2.57 ea £3.85 ea £4.12 ea £4.59 ea £5.81 ea £8.24 ea £13.37 ea £22.01 ea

Did you know that volumetric glassware is either calibrated ‘IN’ (To Contain) or ‘EX’ (To Deliver)? • ISO designation ‘IN’ (ASTM designation ‘To Contain’) means the indicated liquid volume inside the vessel. Pyrex and MBL volumetric flasks are calibrated ‘IN’. • ISO designation ‘EX’ (ASTM designation ‘To Deliver’) means the indicated liquid volume dispensed from the vessel. Pyrex and MBL pipettes and burettes are calibrated ‘EX’. • Calibration is performed at 20oC.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Funnels

LABWARE Hirsch Funnels

Filter Funnels

Porcelain Hirsch funnels.

Buchner Funnels, Grade A, Porcelain

With perforated plate, size given is diameter of filter paper required for funnel.

FU08360 FU08365 FU08370

Diameter 43 mm 55 mm 70 mm

£18.63 ea £22.01 ea £28.22 ea

Buchner Funnels, Polypropylene

Light weight. Top and bottom can be separated for easy cleaning. Autoclavable to 120 °C. Size given is diameter of filter paper required.

FU08392 FU08393

Diameter 55 mm 70 mm

£12.08 ea £14.18 ea

FU110150

Diameter 50 mm

£5.27 ea

Filter Funnels, Glass

Borosilicate glass, plain pattern, angled tip, short stem, filter funnel.

FU190400 FU190405 FU190410 FU190415

Diameter 45 mm 55 mm 75 mm 100 mm

£2.23 ea £2.30 ea £2.57 ea £3.65 ea

FILTRATION LINE

INFO Buchner or Hirsch funnel

Filter flask

To pump Liquid trap

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Pressure tubing

e: export@timstar.co.uk

T-adapter

Straight adapter

w: timstar.com

271


LABWARE

Funnels

Pyrex Filter Funnels

Powder Funnels, Polypropylene

Borosilicate glass. Plain pattern.

FU08135 FU08140

Diameter 80 mm 100 mm

£15.53 ea £16.88 ea

Filter Funnels, Polythene

Diameter 37 mm 65 mm 100 mm 140 mm

Quantity 10 10 10 5

Diameter 80 mm 100 mm

£5.74 ea £6.68 ea

Dropping Funnels Simax Dropping Funnels, Cylindrical

Non-stackable, translucent polythene filter funnels with a tapered neck.

FU08301 FU08302 FU08303 FU08306

FU08340 FU08345

Borosilicate glass. Open top, with interchangeable glass stopcock.

£3.04 pk £3.44 pk £7.29 pk £13.43 pk

Filter Funnels, Stackable

Opaque, stackable, polythene funnels with a tapered neck. Top diameter: 65 mm. Supplied in packs of 10.

FU08405 FU08410

Capacity Stem Diameter Stem Length 50 mL 9 mm 150 mm 100 mL 9 mm 150 mm

£24.84 ea £25.52 ea

Quickfit Cylindrical Dropping Funnels With socket and cone.

FU180065

£5.60 pk

Powder Funnels Pyrex Powder Funnels Borosilicate 3.3 glass.

QD1/11GP QD1/21GP

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL

Cone 14/23 14/23

Socket 14/23 14/23

£79.58 ea £84.98 ea

Timstar Cylindrical Dropping Funnels With socket and cone.

FU52800

272

Diameter 80 mm (Top), 18 mm (Stem)

£20.18 ea

JG26260 JG26262

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL

Cone 14/23 14/23

Socket 14/23 14/23

£41.78 ea £45.83 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Funnels

LABWARE Separating Funnels, Conical

Separating Funnels

Borosilicate glass. Stoppered top, with interchangeable polypropylene stopper. Manufactured in accordance with BS ISO 4800:1998, with glass key.

Quickfit Pear Shaped Separating Funnels With socket and cone.

FU08460 FU08465 FU08470

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL 250 mL

Stopper Size B19 B19 B24

Bore Size 2 mm 2 mm 3 mm

£31.73 ea £34.43 ea £44.48 ea

Thistle Funnels QD2/11GP QD2/21GP

Capacity 50 mL 100 mL

Cone 14/23 14/23

Thistle Funnels, Soda Glass

Socket 14/23 14/23

£93.08 ea £97.13 ea

Soda glass thistle funnels, with straight stem.

Separating Funnels, Spherical

Borosilicate glass. Stoppered top, with interchangeable polypropylene stopper. To BS2021, with interchangeable glass stopcock.

B

A

Stem Length FU08485 A 200 mm FU08490 B 300 mm

£3.51 ea £3.24 ea

Weighing Funnels Weighing Funnels, Pyrex Glass.

Capacity Diameter FU08435 FU08440 FU08445 FU08450

50 mL 100 mL 250 mL 500 mL

9 mm (stem) 9 mm (stem) 9 mm (stem) 10 mm (stem)

Socket Stem Length 150 mm 150 mm 200 mm 200 mm

19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£32.33 ea £37.73 ea £41.78 ea £45.83 ea

BA01405

Capacity 10 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Length 100 mm

w: timstar.com

£23.63 ea

273


LABWARE

Gauzes ● Jars Iron Wire Gauzes

Ceramic Centre Gauzes

Gauzes, Iron Wire

Gauzes, Ceramic Centre

Iron wire with ceramic centre. Each pack has a batch number, and a UKAS asbestos certificate is available to download from timstar.co/ ccgac. Supplied in packs of 10.

B

Plain. Supplied in packs of 10. A

B A

Dimensions GA08850 A 125 x 125 mm GA08855 B 150 x 150 mm Dimensions GA190125 A 125 x 125 mm GA190150 B 150 x 150 mm

£10.73 pk £13.43 pk

A UKAS asbestos certificate can be downloaded from timstar.co/ccgac

£4.73 pk £8.03 pk

Stainless Steel Gauzes Gauzes, Stainless Steel

INFO

Plain. Supplied in packs of 5. GA08868 GA08870

Dimensions 125 x 125 mm 150 x 150 mm

£14.18 pk £15.53 pk

Jars Gas Jars

Bell Jars

Gas Jars

Bell Jar, Socket Joint Neck

Glass with base and ground top flange.

Simax borosilicate glass. Shoulder height is 50 mm below the height in the table. 29/32 socket.

BE02410

Height 300 mm

Diameter 200 mm

£155.25 ea

GA08510 GA08515 GA08520 GA08522 GA08525

Height 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm 200 mm 300 mm

O.D. 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 60 mm 60 mm

£7.56 ea £8.91 ea £12.56 ea £27.54 ea £30.24 ea

Gas Jar Covers

Bell Jars with Knob Top

Ground one side. Supplied in packs of 5.

Simax borosilicate glass. Shoulder height is 50 mm below the height in the table.

BE02414

274

Height 300 mm

Diameter 200 mm

£97.13 ea

GA08530 GA08535

Diameter 65 mm 75 mm

£3.58 pk £3.92 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Racks & Storage

LABWARE

Racks & Stands

Equipment Carriers

Burette Storage Rack

Bottle Carrier

Polythene, to take 2.5 litre Winchester Bottles. Dimensions: 30 cm high, 16 cm diameter.

Type x 1 Bottle Carrier

BO03205

£49.88 ea

This burette rack is a natural wood and metal construction it holds up to 12 burettes of up to 20 mm diameter. The design allows for easy storage and removal of the burettes. Includes brackets for wall mounting. Assembly required. Dimensions (H x W x D): 597 x 813 x 76 mm.

Petri Dish Holder

Aluminium petri dish holder with three compartments each holding up to 10 disposable 90 mm diameter Petri dishes. Complete with folding handle to allow units to be stacked. Petri dishes not included. Unit is autoclavable. Dimensions (W x D x H): 325 x 110 x 170 mm.

BU190100

£40.43 ea

Dropping Bottle Holder

Designed to provide extra stability for dropping bottles, and a convenient way to group sets of bottles together.

PE110100

£59.33 ea

Glassware Rinsing Pipette & Burette Rinsing System

This useful washing/rinsing system allows pipettes and burettes to be automatically rinsed when connected to a tap and drain outlet. Particularly useful where unpleasant or hazardous liquids have been used, the apparatus holds pipettes and burettes up to 600 mm in length. For convenience and flexibility, the washing/rinsing system is available as separate components. 1. The polyethylene rinser/ washer fills via the spray nozzle on the top rim. Contaminated water will syphon out totally, once the syphon point at the top of the rinser has been reached via the large diameter drain situated at the lowest point, before refilling automatically. 2. During washing the pipettes/burettes are housed in a specially designed basket, which minimise breakages as it buffers the glassware tips against the soft polyethylene base. 3. A soaking jar is available, which will hold a pipette/burette basket, to allow the glassware to soak before rinsing. Low water flow rate is NOT a problem, but it is better to adjust the flow for a cycle of about 90 seconds.

BO170902

Capacity 3 bottles

For 50 mL bottles

£3.65 ea

Syringe Holder

Holder for glass gas syringes.

ST110450

Capacity 100 mL

£43.13 ea

Microtest Tube Racks

Microtest tube rack which holds 80 x 1.5/2.0 ml tubes. Colour may vary. A

B

Type Burette washer/rinser Pipette washer/rinser Soaking jar Basket for washer/ rinser (Height of 648 mm incl. handle) BU120130 E Basket for washer/ rinser (Height of 497 mm incl. handle)

BU120110 BU120115 BU120120 BU120125

A B C D

C

D

Height 99 cm 73.4 cm 65 cm 30 cm

Diameter 170 mm 170 mm 162 mm 145 mm

30 cm

145 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

E

£216.00 ea £189.00 ea £103.88 ea £45.83 ea £47.18 ea BT100550

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£12.83 ea

w: timstar.com

275


LABWARE

Labware Racks & Storage

Test Tube Racks

Flat n Fold Water Bath Test Tube Racks

Hardwood with polypropylene ends.

ST14140 ST14146 ST14150 ST14155

Hole Diameter 22 mm 22 & 32 mm 32 mm 22 mm

No. of Holes 6 x 22 mm 4 x 22 mm, 2 x 32 mm 6 x 32 mm 12 x 22 mm

A range of water bath test tube racks, manufactured in 304 specification 18/8 nonmagnetic, bright finish stainless steel. Supplied flat, ready to fold to shape and use, with different hole sizes and number of holes available.

£6.95 ea £8.51 ea £6.41 ea £8.64 ea

Hardwood block with 10 holes. Dimensions (L x W x H): 170 x 60 x 25 mm.

Hole Diameter No. of Holes 17 & 25 mm 6 x 17 mm, 4 x 25 mm

Hole Diameter 26 mm 19 mm 32 mm

No. of Holes 16 18 14

£33.08 ea £33.08 ea £33.08 ea

Test Tube Racks

Polypropylene. Large capacity racks. Autoclavable at 121 °C for 20 mins. Can be used dry, wet or in water-baths. Will not float. Alphanumerical grid reference on top tier for easy identification of samples. Dimensions (L x W x H): 300 x 110 x 110 mm.

Nuffield Test Tube Stand

ST14162

BA140325 BA140335 BA140340

£10.73 ea

Z Shape Test Tube Rack

Aluminium, stackable test tube rack with 19 holes arranged in three rows.

ST14182 ST14184 ST14186 ST14188

Hole Diameter 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm

No. of Holes 60 40 40 24

£16.88 ea £18.23 ea £20.18 ea £22.88 ea

Polypropylene Test Tube Racks

A range of polypropylene test tube racks, available with different numbers of holes and different hole sizes. These test tube racks are autoclavable and suitable for use in water baths as well as standard bench-top use.

ST14165

Hole Diameter 13, 19 & 28 mm

No. of Holes 8 x 13 mm, 6 x 19 mm, 5 x 28 mm

Dimensions: 23 cm x 10 cm x 6 cm approx. (L x W x H). £3.65 ea

Water Bath Test Tube Rack Stainless steel. Dimensions (L x W x H): 270 x 70 x 138 mm.

ST170200 ST170202 ST170204 ST170206

Hole Diameter 16 mm wide 20 mm wide 25 mm wide 30 mm wide

No. of Holes 60 40 24 21

£5.33 ea £5.33 ea £5.33 ea £5.33 ea

Test Tube Rack

Blue epoxy-coated, steel wire test tube rack, resistant to most solvents, weak acids and bases. Will withstand autoclaving up to 121 °C.

BA01890

276

Hole Diameter 26 mm

No. of Holes 16

£78.23 ea

ST190030 ST190035 ST190045

Hole Diameter 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm

No. of Holes 24 20 80

£10.73 ea £13.43 ea £21.53 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Racks & Storage ● Labware Sets Wire Test Tube Holder

Thermometer Stand, Aluminium

Epoxy coated steel wire test tube holder for up to 108 x 25mm test tubes (boiling tubes). The rack has been designed specifically to fit into a Deep Gratnells tray.

TR96556

LABWARE

Supports 18 thermometers with protective foam cushion on the base. Dimensions (L x W x H) 165 x 120 x 125 mm.

£57.98 ea

ST14255

£23.63 ea

Labware Sets Organic Chemistry Set (Multi-Joint)

Jointed Glassware Sets Microscale Kit

The Quickfit® Microscale Chemistry Kit was designed to perform organic chemistry experiments, but on a much smaller scale. This reduces your cost of everything involved - smaller amounts of reagents, lower disposal costs and less clamping equipment. Most standard organic chemistry sets may be performed using this set. The main benefits are: cheaper (reduced solvent costs), safer (smaller amounts of chemicals and no Bunsen burners required), quicker (reduced times for experiments), versatile (many assemblies can be constructed - reflux, distillation, fractional distillation etc.) and easy to assemble (combination of standard Quickfit® ground glass joints and sealing ‘O’ rings and plastic screwcaps). Dimensions (L x W x D): 40 x 25 x 20 cm (unpacked). Contents: • Air condenser • Drying tube • Still head • Jacketed condenser • Thermometer adapter • 25 mL Pear shaped flask • 10 mL Pear shaped flask • Bag of spare caps, seals and ‘O’ rings • 25 mL Round bottom flask • 10 mL Round bottom flask • 10 mL Erlenmeyer flask • 25 mL Erlenmeyer flask • Receiver QU130500

£256.50 kit

14/23 Single Joint Set (BU/M Set)

These sets have been designed to cover the essential requirements for the teaching of organic chemistry in schools and colleges, and are difficult to beat for versatility. The sets, made from borosilicate glass, comprise nine items of glassware housed in a foam insert within a cardboard box (Value Version) or polystyrene insert within a Gratnells tray (Standard Version). Items included are: • Air leak/steam inlet tube • Still head • 50 mL dropping funnel • Screw thread adapter • 50 mL Pear shaped flask • Receiver adapter • Liebig condenser A • Stopper • Thermometer

Type JG93080 A Value Version JG26380 Standard Version

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£87.68 set £216.00 set

Ideal set for basic organic chemistry. 14/23, 19/26 and 24/29 joint sizes. Set comprises: • Leibig condenser • Air leak tube • Receiver • 100 mL Dropping funnel • 50 mL Round bottom flask • 100 mL Round bottom flask • 250 mL Round bottom flask • Reduction adapter • Multiple adapter • Receiver adapter • Stillhead • 250 mL Conical flask • Thermometer pocket • Stoppers x 3

JG26360

£398.25 set

Preparation Kits Gas Preparation Kit

All you need for producing gases in the classroom. Consisting of five boiling tubes 150 x 24 mm, test tube stand, rubber stoppers, thistle funnel, test tube with side arm, glass chimney shelf, delivery tube, connectors and plastic tank with lid, which can be used as a storage box when not in use.

GA08772

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£53.93 kit

w: timstar.com

277


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Beehive Shelves

Clips & Clamps

Beehive Shelves

Burette Holder, Clip Type

Earthenware.

A clamp consisting of two plastic coated spring clips mounted 50 mm apart on a stainless steel plate with rod. Dimensions (L x Diameter): 150 x 8 mm.

BU100594

Burette Clamp GA08560 GA08565

Diameter 75 mm 100 mm

£2.16 ea £2.97 ea

Economical die cast metal burette holder with integral boss. Simple clamping action for use with one or two burettes.

£12.29 ea

A

B

Beehive Shelves Rubber Cones

Type BU160200 A Single BU160202 B Double

For use with Buchner Funnels as an alternative to boring a large hole in a rubber bung. The seal between the Buchner funnel and flask forms around the tapered base of the funnel and not the stem. It is therefore necessary to select a cone that fits the neck of the flask and not the funnel stem.

£4.59 ea £7.16 ea

Burette Clamp, Single

Strong burette holder with alloy cast jaws with plastic ends to clamp a single burette. Suitable for burettes up to 100 mL.

BU160300

CR05360 CR05365 CR05370 CR05375 CR52810

Neck Size 21 25/27 33 39/41 1 each of above

Quantity 10 10 10 10 4

£47.18 pk £74.18 pk £76.88 pk £78.23 pk £30.98 set

£7.97 ea

Burette Clamp

A one piece clamp moulded from acetal homopolymer to hold a 50 mL burette. Suitable for 12 mm diameter retort rods only.

Rubber Suba-Seal Stoppers

With turnover flange and serrations to grip the inside of narrow neck containers. Supplied in a pack of 10. Sizes 17 and 21 can be used as resealable stoppers for Gas Syringe SY14858. For a video demonstration, visit timstar.co/SubaSealSyringe

ST14710 ST14715

278

Size 17 21

Diameter 9.5 mm 11 mm

ST14060

Burette Clamp Polypropylene.

£7.70 pk £8.44 pk

£2.90 ea

Type ST14062 A Single ST14063 B Double

B

A

£7.56 ea £9.86 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Burette Clamp, Double

A pattern unit comprising a high strength alloy casting with plastic jaws. Suitable for all burettes up to 100 mL capacity.

Cork Borers & Sharpeners Cork Boring Machine

Allows uniform, straight holes to be drilled in cork and rubber stoppers. Easier to use, with a lower health and safety risk than hand-held borers. Comprises a cast iron frame with 10 cm diameter wooden platform, with stopper holder, and a hand crank driver. The base has four drilled holes for securing the unit to a benchtop. Includes 12 nickel-plated borers of the following sizes: 4.35, 5.50, 6.00, 6.50, 8.25, 9.75, 10.50, 12.60, 13.60, 16.00, 16.60, and 19.00 mm. ST14075

£32.33 ea

Hoffman Clips

Acetal resin, sterilisable, acid and alkali resistant. Hinged clip. Takes tubing up to 14 mm o.d. Supplied in packs of 5.

CO180000

£222.75 ea

Cork Borer Set CL04350

£8.98 pk

Joint Clips

For jointed glassware. Will support a full 1 litre flask without using a clamp, at temperatures up to 50 °C ambient and 80 °C through the joint itself.

Nickel-plated brass cork borers, for cork or rubber stoppers. Plastic handles for comfort. Steel ram rod included. Approx. outer diameter of borers: 4.7 mm, 6.3 mm, 7.8 mm, 9.5 mm, 11.1 mm and 12.7 mm.

CO180100

£13.43 set

Cork Borers CL04468 CL04470 CL04475 CL04480

Colour Violet Yellow Blue Green

Joint 12/14 14/23 19/26 24/29

Nickel plated, single sizes. £4.25 ea £3.98 ea £4.32 ea £4.32 ea

Combustion Combustion Boats, Porcelain

BO02555

Dimensions 85 x 12 x 8 mm (L x W x H)

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

CO110205 CO04947 CO04948 CO04949 CO04950

Type No.2 No.3 No.4 No.5 No.6

Bore 5.5 mm 7.5 mm 8.5 mm 9.5 mm 10.5 mm

£7.97 ea £10.33 ea £10.33 ea £10.33 ea £10.33 ea

Cork Borer Sharpener

£1.28 ea

CO04945

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£14.58 ea

w: timstar.com

279


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Corks

Cups

Corks

Assorted pack of tapered, solid bark corks. Supplied in a pack of 150.

CO04925

Clear Plastic Water Cups

Clear, lightweight plastic drinking cups. Not suitable for use with vending machines or boiling water. Supplied in a pack of 50.

£87.68 pk CU150000

Cork Rings

Capacity 200 mL

£1.82 pk

Bibbypet Bottle Top Dispenser

Compressed for supporting flasks etc.

An economical semi-automatic bottle top dispenser with replaceable dispensing cartridges and valves. Suitable for use with aqueous solutions, alkalis, dilute acids and polar solvents. The BibbyPet has a 45 mm thread and is supplied complete with 32 mm and 40 mm adapters.

CO04800 CO04805

Height 45 mm 45 mm

O.D. 75 mm 115 mm

£6.89 ea £8.71 ea

Cork Sheet

Dimensions (L x W x D) 300 x 300 x 5 mm.

CO04825

£6.21 ea

Round Bottom Flasks See pag 269

280

ALSO BOUGHT...

DI18290 DI18291

Model BD10 BD25

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL

Setting 0.2 mL 0.5 mL

£202.50 ea £249.75 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Disposable Syringes

Glass Syringes

Disposable Syringes

Sterile, plastic, individually packed and graduated. Luer fitting.

SY14800 SY14801 SY14806 SY14810 SY14811 SY14815 SY14816 SY14820 SY14821 SY14825 SY14826

Capacity 1 mL 1 mL 2 mL 5 mL 5 mL 10 mL 10 mL 20 mL 20 mL 50 mL 50 mL

Quantity 10 100 100 10 100 10 100 10 50 1 25

£1.69 pk £14.18 pk £12.69 pk £1.28 pk £11.14 pk £1.49 pk £14.78 pk £2.97 pk £12.29 pk £1.28 ea £28.28 pk

Glass Syringes

Luer fitting, interchangeable pistons and barrels.

SY14845 SY14850 SY14855

Capacity 20 mL 50 mL - with metal tip 100 mL - with metal tip

£6.89 ea £20.18 ea £28.28 ea

Gas Syringes Gas Syringe

Ground glass syringe. Marked with 20 mL major graduations, and 1 mL minor graduations. Suba-Seal Stoppers ST14710 or ST14715 can be used as resealable stoppers. For a video demonstration, visit timstar.co/SubaSealSyringe

Three-Way Tap for Syringes

A plastic tap with 1 male and 2 female Luer connectors.

SY58480

£1.55 ea

Hypodermic Needles

SY14858

Capacity 100 mL

£36.38 ea

Syringe Holder

Holder for glass gas syringes.

Hypodermic Needles, Disposable

Sterile, individually packed with Luer fitting. All sizes of needles fit our plastic syringes. Supplied in a pack of 100.

SY14871

Length 25 mm

Diameter 0.6 mm

Gauge 23

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£6.68 pk

ST110450

Capacity 100 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£43.13 ea

w: timstar.com

281


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories Filter Paper, No. 1 Grade

Filter Paper Filter Paper, School Grade

FI07250 FI07251 FI07252 FI07253

Diameter 90 mm 110 mm 125 mm 150 mm

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

£3.38 pk £3.92 pk £4.32 pk £5.87 pk

Filter Paper, Standard Grade

FI07260 FI07261 FI07263 FI07264 FI07265 FI07266

Diameter 55 mm 70 mm 110 mm 125 mm 150 mm 185 mm

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

£6.01 pk £6.35 pk £8.78 pk £8.91 pk £11.95 pk £19.31 pk

Filter Paper, Whatman, Student Grade Medium/fast flow rate. Smooth finish.

FI07240 FI07241 FI07242 FI07243 FI07244 FI07245 FI07246 FI07247 FI07248

Diameter 55 mm 70 mm 90 mm 110 mm 125 mm 150 mm 185 mm 240 mm 270 mm

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

£2.90 pk £3.17 pk £3.92 pk £4.19 pk £4.52 pk £6.68 pk £9.11 pk £15.80 pk £17.15 pk

FI07310 FI07315 FI07320

Diameter 125 mm 150 mm 185 mm

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

FILTER PAPER GRADES

£10.87 pk £17.15 pk £24.03 pk

INFO

Timstar offers a range of cellulose filter papers suitable for qualitative use, with Whatman and more economical unbranded types available. The table below refers to Whatman papers and provides a brief summary of the properties of different grades. However, many other branded and unbranded types are graded with reference to the equivalent Whatman grades. WHATMAN GRADE

RETENTION* SIZE, MICRONS (µ)

FLOW RATE# (FILTRATION SPEED)

NOTES / TYPICAL USES

Student Grade (grade 91)

10 µ

Medium/fast

Creped and wet strengthened but manufactured to less critical standards

Grade 1

11 µ

Medium

Most widely used grade for general purpose medium flow applications e.g. Separating liquids from solids

Grade 2

Medium

More absorbent than grade 1 but slightly slower flow rate. Uses include holding soil nutrients in plant growth trials

Grade 3

Medium

Twice the thickness of grade 1, giving higher wet strength, so more suitable for use in buchner funnels. Also high absorbency (useful as sample carrier)

Grade 4

20 - 25 µ

Very fast

Excellent retention of coarse particles and gelatinous precipitates

Grade 5

2.5 µ

Slow

Capable of retaining the fine precipitates encountered in chemical analysis. Excellent clarifying filter for cloudy suspensions and also for water and soil analysis

*refers to size of particles retained by the paper # refers to liquid flow rate through the paper

282

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Filter Papers, Whatman, Grade No. 1

The most widely used general purpose paper. Medium/fast flow rate.

Filter Pumps Filter Pump

Nickel plated brass water connector 11 mm dia. Vacuum connector 8 mm dia.

FI07340 FI07345 FI07350 FI07355 FI07360 FI07365 FI07370 FI07375 FI07380 FI07385

Diameter 42.5 mm 55 mm 70 mm 90 mm 110 mm 125 mm 150 mm 185 mm 240 mm 320 mm

FI07605

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

£9.38 pk £9.92 pk £10.26 pk £12.08 pk £15.12 pk £15.80 pk £22.68 pk £33.08 pk £53.93 pk £76.88 pk

£45.83 ea

Filter Pump

Polypropylene with integral non-return valve.

Filter Papers, Whatman, Grade No. 2

Slightly thicker and more retentive than No.1. Medium/fast flow rate.

FI07400 FI07405 FI07420 FI07425

Diameter 55 mm 70 mm 125 mm 150 mm

Quantity 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets 100 sheets

£12.83 pk £14.45 pk £27.54 pk £35.78 pk

Filter Papers, Whatman, Grade No. 4

Excellent retention of coarse and gelatinous precipitates. Fast flow rate. FI07510

Diameter 125 mm

Quantity 100 sheets

£27.54 pk FI07615

Ceramic Fibre Paper

Heat resisting paper, 1mm thick. In sheets. Dimensions (L x W): 1000 x 500 mm. PA11957

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£11.21 ea

Pumps See page 107

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£28.22 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

283


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Laboratory Stands

Jugs

Burette Stand

Azlon Jug

Hardwood complete with base and rod. All parts are interchangeable. Burette clamps are cork lined, and funnel holders are slotted.

Polypropylene, with moulded graduations.

BE02326

Capacity 3 litres

£11.81 ea

ST13900

Measuring Jugs

Polypropylene measuring jugs with excellent clarity and good chemical resistance. Autoclavable up to 130 °C. Raised graduations on the outer surface and an easy-pour tapered spout.

ME10305 ME10310 ME10315 ME10320

Capacity 500 mL 1 litre 2 litres 5 litres

Graduation 10 mL 50 mL 50 mL 250 mL

£3.85 ea £3.98 ea £7.49 ea £24.98 ea

Stackable Measuring Jugs

A range of stackable polypropylene measuring jugs. The jugs are slightly tapered to allow stacking, thereby saving storage space.

JU170102 JU170104

284

Capacity 500 mL 1L

Quantity 10 5

£18.23 pk £14.18 pk

Type Single Burette

£11.27 ea

Funnel Stand

Hardwood complete with base and rod. All parts are interchangeable. Burette clamps are cork lined, and funnel holders are slotted.

ST13910

£11.21 ea

Platform Stand, Laboratory Jack

Adjustable height max. 290 mm. Aluminium with stainless steel operating screw top plate with 10 mm tapped hole in right rear corner for accepting retort rods. Both plates are anodised.

ST13935 ST13940

Dimensions 15 x 15 cm 20 x 20 cm

£52.58 ea £66.08 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Laboratory Trays & Troughs

Labware Brushes

Pond Trays

White plastic trays useful for pond dipping and viewing pond life. Available in 2 sizes.

Beaker Brushes

Bristle, loop form on wooden handle.

BR03400

Length 150 mm

Diameter 70 mm

£2.97 ea

Burette Brushes

Bristle on wire handle, to fit all size burettes. EN52680 EN52682

Type Small Large

Dimensions 350 x 250 x 50 mm (L x W x H) 400 x 310 x 90 mm (L x W x H)

£3.44 ea £4.86 ea

Trays

White P.V.C. with ribbed base. Can be used for photographic purposes. BR03445

Height Length Diameter Quantity 100 mm 100 mm 19 mm 10

£18.23 pk

Flask Brushes

Bristle on curved wire. Curved head with hinged joint and rubber covered stem on wooden handle.

TR16201 TR16202

Dimensions 200 x 150 x 50 mm (L x W x H) 250 x 200 x 60 mm (L x W x H)

£12.83 ea £16.88 ea

BR03465

Height 100 mm

Length 100 mm

Diameter 50 mm

£8.64 ea

Test Tube Brushes

Pneumatic Troughs, Glass

Fan shaped end on wire handle.

Circular pneumatic trough, made from borosilicate glass.

BR03475 BR03485

Type Nylon Nylon

For Quantity 10-12 mm tubes 10 16-25 mm tubes 10

£7.02 pk £7.43 pk

Test Tube Brushes

Nylon with cotton tip on wire handle

GA08540 GA08545 GA08550

Height 100 mm 125 mm 125 mm

Diameter 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£30.92 ea £31.73 ea £37.13 ea

BR03490

For 12-16 mm tubes

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Quantity 10

w: timstar.com

£9.86 pk

285


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Magnifiers

Mats

Hand Magnifiers

A range of optical quality acrylic hand lenses. Supplied in packs of 10.

MA10252 MA10254

Diameter Magnification 35 mm x5 50 mm x4 main lens, x6 secondary lens in handle

£9.52 pk £16.74 pk

Magnifiers, Black ABS Frame, Glass Lens

These quality magnifying glasses have glass lenses and moulded ABS frames, providing robust, quality magnifiers. Available in a range of sizes and magnifications.

MA160480 MA160482 MA160488

Diameter 38 mm 50 mm 90 mm

Magnification x4 x3.5 x2.25

£2.16 ea £1.69 ea £3.51 ea

Folding Magnifiers

With two plano-convex glass lenses in folding plastic moulded body. Dimensions (Dia.): 17 mm.

MA10210

286

Magnification x10

£2.63 ea

Bench Mats, Ceramic Fibre

Heat proof mats, approximately 6 mm thick.

MA10280 MA10281 MA10282

Dimensions 150 x 150 mm 225 x 225 mm 300 x 300 mm

Quantity 10 10 5

£11.48 pk £20.93 pk £24.23 pk

Bench Mats, Calcium Silicate

Heat proof mats, a value alternative to ceramic fibre. Supplied in a pack of 10.

MA110300 MA110305 MA110310

Dimensions 15 x 15 cm 20 x 20 cm 30 x 30 cm

£7.83 pk £13.64 pk £16.88 pk

Surface Saver

White absorbent paper backed with an impermeable layer of polyethylene to protect bench tops against spillages.

PA11945 PA11946

Type Dimensions Sheets 46 x 57 cm Roll 46 cm x 50 m

Quantity 50 1

£80.93 pk £141.75 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Mortar & Pestles

Spatulas

Mortars & Pestles, Glazed

Wooden Spatulas

Porcelain, glazed with unglazed grinding surfaces.

MO11335 MO11340 MO11345 MO11350

Type Mortar Mortar Mortar Mortar

& & & &

Pestle Pestle Pestle Pestle

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type MO11336 Pestle MO11341 Pestle

Great value, disposable spatulas/stirrers, made from 100 % sustainable birch wood. Supplied in a pack of 1,000.

Diameter 80 mm 100 mm 130 mm 160 mm For MO11335 (80 mm) MO11340 (100 mm)

£4.93 ea £6.01 ea £8.30 ea £12.42 ea

£3.71 ea £3.98 ea

SP150000

£21.53 pk

Nuffield Pattern Spatula

Raised centre, one end flat and one end scoop, stainless steel. Length 140 mm.

Rods Rods, Soda Glass

RO13001 RO13006 RO13011 RO13016 RO13021

Length 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm

Diameter 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm

Quantity 50 50 40 25 25

£33.08 pk £37.73 pk £39.08 pk £66.08 pk £32.81 pk

SP13781 SP13782

Quantity 1 10

£1.28 ea £9.86 pk

Trulla Spatula

Stainless steel. Dimensions (L): 175 mm.

Stirring Rods, Borosilicate Glass Flat one end. Supplied in a pack of 10.

RO13030 RO13035 RO13040

Length 150 mm 200 mm 300 mm

£5.27 pk £9.38 pk £13.43 pk

Stirring Rods

SP13785

White polypropylene.

£2.63 ea

Chattaway Spatula, Micro RO115800 RO115802

Length 150 mm 200 mm

Diameter 6 mm 6 mm

Suitable for micro scale work. Stainless Steel. Blade width: 4 mm. £0.47 ea £0.61 ea

Stirring Rods, Polypropylene

RO13046 RO13047 RO13048

Length 150 mm 200 mm 250 mm

Diameter 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£2.36 ea £2.36 ea £2.43 ea

Length SP180310/10 100 mm

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Quantity 10

w: timstar.com

£6.08 pk

287


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Chattaway Spatula

Spoons

Stainless steel. Width: 8 mm.

Deflagrating Spoon

Steel spoon and handle, cork and brass cap.

SP13755 SP13750

Length 100 mm 200 mm

£1.62 ea £0.81 ea

GA08570

£2.30 ea

Combustion Spoon

Spatulas, Spoon End

Nuffield Stainless steel. 200 mm length. Spoon diameter approx. 5 mm.

Stainless steel.

B GA08585

Diameter Stainless steel. 200 mm length. Spoon diameter approx. 5 mm.

£3.17 ea

Scoops

A

Polythene. Rigid with handle.

Length SP13770 A 150 mm SP13775 B 210 mm

£2.63 ea £2.63 ea SP13712 SP13715

Spatulas, Polypropylene

Polypropylene spoon-end spatulas. Autoclavable. Pack of 10 spatulas.

Capacity 100 mL 250 mL

£3.71 ea £7.70 ea

Stoppers Quickfit Stoppers

A

B QSB14 QSB24

Cone 14/23 24/29

£6.28 ea £7.09 ea

Timstar Stoppers Length SP170200 A 150 mm B SP170202 200 mm

288

£3.85 pk £5.00 pk

JG26310

Cone 14/23

£3.98 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

RUBBER STOPPERS BOTTOM DIAMETER

TOP DIAMETER

QUANTITY

CODE

PRICE

11 mm

14 mm

10

ST14611/S

£1.08 pk

13 mm

16 mm

10

ST14613/S

15 mm

18 mm

10

ST14615/S

17 mm

20.5 mm

10

19 mm

22.5 mm

21 mm

A SOLID

B 1 HOLE

C 2 HOLE

CODE

PRICE

£0.81 pk

ST14613/1H

£1.69 pk

£1.49 pk

ST14615/1H

£2.23 pk

ST14617/S

£1.69 pk

ST14617/1H

£2.63 pk

10

ST14619/S

£2.23 pk

ST14619/1H

24.5 mm

10

ST14621/S

£3.65 pk

ST14621/1H

23 mm

26.5 mm

10

ST14623/S

£4.59 pk

ST14623/1H

£5.33 pk

25 mm

28.5 mm

10

ST14625/S

£4.73 pk

ST14625/1H

£6.14 pk

27 mm

31 mm

10

ST14627/S

£5.20 pk

ST14627/1H

£6.21 pk

29 mm

33 mm

10

ST14629/S

£5.33 pk

ST14629/1H

31 mm

36 mm

10

ST14631/S

£7.97 pk

ST14631/1H

33 mm

38.5 mm

10

ST14633/S

£11.34 pk

35 mm

40.5 mm

10

37 mm

42.5 mm

10

ST14637/S

£16.13 pk

41 mm

47 mm

1

ST14641/S

£4.73 ea

43 mm

49 mm

1

ST14643/S

£4.93 ea

45 mm

51 mm

1

ST14645/S

£5.33 ea

A

B

CODE

PRICE

£3.44 pk

ST14619/2H

£3.31 pk

£2.90 pk

ST14621/2H

£4.52 pk

£6.62 pk

ST14629/2H

£6.95 pk

£11.00 pk

ST14631/2H

£10.67 pk

ST14633/1H

£11.14 pk

ST14633/2H

£13.43 pk

ST14635/1H

£13.43 pk

ST14637/1H

£14.78 pk

ST14637/2H

£17.48 pk

ST14645/1H

£4.73 ea

ST14645/2H

£5.06 ea

Rubber Stoppers. Solid Pack

Assorted pack containing the following: 5 each of No’s. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23. Two each of No’s. 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35.

ST14680

£52.58 pk

Rubber Stoppers. 1 Hole Pack

Assorted pack of one-hole stoppers containing the following: 5 each of No’s. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23. Two each of No’s. 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35. ST14685

C

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£52.58 pk

The medium and larger rubber bungs (stoppers) with holes have approximately 5 mm diameter holes (small sizes have approx. 3 mm diameter holes). The best size glass tubing to fit into these is 6 mm outside diameter as this gives a tighter fit that will not leak. If the glass tubing is too tight to fit into the bung easily, a small amount of washing-up liquid applied to the end of the tubing will make fitting much easier. Rubber tubing with a 5 mm bore (N5) fits nicely onto 6 mm OD glass tubing, for connection purposes.

INFO

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

289


LABWARE

Labware Tools & Accessories

Taps & Valves

Tiles

Gas Taps - Two Way

For natural gas or LPG. BSP 3/8” male thread. Outlets are 90° apart.

Type Standard Tap, Vertical Bench Mounting

TA14905

£67.43 ea

Water Taps

BSP 1/2” male thread inlet for vertical bench mounting. For use with hot or cold water.

Ceramic Plates (Tiles)

White ceramic. Supplied in a pack of 10.

PL12555

Dimensions 150 x 150 x 6 mm (L x W x D)

£6.41 pk

Spotting Tile, Porcelain, Economy

An economy white porcelain spotting tile with 12 wells. Supplied in a pack of 10.

B A

TI170105

C

Wells 12

£25.58 pk

Spotting Tile

White polypropylene tile. Autoclavable.

TA14910 TA14911 TA14912

A B C

Type Single Swan-neck - Fixed Single Swan-neck - Swivel Single pillar bib tap

£80.93 ea £86.33 ea £93.08 ea

WATER TAPS

INFO These water taps are supplied with moulded serrated nozzles which can’t be removed. They also feature non-rising spindles, rubber sealed valves, and bench mounted antirotation devices as standard. The handwheels are coded to DIN EN 13792. 290

PL12565 PL140110

Dimensions 115 x 95 mm 120 x 120 mm

Wells 12 16

£1.28 ea £1.69 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Labware Tools & Accessories

LABWARE

Tongs

Watch Glasses

Test Tube Holder

Watch Glasses, Soda-Lime

Wooden, ‘Clothes Peg’ style. For tubes up to 19 mm diameter. Supplied in a pack of 10.

Glass with ground edges.

TE15350

£8.78 pk

Test Tube Holder

Plated spring steel type. For tubes up to 30 mm diameter.

TE15356

WA17505 WA17520

Quantity 10

£4.93 pk

Diameter 70 mm 100 mm

Quantity 10 10

£3.78 pk £6.62 pk

Pyrex Watch Glasses Borosilicate 3.3 glass.

Test Tube Holder

Metal, with wooden handle. For tubes up to 45 mm diameter.

TE15360

£4.66 ea

Beaker Tongs

Plated steel beaker tongs with insulated clamps for lifting hot beakers. Dimensions (L): 275 mm.

TO130500

WA17550 WA17555 WA17560 £7.22 ea

Weighing Boats Polystyrene disposable. Can be shaped to form a pouring funnel.

Bowed, for picking up and moving crucibles.

Type Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Mild Steel Mild Steel

£12.89 ea £14.78 ea £16.88 ea

Weighing Boats

Crucible Tongs

TO15820 TO15825 TO15830 TO15835

Diameter 50 mm 80 mm 100 mm

Length 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm

£1.89 ea £2.23 ea £1.01 ea £1.28 ea

Length 150 mm 200 mm 150 mm 200 mm

£2.16 ea £2.50 ea £0.95 ea £1.08 ea

Straight Tongs

TO15800 TO15805 TO15810 TO15815

Type Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Mild Steel Mild Steel

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

BA01375 BA01380 BA170300

Capacity 30 mL 5 mL 100 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Quantity 500 1000 250

w: timstar.com

£15.12 pk £33.68 pk £28.28 pk

291


LABWARE

Measuring Count Up/Down Timer

Gas Measuring Tubes Gas Measuring Tube

Graduated 50 x 0.1 mL. Closed at one end.

GA08500

£16.13 ea

Hydrometers Hydrometer

Specific gravity. Universal range 370 mm x 0.01 °SG.

HY09400

A simple to use count-up or count-down timer with large 20 mm LCD and impact-resistant ABS case with flip-out desk stand and rear magnet. Features: • 99 mins 99 secs x 1 second • Quick and easy operation with Start, Stop, Reset and numeral keys • Count-down mode with alarm on expiry • Count-down can be stopped and restarted at any point • Memory to store last count-down time setting • Auto-Repeat function for count-down count-up mode until stopped • Cumulative count-up function - count-up can be paused and re-started without losing the cumulative time count • Supplied with 1 x 1.5 V AAA battery • Dimensions (L x W x D): 68 x 68 x 15 mm • Weight: 55 g

£17.28 ea

Hydrometer

Specific gravity. Extra wide range. Length 250 mm x 0.005 °SG.

HY09435

Range 0.700-1.000

£19.58 ea

Stopwatches Bench Top Timer

These stylish bench top timers are easy to use and are particularly suited for use in schools. They have colour coded buttons and a clear LCD and are housed in a robust ABS casing. There is a choice of two models - with or without contacts for external triggering (4 mm sockets). Supplied complete with full operating instructions and batteries. Count up with lap and split timing features. Positive stop, start and reset buttons with bleep sound when activated. • Timing Period: Up to 9 hours, 59 minutes, 59 seconds • Resolution: 1/100 sec for 30 minutes then 1 sec thereafter • Accuracy: Within +/- 1 second/24hrs • Battery: 1 x 1.5 V AA battery (supplied) • Dimensions (W x D x H): 100 x 90 x 70.5 mm • LCD Dimensions: 63.7 x 19.7 mm

TI106410 TI106412

Type With 4 mm sockets Without 4 mm sockets

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

292

TI120110

£6.68 ea

Dual Power Timers - PK5

These dual powered timers have the capacity to time up or down to 99 minutes and 59 seconds. An alarm sounds when the set time is reached and the push buttons have been designed for ease of use. Power is supplied by the integral solar cells or inclusive battery, which means they are always charged and ready for use. Overall dimensions: 65 x 65 x 13 mm. Display size 53 x 25 mm. Available as a pack of five only, in mixed colours.

£24.23 ea £23.63 ea £2.50 pk

TI160140

£30.98 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

LABWARE

Bench Timer

A bench process timer with count-up or count-down modes. It is ideal for laboratories, education and industry. Clearly marked nonslip rubber function buttons and a large high contrast LCD display make it easy to use. • Hrs, min’s or sec’s • 12 hr or 24 hr selectable mode • 11 mm LCD display • Slide switch to select modes – clock, count-up, timer (for count-down mode) • Count-down mode with sonic alarm on expiry • Count-up mode until stopped • Memory for count-down times • Impact-resistant ABS case with non slip rubber feet • Supplied with 1 x 1.5 V AA battery • Count-up capacity: 23 hrs, 59 mins, and 59 secs • Count-down capacity: 23 hrs, 59 mins, and 59 secs with alarm • Resolution: 1 second • Accuracy: ±1 second in 24 hours • Dimensions (W x L x H): 85 x 85 x 45 mm • Weight: 104 g

Stopclock TM-20A

Easy to use as a standard timer or automatically triggered by external devices for start/stop via 4 mm jack sockets. Pressing the reset button during a timing cycle displays the time elapsed. Impact resistant ABS case with a 15mm LCD. Complete with battery.

BEST SELLER

TI15710 TI15712

Quantity 1 10

£14.78 ea £134.93 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£2.50 pk

Stopwatch TM136

Clear 8 mm LCD containing the following features: 23 hr, 59 min 59 sec stopwatch capacity. Resolution 1/100th sec for first 30 mins and 1 sec thereafter. Stop, start, reset and split facilities. Complete with battery and neck band. Available as a single unit or in a pack of 10.

TI150000

£13.43 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

SATZ School Stopclock

A highly accurate quartz stopclock in a robust ABS case with two large stop/start and reset/split buttons. Clear 15 mm LCD. Capacity: 59 hrs, 59 min, 59 secs with a resolution of 1/100 sec. for first hour and 1 sec. thereafter. The unit can be used with remote switches/timing gates etc. via the 4 mm sockets at the rear. Powered by 1 x AA battery (supplied). Dimensions (L x W x H): 95 x 90 x 75 mm. Available as a single unit or in a pack of 10.

TI15728 TI15729

Quantity 1 10

£5.33 ea £39.08 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01991 SR54 Batteries

£2.77 ea

Heavy Duty Stopwatch

A heavy duty digital stopwatch designed specifically for school use, with large captive buttons, lap and split time facilities and no alarm, chime or clock functions. Capacity: 9 hrs, 59 mins, 59 secs. Resolution 1/100th sec. Supplied with SR44 cell.

TI15706 TI15707

Quantity 1 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£29.63 ea £263.25 pk £2.50 pk

TI15738 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£13.43 ea £3.04 ea

293


LABWARE

Measuring

School Stopwatch

The ever popular model school stopwatch is now even better. Complete with LR44 type cell button. Available as a single unit or in a pack of 10. Features: • Larger button cell battery • Larger LCD • Tactile click when buttons are pressed

Counters Tally Counters

0 to 9999, in a chrome plated steel case with zero reset control.

CO05060

£10.73 ea

Invicta Trundle Wheel

Made of heavy gauge plastic with a rubber tyre. Circumference of the wheel is 1 m and gives an audible click every 100 mm and 1 m.

TI58700 TI58702

Quantity 1 10

£8.03 ea £67.43 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£3.04 ea ME10330

School Event Timer Stopwatch

Affordable, uncomplicated, no alarm event timer. Uncomplicated 1/100th second timer. No alarm or beeper, no clock! Colour coded buttons for easy reference. Start - stop - reset. Capacity: 9 hrs 59 mins 59 secs. Large clear display. Safety wrist cord. Battery securely fitted behind back casing. 12 month guarantee.

£16.13 ea

Trundle Wheel with Counter This economical trundle wheel and counter makes measuring long distances really simple, thanks to its non-slip rubber tyre, adjustable length handle and inclusive counter. Counts up to 10,000 metres.

BEST SELLER ME160700

£26.93 ea

Invicta Height Measure

An accurate and durable height measure extending to over 2 metres. The measurement scale is graduated with both metric and imperial values. When not in use it packs away into its own base. Supplied with project card.

TI96405

£6.68 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£3.04 ea

294

ME10332

£94.43 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

LABWARE Digital Light Meter

Light Meters

This meter is a precision instrument used to measure illuminance (lux, foot-candle) in the field. It meets CIE photopic spectral response and is fully corrected for the angular incidence of light.

Mini Thermo-Light Meter

An easy-to-use meter that measures temperature and light. • High accuracy, fast response • Colour LCD with backlight • Max/min recording function • Auto power-off (can be disabled) • Temperature -20 – 70 °C • Light 0 – 200 klux • Supplied with 3 x AAA batteries

LI190100

The illuminance meter is compact, tough and easy to handle owing to its construction. The light sensitive component used in the meter is a very stable, long-life photodiode and spectral response filter. Features include: Peak hold; Short rise and fall times; Max/ min and data-hold functions; Auto power off after 30 minutes; Analog bargraph/segments; Wide light range; Automatic zeroing; LCD; Relative reading and reset function; Low battery indication. Supplied complete with carry case, battery and instruction manual. Specifications: • Range: 400,000 lux • Maximum Resolution: 0.01 lux/fc • Photo Detector- Lead length: 150 cm (approx) • Dimensions (L x W x D): 115 x 60 x 20 mm • Meter Dimensions (L x W x D): 170 x 80 x 40 mm • Weight: 390 g • Battery: 1 x 9 V (PP3) (supplied)

£67.43 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£2.50 pk

Digital Light Meter

A compact, robust easy to use instrument with four manual range selections, colour correction filter and cosine correction lens, large 11 mm LCD display and sensor with 1.5 m coiled cable. Range: 200/2000/20,000/50,000 lux. Resolution: 0.1/1/10 /100 lux depending on range. Supplied with lens cap, case and A23 battery.

BEST SELLER

LI93630

£98.48 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

LI55200 LI55205

Type Light Meter Light Meter as above with the addition of Data hold/Max hold functions and measuring in both Lux and Foot Candles

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01987 1 x 23A (A23) Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£59.33 ea £64.73 ea

£1.69 ea

£4.25 ea

...the Digital Light Meter is OUR EXPERT SAYS... robust yet easy to handle out in the field. This precision instrument is very stable as well as the long-life photodiode and spectral response filter makes this an excellent all round choice.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

295


LABWARE

Measuring Non Cobalt Chloride Based Humidity Papers

Test Papers

A safer alternative to cobalt chloride test papers. Each book contains 20 strips.

Johnson Indicator Papers

Indicator papers are supplied in books of 20 strips.

TP15000

Quantity 10 books

£5.33 pk

Johnson Indicator Reels

Supplied in reels. Dimensions (L): 5 metres.

TP7000 TP7102 TP7104 TP7108 TP7118 TP7120 TP7170 TP7172 TP7180 TP7182

296

Type Cobalt Chloride Litmus Blue Litmus Blue Litmus Neutral Litmus Red Litmus Red Universal Indicator pH 1-11 Universal Indicator pH 1-11 Full Range pH 1-14 Full Range pH 1-14

Quantity 10 books 10 books 100 books 10 books 10 books 100 books 10 books 100 books 10 books 100 books

£7.36 pk £5.33 pk £40.43 pk £4.79 pk £5.33 pk £40.43 pk £5.33 pk £40.43 pk £6.01 pk £53.93 pk

TP7190 TP7192 TP7194 TP7196

Type Litmus Blue Litmus Red Universal Indicator pH 1-11 Full Range pH 1-14

£3.98 ea £3.98 ea £3.98 ea £3.98 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measuring

LABWARE Clinical Thermometer, ‘Fever Strip’

Thermometers

LCD forehead strip. Complete with case.

Clinical Thermometer, Digital Pen-Type

A compact clinical thermometer. Buzzer sounds when reading is complete. Range 32 to 43 x 0.1 °C. Complete with battery and plastic case.

BEST SELLER

TH15570

TH15572

£6.68 ea

Infrared Clinical Ear Thermometer

This easy to use electronic infrared clinical thermometer with digital display and memory is suitable for fast, accurate measurement of body temperature. Comes complete with protective bag and replacement probe covers. Requires 2 x AAA batteries (not included). • Temperature Range: +34 to +44 °C (+93.2 to +111.2 °F) • Operating Temperature Range: +16 to +35 °C (+60.8 to +95.0 °F) • Operating Relative Humidity: <80 % RH • Divisions: 0.1 °C & F • Accuracy: +/-0.2 °C between 35 and 42 °C • CE, ROHS/WEEE approved • Weight: Packaged - 67 g (including batteries) • LCD Dimensions (L x W): 10 mm x 20 mm • Thermometer Dimensions (L x W x H): 140 mm x 70 mm x 40 mm

TH140105

Type

SPARES & ACCESSORIES TH140110 Spare probe covers, pack of 20 BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£40.43 ea £8.03 pk £2.50 pk

£2.63 ea

Alarm Thermometer

A 15 mm LCD thermometer with high and low temperature alarm program covering the whole temperature range of -50 to +200 x 0.1°C. External stainless steel probe: 125 x 3 mm on a 1.5 m lead. Powered by 1 x AAA battery (supplied). Dimensions (L x W x D): 99 x 64 x 20 mm.

TH15660

£29.63 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

£2.50 pk

297


LABWARE

Measurement

Fridge/freezer thermometer, digital

Digital max/min fridge freezer thermometer with high/low temperature alarm setting. Ideal for use in a fridge or freezer, but also to measure outdoor and room temperatures at the same time. Includes a magnet attachment and 2 m probe cable. • Room Temperature Range: -20 to +70 °C • Temperature displayed in °C or °F (switchable) • Fridge/Freezer Range: -50 to +70 °C • Resolution: 0.1 °C • Reading Update: 10 seconds • Battery: 1 x AAA (Included) • Battery Life: Approx. 1 year • Dimensions: 63 x 63 x 15 mm • LCD Dimensions: 21mm x 47 mm • Probe Length: 2 m

Stem Thermometer

A low cost thermometer ideal for the education market. The stainless steel probe has a pointed tip and the head is ABS plastic with a clear 12 mm LCD and two function switches on/off and test/ hold. Temperature range: -50 to +150 x 0.1 °C. Supplied complete with a probe protector sheath and battery.

TH15656

Type Pen Type with 125 x 4 mm probe

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£16.13 ea £3.04 ea

Stem Thermometer, Waterproof TH160450

£12.08 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£2.50 pk

USING INFRARED THERMOMETERS

IR Thermometer IR Thermometer

INFO Reflected energy Reflected energy Transmitted energy Transmitted energy Emitted energy Emitted energy

TH58605

£11.41 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£3.04 ea

Pen Type Infrared Thermometer Object Object

There are several factors to take account of when using an IR thermometer it is not as simple as pulling the trigger and reading the measurement. Reflected, transmitted and emitted energy need to be accounted for as well as spot size and emissivity.

INFRARED THERMOMETER EMISSIVITY The spot size is a ratio of The spot size is a ratio of distance from IR distance from IR thermometer to thermometer to object being measured. object being measured. Spotsize size Spot IR IRThermometer Thermometer

Distance Distance

Emissivity is an objects ability to emit radiated heat. The scale ranges from 0.1 to 1.00 and takes into account the objects reflective nature, colour and surface finish. 0.1 is for a polished reflective surface. 1.00 is for a flat black surface. Emissivity can cause an error of up to 30 % in the accuracy of a measurement. The easiest way to overcome this is to paint a small piece of masking tape matt black and apply it to the surface of the object being measured.

298

A pen-type thermometer with a 120 x 4 mm stainless steel probe, ABS plastic head with a clear LCD and two function switches on/off and test/hold. Accuracy: ± 1 °C (within range -20 - 120 °C). Range: -50 to 150 x 0.1 ºC. Supplied with pocket case and SR44 battery.

This pocket size and easy-to-use infrared thermometer is ideal for precise non-contact measurement of surface temperatures. Suitable for monitoring appliances, heating, ventilation & air conditioning systems, food preparation and storage temperatures. Specifications: • Range: -50° to +260°C (-58° to +500°F) • Resolution: 0.1°C/°F • Accuracy: ±2% of reading or ±2°C (-10° to +230°C), ±4°C (-10° to -50°C) • Power: 2 x 1.5V Button Cell Batteries • Dimensions: 88 x 19 x 23.3mm • Weight: 20g Features: • -50° to 260°C x 0.1° • User selectable °C or °F • Hold within 2 feet of the area to be measured, push the button, read the display • Distance to spot size ratio is 1 to 1 at the focal point • Fixed emissivity at 0.95 • Response time less than 1 second • Large 20mm LCD display with function indicators • Automatic Data Hold • Auto Power Off • Low Battery indication • Impact-resistant ABS case • Supplied with batteries TH150200 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01988 SR44 Batteries

£26.93 ea £3.04 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measurement

LABWARE

Pocket Infrared Thermometer

A quick and easy infrared thermometer, providing safe temperature measurement where non-contact access is required. Supplied complete with wrist strap, pocket clip, storage pouch and battery (CR2032). Features large LCD, temperature in °C and °F, low battery indicator, auto data hold, and auto power off. • Range: -35 to 230 °C/°F • Accuracy: ± 2 % • Resolution: 0.1 °C • Distance-to-spot ratio: 1:1 • Dimensions: 75 x 40 x 20 mm

TH180620 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01997 CR2032 Batteries

£32.33 ea £0.88 ea

Infrared Thermometer with Probe

This thermometer allows convenient temperature measurement in two ways. Infrared allows readings of temperatures at distances of up to 1 m, and a probe which allows measurement of temperature of substances such as liquids and soil. Requires 3 x AAA batteries (included). • IR range: -20-270 °C; -4-518 °F • IR esolution: 0.1 °C • IR Accuracy -20-0 °C: ±5 °C • IR Accuracy 0-270°C: ±(1.5 % + 3 °C) • IR Field of view: 6:1 • IR Emissivity: 0.95 • Probe range: -50-270 °C; -58-518 °F • Probe resolution -50-200 °C: 0.1°C • Probe resolution 200-270 °C: 1 °C • Probe accuracy -50--20 °C: ±(1.5 % + 1 °C) • Probe accuracy -20-200 °C: ±(1.0 % + 1 °C) • Probe accuracy 200-270 °C: ±(2.0 % + 4 °C)

Infrared ‘Gun’ Type Thermometer

High performance, professional general purpose infrared thermometer. Rugged and ergonomic design. Backlit LCD. Laser targeting On/Off is switchable. Temperature range: -20 to 320 ºC or -4 to 605 °F. 9 V battery and instruction manual included.

TH96358

£71.48 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£4.25 ea

Quickfit Thermometer Pockets Short closed.

QSH4A

Cone 14/23

£25.58 ea

Timstar Thermometer Pockets Short closed. TH160305

£37.73 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£2.50 pk

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

JG26320

Cone 14/23

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£12.08 ea

w: timstar.com

299


LABWARE

Measurement Thermometers, Blue Spirit Filled

White enamel back with reinforced bulb. Available singly or in packs of 10. Range

TH15425 B TH15426 TH15427 TH15428

-10 -10 -10 -10

-

110 110 110 110

°C °C °C °C

Graduation 1 °C 1 °C 1 °C 1 °C

Length

Immersion

152 mm 152 mm 305 mm 305 mm

Total Total Partial 76 mm Partial 76 mm

£3.98 ea £35.03 pk £4.19 ea £36.38 pk

Thermometers, Red Spirit Filled

White enamel back with reinforced bulb. Available singly or in a pack of 10. Range Graduation TH15430 -10 - 50 °C 0.5 °C TH15431 C -10 - 50 °C 0.5 °C TH15432 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15433 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15435 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15436 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15440 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15441 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH15445 -10 - 150 °C 1 °C TH15446 -10 - 150 °C 1 °C

Length

Immersion

305 mm 305 mm 152 mm 152 mm 205 mm 205 mm 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm 305 mm

Partial Partial Total Total Total Total Partial Partial Partial Partial

76 mm 76 mm

76 76 76 76

£3.98 ea £36.38 pk £3.58 ea £29.03 pk £3.71 ea £32.33 pk £3.58 ea £27.68 pk £3.98 ea £35.03 pk

mm mm mm mm

Thermometers, Green Spirit Filled Supplied in a pack of 10. Range TH15495 -10 - 110 °C TH15497 A -10 - 110 °C TH15499 -10 - 110 °C

Graduation 1 °C 1 °C 1 °C

Length 150 mm 205 mm 305 mm

£17.48 pk £18.83 pk £20.18 pk

Lo-Tox Thermometers (Low Toxicity)

A range of laboratory thermometers with a blue environmentally friendly filling (except TH29510, TH96370, and TH29508, which are brown filled). An ideal alternative to mercury filled thermometers.

Range Graduation TH29500 -10 - 50 °C 0.5 °C TH29504 -20 - 110 °C 1 °C TH29506 -20 - 150 °C 1 °C TH29508 -10 - 260 °C 1 °C TH29510 D -10 - 300 °C 1 °C TH96370 -10 - 330 °C 2 °C TH29524 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C TH29530 -10 - 210 °C 1 °C

Length

Immersion

305 mm 305 mm 305 mm 405 mm 305 mm 305 mm 155 mm 405 mm

Partial Partial Partial Partial Partial Partial Total Total

76 76 76 76 76 76

mm mm mm mm mm mm

£5.06 ea £4.79 ea £5.06 ea £5.54 ea £7.36 ea £6.89 ea £3.98 ea £7.29 ea

Lo-Tox Precision Thermometers (Low Toxicity)

Total immersion. Low toxicity, environmentally friendly blue filling.

A

B

C

D

E

Range TH15550 E -1 - 51 °C TH15552 -1 - 51 °C TH15554 -1 - 101 °C

Graduation 0.1 °C 0.2 °C 0.2 °C

Length 405 mm 405 mm 405 mm

£20.18 ea £16.88 ea £24.23 ea

Partial immersion (PI) thermometers are designed to be immersed in the test liquid up to a line marked at (usually) 76 mm from the base of the thermometer. Total immersion thermometers should be immersed in the test liquid up to the top of the liquid column (i.e. the meniscus) or can be completely immersed in the liquid/gas (also known as Complete Immersion).

INFO

300

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Measurement

LABWARE

ECO-Therm Laboratory Thermometers

These ECO-Therm laboratory thermometers are green spirit thermometers filled with a non-toxic expansion liquid. The quality and resolution make these an ideal substitute for general purpose mercury thermometers. • Accuracy +/-1.5 °C • Comes with Evoprene non-roll end cap • Recyclable in glass recycling • Supplied in individual plastic telescopic tube • Dimension: 6.5 mm x 305 mm (D x L) • Weight: 25 g

Breaksafe Thermometer

The breaksafe thermometer is encapsulated in PVC to contain any glass or filling material in the event of breakage.

Range Grad- Length Immersion uation TH96362 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C 200 mm Partial 76 mm

£9.18 ea

Wall Thermometers

Plastic body. Spirit filled. Dual scale: -30 to 50 °C and -20 to 120 °F.

Range Grad- Length Immersion uation TH150308 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C 305 mm Partial 76 mm TH150310 -10 - 110 °C 1 °C 305 mm Total TH150312 -10 - 150 °C 1 °C 305 mm Partial 76 mm

£3.11 ea £3.11 ea £3.11 ea

TH15621

Length 175 mm

£2.90 ea

An explanation of why laboratory thermometers can appear inaccurate when measuring water boiling.*

INFO

Water boils at 100 °C only under controlled laboratory conditions. To accurately test a thermometer at 100 °C in a UKAS Laboratory, our supplier uses an oil bath controlled by a calibrated master platinum resistance thermometer, and controls environmental issues such as ambient temperature, pressure and humidity with air conditioning and conversion tables. This situation is impossible to replicate when boiling water in a beaker in a classroom environment. • Tap water contains impurities which will elevate or depress its boiling point. • Atmospheric pressure has a similar effect. • It is necessary to know whether the thermometer is a partial or total immersion model and to use it correctly; for instance, the emergent stem of a partial model when exposed to steam will be heated inappropriately and consequently over-read. Thermometers are designed to be at their most accurate at the mid range position. Therefore, if 100°C is the important temperature, the appropriate model would be one covering -10/150 °C or -10/200 °C, rather than the usual -10/110 °C types found in schools. In practice, rather than attempting to prove that water boils at 100 °C, teachers could use the visible discrepancy apparent during classroom experiments to illustrate the effects of the factors listed above! * Information provided courtesy of Brannan & Sons Ltd.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

301


LABWARE

Petri Dishes

Plastic Petri Dishes

PETRI DISHES Non-vented Petri dishes have a very small gap between the lid and the dish, which discourages evaporation from occurring. This type of dish is most suitable for anaerobic and long-term work. Vented Petri dishes have a small lip on the top edge of the dish which allows good air flow. This is ideal to encourage evaporation. It is good practice to use tape to secure the lid of a petri dish during incubation to prevent contamination. However, it is important not to make an air-tight seal around the edge, as this will encourage growth of anaerobic bacteria. Instead, two small strips of tape on opposite sides should attach the lid to the base. Correct Way: Tape on top with label, two small strips attaching lid to base.

3

Segmented Petri Dishes

Disposable, clear polystyrene, vented, non-sterile, sub-divided into equal parts. Supplied in packs of 20.

PE12050

Type 3-Parts

Diameter 94 mm

Depth 15 mm

£6.68 pk

Polystyrene Petri Dishes Disposable, aseptic, clear polystyrene. Triple vented.

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

Wrong way: Tape around circumference of where petri dish lid joins base risks making an air-tight seal, encouraging growth of anaerobic bacteria.

7

PE12030 PE12031 PE12035 PE12037

Diameter 55 mm 55 mm 90 mm 100 mm

Depth 15 mm 15 mm 14 mm 14 mm

Quantity 20 600 20 500

£2.63 pk £72.83 pk £2.36 pk £45.83 pk

Irradiated Polystyrene Petri Dishes

Disposable petri dish sterile by radiation supplied in sleeves. Supplied in packs of 20. Triple vented.

Glass Petri Dishes Glass Petri Dishes

These non-vented glass petri dishes are manufactured from a special resistance glass which can be autoclaved up to 160 °C.

PE130500

Diameter 90 mm

£6.68 pk

A LABWARE STAPLE, PETRI DISHES ARE NEEDED FOR BIOLOGY GCSE REQUIRED PRACTICALS:

PE11995 PE11996 PE11997 PE12000 PE12001

Diameter 60 mm 80 mm 90 mm 100 mm 120 mm

Depth 12 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 20 mm

Choice Chambers & Parafilm See page 422 & page 449

302

1. Investigating the effect of antiseptics on the growth of bacteria (for the PE130500 irradiated petri dishes) £1.69 ea £1.82 ea £1.96 ea £2.50 ea £3.11 ea

2. Investigating the effect of light intensity on the growth of mustard seedlings

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Pipettes

LABWARE Graduated Pipettes, Type 1

Pipettes

Soda Glass. Class B. To BS700. Calibrated to deliver from zero at the top to any graduation mark (like a burette).

Bulb Pipettes, Class AS

• Complies with ISO 648 and DIN 12691 • Calibrated for delivery • Markings in permanent amber stain • Class AS with +5 s waiting time • Manufactured from soda-lime glass with robust tooled jets

PI12255 PI12260

Capacity 10 mL 25 mL

£8.30 ea £9.38 ea

PI12300 PI12305 PI12310 PI12315 PI12320

Capacity 1 mL 2 mL 5 mL 10 mL 25 mL

£2.16 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £3.44 ea £6.01 ea

Benchmark™ Graduated Pipettes. Type 2

Bulb Pipettes, Class B, Premium MBL

One mark bulb pipettes for dispensing a set volume of liquid. Accuracy 0.2 % and manufactured to BS 1583.

Soda Glass. Class B. To BS700. Calibrated to deliver from any graduation mark to empty. Designed for educational use.

PI12330 PI12335 PI12340 PI12345 PI12350

Capacity 1 mL 2 mL 5 mL 10 mL 25 mL

£2.30 ea £2.50 ea £2.63 ea £2.84 ea £6.01 ea

Pasteur Pipettes, Plastic Graduated plastic pipette. LDPE.

PI130515 PI130520 PI130525 PI130530

Capacity 10 mL 20 mL 25 mL 50 mL

Tolerance ±0.04 mL ±0.06 mL ±0.06 mL ±0.1 mL

£4.79 ea £7.49 ea £7.49 ea £7.49 ea

Bulb Pipettes, Class B

High-quality, class B borosilicate glass pipettes, bulb form, with blue graduations.

PI180100 PI180106 PI180108 PI180110

Capacity 1 mL 10 mL 25 mL 50 mL

Tolerance ±0.015 mL ±0.040 mL ±0.060 mL ±0.100 mL

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea

PI12410 PI12415 PI160100

Capacity 1 mL 3 mL 5 mL

Quantity 500 500 250

£12.08 pk £15.26 pk £29.63 pk

Pasteur Pipettes, Sterile

Pasteur pipette, graduated, plastic, sterile. Supplied in packs of 20.

PI95068

Capacity 1 mL

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Graduation Length 0.25 mL 153 mm

w: timstar.com

£1.28 pk

303


LABWARE

Pipettes

Dropping Pipettes

Pipette Filler, PVC

Glass, complete with teat. Dimensions (L): 75mm.

PI12385

The three control pads are within finger reach without removing the palm of the hand from the bulb. Aspiration and dispensing can be achieved quickly and with great accuracy. Ideal for pipetting noxious or offensive liquids and is resistant to attack from most chemicals.

Type Quantity 1 mL ungraduated 10

SPARES & ACCESSORIES PI12386 Spare teat

£8.03 pk

10

£3.17 pk

For dropping pipettes.

Capacity 1.50 mL 2.00 mL 2.75 mL

Quantity 10 10 10

£8.03 pk £8.03 pk £8.03 pk

Pipette Fillers, Rubber

PI95078 PI67100

£5.33 pk £44.48 pk

This one-handed design is simple to use. Manufactured in natural orange rubber, it is operated by single hand use with only two operating points and evacuates via the automatic valve. This standard model accommodates all pipettes and has the useful ability to allow cleaning inside the bulb, by removing the patented valve and rinsing out.

PI12496

Diameter 43 mm

£9.38 ea

The original ‘Glasfirn’ pi-pump pipettes filler. An acid resistant plastic instrument which is easily dismantled for cleaning. It allows filling and dispensing from all standard pipettes up to 25 mL. Simple and easy to use with finely adjustable thumb wheel, and release valve lever.

PI12450 PI12455 PI12460

304

£5.33 ea £9.38 ea

Pipette Fillers, ‘Pi-Pump’

Pipette Filler, Rubber, Single Hand Design

PI105100

Type Capacity Value Version 2-50 mL Standard Version 2-50 mL

For use with pipettes with 5 mm diameter neck.

Non-roll. Ideal for Pasteur Pipettes.

Quantity 10 100

£22.88 ea £22.88 ea

Pipette Filler Bulbs, PVC - Pear Shape

Pipette Teats, Red PVC

PI12520 PI12521

Colour Red Black

A moulded rubber bulb with 3 glass ball valves which can be controlled by finger pressure. There are no metal parts to corrode and the filler can be used with all liquids except those that attack rubber.

Pipette Teats, Red Rubber

PI12500 PI12505 PI12510

PI12440 PI12445

£14.78 ea

Capacity 2 mL 10 mL 25 mL

Colour Blue Green Red

SPARES & ACCESSORIES PI12462 Spare socket to fit all sizes

£18.63 ea £20.18 ea £20.18 ea £6.01 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Pipettes

LABWARE

Pipette Fillers, ‘Pump-Type’

Ultra Micropipet Tips

BT140615

Capacity 0.5-10 µL

Quantity 1000

£62.03 pk

Blue Micropipet Tips

PI95040 PI95042 PI95044

Capacity 2 mL 10 mL 25 mL

Colour Blue Green Red

£5.33 ea £5.33 ea £5.33 ea BT140630

Adjustable Micropipettes

These are easy to use, accurate, and use standard micropipette tips. The volume is easily selected by twisting the top. The lightweight design and tip ejector makes operation fast & easy. A tool and instructions are included for self-calibration.

Capacity Quantity 100-1000 µL 1000

£68.78 pk

Jumbo Micropipet Tips BT140635

Capacity 1000-5000 µL

Quantity 100

£32.33 pk

Pipette Tips

Universal type. Non-sterile. Autoclavable at 121 °C.

BT140555 BT100544 BT97854 BT140560 BT100542 BT140565 BT140570

Capacity 0.5-10 µL 2-20 µL 5-50 µL 10-100 µL 20-200 µL 100-1000 µL 1000-5000 µL

£128.18 ea £128.18 ea £128.18 ea £128.18 ea £128.18 ea £128.18 ea £128.18 ea

Micropipette Tips

These disposable tips are for use with the adjustable micropipette and the fixed volume minipipettes.

BT97856 BT140620

Capacity 1-200 µL 1-200 µL

Quantity 192 (in two racks of 96) 1000

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£19.58 pk £57.98 pk

PI95030 PI95032

Capacity Colour 100-1000 µL Blue 5-200 µL Yellow

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Quantity 1000 1000

w: timstar.com

£33.68 pk £21.53 pk

305


LABWARE

Pipettes

Fixed Volume Minipipettes

Robust, accurate, easy to use, colour coded, fun and cost effective micropipettes which use standard micropipette tips. No need to calibrate and impossible to measure the wrong volume.

BT97835 BT97837 BT97839 BT140439 BT97843 BT97845 BT97847

Capacity 5 µL 10 µL 20 µL 35 µL 40 µL 50 µL 100 µL

Pipette Stand

Wooden, to hold 12 pipettes horizontally.

£26.93 ea £26.93 ea £26.93 ea £26.93 ea £26.93 ea £26.93 ea £26.93 ea

Pipette Tray, PVC, Type B

Made of white PVC, these trays are resistant to temperatures from -20 to +80 °C and have four compartments that can hold up to thirty pipettes of 1, 2, 5, or 10 mL. Tray edges are ergonomically designed for better handling. Dimensions (L x W x H): 426 x 300 x 30 mm.

ST13925

£38.48 ea

Pipette Stand

Polypropylene. To hold 10 pipettes up to 15 mm diameter and a further 18 up to 10 mm diameter vertically. PI110105

£37.73 ea

Pipette Storage Rack

Polished wooden stand to hold pipettes vertically of different sizes. Dimensions (H x W x D): 41 x 36 x 11 cm

PI190100

306

£26.93 ea

ST13930

£62.03 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Retort Stands

LABWARE Retort Stand Bases, ‘A’ Shape

Retort Bases

Iron with stoved enamel finish, with tapped rod hole, 10 x 1.5 mm. Dimensions (Length of side): 200 mm.

Retort Stand Bases, Value

Blue painted steel retort stand bases. With 10 x 1.5 mm tapped hole.

ST13972

Dimensions 20 cm

£18.23 ea

Retort Stand Bases, Tripod Pattern

A ST116208 ST116210

A B

Dimensions 16 x 10 cm 20 x 12.5 cm

Iron with stoved enamel finish, with central rod hole, tapped 10 x 1.5 mm, with rubber feet. Dimension given is length of foot to the rod.

B £6.68 ea £7.76 ea

ST13976

Retort Stand Bases

Cast iron base with blue chemical resistant coating. Has a 10 x 1.5 mm thread tapped hole. Supplied without a rod.

Dimensions 13.5 cm

£9.38 ea

Squat Retort Base

Stump-shaped cast iron retort base with clamp. Finished in stoved enamel, it is designed to accept 10 mm diameter rods. Complete with thumb-screw clamp. Weight: 0.57 kg.

ST96274

Dimensions 62 x 62 x 60 mm

£39.08 ea

Retort Base

ST13941 ST13942

Dimensions 15 x 9.5 cm 20 x 14 cm

Tripod pattern, with rod clamp. For rods with max. diameter 10 mm. Useful as stand for discharge sphere. £8.44 ea £12.76 ea

Retort Stand Bases, Heavy Duty

Heavy duty iron with blue finish. All bases have the rod hole tapped 10 x 1.5 mm. Supplied without rod.

ST110120

Type Retort Base

£35.64 ea

Retort Rods Retort Rods, Mild Steel

Mild steel, plated. 10 x 1.5 mm screwthread. ST14000 ST14005 ST14010 ST14015

Length 50 cm 60 cm 75 cm 100 cm

Diameter 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm

£4.52 ea £5.33 ea £7.22 ea £10.06 ea

Retort Rods, Aluminium

Aluminium alloy, bright finish. 10 x 1.5 mm screwthread. ST13950 ST13955 ST13960

Dimensions 16 x 10 cm 20 x 12.5 cm 25 x 16 cm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£10.73 ea £14.78 ea £22.28 ea

ST14020 ST14025 ST14030

Length 50 cm 60 cm 75 cm

e: export@timstar.co.uk

Diameter 12 mm 12 mm 12 mm

w: timstar.com

£6.28 ea £7.36 ea £7.76 ea

307


LABWARE

Retort Stands Square Bosshead, Economy

Bossheads A boss head in the popular pattern. Die-cast in black finish, with T-pin type screws. Accepts rods up to 16 mm diameter.

A boss head in the square pattern. Die-cast in black finish, with metal thumb screws. Accepts square sections or rods up to 16 mm diameter. It will also hold flat items such as rulers, magnets, drawing boards, optical screens etc. Dimensions: approx. 55 x 55 x 50 mm.

BH180100

BH180150

Bosshead, Economy

£2.63 ea

Bosshead, Standard

A boss head in the popular pattern. Die-cast alloy in silver finish, with blue plastic thumbscrews. Accepts rods up to 16 mm in diameter. Dimensions: approx. 117 x 30 x 30 mm.

BEST SELLER

BH180200

£2.97 ea

£3.31 ea

Square Bosshead, Premium

A boss head in the square pattern. Made from high-grade zinc alloy, with a non-toxic blue powder finish, and stainless steel thumbscrews. Accepts square sections or rods up to 15 mm diameter. It will also hold flat items such as rulers, magnets, drawing boards, optical screens etc.

BH180350

£3.98 ea

Retort Clamps & Holders

Bosshead, Premium

A boss head in the popular pattern. Made from high-grade zinc alloy, with a non-toxic blue powder finish, and stainless steel thumbscrews. Accepts rods up to 16 mm in diameter.

Clamp, 4 Prong, Value

A four-prong cork lined clamp. Diecast body.

BEST SELLER BH180300

£4.25 ea

Bossheads

ST14053

£3.98 ea

Clamp, 4 Prong

Premium quality cast alloy bossheads for rods up to 14 mm diameter.

A four-prong, cork-lined clamp, in die-cast alloy, with other parts in plated brass. The clamp accepts items 2-90 mm diameter, and is operated by T-pin type screws. Overall length 25 cm.

B

A

ST106240 ST106242

308

A B

Type Nickel plated, heavy alloy White plastic coated, light alloy

£5.87 ea £3.98 ea

RC180100

£4.66 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Retort Stands

LABWARE

Clamp, 3 Prong, Premium

Clamp, 3 Finger, Premium

The rod version has a stainless steel 14 cm rod of 10 mm diameter

The rod version has a stainless steel 14 cm rod of 10 mm diameter

The boss version attaches to a rod up to 18 mm diameter.

The boss version attaches to a rod up to 18 mm diameter.

A three-finger, vinyl coated clamp. Made from high-grade zinc alloy, with a non-toxic blue powder finish, and stainless steel T-pin type screws. Accepts items up to 85 mm diameter.

A

A three-finger, vinyl coated clamp. Made from high-grade zinc alloy, with a non-toxic blue powder finish, and stainless steel T-pin type screws. Accepts items up to 85 mm diameter.

B A

Type RC180200 A With Rod RC180202 B With Bosshead

£8.03 ea £10.73 ea

Clamp, 4 Prong, Premium

A four-prong, cork-lined clamp. Made from high-grade aluminium alloy, with a non-toxic blue powder finish, and stainless steel T-pin type screws. Accepts items up to 105 mm diameter. The rod version has a stainless steel 14 cm rod of 10 mm diameter The boss version attaches to a rod up to 18 mm diameter.

Type RC180230 A With Rod B RC180232 With Bosshead

Type RC180220 A With Rod RC180222 B With Bosshead

Retort Rings

Plated mild steel, plain 8 mm diameter stem for use with separate bosshead.

Diameter 50 mm 80 mm 100 mm

£3.24 ea £4.12 ea £5.00 ea

B £8.44 ea £10.73 ea

Clamp, 3 Finger, Value

Three-finger clamp with rubber covers.

Separating Funnel Holder

Polypropylene. Horseshoe funnel holder especially for separating funnels. Supplied with two ‘olives’ so will fit supporting rod diameters 8 to 14 mm. Cannot be used with funnels below 75 mm diameter.

ST13923 ST14054

£9.38 ea

£3.71 ea

Funnel Holder

Clamp, 3 Finger

A three-finger, PVC-lined clamp, in die-cast alloy, with a 13.5 cm rod of 8 mm diameter. The clamp accepts items up to 90 mm diameter, and is operated by blue plastic coated thumbscrews. Overall length 25 cm.

Polypropylene, single holder for funnels as small as 25 mm (with adapter supplied) and up to 170 mm without adapter. Can be used with powder funnels with stem diameter not exceeding 35 mm. Two ‘olives’ provided for use with rods from 8-14 mm.

RC180110

ST13921

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£8.03 ea £10.73 ea

Retort Rings

ST14100 ST14105 ST14110

A

B

£4.66 ea

Type Single

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£15.53 ea

w: timstar.com

309


LABWARE

Special Labware Joints

Fractionating Columns

Glass Condensers Quickfit Liebig Condensers

Fractionating Column

Screwthread connectors fit 8 mm bore tubing.

Rod and disc type. Borosilicate glass. 20 discs.

FR08060

Length 480 mm

£33.68 ea QC1/11SC QC1/12SC QC1/22SC

Quickfit Fractionating Columns

Cone

Socket

14/23 19/26 19/26

14/23 19/26 19/26

Effective Length 160 mm 200 mm 400 mm

£43.13 ea £44.48 ea £51.23 ea

Dufton type.

Timstar Liebig Condensers JG26120 JG26122 JG26124 JG26126

Cone

Socket

14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26

14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26

Effective Length 160 mm 200 mm 200 mm 400 mm

£21.53 ea £25.58 ea £24.84 ea £30.98 ea

Liebig Condenser

Non-jointed, borosilicate glass.

QFC1/12 QFC1/22

Type Dufton Dufton

Length Cone 150 mm 19/26 300 mm 19/26

Socket 19/26 19/26

£107.93 ea £121.43 ea

Timstar Fractionating Column Vigreux type.

CO04648 CO04650

Effective Length 250 mm 500 mm

£31.73 ea £22.88 ea

Spare Screwthread Connecters For Liebig Condensers. JG26130 JG26132

Type For Quickfit Condensers For Timstar Condensers

EFFECTIVE LENGTH (EL) OF CONDENSERS JG26250

310

Effective Length 360 mm

Cone

Socket

24/29

24/29

£63.38 ea

£7.09 ea £4.93 ea

INFO

This is the length of condenser tube which is available for cooling with Liebig condensors. It is the section between the side arms.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Special Labware Joints ● Torches Quickfit Distillation Apparatus

Comprises Liebig condenser, still head and receiver adapter in a single piece. Advantages include: angle and position predefined; simple to set up with fewer clamps required; less grease contamination; no air leakage under vacuum; no liquid hold-up at the joints. Fits 8 mm bore tubing.

LABWARE

Glass Still Heads Quickfit Stillheads With thermometer socket.

QSH4/1 QSH4/2 QSH4/22 QSH4/33

Cone 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29

Joint 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29

Socket 14/23 19/26 14/23 14/23

£33.68 ea £49.88 ea £39.08 ea £41.78 ea

Socket 14/23 14/23

£7.09 ea £7.09 ea

Timstar Still heads With thermometer socket.

QDA1/22

Cone

Socket

19/26

14/23

Effective Length 155 mm

£134.93 ea

JG26290 JG26296

Cone 14/23 24/29

Joint 14/23 19/26

Torches 1 W Super Bright Aluminium Torch

LED Torches 9 LED Rubber Torch

Rubber torch with 9 super bright long life LEDs. Weather resistant rubber casing with carry strap and tail cap mounted on/off switch. 3 x AAA batteries included.

BEST SELLER LA120100 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

£7.76 ea £2.50 pk

Soft Touch Torch

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

LA160730

£6.28 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

Set of 9-LED Aluminium Torches

Soft touch rubber grip LED torch • Shock resistant • Handy strap • Extra bright • Splash proof • Requires 2 x AA batteries (included)

LA160734

Aluminium torch with 1 W super bright white LED. • 1 W Super Bright LED • O-ring sealed for weatherproofing • Pocket size • Knurled barrel for extra grip • Anodised finish for corrosion protection • Carry strap • Push button on/off • Requires 1 x AA battery (included)

Set of 12 mini torches with aluminium body and 9 bright white LEDs in each torch. • 9 white LEDs • Aluminium body • Ultra bright beam • Requires 3 x AAA batteries (not included) • Low battery consumption Quantity 12

£3.44 ea

LA160732

£2.50 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01984 2 x AAA Batteries

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£28.28 set

w: timstar.com

£2.50 pk

311


LABWARE

Test Tubes

CENTRIFUGE TUBES CATALOGUE CODE

WITH RIM SHAPE / RIMLESS

MATERIAL

CAPACITY

DIAMETER

TYPE

FOR

PACK QTY

PRICE

15 mL

17 mm

Plain

CE150100

10

£5.81 pk

20

£3.98 pk

20

£4.52 pk

Conical, soda glass. Dimensions: 111 x 17 mm. CE03907

Rimless

Conical

Soda glass

Round bottom, graduated at 2.5, 5 & 10 mL. To fit TARGA centrifuge - CE03900. Dimensions: 95 x 16 mm. CE110113

Rimless

Cylindrical

Polypropylene

10 mL

16 mm

3 graduations

CE03900 & CE150000

Round bottom, Plain. To Fit NE 010G MKII, NE 010G/I & NE 010GT/I. Dimensions 100 x 16 mm CE110117

Rimless

Cylindrical

Polypropylene

10 mL

16 mm

Plastic Test Tubes

Plain

CE03902, CE03903, & CE150000

Delivery Tubes, Plastic

Microtest Tubes/PCR Test Tubes

Delivery Tubes, Polypropylene

PCR test tubes.

Pre-bent rigid polypropylene delivery tubes. Unbreakable in normal use - ideal substitutes for fragile glass alternatives. Suitable for many types of gas collection experiments. Eight types available. Supplied in a pack of 5. The tubes have an i.d. of 4 mm, and an o.d. of 6 mm.

C A

BT100554 BT100562

Capacity 1.5 mL 0.2 mL

Quantity 500 100

£37.13 pk £19.58 pk

G

B

Delivery Tubes, Glass F

Delivery Tubes, Glass Borosilicate glass, 6 mm o.d.

A

E

D H

TU96560 TU16375

312

Type

A 90° bend

Set of different tubes

Quantity 5 6

£8.03 pk £10.19 set

TU58900 TU58902 TU58906 TU106550 TU106554 TU106558 TU106552 TU106556

A B C D E F G H

Type 90° Bung Top Bung Top 2 Straight tube Small U bend Medium U bend Large U bend Side arm U bend

£25.58 pk £25.58 pk £26.93 pk £22.88 pk £26.93 pk £25.58 pk £29.63 pk £28.28 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Test Tubes

LABWARE

Quickfit Test Tubes

Combustion Tubes Combustion Tubes

Borosilicate Glass, with small hole near the bottom end.

QMF24/1/5

Length 125 mm

Socket 14/23

£14.78 ea

Glass Test Tubes

TU16350 TU16355

Filter Tubes

Borosilicate glass. With side arm.

Length 125 mm 150 mm

Diameter 16 mm 25 mm

£2.63 ea £3.04 ea

Combustion Tubes, Open Borosilicate Glass. Open both ends.

FI07640 FI07645 FI07650

Length 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm

Diameter 16 mm 19 mm 24 mm

£3.44 ea £6.01 ea £5.74 ea

TU16368

Length 300 mm

Diameter 22 mm

£4.19 ea

INFO TEST TUBE TYPES ‘IGNITION TUBES’

These usually refer to small borosilicate glass tubes used for intensive heating of samples and are often considered ‘disposable’ due to the fact that such heating will deform the glass or make it very difficult to clean. Typical size: 75 x 10 mm (external diameter)

‘TEST TUBES’

Various glass types. Typical size: 125 x 16 mm (external diameter).

‘BOILING TUBES’

Usually neutral borosilicate or borosilicate 3.3 glass. Typical size: 150 x 24 mm (external diameter).

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

313


LABWARE

Test Tubes

TEST TUBE GLASS TYPES An essential requirement for delivering practicals in schools, Timstar’s comprehensive glassware range has something to suit every requirement and budget. The range includes three types of laboratory glassware: Soda lime glass - suitable for general laboratory use and can withstand moderate warming (e.g. in a water bath) but NOT direct heat. An economical choice for situations where direct heat is not required. Neutral borosilicate glass - can withstand moderate temperature changes. Has a good chemical resistance and is an economical alternative to borosilicate 3.3 glass, when only gentle heating is required. Borosilicate 3.3 glass - can be used where direct heating is required due to its high thermal resistance. It also has excellent chemical resistance.

Care! With all test tubes and other types of glassware, continuous intensive heating of the same spot will result in softening and deformation of the glass, regardless of glass type or brand. Timstar’s range of test tubes is available with a range of wall thicknesses and with or without rims. Heavy wall thickness provides additional mechanical strength, improving user safety and extending the product lifetime. Rimless test tubes are ideal for microbiology and culture work.

SODA LIME GLASS TEST TUBES

CATALOGUE CODE

TE150100 TE150110 TE150115 TE150130 TE150135 TE150140 TE150145 TE150150 TE150155 TE150160

BRAND Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble

WITH RIM / RIMLESS

Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rimless Rimless

LENGTH

DIAMETER

WALL

50 mm 75 mm 75 mm 125 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm 125 mm 150 mm

6 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 18 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm 16 mm 24 mm

Light Light Light Light Light Light Light Light Medium Medium

NEUTRAL BOROSILICATE GLASS TEST TUBES

CATALOGUE CODE

TE150195 TE150210 TE150215 TE150220 TE150225 TE150230 TE150175 TE150185 TE150190

BRAND Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble Kimble

WITH RIM / RIMLESS

Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim

Test tube holders & racks See page 276

314

LENGTH

DIAMETER

WALL

75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm

10 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm

Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Light Light Light

WALL THICKNESS

QTY

0.45 mm 0.6 mm 0.6 mm 0.6 mm 0.6 mm 0.6 mm 0.6 mm 0.8 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm

250 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 100 50

WALL THICKNESS

QTY

1.0 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 0.8 mm 0.8 mm 0.8 mm

100 100 100 100 100 50 100 100 50

PRICE

£33.08 pk £38.48 pk £16.61 pk £25.58 pk £24.84 pk £25.52 pk £27.54 pk £22.28 pk £26.93 pk £29.03 pk

PRICE

£20.93 pk £35.03 pk £36.38 pk £41.78 pk £51.23 pk £35.03 pk £28.89 pk £37.13 pk £25.58 pk

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Test Tubes

LABWARE

TECHNICAL INFORMATION BRAND

GLASS TYPE

COEFFICIENT OF EXPANSION (20ºC-300ºC)

SOFTENING POINT TEMPERATURE (APPROX.)

WORKING POINT TEMPERATURE (APPROX.)

Kimble

Soda Glass

91 x 10-7

720°C

1040°C

Kimble

Neutral Borosilicate

49 x 10-7

785°C

1165°C

Benchmark

Borosilicate 3.3

33 x 10-7

827°C

1255°C

Pyrex

Borosilicate 3.3

33 x 10-7

821°C

1252°C

Simax

Borosilicate 3.3

33 x 10-7

825°C

1260°C

BOROSILICATE 3.3 GLASS TEST TUBES CATALOGUE CODE TE100090 TE100095 TE130100 TE130105 TE130110 TE150235 TE150240 TE150250 TE150255 TE150260 TE150265 TE150270 TE150275 TE150280 TE150290 TE150295

BRAND

Benchmark Benchmark Benchmark Benchmark Benchmark Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax Simax

WITH RIM / RIMLESS Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim Rim

LENGTH

DIAMETER

WALL

75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm 75 mm 75 mm 100 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm 150 mm 75 mm 125 mm 150 mm 150 mm

12 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 24 mm 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm 10 mm 16 mm 18 mm 24 mm

Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Heavy Heavy Heavy Heavy

WALL THICKNESS 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.2 mm 1.5 mm 1.8 mm 1.8 mm 1.8 mm

QTY 100 100 100 100 50 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 100 100 100 50

PRICE

£25.58 pk £36.38 pk £43.13 pk £53.93 pk £32.33 pk £35.03 pk £38.61 pk £53.93 pk £52.58 pk £62.03 pk £97.13 pk £40.43 pk £44.48 pk £111.98 pk £134.93 pk £71.48 pk

CATALOGUE CODE

BRAND

WITH RIM / LENGTH RIMLESS

DIAMETER

WALL

WALL THICKNESS

QTY

PRICE

TE15220

Pyrex

Rim

75 mm

10 mm

Medium

1.0 mm

100

£52.58 pk

TE15225

Pyrex

Rim

75 mm

12 mm

Medium

1.0 mm

100

£56.63 pk

TE15230

Pyrex

Rim

100 mm

12 mm

Medium

1.0 mm

100

£60.68 pk

TE15235

Pyrex

Rim

100 mm

16 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£79.58 pk

TE15240

Pyrex

Rim

125 mm

16 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£66.08 pk

TE15245

Pyrex

Rim

150 mm

16 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£75.53 pk

TE15250

Pyrex

Rim

150 mm

18 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£94.43 pk

TE15255

Pyrex

Rim

150 mm

24 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£117.38 pk

TE15257

Pyrex

Rim

200 mm

24 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£101.18 pk

TE15275

Pyrex

Rim

125 mm

16 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£125.48 pk

TE15280

Pyrex

Rim

150 mm

16 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£125.48 pk

TE15290

Pyrex

Rim

150 mm

24 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£175.50 pk

TE15221

Pyrex

Rimless

75 mm

10 mm

Medium

1.0 mm

100

£53.93 pk

TE15236

Pyrex

Rimless

100 mm

16 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£79.58 pk

TE15241

Pyrex

Rimless

125 mm

16 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£76.88 pk

TE15251

Pyrex

Rimless

150 mm

18 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£94.43 pk

TE15256

Pyrex

Rimless

150 mm

24 mm

Medium

1.2 mm

100

£134.93 pk

TE15276

Pyrex

Rimless

125 mm

16 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£125.48 pk

TE15281

Pyrex

Rimless

150 mm

16 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£125.48 pk

TE15291

Pyrex

Rimless

150 mm

24 mm

Heavy

1.8 mm

100

£195.75 pk

TECHNICIAN’S CHOICE

PLASTIC (POLYSTYRENE) TEST TUBES CATALOGUE CODE

WITH RIM / RIMLESS

LENGTH

DIAMETER

QTY

TE15326

Rimless

75 mm

12 mm

100

£4.19 pk

TE15330

Rimless

125 mm

16 mm

100

£15.53 pk

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

PRICE

w: timstar.com

315


LABWARE

Tripods Tripod with Gauze

Triangles

The stand has a heavy wire gauge top and made of steel wire, chrome plated. Designed to accommodate most standard spirit burners. Dimensions (H): 90 mm. Supplied without burner.

Triangles

Pipeclay tubes on iron wire. Supplied in a pack of 10.

TR16250 TR16255 TR16260 TR170300

Dimensions 39 mm (Length of side) 50 mm (Length of side) 63 mm (Length of side) 75 mm (Length of side)

£5.33 pk £5.33 pk £5.33 pk £7.36 pk

Tripods TR130700

Tripod, Economy

Nickel plated steel rod, triangular top with plastic feet.

£4.66 ea

Tripod, Circular

Circular tripod stand. Ideal for use with spirit burners. Supplied without burner. Dimensions (H x Inner Dia.): 110 x 95 mm.

ST14260 ST14261

Height 200 mm 200 mm

Width 125 mm 150 mm

£3.11 ea £4.73 ea

Tripod, Standard

Stainless steel rod with plastic feet. Triangular top. TR130705

£3.11 ea

Tripod, Tall

Taller tripod, suitable for Gas Cartridge Burners BU160100 & BU03821. Nickel plated steel.

ST14262

Height 200 mm

Width 125 mm

£6.01 ea

Tripod, Premium

Steel, with triangular flat top.

TR130715

Height 260 mm

Width 125 mm

Burners, Gauzes and Mats ST14265

316

Height 200 mm

Width 125 mm

£7.22 ea

See pages 258, 274 and 286

£6.41 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Tubing

LABWARE Tubing, Soda Glass

Cellulose Tubing Dialysis Visking Tubing

Seamless viscose cellulose tubing. Should be stored in a resealable polythene bag to retain moisture. • MWCO: 12,000-14,000 daltons • Pore size: 24 ångström (2.4 nm)

DI05765 DI05766 DI05770 DI05771 DI05776 DI05780 DI05781 DI05786

Size 2 2 4 4 6 7 7 10

Length 1 metre 30 metre 1 metre 30 metre 30 metre 1 metre 30 metre 15 metre

Diameter 14.3 mm 14.3 mm 17.5 mm 17.5 mm 21.5 mm 23.8 mm 23.8 mm 31.7 mm

Width 24-26 mm 24-26 mm 29-31 mm 29-31 mm 32-34 mm 39-41 mm 39-41 mm 50-54 mm

£2.43 ea £57.98 ea £2.43 ea £57.98 ea £60.68 ea £2.57 ea £60.68 ea £60.68 ea

Clips, Dialysis Tubing

Gripping width 44 mm. Pack of 10.

DI05795

£29.63 pk

TU16606 TU16611 TU16616 TU16621 TU16661

Length 0.5 metre 0.5 metre 0.5 metre 0.5 metre 0.5 metre

O.D 5 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 22 mm

Quantity 30 30 30 30 15

£26.93 pk £26.93 pk £26.93 pk £26.93 pk £28.89 pk

Capillary Tubing, Borosilicate Glass

U-Shaped Absorption Tubes

Supplied in a pack of 10.

Glass.

TU16720 TU16721 TU16722

Length 0.5 metre 0.5 metre 0.5 metre

Bore 0.4 mm 0.8 mm 1.2 mm

£20.18 pk £20.18 pk £20.18 pk

Capillary Tubing, Borosilicate Glass Supplied in a pack of 5.

AB00020 AB00025

Height 125 mm 150 mm

Diameter 15 mm 20 mm

£3.85 ea £3.98 ea

TU16731 TU16736 TU16741

Length 1.5 metre 1.5 metre 1.5 metre

Bore 0.5 mm 1.0 mm 1.5 mm

£20.18 pk £20.18 pk £20.18 pk

Tubing, Borosilicate Glass, Medium Wall Medium wall (1.0 mm).

U-Shape Absorption Tubes Glass, with side arms.

TU16690 TU16691 TU16692 TU16693 TU16694 TU16695

Length 1.5 metre 0.5 metre 1.5 metre 0.5 metre 1.5 metre 0.5 metre

O.D. 6 mm 6 mm 7 mm 7 mm 8 mm 8 mm

Quantity 10 20 10 20 10 20

£18.83 pk £32.33 pk £18.83 pk £32.33 pk £18.83 pk £32.33 pk

Tubing, Borosilicate Glass, Heavy Wall Heavy wall (1.5 mm). Supplied in a pack of 20.

AB00030 AB00035

Height 125 mm 150 mm

Diameter 15 mm 20 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£3.58 ea £4.93 ea

TU170100 TU170102

Length 0.5 m 0.5 m

e: export@timstar.co.uk

O.D. 6 mm 8 mm

w: timstar.com

£36.38 pk £36.38 pk

317


LABWARE

Tubing Silicone Rubber Tubing

Rubber Tubing

To BS 2775. Normal wall. Translucent. *N8 Tubing fits most Bunsen Burners.

Gas Burner Tubing

Superior neoprene tubing, with flared end pieces to fit onto burner and gas tap nozzles. A single moulding that cannot be pulled apart easily.

TU180930 TU180932 TU180934

Length 45 cm 60 cm 90 cm

£5.33 ea £6.68 ea £8.03 ea

Red Rubber Tubing

To BS 2775. Normal wall. *N8 Tubing fits most Bunsen Burners.

TU16821 TU16825 TU16826 TU16830 TU16831 TU16835 TU16836

Size N3 N5 N5 N6.5 N6.5 N8* N8*

Length 10 metre 1 metre 10 metre 1 metre 10 metre 1 metre 10 metre

Bore 3 mm 5 mm 5 mm 6.5 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm 8 mm

£25.58 ea £5.33 ea £48.53 ea £6.68 ea £57.98 ea £8.03 ea £67.43 ea

Plastic Tubing PVC Tubing

To BS 2775. Normal wall. Transparent and non-toxic. Can be sterilised to 125 °C.

TU16751 TU150002 TU16756 TU150004 TU16761 TU150006 TU16766 TU150008 TU16771 TU150010 TU16780 TU150012

Size N3 N5 N5 N6.5 N6.5 N8 N8* N10 N10 N12.5 N16 N16

Length 10 metre 5 metre 10 metre 5 metre 10 metre 5 metre 10 metre 5 metre 10 metre 5 metre 1 metre 5 metre

Bore 3 mm 5 mm 5 mm 6.5 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12.5 mm 16 mm 16 mm

£9.11 ea £5.67 ea £13.43 ea £9.38 ea £12.08 ea £10.73 ea £18.83 ea £13.37 ea £25.58 ea £16.13 ea £8.03 ea £29.03 ea

Red Rubber Pressure/Vacuum Tubing

To BS 2775. Heavy Wall. To withstand higher pressures, and prevent collapse under vacuum. TU16910 TU16915 TU16920

Size H6.5 H8 H10

Length 1 metre 1 metre 1 metre

Bore 6.5 mm 8 mm 10 mm

£8.64 ea £14.78 ea £18.83 ea

TU16841 TU16846 TU16851 TU16855 TU16856 TU16860 TU16861 TU16875

Length 30 metre 30 metre 30 metre 1 metre 30 metre 1 metre 30 metre 1 metre

Bore 3 mm 5 mm 6.5 mm 8 mm 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 20 mm

£13.43 ea £18.83 ea £20.93 ea £2.63 ea £35.78 ea £2.63 ea £44.48 ea £7.29 ea

Clear Acrylic Tubing

Lengths of clear XT acrylic tubing in various diameters.

Neoprene Tubing

To BS 2775. Normal wall. *N8 Tubing fits most Bunsen Burners.

TU16815 TU16816

318

Size N8* N8*

Length 1 metre 10 metre

Bore 8 mm 8 mm

£6.68 ea £51.23 ea

TU110100 TU110105 TU110110

Length 1 metre 1 metre 1 metre

O.D 25 mm 40 mm 60 mm

£9.11 ea £16.13 ea £28.28 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atoms & Nuclei 320 Electrostatics 328 Energy 334 Forces & Motion 349 Magnetism 364

PHYSICS

319

Molecules in Motion Optics Physical Qualities Vibrations & Waves

374 379 399 401


PHYSICS

Atoms & Nuclei Radiation Film Badge (Dosimeter)

Atomic Demonstrations & Simulation “Proton” And “Neutron” Demonstration

This set is designed to demonstrate the stabilizing effect of neutrons on the atomic nucleus. The “protons” are made of disc magnets while the “neutrons” are made of browned iron discs. The “protons” will, because they are magnetized, repel one another when placed on a flat surface or overhead projector. The stabilizing effect of the “neutrons” is illustrated by placing them between the “protons”, thereby eliminating the repulsive force. The “protons” are supplied with a red marking, the “neutrons” with blue. Supplied as single pieces.

MO150900 MO150905

Type Proton Neutron

£2.23 ea £3.58 ea

Radiation Film Badge Dosimeters are routinely used by workers to monitor radiation exposure and these badges can be opened to show the different types and thicknesses of filters contained within. Please note that these badges are not functional, and are supplied without film. They are for demonstration purposes only. The badge has six filters: • An open window which allows all incident radiation that can penetrate the film wrapping to interact with the film. A thin plastic film which attenuates beta radiation but passes all other radiations • A thick plastic filter which passes all but the lowest energy photon radiation and absorbs all but the highest beta radiation. • A dural filter which progressively absorbs photon radiation at energies below 65 keV as well as beta radiation. • A tin/lead filter of a thickness which allows an energy independent dose response of the film over the photon energy range 75 keV to 2 MeV. • A cadmium lead filter where the capture of neutrons by cadmium produces gamma rays which blacken the film thus enabling assessment of exposure to neutrons.

Chain Reaction Apparatus

This apparatus has been designed as a means to demonstrate a chain reaction, using ordinary matches. The apparatus consists of an aluminium plate with holes and a mounting rod. One side of the plate has a level surface but the other side has concentric protective channels milled out of the solid aluminium. Six metal pins are included for damping the chain reaction. Ordinary matches are required for the demonstrations but are not supplied as standard. Experiments should preferably be carried out in a fume cupboard, due to amount of smoke generated by the matches burning. Please note: each experiment uses approx. one small box of matches. The apparatus can be used to demonstrate: An uncontrolled chain reaction; a controlled chain reaction; a partly controlled chain reaction. Replacement metal pins are available separately (RA170205).

RA170200

£76.88 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES GA08663 Safety Matches

£1.96 pk

Alpha Particle Scattering Apparatus

A low cost apparatus for the demonstration of Rutherford scattering by means of a gravitational analog of inverse square law repulsion. Comprises a wooden launching ramp with a guiding groove running down its curved front face along its length and index marks at 40, 60, 80 and 100mm height above the base, that provides 4 pre-determined launching heights. Also included is a spun aluminium hill along with a 19mm diameter steel ball. The shape of the aluminium hill has been carefully determined by varying its height above the base line by an amount arrived on the basis of the reciprocal of the radius. Ramp Dimensions (L x W x H): 300 x 50 x 105mm. Hill Dimensions (Dia. x H): 280 x 60mm.

RA95600

320

£67.43 kit

RA105600

£12.83 ea

Half Life Simulation

This pack of 500 x 10 mm plastic cubes is used to investigate and demonstrate half-life. Each cube has one black face, the other faces all being yellow. The cubes are thrown or scattered like dice and those which land with the black face uppermost represent radioactive nuclei which have decayed. The black upward facing cubes are then removed, the remaining cubes thrown again and the process repeated. The removed cubes represent radioactive decay and a decay curve can be plotted from the results. RA75750

£60.68 pk

Protactinium Generator

The Protactinium Generator is ideal for demonstrating radioactive decay. The half life of the isotope is short enough that students can complete the decay curve within a single lesson and is perfect for use with a datalogger and GM tube sensor or a standard GM tube and counter. The generator is completely sealed in a leak proof enclosure and consists of uranyl nitrate and an organic solvent. These settle into two distinct layers but when shaken together react and produce a short term burst of beta radiation with a half life of the order of about 1 minute. This can be observed using a GM Tube with either a counter or datalogger. The generator comes complete with an SDS and has a recommended storage period of up to 8 years. Specifications: • Radioactive Half Life: 70 s • Experiment Time: 5 to 10 minutes • Radiation Type: Beta Decay of Pa234 • Maximum Product Lifetime: 8 Years • Active Ingredient: Uranyl Nitrate

RA115600

£364.50 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atoms & Nuclei

PHYSICS IPC Spark Discharge Apparatus

Radiation Frederiksen Spark Detector

The Alpha particle Spark Detector from Frederiksen has been developed to enable visualization of alpha particles. The apparatus can be likened to a GM tube, but using atmospheric air instead of the diluted quenching gas in the tube. When alpha particles ionize the air in the spark gap of the detector, bright sparks can be both seen and heard. The apparatus incorporates a transparent lid, which allows clear observation of the sparks. The detector requires connection to a safe high voltage (EHT) power supply with a voltage range of 0-5 kV or 0-6 kV. The apparatus can be safely used directly on a bench top or table and includes a removable threaded steel rod for mounting the unit on a radioactivity bench (RA95610) or squat retort base with thumbscrew (ST96274). • Gives clearly visible and audible response to alpha radiation • Demonstrates the ionization of air by alpha particles • Detects alpha radiation from radioactive minerals or radioactive sources • Allows study of range in air & shielding by different materials

An instrument useful in showing the random nature of radiation, it produces spectacular bright sparks when alpha particles are ionised between the electrically charged circular wire grid and steel electrode. It comes complete with sliding holder for an alpha radiation source, an accurate scale to measure the effects of distance between the source and the grid and is built in a vacuum formed black plastic case. All of the electrical connections from an EHT power supply are through 4mm insulated sockets. Connections to a Timer Scaler and Frequency Meter are via a BNC to BNC cable. Requires a 5kV EHT power supply and alpha radiation source. Weight: 400g. Dimensions: (L x W x H) 310 x 77 x 85mm.

RA95605

£290.25 ea

IPC Scaler Timer & Frequency Meter RA170300

£175.50 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES RA95610 Bench for radioactive experiments ST96274 Squat Retort Base

£263.25 kit £39.08 ea

Frederiksen Ratemeter

This ratemeter/geiger counter is a battery operated portable GMcounter ideal for field use and equipped with a built-in GM-tube. The built-in GM-tube is sensitive to alpha-radiation, beta-radiation, and gamma-radiation. Developed and designed especially for educational purposes. • 8 fixed count periods (1, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 or 100’s) • Display of dose rate (µSv/h) reduced to Cs-137 • Max, min and average view for µSv/H and CPS

RA75825 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

A multi-purpose instrument, combining the functions of a multipurpose timer, a ratemeter and a frequency meter in one compact unit. It can be used as a simple stopwatch to more sophisticated applications such as dynamics experiments with air tracks etc. The scaler and ratemeter modes allow numerous radioactivity experiments to be undertaken. It has four, 7-segment LED digits 13 mm high. The high brightness and large size display make it ideal for classroom demonstrations. The microprocessor based design minimises the number of controls required and these are clearly labelled so that the instrument is very straightforward to use. The GM tube input is a TNC socket, and a TNC-to-BNC adaptor is required for connecting a GM tube with a BNC plug.

• Timer - Four Auto Ranges:

0 to 9.999 s, 10 to 99.99 s, 100 to 999.9 s, 1000 to 9999 s

• Scaler - Three Auto Ranges:

0 to 9.999 x 1000 counts, 10 to 99.99 x 1000 counts, 100 to 999.9 x 1000 counts ±0.01% • Accuracy: 160 mV peak • Sensitivity: • Ratemeter - Three Auto Ranges: 0 to 9.999 x 1000/s, 10 to 99.99 x 1000/s, 100 to 999.9 x 1000/s • Frequency Meter - Three Auto Ranges: 0 to 9.999 kHz, 10 to 99.99kHz, 100 to 999.9 kHz • Max Input Signal: 20 V rms • Max Sensitivity: 250 mV rms 10 Hz to 1 MHz • Range:

£472.50 ea £4.25 ea

TI86480

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£438.75 ea

w: timstar.com

321


PHYSICS

Atoms & Nuclei

BNC to TNC adaptor lead

Allows a GM tube with BNC plug to connect to a Scaler Timer and Frequency Meter with TNC socket.

RA180525

£27.68 ea

IPC ZP1481 GM Tube

Frederiksen Geiger-Muller Counter

This GM counter is the most versatile and easily operated model yet. The counting time can be set to 1, 10, 60 or 100 seconds or set to manual start/stop. Counting may be set to run repeatedly and the last, complete result is displayed in the main display while new counts accumulate in the auxiliary display. The counter accepts both BNC and Jack type GM tubes. With the optional USB connection it can interface with a computer - and if a pulse output for further hardware processing is required, that is also available. For demonstration purposes the authentic clicking Geiger-counter sound may be turned on if preferred. Other improvements over the previous model include a lower overall system dead time and lower current consumption, with the unit now being powered by AA batteries (included). The counter may also be powered from the optional mains adapter.

A sensitive ZP1481 GM tube in a robust plastic housing, with a captive flying lead terminating in either a TNC or BNC plug. The housing features a screw-thread and rod for mounting in a squat retort base or radioactivity bench. If purchasing for use with the TI86480 Scaler Timer Frequency Meter, the TNC version is recommended. Otherwise, a BNC version is likely to fit other counters and meters. diameter • 17 mm window • 2.5-3 mg/cm3 window thickness • 430 V recommended working voltage • Max background count: 30/min • 120 µs dead time RA67530

Geiger-Muller Counter

SPARES & ACCESSORIES RA110100 Mains adapter BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£553.50 ea £28.76 ea £2.50 pk

Frederiksen Geiger-Muller Tube - BNC RA180900 RA180902

Type TNC Plug BNC Plug

£432.00 ea £432.00 ea

GM Tube Test Source

This test source is used to test the β-efficiency of GM tubes. It comprises a 300 ±5 mg potassium chloride, in a 2 x 13 mm cavity, sealed with clear film of a specified thickness and density. This is naturally radioactive due to the presence of 0.0117 % of potassium-40, which has a mean β energy of 560.2 keV. It should be stored away from sunlight as the UV will degrade the plastic. Please note that this is NOT considered a radioactive source, and should not be labelled or stored as such.

A multipurpose GM tube, sensitive to alpha, beta and gamma radiation. Mounted in a housing with protective cover and 10 mm diameter support rod. It is complete with integral lead and BNC connector. This GM tube does NOT have a built-in anode resistor, and therefore requires a counter with a built-in anode resistor. Suitable for use with RA67530. • Window diameter: 9.14 mm • Recommended bias voltage: 500 V • BNC plug

RA67535

RA170900

322

£67.43 ea

£175.50 ea

If purchasing a GM tube OUR EXPERT SAYS... for leak test and contamination monitoring, it must have a window of at least 15 mm diameter to be sufficiently sensitive. A tube with a smaller window can be used for teaching and demonstration purposes.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atoms & Nuclei

PHYSICS

Frederiksen Geiger-Muller Tube, Extra Sensitive - BNC

Sealed Radioactive Source Holder

This extra sensitive GM-tube has a large window which makes the detector well suited for measuring low activity sources. This provides more counts and thus improves counting statistics for more accurate determinations of half-lives, etc. The GM-tube housing is supplied with a protective cover as well as a protective grid in front of the window. It is sensitive to alpha, beta and gamma radiation. It is complete with a removable protective cap, holder, and integral lead with BNC plug. This GM tube does NOT have a built-in anode resistor, and therefore requires a counter with a built-in anode resistor. Suitable for use with RA67530. • Useful diameter: 28.6 mm • Recommended supply voltage: 500 V • BNC plug

RA95590

This holder has been designed to accommodate the sealed radioactive sources. It comprises a tube with 4 mm sockets at either end, into one of which the source is inserted. The sockets are electrically connected, so an electric potential can be applied to the source. The holder fits into the RA95592 holder (sold separately) which can then be mounted into a ST96274 squat retort base, or an OP104656 sliding saddle to use on the Radioactivity Bench Kit.

£398.25 ea

Frederiksen Holder for Extra Sensitive GM Tube Fitted with a 10mm diameter mounting rod, so the GM-tube may be held safely in the squat retort base.

RA95592

£26.93 ea

Frederiksen Radioactivity Bench Kit

A bench for radioactive sources and GM-tubes, providing a stable and convenient setup, allowing reproducible results when making experiments with radioactivity. Investigate how the radioactive radiation spreads from the source in both angle and distance or investigate how radiation is absorbed by lead and aluminium. The bench is 60 cm in length, with a millimetre scale. Two riders are included, one for carrying a GM-tube, and the other for carrying the source holder*. The source holder can be fitted with a 6 mm diameter steel rod, for hanging absorber plates in front of the radioactive source. It can be rotated, and is fitted with a degree scale ±110° ×1° • Lead plates: 5× 2 mm thick, and 10× 1 mm thick (enamelled to protect from lead contamination) • Aluminium plates: 6× 2 mm thick, and 4× 0.5 mm thick *Please note: To use this product with the Timstar radioactive sources you will be to purchase the following items. RA170800 Sealed Radio Active Source Holder RA95592 Holder OP104656 Sliding Saddle

RA95610

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£263.25 kit

RA170800

£5.33 ea

Frederiksen Absorption Plate Set

The absorption plates have a hole in one corner for hanging from the source holder, and are supplied in a convenient storage box. • Lead plates: 5× 2 mm thick, and 10× 1 mm thick (enamelled to protect from lead contamination) • Aluminium plates: 2× 3 mm thick, 6× 1 mm thick, and 4× 0.5 mm thick

RA95615

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£59.33 set

w: timstar.com

323


PHYSICS

Atoms & Nuclei

Diffusion Cloud Chamber

Continuously operating diffusion cloud chamber for observation of alpha particle tracks. 50 g of dry ice and 1-2 mL of alcohol will run it for about 30 minutes. The chamber requires no high voltage sources. Equipped with a 12 V lamp. Requires dry ice pellet and alpha source (not available). Diameter 120 mm, height 90 mm.

RA67510

Dry Ice Maker

The Dry Ice maker produces individual pellets of dry ice from a Carbon dioxide syphon cylinder which has an internal dip tube. Small pellets of dry ice can be made whenever and wherever they are required. The unit is screwed onto the outlet of a CO2 syphon cylinder and is operated by opening and closing the valve. Once the pellet is made and the cylinder valve is closed, the nylon wrapper is peeled back revealing the dry ice pellet, which can be removed wearing protective gloves. Takes approx. 1 minute for the production of one 30g pellet. Specification: • Pellet size formed approx (Dia. X H): 50 x 25mm • Weight approx: 30 grams. • CO2 cylinder not included.

£209.25 ea

Leather Gloves

Gauntlet type with heat resisting leather palm. Dimensions (L): 100mm.

RA85635

SA200455

£7.22 pr

£222.75 ea

INFO The Dry Ice Maker requires a carbon dioxide syphon cylinder with an internal dip tube. A suitable cylinder can be purchased from the BOC (British Oxygen Company). The BOC can be contacted on 0330 173 6833.

324

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atoms & Nuclei

PHYSICS Radioactive Source Handling Tongs

Radioactive Sources Radioactive Rock Specimens

The set comprises 6 different minerals (uraninite, thorianite, euxenite, allanite, pyrochlore and rødberg, red rock from the Fens Formation in Norway) containing uranium, thorium, yttrium and/ or cerium in various combinations and quantities. The minerals produce from a weak to a strong reading on a GM sensor or counter and are excellent alternatives to artificial sources.

RA180000

£155.25 set

Custom designed tongs for handling the radioactive sources RA95622 - RA95626. Stainless steel construction. Dimensions (W x L): 12 x 165mm.

RA110110

£17.48 ea

The following are sealed radioactive sources, the radioactive material being enclosed in foil and fixed within a metal cylinder with 4mm diameter stem for mounting purposes. There is also wire gauze across the open end of each cylinder, for added protection. Each source comes supplied in a small lead container within a labelled MDF box with hinged lid.

Radioactive Source Americium 241

5 µCi (nominal activity 185 kBq with a tolerance of +/- 50 %) of americium-241 incorporated in a silver-palladium disc which transmits a substantial proportion of the alpha particles and a small amount of low energy gamma emission. Half-life: 458 years. RA95626

£992.25 ea

Radioactive Source Strontium 90

5 µCi (nominal activity 185 kBq with a tolerance of +/- 50 %) of strontium-90 in equilibrium with its daughter nuclide yttrium-90, incorporated in a silver disc allowing the major proportion of the beta radiation to emerge. Emission: Half-lives: strontium-90: 28 years; yttrium-90: 64 hours. RA95622

£992.25 ea

Radioactive Source Cobalt 60

5 µCi (nominal activity 185 kBq with a tolerance of +/- 50 %) of cobalt-60 and is covered by an aluminium disc to shield beta particles so that only gamma radiation is emitted. Half-life: 5.26 years. RA95624

Radioactive Source Storage See page 237

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£992.25 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

325


PHYSICS

Atoms & Nuclei Deflection E-M Tube

Teltron Tubes Maltese Cross Tube

For demonstrating the straight propagation of electron beams in field-free spaces by projecting the shadow of a Maltese cross on a fluorescent screen. Also intended for observing the focusing of electron beams by magnetic fields as an introduction to electron optics. The lower section of the maltese cross has a hole 3mm dia. which makes it possible to ascertain the orientation of the cross’s shadow under the influence of magnetic fields.

5

For investigating electron beams in electric and magnetic fields and determining specific charge e/m through compensation of magnetic deflection by electrostatic deflection. Also for estimating the speed of electrons. The integrated plate capacitor allows electron beams to be deflected by using the Helmholtz coils (not supplied). The beam path is visible on the fluorescent grid which is inclined 15 degrees in relation to the beam axis. Equipped with an integrated focusing electrode system.

DAY DELIVERY LEAD TIME

RA67580

RA67570

£708.75 ea

Electron Diffraction Tube

The electron diffraction tube illustrates the wave nature of electrons by allowing observation of interference caused by a beam of electrons passing through a polycrystalline graphite target on to a fluorescent screen. The wavelength of the electrons can be calculated for various anode voltages from the radius of the diffracted rings and the distance between the crystal layers in the graphite. The electron diffraction tube is a highly evacuated tube with an electron gun consisting of a pure tungsten heater filament and a cylindrical anode all contained in a clear glass bulb. The electrons emitted by the heated cathode are constrained to a narrow beam by an aperture and are then focussed by means of an electronoptical system. The resulting tight, monochromatic beam then passes through a micro-mesh nickel grating situated at the aperture of the gun. Onto this grid, a thin layer of polycrystalline graphitised carbon has been deposited by vaporisation. This layer affects the electrons in the beam much like a diffraction grating. The result of this diffraction is seen in the form of an image comprising two concentric rings that become visible on the fluorescent screen. A spot resulting from the un-deflected electron beam continues to be visible at the centre of the rings. Also requires an EHT power supply. Specifications: • Max. filament voltage: 6.3 V AC • Max. anode voltage: 5 kV • Anode current: approx. 0.1 mA at 4 kV

£978.75 ea

Teltron Dual Beam Tube

The dual beam tube can be used to determine the specific charge e/m from the diameter of the path followed by electrons fired into the tube from a perpendicularly mounted gun with a vertically aligned magnetic field and observation of the spiral path followed by electrons fired axially into a coaxial magnetic field. The dual beam tube is a partly evacuated electron tube, filled with helium at low pressure and equipped with both axial and perpendicular electron guns. The electron beams are perpendicular to one another and a common deflector plate is provided for both guns. The electron beam source is an oxide cathode heated indirectly via a heating coil. The electron paths show up as a fine, slightly greenish beam due to impact excitation of the helium atoms. Requires a 300 V or 500 V DC power supply. • Filament voltage: max. 7.5 V AC/DC • Anode voltage: max. 100 V DC • Anode current: max. 30 mA • Deflector voltage: max. 50 V DC • Glass bulb: 130 mm dia. approx. • Total length: 260 mm approx.

RA130515

£1,073.25 ea

Perrin Tube

For demonstrating the evidence of the particular nature of cathode rays, establishment of negative sign of charge, the “electron” as an atomic particle, concept of a “time-base”, operation of a cathode ray oscilloscope, simple Lissajous’ figures. The diode gun, a tungsten wire “hairpin” filament and a cylindrical collimating anode, projects a narrow beam of cathode rays into the evacuated experimental zone. This beam traverses the sphere to impinge on the luminescent screen in a spot about 4mm in diameter. The narrow beam may be deflected in a vertical plane to enter the Faraday cage by using Helmholtz Coils. A further and horizontal deflection can be obtained using an Auxiliary Coil, thereby constructing a simple cathode ray oscilloscope. All connections are made on the Universal Stand. RA130500

£1,073.25 ea

Power Supplies See page 98

326

ALSO BOUGHT...

RA75855

£803.25 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Atoms & Nuclei

PHYSICS

Universal Stand

For mounting all demonstration tubes and the optical equivalent. The tube holder consists of powder-coated cast aluminium with a clamping fork made of heat resistant plastic and rotatable by 360°. The base plate contains two boreholes for mounting demonstration Helmholtz coils. Including an anti-skid support with three rubber feet. Weight: 2kg. Supplied without tube. Dimensions (L x W x H): 240 x 180 x 350mm.

RA67550

£371.25 ea

Helmholtz Coils

For generating a homogeneous magnetic field when mounted in the universal stand in conjunction with the tube program for demonstration experiments. 2 coils in a plastic casing on an insulated stand rod. • Coil Dimensions (Dia.): 136 mm • Number of turns: 320 • DC resistance: approx 6.5Ω • Load rating: 1.5 A BEST • Connections: two 4 mm jacks per coil SELLER • Stand Rod Dimensions (L x Dia.): 145 x 8 mm

RA67560

£492.75 pr

Fine Beam Tube (Neon-Filled) with Connector Base

Helmholtz Coils for Use with Fine Beam Tube

RA130505

RA130510

The Fine Beam Tube is used for investigating the deflection of cathode rays in a uniform magnetic field produced by a pair of 300mm Helmholtz coils. In addition, it can also be used for quantitative determination of the specific charge of an electron e/m. Located inside a glass bulb with a neon residual gas atmosphere is an electron gun, which consists of an indirectly heated oxide cathode, a Wehnelt cylinder and a perforated anode. The gas atoms are ionised along the path of the electrons and a narrow, welldefined, luminescent beam is produced. Incorporated measurement marks facilitate a parallax-free determination of the diameter of the circular path of the beam deflected in the magnetic field. The Fine Beam Tube is mounted on a base with coloured connectors. In order to protect the tube, a protective circuit is built into the base, which shuts off any voltage in excess of the base’s pre-set cut-off voltage. The protective circuit prevents excessive voltages from damaging the heater filament and ensures a “smooth” switch-on response once the voltage is applied. Requires a 0-300 V DC power supply and 300 mm Helmholtz coils. • Filament voltage: 4 to 12 V DC • Filament current: 300 to 450 mA • Anode voltage: 200 to 300 V • Anode current: < 0.3 mA • Diameter of fine beam path: 20 to 120 mm • Division spacing: 20 mm • Tube diameter: 160 mm • Total height incl. base: 260 mm • Base plate: 115 x 115 x 35 mm • Weight: approx. 820 g

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£1,208.25 ea

The Pair of Helmholtz coils is used for generating a homogeneous magnetic field and for the determination of the specific charge of the electron e/m in conjunction with the dual-beam tube. The coils can be switched in parallel or in series. A spring clip on the top crossbar is used to mount the Hall sensor during measurements of the magnetic field. The maximum field strength generated by the coils (~ 4 mT) is approximately 750 times weaker than that produced by an MRI machine (~3 T), which are known to be safe for use by people with medical implants such as pacemakers. For use with RA130505. Requires a 0-20 V DC 5 A power supply. • Coil Dimensions (Dia.): 295mm • Coil spacing: 150 mm • Number of turns per coil: 124 • DC resistance: 1.2 ohms each • Maximum coil current: 5 A • Maximum coil voltage: 6 V • Maximum flux density at 5 A: 3.7 mT • Weight: 4.1 kg approx.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£627.75 ea

w: timstar.com

327


PHYSICS

Electrostatics Pith Ball Support

Electrical Charge

This support is supplied with a hook for conveniently holding a pair of pith balls connected by a string. Manufactured of nickel-plated brass with a plastic support base. Pith balls (EL150852) sold separately. Dimensions (W x L x H): 100 x 70 x 220 mm.

Friction Rods A

B

Type EL18665 A Ebonite (pure) B EL18667 Perspex EL130470 Nylon Rod

Length 300 mm 300 mm 250 mm

Diameter 12 mm 12 mm 15 mm

£3.38 ea £3.38 ea £2.36 ea

£33.08 ea

Pith Balls

Silk Cloth

These expanded polystyrene balls are used for demonstration experiments with electrical charge. Dimensions (Dia.): 12mm.

A silk cloth ideal for electrostatic investigations. Dimensions (L x W): 300 x 300mm.

EL81495

EL150850

£5.33 ea

Electrostatic Strips

This pack of electrostatic strips allows students to study charge in different materials for electrostatic experiments. The pack consists of 10 clear polycarbonate strips, which tend to gain a positive charge when rubbed with a cotton duster and 10 white polystyrene strips, which tend to gain a negative charge when rubbed. Suitable for use with our brass wire stirrups.

Quantity 10

EL150852

£14.78 pk

ELECTROSTATIC SERIES

INFO

The Electrostatic Series is a guide to whether one material is likely to gain a positive or negative charge when charged (rubbed) by another material in the series. If a material which is placed higher in the list is charged / rubbed by a material which is lower in the list, the higher one is likely to remain or become positively charged (lose or not gain electrons) and the material lower in the list is likely to remain or become negatively charged (keep or gain electrons).

ELECTROSTATIC SERIES £33.68 pk

Pack of 10 brass wire stirrups for use with electrostatic strips. Supplied with fine nylon line for suspending from retort clamp.

EL71605

328

Quantity 10

ACETATE (cellulose acetate) ACRYLIC (PERSPEX) POLYCARBONATE

Tendency to gain electrons

Stirrup Pack

ELECTROPOSITIVE (+)

Tendency to lose electrons

EL71600

Quantity 20

ELECTRONEGATIVE (-)

NYLON GLASS WOOL FUR / HAIR SILK COTTON EBONITE POLYTHENE RUBBER POLYSTYRENE

£26.93 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrostatics

PHYSICS Gold Leaf Electroscope

Electrostatic Machines & Generators Large Needle Electroscope

This extra-large electroscope is ideal for classroom demonstrations of electrostatic principles such as conduction, induction and coulomb repulsion. A light-weight metal vane is used as a pointer in the electroscope. The lightweight metal blade deflects when the electroscope plate is charged. A transparent scale is provided to measure the angle of the deflection. The front glass window slides up to allow insertion of ionizing material in chamber. This electroscope comes with two accessories: an electrophorus disc and a spherical electrode. Dimensions: 248 x 203 x 121 mm.

This gold leaf electroscope is great for hands on experience with electrostatic principles in physics classrooms and labs. The solidly constructed sheet anodized aluminium walls of the electroscope are mounted on a plastic base. The front glass window slides up to allow insertion of ionizing material in chamber. A transparent scale is attached inside chamber to measure the deflection of the gold leaf. Supplied with two gold leaf sheets. Fitted with 4 mm socket. Dimensions: 165 x 95 x 70 mm. Note: The gold-leaf does not come pre-attached to the electroscope. Instructions on how to properly attach the gold-leaf to the conducting rod are included with the product manual.

BEST SELLER

EL81480 EL62420

£33.68 ea

Frederiksen Electroscope

An open design electroscope from Frederiksen which does not require gold leaf, for demonstrating electrostatic charges. When the electroscope has a charge applied to it, the pointer turns, and indicates the magnitude of the charge. The device features a 150 mm diameter protective ring, which can be grounded. Supplied with a 15 mm diameter charge collector with 4 mm plug.

Type Gold Leaf Electroscope

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL81482 Gold Leaf, pack of 6

£25.58 ea £12.08 pk

Zinc Plate with 4 mm Plug for Electroscope

This mounted zinc plate has been designed for use with the Frederiksen electroscope (but can also be used with any electroscope with a 4 mm plug socket) for demonstrating the photoelectric effect. If the electroscope is charged and the attached zinc plate is illuminated with UV light from a source such as Mercury lamp, the electroscope will become discharged.

EC170110

£16.13 ea

PHOTOELECTRIC EFFECT

EC170100

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£195.75 ea

INFO The work function of zinc is 4.3 eV, which requires light of wavelength no greater than 288 nm to cause photoelectric emission.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

329


PHYSICS

Electrostatics

IPC Coulombmeter Kit

For charge detection and measurement. Useful for a wide range of experimental applications including charging by induction, Faraday’s ice pails, Coulomb’s law and capacitance of an isolated sphere. The 3.5 digit liquid crystal display has 13mm high digits with a wide field of view unobscured by trailing leads. The display also provides indication of polarity and low battery. The unit is exceptionally easy to read. Two colour coded 4mm sockets are located on the sides for maximum convenience and anti-slip feet are fitted to the base. Low operating current gives expected battery life in excess of 500 hours. Housed in a robust, ABS plastic case. Supplied with charge plate, battery and instructions. • Range: 0 to 1999nC • Resolution: 1nC • Overload: 10 x full scale • Accuracy: ±10% of full scale • Input Resistance: 100GΩ • Leakage Current: 1pA (10pA max) • Capacitance: 4.7mF

EL81490

£84.98 kit

Frederiksen Electrometer

Used as a picoammeter, this electrometer is useful for photoelectric effect experiments (e.g. determining Planck’s constant). As a nanocoulombmeter, it is possible to determine the capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor EL120700, and measure electrostatic induction in Faraday’s Ice Pail experiment. The instrument’s design almost completely eliminates leakage currents, for increased accuracy. Two 4 mm sockets provide output for connection to a data logger or meter. It uses a 9 volt battery (included), which gives approximately 25 hours use. • Current ranges: ±5, ±50, ±500 pA • Charge ranges: ±5, ±50, ±500 nC • Output : 4 mm sockets ± 0.5 V FSD

EL150840

£465.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

330

£4.25 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrostatics

PHYSICS

UVA Lamp & Holder

An ultraviolet lamp in a high-quality housing with an aperture. The unit connects directly to the mains via an IEC lead, and the housing has an on/off switch, and a screw-thread to attached a mounting rod. The unit is supplied with a UVA emitting lamp. This light is not harmful to skin or eyesight. A UVC lamp (EC180122) is available for photoelectric work. • 11 W lamp • 350-400 nm emission spectrum • 370 nm peak

E-Field Apparatus

This apparatus allows visualisation of electric fields between various electrode configurations, in a similar way to how iron filings allow visualisation of magnetic fields. It is constructed from transparent acrylic, which allows it to be placed on an overhead projector for class demonstrations but can also be used on a white surface for use with visualisers or for direct observation by smaller groups. In order to create electric fields large enough to influence the particles, a high voltage, low current 2-5kV EHT power supply is required. Apparatus includes electrodes, clear acrylic base with 4mm sockets to clamp electrodes and connect power supply, petri dishes and instructions. Also requires liquid paraffin (PA4452 or PA4454 and semolina (not supplied). Base dimensions (L x W x H): 150 x 150 x 65 mm.

EL71550

£102.53 ea

Power Supplies & Visualisers EC180120

£195.75 ea

UVC Lamp

A UVC lamp for lamp holder EC180120, suitable for experiments with the photoelectric effect. This light is harmful, especially to eyesight. It is recommended that bare skin is covered, UV protective goggles worn, and the time the light is switched on reduced to a minimum.

EC180122

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£80.93 ea

See pages 98 and 114

ALSO BOUGHT...

Parallel Plate Capacitor Kit

This Parallel Plate Capacitor demonstrates the working of a capacitor; a device which allows the storage of electrical energy in the electric field created between a pair of conductors on which electric charges of equal magnitude, but opposite polarity, have been placed. The apparatus will show the dependence on capacity to the distance between the plates and the nature of the medium between them. Dielectric materials can be placed between the plates for further investigation.

EL120700

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£53.93 kit

w: timstar.com

331


PHYSICS

Electrostatics

Van De Graaff Generator, Hand-Driven

A hand driven Van de Graaff generator, which is a very effective unit for introducing electrostatics. The length of the sparks generated is wholly dependent upon the speed at which the user turns the handle but sparks of around 20-30mm are comfortably achievable. Dimensions (H x Dome Dia.): 400 x 200mm.

Frederiksen Van De Graaff Generator, Premium A top quality Van de Graaff featuring motor or hand drive split dome to show how charge is collected in the dome. The generator uses one nylon and one Teflon roller to create a double charging effect and sparks up to 10 cm. The 22 cm conductor sphere features a 4 mm socket on the top to accept accessories with a 4 mm plug. For 220/240 V. Dimensions (H x W x D): 560 x 220 x 220 mm. Please note that Discharge Sphere is supplied separately.

BEST SELLER EL101544

£128.18 ea

Van De Graaff Generator

The Generator consists of a dome supported by a pillar and a rubber belt driven by an electric motor concealed in the metal base. Static electrical charge is produced by friction between this band and two rollers. The charge is removed from the belt by a metal gauze and stored in the dome. The motor is powered using a mains supply (230 V). The base is fitted with a 4 mm diameter socket which can be used either for supporting a conducting sphere (fitted with a cranked rod support) or for a wire connection to a separate conducting sphere. A cover is provided to keep the Van de Graaff free from dust when not in use. • Diameter of Generator Dome: 220 mm • Total Height: 500 mm • Base (max) Dimensions: 218 x 182 x 93 mm • Operating Voltage: 220 to 240V AC (with 5A cartridge fuse) • Dome Capacitance: (approx) 15 pF • Maximum (intermittent) current: (approx) 6 µA • Maximum Spark Length: (approx) 50 mm • Diameter of Conducting Spheres: 100 mm

EL62550 SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL62560 Charge collecting belt EL62562 Drive belt EL62565 Discharge Sphere

EL85100

£398.25 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL85106 Spare Belt

332

£20.18 ea

£600.75 ea £40.43 ea £5.06 ea £63.38 ea

The generator must be OUR EXPERT SAYS... thoroughly clean and dry for best effect. For a cleaning guide, see timstar.co/ EL62550-cleaning

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Electrostatics

PHYSICS

Frederiksen Discharge Sphere

For using to discharge the Van de Graaff with sparks up to 10 cm. The polished stainless steel sphere is mounted on a stainless steel rod. The base of the rod has a 4 mm hole for connection to the earth socket on the Van de Graaff. Sphere diameter: 10 cm. Rod length 41 cm. Please note: retort base not included.

Van De Graaff Accessories Kit

For demonstrating and investigating the nature and behaviour of static electrical charge. Includes; Brush of hair, Dancing balls, Oscillating sphere, Spiked arm wheel, Neon tester, Plastic comb.

EL85110

£84.98 kit

Insulated Stool

For use in experiments with static electricity. A thick, single sheet of clear Perspex with two line bends to give it height. 30 x 30 cm platform size. 8 cm in height.

EL62565

£63.38 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES ST110120 Retort Base

£35.64 ea

Neon Discharge Tube for Electrostatics

A large neon-filled gas discharge tube for demonstrating electric charge and polarity. The tube has a clear separation between the two electrodes and an orange glow indicates negative polarity. • Ignition voltage: 90 V • Length : 100 mm • Diameter : 13 mm

EF170100

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

FU91980

£74.18 ea

£24.23 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

333


PHYSICS

Energy Aluminium Calorimeters, Economy

Calorimetry

With parallel sides and rolled rim.

Copper Calorimeters, Economy With parallel sides and rolled rim.

HE18722 HE18724

Height 75 mm 100 mm

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

£4.52 ea £6.68 ea

Copper Calorimeters, Premium

Height 75 mm 100 mm

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

Height 75 mm 100 mm

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

With parallel sides, rolled rim and smoothed internal side walls.

£6.68 ea £9.38 ea

HE82382 HE82384

Height 75 mm 100 mm

Diameter 50 mm 65 mm

SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITIES AND OTHER PROPERTIES OF METALS AT 20˚C (293K) Name

Melting point ˚C

Specific Heat Capacity J/kg ˚C

£2.63 ea £3.98 ea

Aluminium Calorimeters, Premium

With parallel sides, rolled rim and thicker than average walls.

HE82376 HE82378

HE82324 HE82326

£3.98 ea £5.33 ea

INFO

Density kg/m3 (g/cm3)

Thermal Conductivity W/m-1

Electrical Resistivity 10-8 Ω⋅m

Magnetic

Aluminium, pure

660

913

2710 (2.7)

201

2.65

No

Aluminium, alloy

527

880

2800 (2.8)

180

5

No

Brass

900-940

370

8500 (8.5)

110

8

No

Bronze

~950

360

8800 (8.8)

180

30

No

Chromium

1857

448

7200 (7.2)

87

12.7

No

Cobalt

1495

420

8900 (8.9)

69

6

Yes

Copper

1083

385

8930 (8.9)

385

1.7

No

Gold

1067

132

19300 (19.3)

296

2.4

No

Iron

1537

450

7870 (7.9)

80

10

Yes

Lead

327

126

11340 (11.3)

35

21

No

Magnesium

650

246

1740 (1.7)

150

4.5

No

Mercury

-39

140

13546 (13.5)

8

96

No

Nickel

1453

460

8900 (8.9)

59

6

Yes

Platinum

1770

136

21450 (21.5)

69

11

No

Silver

960

235

10500 (10.5)

419

1.6

No

Steel, mild

1427

420

7860 (7.8)

63

15

Yes

Steel, stainless

1527

510

7930 (7.9)

150

96

No

Tin

232

226

7300 (7.3)

65

11

No

Zinc

420

385

7140 (7.1)

111

5.9

No

334

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS

Calorimeter Tops

Immersion Heater - Cup Top

Insulating covers made from white PVC to fit calorimeters. Each cover has a central hole for a thermometer and a smaller hole for a stirrer.

HE72365 HE72370

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

A novel design that fits into the top of polystyrene or paper cups. A 2.2 Ω heating element can be powered from a low voltage supply via the 4 mm sockets in the cap. A hole in the top allows a thermometer to be inserted. Ideal for energy transfer, power and specific heat experiments. Diameter: 65 mm. Height: 75 mm.

Quantity 5 5

£36.38 pk £36.38 pk

Calorimeter Jackets

Thick sleeves and a base mat to fit calorimeters. HE53600

£21.53 ea

Calorimeter Blocks

For experiments on specific heat capacity, cylindrical with a 13 mm diameter central hole to accept immersion heater and off-set hole for thermometer. Mass of each block approx. 1kg.

HE72350 HE72355

Diameter 50 mm 75 mm

Quantity 5 5

£40.43 pk £40.43 pk

Expanded Polystyrene Cups

Conical shape. Complete with lid. Suitable for use as a simple calorimeter. Supplied in a pack of 50.

CU05395

Capacity 200 mL

Height 82 mm

HE18710 HE18712 HE18714 HE18716

Diameter 75 mm

£5.33 pk

Conical shape. Suitable for use as a simple, low thermal calorimeter. Supplied in a pack of 100.

Capacity 200 mL

Height 80 mm

Diameter 70 mm

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Diameter 77 mm 46 mm 46 mm 46 mm

£20.18 ea £26.93 ea £33.68 ea £10.73 ea

Immersion Heater

Suitable for calorimeter blocks. A 50W fully sheathed 12V 5A AC or DC heater with 4mm sockets. Dimensions (Dia. x L): 12.5 x 100mm.

Plastic Cups

CU05396

Type Height Aluminium alloy 80 mm Brass 85 mm Copper 80 mm Steel 90 mm

£5.33 pk

HE18720

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£25.58 ea

w: timstar.com

335


Energy

PHYSICS Universal Motor Generator

Energy Conversion Demonstration Dynamo, DC

This demonstration model facilitates the understanding of how a dynamo works, thanks to the open and exposed design. A mounted armature, comprising two coils of copper wire, is rotated about a horizontal axis by turning the hand cranked drive wheel within a magnetic field, created by the permanent U-magnet supplied with the unit. Mounted on a plastic base with LED and two 4 mm sockets for connection to measuring instruments. Drive Wheel Dimemsions (Dia.): 140 mm. Base Dimensions (W x L): 150 x 200 mm.

A 0-12 V DC motor that can also act as a generator. The shaft has a locking nut for clamping stroboscope discs, flywheels etc. It also has a pulley wheel to drive or be driven by a rubber band. Speed 0-4800 rpm.

HE53780

Stroboscope See page 408

£47.18 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

Frederiksen DC Generator/Motor Model Kit EN101558

£40.43 ea

Demonstration Dynamo AC/DC

A hand driven pulley coupled to the smaller dynamo pulley by a rubber belt to give a step-up ratio, to generate both AC and DC. Electrical output is via 2 pairs of 4 mm sockets (AC and DC) and two LEDs.

HE53710

This generator/motor model kit, from Frederiksen, demonstrates the basics of a DC or single phase AC generator, and also functions as a DC motor. The model includes all the individual parts combined into one set. This high quality model provides an open design, allowing students to easily see and understand the workings of a motor and a generator, as well as allowing for further investigations and experimentation. Requires self-assembly. The kit includes the following parts: Coil holder with commutator; Coil with 400 turns (windings); Laminated iron core; Contact springs x2; Profile track; Sliding saddles x4; Magnet supports x2; AlNiCo bar magnets; Manual drive pulley; Drive belts set. For further experimentation, coils with different numbers of turns are available separately.

£74.18 ea

Motor/Generator Unit

This unit can be used for a variety of purposes to illustrate energy transfers: it can be used to lift a mass or stretch a bungee cord, and to generate an electrical current when the mass falls again or the bungee cord is released. It can also be turned by hand to generate a current. The motor/generator (6-9 V) is mounted on a robust metal base, and the gearing of the unit and the sizes of the pulleys have been chosen to enable a variety of qualitative and quantitative experiments to be undertaken.

EN101562

336

£71.48 ea

EN140100

Voltmeters, Ammeters & Transformer Coil

£432.00 kit

ALSO BOUGHT...

See pages 217 & 373

... with its open design the OUR EXPERT SAYS... DC Generator/Motor Model Kit is a high quality model, allowing students to easily explore its workings for further experimentation and investigation.

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS

Dynamo

A cycle dynamo with a trouble free drive system supported on an acrylic base. The dynamo output is available at two 4mm sockets for connection to other equipment but a torch bulb is provided to directly demonstrate the production of electricity and light from movement. Max output 3W at 6V a.c. Dimensions (L x W x H): 200 x 100 x 110mm.

This Malvern design Energy Transfer System consists of various separate units designed to demonstrate the conversion/transfer of energy from one form to another. All units are mounted on bases, with 4mm sockets where appropriate.

Malvern Energy Transfer System: Motor/ Generator, Large

For use as a driving unit /dynamo. Comprises 2 - 6V D.C. motor provided with 15 mm diameter ‘V’ pulley. Base size 15 x 10 cm.

HE72380

£44.48 ea

Demonstration Motor

This demonstration motor comes ready assembled, with an open construction which clearly shows the design working parts of a simple motor. The motor is mounted on a robust wooden base with acrylic end plates with 4mm sockets and comes complete with ceramic magnets and yoke. Requires a 1 -3 Volt DC laboratory power supply (not included). Overall Dimensions (L x W x H): 125 x 75 x 60 mm.

EN151960

£26.93 ea

Malvern Energy Transfer System: Fly Wheel

For use with a large motor / generator and a lamp unit to demonstrate the conversion of electrical energy to kinetic energy and then back again. Comprising an iron flywheel 115 mm diameter, mass 1.2 kg mounted in cast bracket. The shaft has an aluminium ‘V’ pulley of 44 mm diameter. Base size 15 x 10 cm. EL71530

£87.68 ea

Motor Kit

This self assembly motor kit is very robust and clearly demonstrates the constituent parts of a DC motor.

BEST SELLER EN151963

EL81440

£32.33 kit

Malvern Energy Transfer System: Line Shaft Unit

£33.68 ea

EN151964

Demonstration Electric Motor A model of the simplest form of DC electric motor, having 2-pole armature wound with enamelled copper wire, and a permanent magnetic field provided by a removable bar magnet. The construction of the model is completely open and all components are readily observable. A disc-type commutator is incorporated and external connection to the phosphorous bronze bushes is by means of a pair of 4mm sockets. The motor operates on 6-8 V DC.

HE53715

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£44.48 ea

For showing the conversion from electrical energy via mechanical to potential energy by winding up a weight on a cord. One end of the 6 mm steel shaft carries an aluminium ‘V’ pulley 56 mm diameter and the other end is fitted with a cord anchoring collar. Base size 15 x 20 cm.

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£29.63 ea

w: timstar.com

337


PHYSICS

Energy

Malvern Energy Transfer System: Solar Cell Motor

This is a small low consumption electric motor on a base specially designed to run directly from the output of the solar cell and to illustrate the direct conversion of light energy to electrical and hence to mechanical.

EN151968

Hero’s Engine

A functional glass model of the earliest form of steam turbine. Comprising a borosilicate glass bulb 70 mm diameter, with side arms bent at right angles and formed into jets at their tips. The bulb is carried upon a metal stand which leaves it free to rotate about its horizontal axis. With 25-30 mL of water put into the bulb and boiled, the increased pressure ejects steam, which causes rapid rotation as per Newton’s third law. Supplied complete on stand but without burner.

£12.76 ea

Energy Transfer System: Solar Cell, Mounted

For use with the motor to demonstrate the production of electrical energy directly from light energy. The apparatus comprises a selenium photo-voltaic cell.

HE180500

Hero’s Engine

£33.68 ea

Stirling Engine, Low Temperature EN151969

£17.48 ea

Energy Transfer Unit

Developed for the Science Enhancement Programme (SEP) this single unit demonstrates a range of different energy transfers; for example, how energy is transferred electrically from a handturned dynamo to a motor. The unit is accompanied by a booklet that discusses some of the key teaching and learning issues that surround the energy concept, and provides a series of activities that illustrate how the unit can be used to develop simple and coherent ways of talking about energy.

EN152000

338

£209.25 ea

An affordable Stirling engine which works at very low temperature differences. A cup of warm water (must be at least 60 °C) can make the motor run, which means that water heated by sunlight can become hot enough to drive this motor. Like other Stirling engines, this type works by converting temperature differences into mechanical energy as warm air expands and cold air contracts. This is utilized in a closed system where the same air is pumped back and forth between a cold and a hot engine part. Illustrates perfectly how Stirling engines operate and can be used with many different heat sources. Weight: 330 g. Dimensions (H x W x D): 144 x 90 x 90 mm.

HE150605

£124.13 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS

Thermocouple

This item can be used to illustrate the phenomenon of thermoelectricity. It consists of a piece of copper wire connecting two pieces of constantan wire. The copper wire is wound and soldered to the constantan wire. If a temperature difference exists between the two junctions, an electrical potential (of the order of millivolts) can be measured between the two constantan wires. Supplied with 4 mm safety jack connectors and with a 10 mm support rod.

TH152000

Rijke Tube (Singing Pipe)

The ‘Singing Pipe’ apparatus is a simple, effective and entertaining way to demonstrate energy conversion from heat (thermal energy) to sound energy. Quick and easy to set up and use, this demonstration rarely fails to impress. The apparatus consists of a 450 x 28 mm copper tube which has a metal gauze fitted inside, at a pinch point part way up from the base. The tube should be supported by a retort clamp towards the top, away from the heat, and a blue Bunsen burner flame directed into the base and onto the gauze for a few seconds only. Shortly after removing the flame, the tube emits a loud ‘foghorn’ sound as air is drawn up the tube by heat rising from the hot gauze. If the tube becomes too hot it will stop emitting sound, in which case it should be allowed to cool before trying again.

£44.48 ea

Hand Powered Generator (Dynamo) Set

The generator is mounted in a transparent plastic housing. Using a hand swing and a gearbox the generator can yield a power output of up to 7.5 watts. The generator unit is supplied with an E10 socket for small bulbs and leads with mini crocodile clips for attachment to electrolysis experiments, measuring instruments, electrical circuits, etc. The set consists of two hand generator units and includes complete user instructions.

HE72400

£53.93 ea

Bunsen Burners & Retort Clamps

ALSO BOUGHT...

See page 258 & 308

Hyman Fire Piston

EN98100

Quantity 2

£40.43 set

Pelton Turbine with Safety Turbine

This Pelton turbine shows how running water can be used to produce electricity to make a light bulb or LED illuminate. In order to achieve the highest power output, the pressure from a water tap should be used as it will make the "turbine" produce up to 2.4 V DC and 0.6 A. Let the water jet flow at full power through the input hull, hitting the spoons. The turbine housing is made of plexiglass and the turbine wheel is made of coloured metal. Dimension: 285 x 165 x 57 mm.

This apparatus vividly demonstrates the rise in temperature that occurs when a fixed mass of air in a transparent cylinder is compressed by a hand operated piston. A piece of tinder, which is provided, ignites in the transparent cylinder: much as a diesel engine obtains ignition. The cylinder and piston can also be used to demonstrate the effect of decompression, being the immediate lowering of temperature and the consequent condensation of water vapour inside the cylinder - the cloud formed can easily be seen. Cylinder Dimensions: (L) 198.00 mm (OD) 15.00 mm (ID) 9.00 mm

NEW

HE53750

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£120.08 ea

HE43250

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£40.43 ea

w: timstar.com

339


PHYSICS

Energy IPC Joulemeter, Low Voltage, Premium

Joulemeters SEP Joulemeter, Low Voltage

This updated USB version of the low voltage Joulemeter includes datalogging and an improved specification and can be used with or without a computer. Designed to be simple enough to use at KS3, and flexible enough for more advanced use at KS4 and beyond, the Joulemeter simply requires an input supply and a load to be plugged in (e.g. a solar panel and a motor) and the meter will display the values of the power and the energy transferred. For simplicity, the instrument automatically adjusts the display to show suitable units and an appropriate number of decimal places, so that it can deal with a very wide range of values (e.g. for energy, from 100 nanojoules up to 1.75 megajoules). This version of the Joulemeter functions almost identically to the previous version but in addition the meter also keeps a log at the chosen sample rate when the total energy transferred is being measured; the data can then be loaded on to a PC using free mini-datalogger software. The function button allows any of four settings to be selected for the required quantity to be measured (energy and time; power; average power; voltage, current and power). • Current range: ±7 A (current can flow in either direction) • Voltage range: ±25 V • Log memory: 2500 samples • Log sample period: 1, 2, or 4 seconds • Powered via USB or using the 5 V mains adaptor (included)

This meter is capable of measuring energies from 1 mJ to 9999 J or power from 1 mW to 200 W in AC or DC circuits. Two ranges selected by a switch labelled mJ/mW and J/W are available. The auto-ranging four digit display will give direct readings of energy or power. The maximum current input is 10 A. All electrical connections are via 4 mm sockets. • Supply voltage: 20 V DC, 14 V AC (rms) • Input resistance: (No load) 2MΩ • Max load current: J/W range - 10 A, mJ/mW range - 10 mA • Max energies: J range - 9999 J, mJ range - 9999 mJ • Max power: W range - 200 W

EL81448

£297.00 ea

Mains Power & Energy Meter, Digital

This plug-in power meter monitors and measures the energy/power consumption and running costs of connected electrical appliances. Measures voltage, current, power, frequency, power factor, usage and costs; adjustable price per kWh for 2 prices; memory for cumulative energy usage, total costs and costs by price setting; Large LCD; 12/24 hour clock with day/hour/minute; Clear function clears all data in memory including current time. Voltage: 200-276 V AC; Current: 0.02-16 A; Power: 5-3588 W; Frequency: 45-65 Hz; Energy: 0-9999.9 kWh; Power Supply: 230-240 V AC 50 Hz; Max. load: 13 A, 3120 W; Power: 3 x 1.5 V button cell batteries (supplied).

EL81445

£98.48 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES EL180447 Replacement fuse

340

£5.33 ea

EN101550

£30.98 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS Wind Power Renewable Energy Kit

Renewable Energy Renewable Energy Kit

A resource designed to make the understanding of renewable and sustainable energy generation an exciting and tactile experience. For indoor or outdoor use, this wind, solar and water demonstrator comes in a modular format with 4 interchangeable monitors to show differing ‘outputs’. An ideal resource for the discussion of environmental power issues. Dimensions (L x W x H): 270 x 200 x 380mm.

EN98105

Wind is one of the most promising sources of clean, renewable energy available today. Wind energy has been used for centuries to pump water and crush grain in windmills, and is now increasingly being used to generate electricity to power our modern world. Using this kit you can assemble a wind turbine complete with electric generator, adjustable rotors, and wind speed indicator, then conduct more than 20 experiments with your wind turbine. Experiment with different numbers of rotor blades, different blade angles and profiles, different wind speeds, different gear ratios etc. Use the wind turbine to generate mechanical power to lift a heavy weight or generate electricity to light up an LED and charge a rechargeable battery. Includes full-colour, 32-page experiment manual with illustrated instructions and scientific information. • Build a working wind turbine • Harness mechanical energy to lift weights • Generate electricity to light an LED and charge a battery • Learn the physics of wind turbines • Discover how wind occurs and why it is such a promising energy source • Learn about the physics of force and motion as it applies to wind power technology. • Learn how to measure and calculate the different forces acting on the rotor blades by breaking them down into vectors • Discover how the sun makes the wind, providing us with an endless source of energy • Read about different types of wind turbines and windmills

£114.68 kit

Power House (V2), Alternative Energy Kit

The Power House kit helps to teach about alternative energy and sustainable living, by conducting up to 100 experiments and building energy-related models. Build the Power House and then conduct experiments in and around the house. Learn about energy-efficient construction materials and passive house design. Experiment with heating, cooling, conduction, convection, and insulation. Investigate Earth’s climate, the water cycle, and that inexhaustible power plant in the sky: the sun. Test passive solar collection methods with a solar collector. Hook up a photovoltaic solar panel to generate electricity from sunlight. Build wind turbines to extract energy from the wind. Construct a greenhouse and learn about the energy conservation tricks used by plants. Power House can also be used in conjunction with temperature or voltage datalogging sensors to measure and record heat gains and losses or voltage generated. Power House provides a comprehensive overview of the many forms of alternative energy and makes environmental protection and energy conservation issues tangible with hands-on models. Comes complete with a 64-page, full-colour experiment manual which provides instructions, scientific explanations, and energy-saving tips.

EN130500

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£86.33 kit

EN140125

£53.93 kit

Wind Turbine Kit

This wind turbine can be used to carry out a wide range of experiments on wind power. The blades of the wind turbine can easily be attached, removed or adjusted, allowing students to investigate the effects of changing the number, pitch, size and shape of the blades. Some of the effects can be quite counterintuitive and require students to think carefully about the concepts of energy and power. With 4 mm sockets attached for easy connection to other equipment, the electrical output is DC. Assembly required. Contents: generator assembly x 1, support post x 1, turbine hub x 1, turbine blade posts x 6 and turbine blades x 6.

EN130535

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£32.33 kit

w: timstar.com

341


PHYSICS

Energy

Wind Turbine Kit

Developed with the National Energy Foundation, this quality, easy to use Wind Turbine Kit is a working model of a real wind turbine. Hands-on and fully interactive, the kit shows how wind power can be harnessed to generate electricity. The kit can be assembled in minutes, is easy to use and has been designed for use in schools, colleges and universities. The wind turbine can be used indoors with a fan, or outdoors in the wind to power the electric motor, buzzer or LED, or can be connected to the voltmeter to measure the amount of electricity generated. The rear vane automatically turns the wind turbine towards the wind, even if the wind changes direction. The turbine hub offers combinations of two, three or six blades and the blade angles can be easily adjusted to discover which configuration gives the greatest electrical output. The kit includes a set of four gears which can be easily interchanged to test different gear combinations e.g. ratios of 3:1, 1:1 and 1:3, to discover what effect this has on the power generated. Packed weight: 1.29 kg The kit contains: • Two-part wind turbine (600mm high) consisting of a nacelle (top), and tower (base) • Integral clamp to secure the wind turbine to a table top or bench etc. • Six turbine blades • Motor module • LED module • Buzzer module • Dual-scale analogue voltmeter • Brass-hub gears: 60-tooth, 2 x 40-tooth, and 20-tooth with a 1.5mm hex key • Operating and assembly instructions • Cardboard storage case

HE82370

£202.50 kit

SEP Mini Wind Turbine

The SEP mini-turbine can be used to introduce basic principles of a wind turbine. It consists of a small electric motor attached to a propeller and connected to a pair of terminal posts. To demonstrate how the turbine can generate an electrical current, it can be connected to an LED or electric motor. To measure the output, it can be connected to a voltmeter or digital multimeter - the faster the turbine turns, the higher the voltage reading. The mini-turbine can be used to carry out simple investigations into the effects of different wind speeds and angles on output, using a desk fan, for example. The wind speed can be varied by using the settings on the fan. The mini-turbine can be held in the hand or, for a more quantitative approach, held in a clamp stand, which allows distances and angles to be measured more accurately.

Voltmeters & Multimeters EN130515

342

£20.18 ea

See page 217

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS

Crookes Radiometer

Solar Panel, 10 Watts

A glass bulb containing a set of 4 different coloured vanes, which rotate when exposed to light.

Solar panel consisting of 36 monocrystalline solar cells mounted in an aluminium frame with front glass panel. Complete with shrouded 4 mm plug leads. • Maximum output: 18.0 V / 0.58 A • Open-circuit voltage: 22 V • Short-circuit current: 0.6 A • Dimensions: 383 x 299 x 34 mm

EN170500

£93.08 ea

Solar Educational Kit, Introductory HE18738

£13.43 ea

Solar Cells

An ideal introduction to solar power containing a 400 mA solar module, low-inertia DC motor; connecting lead, fan impeller and selection of turntable discs. Supplied complete with booklet explaining the principles and applications of solar energy.

Fitted with threaded stud terminals. Output 0.45V. May be fitted together for increased power.

HE43180 Dimensions Current HE43105 75 x 45 x 7.5 mm (L x W x H) 400 mA HE43110 95 x 65 x 7.5 mm (L x W x H) 800 mA

£5.33 ea £10.06 ea

Solar Cell Modules, Encapsulated

A range of grade A high efficiency polycrystalline solar cells with outputs ranging from 1.5V / 400mA to 5.0V / 130mA. Resin encapsulated for a robust finish and improved longevity, they come fitted with high-temperature silicon red and black connecting wires, 200mm long. Individual units can be connected in series or parallel to obtain increased voltage or current output. Class IP54 protection, CE approved.

Dimensions EN130545 90 x 60 x 3 mm (L x W x D) EN130550 120 x 62 x 3 mm (L x W x D) EN130555 121 x 62 x 3 mm (L x W x D)

Current 400 mA 400 mA 130 mA

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

Voltage 1.5 V 2V 5V

£8.78 ea £10.13 ea £10.13 ea

£12.49 kit

Solar Educational Kit, Modular

A kit comprising 8 solar modules, low-inertia motor, impeller, connecting lead and copper links for cell interconnections and housings and brackets to enable the construction of various solar powered projects. The modular concept of this kit enables experimentation with differing voltages and currents to produce the required circuit. The kit also includes a comprehensive booklet covering principles of solar power, together with useful connection diagrams and output calculation formulae.

HE92345

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£18.63 kit

w: timstar.com

343


PHYSICS

Energy Mamod Steam Engine SP5D

Steam Engines

A twin cylinder stationary engine complete with generator and light.

Mamod Steam Engine SP2

A powerful compact engine capable of driving workshop models. Uses solid fuel tablets.

HE08900

£182.25 ea

Mamod Steam Engine SP4

A versatile unit capable of driving larger models. Uses solid fuel tablets.

HE08902

£337.50 ea

Solid Fuel Tablets

Suitable for Mamod steam engines. Supplied in a pack of 20 tablets.

£209.25 ea

PLEASE NOTE: By the nature of their design, steam engines will leak steam and water. This is normal and does not indicate a fault!

344

HE63700

INFO HE08904

£10.73 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS Conductivity Star

Thermal Energy A value version of HE72450. Dimensions (L x Dia.): 250 x 20mm.

Thermal conductivity apparatus for use with a tea light / candle or small bunsen burner flame. The unit has an integral polished wooden handle and 5 metal rods (aluminium, brass, mild steel, copper and nickel) mounted in a brass centre block. Students can discover which metals conduct heat the most efficiently by placing a small amount of wax at the end of each rod and seeing which melts first when heat is applied to the centre block. Wax not included. Rod Dimensions (Dia. x L): 4 x 75mm.

HE102304

HE110110

Wood/Metal Cylinder

£12.83 ea

£8.03 ea

Ingenhousz’s Apparatus

Wood/Metal Cylinder

The wood/metal cylinder offers a nice demonstration of conduction and insulation. The apparatus consist of a copper tube attached to a wooden rod of equal diameter. A piece of paper is wrapped tightly around the central section, covering the wood and metal parts, then the rod/cylinder is passed through a Bunsen burner flame for a few seconds, making sure both wood and metal parts pass through the flame. The metal part conducts heat away so the paper hardly browns, but because the wood part is an insulator the paper covering gets scorched by the flame. Dimensions (L x Dia.): 190 x 22 mm.

Five rods, one of each aluminium, brass, copper, zinc and iron, embedded along one side of a metal tank. Rates of melting compared by placing wax on end of rods thus giving rates of conductivity in the different metals. Dimensions (L x W x H): 150 x 90 x 100mm.

HE43008

£33.08 ea

Conductivity Rods A HE72450

B

C

D

E

£26.46 ea

Conductivity Apparatus

Consists of four metal strips (aluminium, brass, copper and iron) mounted on a wooden ring. The outer end of the strips are formed into a small cup to contain wax. Suitable for use with a small bunsen flame or tea light/candle.

HE18732 HE18733 HE18734 HE102300 HE102315

A B C D E

Type Aluminium Copper Iron Brass Glass

Length 30 cm 30 cm 30 cm 25 cm 30 cm

Diameter 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm

Quantity 10 10 10 10 10

£2.63 pk £10.06 pk £2.63 pk £12.08 pk £12.62 pk

Conductivity Rods

Set of rods, one each of aluminium, brass, copper, zinc, lead and iron. Dimensions (L x Dia.): 301 x 3 mm. HE18730

Tea Lights & Bunsen Burners See page 260 & 258

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£8.37 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

HE18735

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£9.79 set

w: timstar.com

345


PHYSICS

Energy

Thermal Conductivity Bars

These are safe, clean (no wax) and easy to use. The durable liquid crystal strips embedded in the bars show how a red zone of 40°C moves up the bars. The colours give a dramatic view of conduction and the marked difference in temperature gradients in the bars is also visible. By immersing the heated bars into cold water shows how conductivity applies to heat leaving the metal. The tops of the bars are designed to be touched with a finger tip to reinforce the colour observations. Please note that the glass beaker, retort stand and clamp are not supplied.

Ice Melting Kit

Demonstrates the difference in conductivity of two different substances. Comprises two identical looking square blocks but of different materials, one of thermal conducting material and other of thermal insulating material. On placing ice on both of them, ice melts faster on one of them showing the difference in their conductivities.

HE92305

£20.18 kit

Ice Melting Kit, Advanced

HE43005 HE43009

Type Single Class set of 12 in Gratnells Tray

£40.43 ea £398.25 set

This advanced ice melting kit nicely demonstrates the thermal conductivity of materials by using different types of metal blocks to melt ice cubes. The kit consists of an acrylic base with sump, an acrylic tube, two cylindrical copper blocks and two cylindrical steel blocks. The apparatus is set up by placing one of the copper blocks on top of the acrylic base. The base has an integral sump, which will contain the meltwater from an ice cube. The acrylic tube is then placed over the copper block, in order to contain the metal blocks and ice cube. An ice cube is then dropped down the tube onto the block and the second copper block is placed on top. Immediately the ice begins to melt, due to the high thermal conductivity of copper (along with a large thermal mass), and in a matter of 10-15 seconds the ice will have melted and disappeared. By repeating the experiment using the steel blocks it can be seen that the ice melts more slowly, due to the lower thermal conductivity of steel. Each experiment can be timed, for a more accurate comparison between the two different metals. The kit also includes two plastic insulating discs, which can be placed between the ice and the metal blocks to show that it is not simply the pressure of the top block which is causing the ice to melt. If repeating the experiment using the same blocks, it is better to allow the blocks to come back up to room temperature first (if repeatable results are required). Contents: • Acrylic base and tube • 2 x 0.5kg copper blocks • 2 x 0.5kg steel blocks • 2 x plastic insulating discs Also required: Ice cubes, preferably quite large.

Tea Bag Paper For Convection Demonstrations This plain, non heat seal paper is ideal for demonstrating convection experiments. Simply create a tube structure, by folding the paper, and light the top. The paper will then rise up due to convection current. It has many other uses including filtration and use in diffusion experiments. Supplied in a roll. • Weight: 1.5 kg • Paper thickness: 12.7 gsm • Width: 124 mm • Length: approx 930 m

EN140180

346

£51.23 ea

TE170900

£41.78 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Energy

PHYSICS

Convection In Water Apparatus

Consisting of a rectangular glass tubing. Dimensions (W x L x Dia.): 210 x 360 x 22mm. Please note that the Bunsen burner, retort stands and clamps are not supplied.

HE18778

Thermopile (Heat Radiation Detector)

This sensor is sensitive to electromagnetic radiation in the wavelength region from 0.25 µm to 20 µm, i.e. from the ultraviolet through the visible to the far infrared. Thus it is sensitive to thermal radiation in the near IR (0.3-3 µm) and far IR (3-20 µm) regions. Because the sensor uses a black absorbing surface and a thermopile detector, the response of the sensor is uniform over its wavelength range. The output signal is proportional to the incident power per unit area striking the detector surface. The sensor is adjusted so that an output of 4 V corresponds to 1000 W/m2 ±3%. The cable is terminated in a 5 pole male DIN connector compatible with the power supply / adapter box below, to provide the necessary 5 V DC bias voltage. When using the battery box an ordinary digital voltmeter, multimeter or oscilloscope can be used to read the output signal. Supplied with a holder with a 10 mm diameter rod for mounting in a squat retort base (ST96274). Please note that the power supply and meter must be purchased separately.

£33.08 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES PO4988 Potassium permanganate LR

£9.32 ea

A

Convection In Air (Mine Shaft) Apparatus

Consists of a metal box with a sliding glass front and two detachable glass chimneys. A lighted tea light (night light) is placed beneath the base of one chimney to create convection currents. (Tea lights not supplied). Dimensions (L x H x D): 240 x 90 x 70mm.

B

HE110100

£391.50 ea

A

SPARES & ACCESSORIES ST96274 B Squat Retort Base

HE18736 SPARES & ACCESSORIES HE18737 Spare Chimneys BU80555 Smoke Matches BU110320 Night lights

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£39.08 ea

£26.93 ea £8.03 pr £3.04 pk £4.59 pk

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

347


PHYSICS

Energy

Leslie Cube

Heat Radiation Plate

10 cm cube with surfaces: dull black, shiny black, white and copper. The opening on top allows the cube to be filled with hot water, and the lid reduces both heat loss and the risk of spillage.

HE18740

The plate is used to demonstrate the importance of the surface properties for heat radiation. The steel plate has one side plain metal and the other side painted black. It is mounted on a nickel plated shaft with a wooden handle. The plate is first heated (on the plain side), then the temperature of both sides is compared using, for example, heat radiation discs (HE43015) or an IR digital thermometer. Mass: 370g. Plate Dimensions (L x W x D): 175 x 175 x 1mm. Dimensions (L): 370mm.

£37.73 ea

Radiant Heat Source

A safe, compact heat source, ideal for heat radiation experiments in schools. Comprising a base and cage enclosing a custom IR radiating lamp of the dull emitter type. • 300 W power output • Dimensions (W x D x H): 150 x 150 x 220 mm

HE92350

£51.23 ea

Heat Absorption & Radiation Apparatus

This apparatus offers a quick and safe method for demonstrating comparative heat absorption from a radiated heat source. The apparatus uses a 12 V 24W bulb as a heat source, with 2 parabolic metal dishes for heat absorption - one finished in black and one in shiny metal. The dishes include integral holders for thermometers, to allow comparison of temperature readings (thermometers not included). Comes complete with instructions.

HE180010

Type Heat Source

HE150000

£29.63 ea

£134.93 ea

Thermometers See page 300

Radiation Absorption Disc Set

Four Aluminium discs each with different durable anodised finishmatt black, mirror black, matt silver and mirror silver. Bonded to the reverse of each disc is a 30-650°C liquid crystal thermometer. These discs show in a clear and measurable way how absorption of heat radiation depends on surface colour and texture. The very low heat capacity gives quick results, meaning that many more experiments can be completed in each lesson. The discs can be used to investigate rates of cooling, the effects of filters and reflectors, inverse square law and equilibrium between absorption and emission. Supplied with holder and storage box.

HE43015

348

Quantity 4

£43.13 set

ALSO BOUGHT...

Heat Sensitive Paper

A novel way to investigate temperature, insulation, and body temperature. Heat sensitive thermochromic paper changes colour as the temperature rises, even from the heat of your hand. The paper is supplied in four colours - blue/white, purple/pink, pink/ white and green/yellow. Dimensions (L x W): 297 x 210mm.

HE92352

Quantity 40

£47.18 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS Dynamics Track

Dynamics & Collisions Newton’s Cradle (Collision Apparatus)

This apparatus is designed to illustrate Newton’s third law of motion: action and reaction forces act upon different bodies and are oppositely directed. The apparatus is also suitable for the demonstration of momentum conservation. The collision apparatus is supplied with five 25.4mm diameter nickel coated steel balls suspended by double strings in a robust wooden frame. Mass: 700g. Dimensions (L x W x H): 227 x 183 x 222mm.

FO91700

£86.33 ea

Newton’s Cradle, Economy

Apparatus for demonstration of Newton’s 3rd law of motion which says that action and reaction are equal and opposite. The device is suitable for demonstration of momentum conservation. Dimensions: 124 x 110 x 153 mm. Ball diameter 20 mm.

FO151642

£14.18 ea

Designed to provide a smooth flat easily inclinable surface for dynamics experiments using trolleys. Complete with wooden side rails and plastic feet. Constructed from birch plywood.

FO91714 FO91712

Length 150 cm 240 cm

Width 30 cm 30 cm

£148.50 ea £202.50 ea

Flexiramp

This flexible plastic ramp can be used to create slopes and curved tracks for use in dynamics experiments. Designed for use with small vehicles, the ramp comes with side rails to contain the vehicles. Tracks can be connected together by unscrewing an endplate and joining to another track. Dimensions: Track runway length 1.2 metres; Usable width of track 95 mm.

FO71710

£84.98 ea

INFO

NEWTON’S LAWS Newton’s laws of motion are three physical laws that together laid the foundation for classical mechanics. They describe the relationship between a body and the forces acting upon it, and its motion in response to said forces. They have been expressed in several different ways over nearly three centuries, and can be summarised as follows. First law: When viewed in an inertial reference frame, an object either remains at rest or continues to move at a constant velocity, unless acted upon by an external force. Second law: The vector sum of the forces F on an object is equal to the mass m of that object multiplied by the acceleration vector a of the object: F = ma.

All Matter FDt = -mDv

Third law: When one body exerts a force on a second body, the second body simultaneously exerts a force equal in magnitude and opposite in direction on the first body. The three laws of motion were first compiled by Isaac Newton in his Philosophiæ Naturalis Principia Mathematica (Mathematical Principles of Natural Philosophy), first published in 1687. Newton used them to explain and investigate the motion of many physical objects and systems. For example, in the third volume of the text, Newton showed that these laws of motion, combined with his law of universal gravitation, explained Kepler’s laws of planetary motion.

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

2nd Law F = ma

1st Law Special Case

1st Law Inertia

F1 = -F2

3rd Law Equal & Opposite NEWTON’S LAWS

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

349


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

Dynamics Trolley, Wooden

This high quality wooden trolley has three low-friction wheels, a strong spring plunger and three dowel pegs. Several trolleys may be stacked on top of each other and are held in position using the dowel rods which fit into holes in the top & bottom of the trolleys. This allows the effective trolley mass to be doubled or tripled. Alternatively, masses may be placed on the flat surface on top of the trolleys. Mass: 870g. Dimensions (L x W x D): 290 x 140 x 90mm.

Ticker Tape Timer, Economy

Operates at 6 V AC and produces dots on the tape using a carbon paper disc at an electronically controlled frequency of 50 Hz. The unit is housed in a rugged ABS case. Supplied with 40mm carbon paper discs and 15mm wide ticker tape.

FO81625 SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Length Width FO81626 Ticker Tape 30 metre 15 mm FO91710

£114.68 ea

Dynamics Trolley, Wooden

A pair of identical wooden trolleys mounted on 3 low-friction wheels with spring plungers. The trolleys may be stacked on top of each other by the use of pins (supplied). Dimensions (L): 300mm.

£53.93 ea Quantity 5

Ticker Tape Timer

This timer is very robust and features an adjustable spring loading mechanism to ensure suitable ticker tape markings. Operates at 12 V AC. providing 50 Hz. Uses 50mm dia. carbon discs and 9.5mm wide tape.

FO81650 TI30150

£53.93 pr

Dynamics Trolley, Plastic

These unique precision Dynamics Carts are ideal for all basic dynamics experiments. Strong and rigid, they can take the weight of an adult without bending or breaking. They can be loaded with house bricks or similar weights for velocity, acceleration and collision experiments. Each cart is complete with a firing button and a 2 position spring loaded firing shaft with a safety locking device to prevent accidental firing. These carts run straight and true and the wheels are of low mass and low friction. Each is accurately calibrated to be 600 g and are stackable. The approximate dimensions of the body are (LxWxH) 300 x 130 x 90 mm. Supplied as a pair.

TI58710

350

£53.93 pr

£17.48 pk

SPARES & ACCESSORIES Type Dimensions FO81651 Ticker Tape 30 m x 9.5 mm FO81652 Carbon 50 mm dia. paper Discs

£101.18 ea Quantity 5 100

£33.68 pk £10.40 pk

Air Puck Soccer Disc

This battery powered air puck can be used for ‘frictionless’ demonstrations. It is also a fun way to play ‘air hockey’ on any flat surface. Two discs can be used together for demonstrating collision between objects. With its powerful hover action, the air powered soccer disc literally floats on a cushion of air. The disk has a soft outer rim to prevent damage as well as improving rebounding from any object it collides with. Can be used indoors or out. Requires 4 x AA batteries (not included). Dimensions: 18 x 18 x 6 cm.

FO170500

£17.48 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS Force Board Kit

Forces Force Table

This Force Table enables demonstrations and hands-on experimenting by students into the parallelogram of forces (vector addition of forces). The apparatus consists of a polypropylene table mounted on three legs, with three free-running pulleys which can be fitted arbitrarily around the edge of the table. The magnitudes of the three acting forces can be altered using the three supplied slotted mass sets. The kit includes: • Graduated scale and rotating protractor • 3 legs • Spirit level • Central locating ring • Thread • 3 pulleys with clamps • 3 mass holders (10 g each) • 3 mass sets (each set comprises 1 x 50g, 5 x 20g, 1 x 10g, 2 x 5 g)

FO170200

PARALLELOGRAM LAW OF FORCES

The Force Board is a good way to introduce students to Newton’s Laws and vector addition, demonstrating the principles of the parallelogram and polygon of forces. The board, pulleys and masses (all included) allow for easy set-up of equilibrium conditions and consequent measurement of the forces involved. The background grid helps to visualise the direction of force and thereby to calculate the resultant vector. The back board is bench-standing and hard-wearing, with a printed background grid, and has detachable feet for easy storage. The set includes ball bearing pulleys, three hooks, thread and a mass set. Board dimensions: 40 x 55 cm (W x H)

£134.93 kit

INFO

The parallelogram law requires the two forces to be adjacent. Another way of constructing the parallelogram is to place the origin of the second vector at the terminal point of the first. Because parallelograms have opposite sides that are congruent, the result remains the same. Although construction and measurement of the resulting vector provides a close approximation to the resulting forces, mathematically, it is possible to solve for the resultant force using either the sine law or the cosine law from geometry. Physics views forces as vector quantities. They have both magnitude and direction. If two forces act on an object in the same direction, the vectors add. When three forces act on an object from multiple directions, the physicist determines the resultant of two forces and repeats the procedure using the vectors for the first resultant and the third force.

Pulleys & Masses See pages 359-360

ALSO BOUGHT...

FO170300

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£74.18 ea

w: timstar.com

351


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

Inclined Plane and Friction Board

For demonstrating the composition of a force and for determining the coefficients of friction between different materials. Comprising of a wooden base, hinged inclined plane and pulley. Angles can be set between 24 and 45 degrees approx. Supplied with cylindrical metal roller and scale pan. Dimensions (L x W x H): 600 x 75 x 19mm.

Pendulum Balls

A solid metal sphere with small hook. A

B

C

D

TI15770 TI15771 TI15772 TI15773 TI15774 TI58760

Diameter 13 mm 19 mm 25 mm 13 mm 19 mm

Quantity 10 10 10 1 1

£17.48 pk £25.58 pk £25.58 pk £2.63 ea £2.63 ea

Guinea & Feather Apparatus

Centre of Gravity Apparatus Kit

A simple and economical way to demonstrate the geometrical centre of gravity of two-dimensional objects, this apparatus comprises a clear Perspex rod mounted on a base, with a suspension screw at the top and four clear acrylic shapes - circular, triangular, square and trapezoid. Each shape has suspension holes at various points around the edges. The point of intersection of lines drawn vertically down from the suspension point of 2 or more holes gives the centre of gravity for each shape. For non-permanent markings, lines can be drawn using dry-wipe pens or similar.

352

Type Lead Lead Lead Brass Brass

£53.93 ea

Gravity

FO130515

A B C D E

E

£29.63 kit

Apparatus to show the equality of acceleration under gravity between light and heavy objects in the absence of air resistance. Comprises a 100 cm acrylic tube with bungs at either end. A valve with stopcock at one end allows a vacuum pump to be attached, and the air evacuated from the tube. Inside the tube is a coin, and a piece of paper (various laws prevent supply of a feather for this apparatus). When air is in the tube, the coin falls quickly but the paper is subject to air resistance and falls more slowly. With the air evacuated, the only force acting is gravity, so the two fall at equal rate, despite the difference in weight. The famous experiment on the Moon with a hammer and feather can be seen here: http://timstar.co/ HammerFeather

TI180788

£40.43 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS

Frederiksen ‘g’ by Freefall Apparatus Kit

This premium apparatus, from Frederiksen, allows accurate and reproducable free fall experiments to be carried out. The release mechanism at the top sends a start pulse to the timer when the ball is released, and a stop pulse is generated when the ball hits the contact plate at the bottom. • Connections via standard 4 mm safety connectors • No external power supply required so no risk of overheated coils • Four gold-plated steel balls and a ping-pong ball with metal thumb tacks included • Includes a mirror to minimize parallax errors Requires separate timer (FO140110), stand and cables (not included).

Monkey & Hunter

This fun and useful apparatus helps to demonstrate the ‘Monkey and Hunter’ experiment, to show how gravity affects projectile motion. The apparatus consists of a projectile ‘gun’ which fires a ping pong ball (‘bullet’) and a model animal (‘monkey’) on an electromagnet release mechanism. The monkey is released at exactly the same time as the ball is fired, so should the gun be aimed directly at the monkey or just below it to allow for the distance it falls? Theory and practice will show that the gun should be aimed directly at the monkey, as both ball and monkey will fall at the same rate due to gravitational force.

FO71860

£141.75 kit

Falling Bodies Apparatus

FO140105

£162.00 kit

Frederiksen Student Timer

This high quality timer, from Frederiksen, is particularly suitable for experiments such as ‘g’ by free fall and speed of sound, as well as other experiments where accurate timing is required. Inputs are via DIN 6 pole connectors (for Frederiksen photocells and microphones) or 4 mm safety sockets (for free fall experiments or other equipment). Compatible with the following equipment: • SO150400 microphone • TI170200 photogate • TI170100 speedgate • FO140105 freefall apparatus • Range: 0.03 ms to 27 hours • Resolution: 0.01 ms • 5 digit LED display with floating decimal point • Manually controlled stopwatch option • Accepts start and stop signals from microphones, photocells or any on/off switch connected to the 4 mm sockets • Power: 6 x AA batteries or mains adapter (included)

FO140110 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

This simple but effective apparatus demonstrates that two projectiles launched at the same time, but with different trajectories, will hit the ground at the same time due to the force of gravity. In this case, one steel sphere is launched horizontally from a spring-loaded L-shaped arm at the same time as an identical steel sphere is allowed to fall freely from the same height, but vertically. Both spheres will hit the ground at the same time. Launching mechanism is mounted on a wooden block, which can be clamped to a bench top, and comes complete with 2 steel spheres. The wooden block also incorporates an integral storage pocket for the spheres. Dimensions: 180 x 60 x 30 mm.

FO170900

£33.68 ea

Projectile Launcher Kit, Advanced

This durable Projectile Launcher, of aluminium construction with hardened steel latches, has a string release trigger mechanism with 2 bore sights and pivots from horizontal to 90°. It comes with a 19mm diameter ball which is easy to place in the launch position. Trajectories vary less than 1 cm because the ball does not spin when launched. The apparatus includes an assembled spring loaded gun, two balls of aluminium, an integral protractor and plumb line and comes complete with operating instructions. Weight: 1.74kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 40 x 10 x 18cm.

£330.75 ea £2.50 pk

FO130520

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£63.38 kit

w: timstar.com

353


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

A

B

Levers Kit

Levers & Moments Moment of Force Apparatus

Self-contained apparatus for study of moments. Comprising a high-quality aluminium stand, metre rule, three knife-edge sliders with hooks, two mass hangers, eight slotted masses 1-500 g, and a storage wrack. No additional apparatus such as retort stands required, and can be set up in ‘moments’. Additional knife-edge sliders can be purchased if required. FO180000 FO180002

A B

Type Moment of Force Kit Knife Edge Clamp

This kit allows students to investigate levers and how they work. Five graduated beams, each 600mm long, are grooved across the centre of one side, at the fulcrum point, and also at regular intervals along the other side. Includes 4 fulcrums and 40 25 x 25mm metal squares to act as weights for balancing.

£60.68 ea £3.98 ea

Balancing Beam Kit

The balancing beam kit contains 5 sets of pre-drilled wooden beams with a central pivot and brass hooks to slot into the holes. The brass hooks are used to support slotted masses (not included) and the pivot is clamped into a retort boss head for support. Contents: 5 each of balance beams and pivots plus 10 brass hooks; enough for 5 groups or individual students.

FO91722

£80.93 kit

Hooke's Law Kit

A quality piece of apparatus to demonstrate the relationship between the extension of a spring and the load applied to it. Consists of a moveable 120mm scale that is mounted on a stand and base. Comes complete with combined mass hanger/pointer which is connected to the suspended spring to allow easy reference to the scale. Dimensions (H x Dia.): 250 x 100mm.

FO71800

£80.93 kit

Levers Kit, Drilled

This levers kit contains 5 sets of levers and accessories for students to investigate levers and moments. Each set includes a lever with precisely placed pre-drilled holes mounted on a plastic saddle, pivot rod and mounting base, along with 10 g mass carriers which slot into the lever holes. Each set requires a set of 10g slotted masses (not included). Contents: 5 x lever kits.

FO71805

354

£94.43 kit

FO91726

£90.38 kit

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS

A

B

Linear Air Tracks Linear Air Track, Compact

The air track measures 1.2 metres and is made from high strength 56 x 56 mm extruded aluminium. Includes instruction manual and accessory kit which enables investigation of: • Velocity • Force and acceleration • Potential energy • Kinetic energy • Conservation of energy • SHM • Motion on level and inclined planes FO150710 A

£263.25 ea

Quantity

Included in accessory kit

2

100 g Aluminium Riders

1

50 g Aluminium Rider

4

50 g Masses

4

25 g Masses

3

Spring Bumpers

2

Velcro Bumpers

4

End Bumpers

3

Connecting Brackets End Brackets

2

Low Friction Pulleys

2

Springs

4

Rubber Bands

1

Spool of Thread

13

A precision machined, 2 metre linear air track, of lightweight yet durable aluminium extrusion construction. The length is drilled with holes, such that when attached to a blower, a near-frictionless surface is created. The track rests on three adjustable feet, so it can be made perfectly horizontal with respect to gravity. The kit includes a set of accessories for wide range of investigations: • 2 sliders • 10 bolt and wing nuts • 4 spring attachments • 4 spring/string attachments • 4 springs • 2 Velcro attachments • 2 pulleys, 2 strings • 4 slotted masses & hanger • 8 photogate flags • 2 photogate arms • 1 latching cradle/bumper • 4 masses for the sliders • Assembly instructions & experiment guide Air blower FO180615 sold separately. FO180610 B

2

1

Linear Air Track Kit, Full Length

£411.75 ea

Blower for Full Length Linear Air Track Kit A blower specifically for the FO180610 air track.

Bucket Thumbscrews

Air Track Blower

Air track blower suitable for use with the compact linear air track FO150710. Please note this blower is not powerful enough for larger air tracks.

FO150715

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£276.75 ea

FO180615

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£236.25 ea

w: timstar.com

355


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

A

Frederiksen Air Track Blower, Premium

Frederiksen Linear Air Track, Premium

A superb quality air track made from a square section aluminium extrusion with supporting "U" channel. Linearity is +/- 0.03mm. Suitable for elastic and inelastic collisions, momentum, speed and acceleration measurement. The track rests on three rubber feet, two of which can be adjusted. Each side has a scale graduated in mm. The track is supplied with two carts and a standard accessory set. Additional accessories available on request. Dimensions (L): 2 metres. Standard Accessory Set contains: • Fork with plug connectors (3) • Holder with plate and plug connectors (3) • Holder with needle and plug connector (1) • Tube with wax and plug connector (1) • Holder with hook and plug connections (1) • 25 and 100mm Apertures with plug connectors (1) • Weights 50g for carts (4) • Pulley with connectors (1) and carts (2).

Extremely quiet air blower with continuously adjustable speed for use with the premium air track TI68740. Complete with 1.7 metre hose. Mains supply: 220-240 V AC. Mass: 5.7 kg. Dimensions (L x W x H): 280 x 250 x 210mm.

B

TI68742

TI68740

£580.50 kit

A

SPARES & ACCESSORIES FO110105 B Air track accessory set FO130510 Spare cart

356

£337.50 ea

£134.93 set £33.68 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS

Frederiksen Photo Gate

This Photogate Unit is specially designed to be used together with the Electronic Counter or timer FO140110. It can be used as an optical switch, activated when the light beam is broken and for pendulum period measurements, air track timing, measuring period of rotation etc. The unit is made from impact-resistant plastic with threads for vertical and horizontal mounting using the supplied 10 mm diameter support post. The Photogate Unit is supplied with a powerful red transmitter diode, in front of which is a 1 mm slit, and two LEDs on the sides of the unit (red for transmitter, green for receiver), indicating the function. The Photogate Unit can be connected directly to the DIN sockets of the counter and additional photocells can be daisy-chained and connected to the same counter input, for measurement of acceleration etc. Dimensions: 160 x 120 x 28 mm (W x H x D). Gap width: 90 mm.

Frederiksen Student Timer

This high quality timer, from Frederiksen, is particularly suitable for experiments such as 'g' by free fall and speed of sound, as well as other experiments where accurate timing is required. Inputs are via DIN 6 pole connectors (for Frederiksen photocells and microphones) or 4 mm safety sockets (for free fall experiments or other equipment). Compatible with the following equipment: • SO150400 microphone • TI170200 photogate • TI170100 speedgate • FO140105 freefall apparatus • Range: 0.03 ms to 27 hours • Resolution: 0.01 ms • 5 digit LED display with floating decimal point • Manually controlled stopwatch option • Accepts start and stop signals from microphones, photocells or any on/off switch connected to the 4 mm sockets • Power: 6 x AA batteries or mains adapter (included)

FO140110 TI170200

£133.58 ea

£330.75 ea

SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01983 2 x AA Batteries

£2.50 pk

Frederiksen Timer & Photogate Kit

Comprising a FO140110 Student Timer, and two TI170200 Photogates. Ideal for setups with air tracks, dynamics tracks, or other timing experiments which require light gates.

FO180100

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£560.25 kit

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

357


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

Frederiksen Speedgate

A double photogate with built-in timer and display, which is capable of precise speed measurements, in addition to all the usual tasks of a single photogate. • Incorporates timer with display – no separate timer required • Easy to operate • Double light barrier – direct readout of speed • Laser optics give high precision measurements • Expandable with external sensors (e.g. microphones) • Use two SpeedGates for all the traditional collision experiments • Several SpeedGates can be daisy chained • Pendulum period mode prevents off-by-one errors • Auto rotating display Speedgate can be used as a stand-alone unit or a pair can be used to carry out all the experiments you can do with two traditional photogates and a universal timer plus much more: with the precisely spaced double laser system you get speed readings without length measurements or calculations. The traditional passage time measurements are still possible, if preferred, for teaching purposes. The display divides into two parts giving you immediate access to all results. An adjacent status area shows when light rays are blocked, the state of external inputs etc. SpeedGate is battery powered so can be used as a stand-alone unit - no cables are required. However, the apparatus can also be powered via a USB cable if preferred. It is operated using three push buttons, which control primary mode, secondary mode and reset. The reset button also functions as a power switch. The primary and secondary modes each correspond to one part of the display. Suggested experiments: • Kinematics of uniformly accelerated motion • ‘g’ by freefall • Newton’s second law • One-dimensional elastic and inelastic collisions • Mathematical pendulum • Speed of sound (requires 2 x SO150400 microphones) Two SpeedGates can be used for collision experiments; the double display will show the two latest measurements. Connect two (or more) SpeedGates together, using the Speedgate Cable, to measure the time interval between the gates e.g. for acceleration experiments. The whole chain is reset with one button press. The timer functions can even be used with external signals e.g. two microphones (SO86270) and a SpeedGate makes a complete setup for measuring the speed of sound. Easy to work with – the display even orients itself automatically when rotated. The Bundle TI180110 comprises two Speedgate units & a connecting cable.

TI170100

Type Single Speedgate unit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES TI180110 Timing Bundle SO86270 Microphone

358

IPC Millisecond Timer

This timer is most suited for an investigational approach for students to gain a sound understanding of the concepts of time and motion. Two pairs of sockets alternately start and stop the timer, one pair operating in make mode, the other in break mode. The start/stop switches can be either mechanical or electronic. The timer is auto-ranging for ease of use and has a clear 13mm digital display and has a robust metal case with a durable powder coat finish. An illuminated on/off switch is mounted on the rear panel adjacent to a fused appliance inlet. • Electrical Supply: 220-240V AC 50-60Hz • Dimensions (W x L x H): 179 x 190 x 85mm • Mass: 1.6kg • Ranges: 0 to 9.999s; 10 to 99.99s; 100 to 999.9s; 1000 to 9999s • Accuracy: ±0.01%

TI110900

£155.25 ea

IPC Light Gate (Photo Timing Gate)

For use as a light operated timing gate. Comprises photodetector and light source each housed in a robust ABS case spaced 40mm apart on a plastic rod. Light source housing has battery compartment and on/off switch. Photodetector housing is fitted with a pair of 4mm sockets to allow connection to electronic timers. When the timing gate is switched on it creates a short circuit between the two output sockets, this then becomes an open circuit each time the light beam is interrupted. Consequently the timing gate can be used as a remote switching device in a wide range of dynamics experiments.

£303.75 ea £479.25 ea £60.68 ea

TI96420

£80.93 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS Separate Brass Slotted Masses and Hangers

Masses

Brass masses and hangers made to 1% tolerance.

Steel Masses, Slotted Set Economical but good quality slotted mass set made from coated steel alloy. Set comprises 1 x 100g mass hanger plus 9 x 100g masses. Tolerance ±5%.

MA104056 MA104050 MA104052

Type Steel Masses Set Masses Mass hangers

Mass 1 kg 100 g 100 g

Quantity 1 5 5

£14.18 set £6.68 pk £8.03 pk

Alloy Masses

Slotted alloy masses. Tolerance ±2 %. Sets comprise 9 masses and 1 hanger of equal mass.

MA18856 MA18854 MA18852 MA18850 MA18848 MA18846 MA18844 MA18842 MA18840

Type Mass Mass Mass Mass Mass Hanger Hanger Hanger Hanger

Mass 100 g 50 g 20 g 10 g 5g 100 g 50 g 20 g 10 g

£4.66 ea £3.17 ea £2.03 ea £1.28 ea £1.28 ea £4.66 ea £3.17 ea £2.03 ea £1.28 ea

Slotted Masses and Hangers - Iron Each hanger will hold up to 17 masses of 1kg.

MA65110 MA170050 MA170020 MA170010 MA170101 MA170051 MA170011 MA170102 MA170012

Type Set Set Set Set Mass Mass Mass Hanger Hanger

Mass 10x 100 g 10x 50 g 10x 20 g 10x 10 g 100 g 50 g 10 g 100 g 10 g

£16.13 set £17.01 set £8.91 set £6.21 set £2.03 ea £1.76 ea £1.28 ea £4.19 ea £2.36 ea MA18884 MA18882 MA18880

Brass Mass Sets

Type Mass Mass Hanger

Mass 1 kg 500 g 1 kg

£12.62 ea £7.76 ea £13.43 ea

Mass 1 kg 500 g

£8.84 ea £6.68 ea

Slotted. Circular with hole and slot 1 % tolerance.

Hexagonal Masses Iron, with ring.

MA18834 MA170850 MA170820 MA18832

Mass 9x 100 g + 100 g hanger 9x 50 g + 50 g hanger 9x 20 g + 20 g hanger 9x 10 g + 10 g hanger

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£25.58 set £21.53 set £13.43 set £9.38 set

MA18818 MA18816

Type Mass Mass

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

359


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion Rod and Bench Mounting Pulley

Pulleys

Pulley mounted in a robust frame with two clamping screws for mounting onto a bench up to 38mm thick or a standard retort rod. Dimensions (Dia.): 70mm.

Pulleys, Premium

50 mm diameter aluminium wheels in metal frames, accurately centred. A

B

Type PU12700 A Single B PU12705 Double PU12710 C Triple

C

£3.11 ea £4.93 ea £5.87 ea

Bench Pulley - Clamp Fitting

Aluminium pulley, cone bearing, mounted in metal frame clamping to table or board up to 25mm thick. Dimensions (Dia.): 50mm PU12720

£13.43 ea

Bench Mounting Pulley

Pulley mounted in a metal frame. Suitable for clamping to bench, table etc. up to approx. 30mm thick. Dimensions (Dia.): 50mm.

PU12716

£9.38 ea

Rod Mounting Pulley

Cone bearing pulley mounted in an aluminium boss and clamping screw. Fits all standard retort rods. Pulley Dimensions (Dia.): 50mm. Boss Dimensions: (L x W x D): 100 x 20 x 20mm.

PU12722

Twine PU12718

360

£13.43 ea

See page 469

£13.43 ea

ALSO BOUGHT...

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS

Rockets

Rotational Forces

Water Rocket Kit (Rokit)

Gyroscope

The kit makes use of an empty 1 or 1.5 L lemonade or cola plastic bottle. The special cap, nozzle and fins supplies are attached to the bottle. An air tube and adapter are supplied to connect the bottle to a cycle pump. The bottle is part filled with water and air pumped into the bottle. The pump connector on the bottle releases at a set pressure and the rocket is then launched. The rocket will reach a height of approximately 20 metres. The bottle and cycle pump are not supplied, all spares available. Complete with full instructions.

Original all metal Gyroscope complete with pull cord and stand.

TI15760

RO12950

£12.83 kit

SPARES & ACCESSORIES RO110100 White cap and 'O' ring RO110105 Red fin (1 only) RO110110 Black nozzle

£2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea

£14.18 ea

Rotary Investigation

This rotary investigation apparatus allows students to explore all aspects of rotary motion in a simple but effective way. The apparatus can be used to demonstrate: rotary motion; centripetal force; orbits and satellite motion. Investigate: how force varies with speed; how speed varies with radius; how speed varies with mass. Supplied with full instructions.

Rocket Factory Kit

Design and make your own realistic rockets and launch them safely to heights of up to 100 metres. The rockets are made by rolling paper around a plastic tube and attaching a plastic nose cone. They are propelled using an electrically-controlled compressed air launcher which gives near-chemical performance but at zero cost per launch. Provides opportunities for exploring basic rocket science - enhancing subject teaching in design and technology, science and maths. Contains launcher and key switch 'firing' unit. Uses any cycle or car foot pump (not supplied) and requires 2 alkaline PP3 batteries. Please note: packs of plastic nose cones are available separately.

FO71885

£49.88 ea

Circular Motion Apparatus

This Circular Motion Apparatus comprises a small DC motor mounted at the end of a suspension rod and includes three different rubber balls with suspension chains. For demonstrating the laws of uniform circular motion. Instructions included.

RO95655 SPARES & ACCESSORIES BA01970 1 x PP3 Batteries

£384.75 kit £4.25 ea

Rocket Spares, Nose Cones

A pack of assorted coloured soft plastic nose cones to fit rockets made with the 21.5mm diameter mandrels. RO95658

Quantity 30

£20.18 pk

Rocket Spares, Rolling Mandrel

To fit the 21.5mm dia. launch tube of the Rocket Factory. RO95660

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£3.98 ea

FO170000

e: export@timstar.co.uk

£162.00 ea

w: timstar.com

361


PHYSICS

Forces & Motion

Spheres

Springs

Table Tennis Balls

Extension Springs, Short

Tub of 72 table tennis balls. Diameter: 40 mm.

For demonstrating Hooke's Law. 20 x 16 mm, approximately 30 N/m.

SP13863

SP160700 SP160705

Quantity 100

£10.73 pk

Extension Springs, Long

Colour White Orange

£13.43 pk £13.43 pk

Closely wound steel springs with loops at each end. Spring constant approx. 0.2 N/m.

Tennis balls

Green tennis balls. Suitable for investigating elastic collisions.

SP160400

£2.36 ea

SP13860

Diameter 6 mm

Quantity 10

£13.43 pk

Extension Springs

Marbles

A range of extension springs with a known spring constant.

Coloured glass.

SP170106 SP170108

SP200850

£6.75 pk

Length

Diameter

33 mm 32 mm

31 mm 11 mm

Spring Constant 5.0 N/m 8.4 N/m

£12.76 ea £6.01 ea

Extension Spring Set

A set of five springs of the same length but with different spring constants. Each have an eye at one end and a hook at the other. Spring constants are: 2.5, 6.0, 10, 15, and 26 N/m.

Ball Bearings

Chrome plated steel.

SP13854 SP13855 SP13856 SP13857 SP13858

362

Diameter 6 mm 12 mm 16 mm 20 mm 25 mm

Quantity 100 10 10 5 5

£9.38 pk £3.98 pk £5.33 pk £8.03 pk £12.08 pk

SP170110

£13.43 set

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Forces & Motion

PHYSICS Timing

Scales & Spring Balances

Frederiksen Electronic Counter

Spring Balances

Colour-coded spring balances, in clear bodies with visible spring mechanisms. Calibrated in both newtons and grams.

A

FO180400 FO180402 FO180404 FO180406 FO180408 FO180410 FO180412 FO180414

B

A B C D E F G

C

Capacity 1 N (100 g) 2.5 N (250 g) 5 N (500 g) 10 N (1 kg) 20 N (2 kg) 30 N (3 kg) 50 N (5 kg) Set of each

D

E

Colour Brown Blue Turquoise Taupe Grey Red Silver Gold

F

G

£2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £2.63 ea £16.13 set

This top quality universal counter and timer from Frederiksen features a large digital display, making it suitable for use as a demonstration counter/timer. It can be used in conjunction with microphones, photo cells, electrical impulses and switches. The inbuilt memory function makes it ideal for use with collision tests etc. and the unit includes a frequency counter and pulse. The counter has been specially designed for classroom counting and timing experiments. Features • Start/Stop: Electronic stopwatch function with a time resolution down to 0.01 ms • Collision: For collision experiments (conservation of momentum). Measures up to 4 passage times using two photocells • Acceleration: Using two photocells, it measures passage times and the time between photocells • Period: Measures a signal's period length. For pendulum experiments using photocells, the counter can be set to ignore every second impulse, to obtain the correct cycle time • Frequency: Measures frequencies between 0.01 Hz and 1.25 MHz • Count: Counts (typically radioactivity) either with manual start and stop or for fixed time intervals • Stopwatch • Simple start/stop-function; Velocities before and after collisions; Acceleration; Period; Frequency counter. • Counter • Counting with manual timing; Counting for 1, 10, 60 or 100 seconds; Single or repeated count.

Bathroom Scales

Complete with zero adjuster and magnifying lens for easy reading. Measures in kg.

TI170300

BA01370

£803.25 ea

£16.88 ea

Newtons Bathroom Scale

A robust bathroom scale, calibrated in Newtons.

BA180000

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£25.58 ea

e: export@timstar.co.uk

w: timstar.com

363


PHYSICS

Magnetism Floating Globe

Electromagnets Soft Iron Rod

Useful for cores of electromagnets as soft iron loses its magnetism when the current in the coil is switched off, whereas steel retains some magnetism after the current is switched off. Dimensions (L x Dia.): 200 x 12mm.

The globe is suspended from an electromagnet. This makes the friction very low and the earth will rotate at a constant speed for many hours after being spun around. AC adapter included. Dimensions (Dia.): 200mm.

MA150700 MA10194

£80.93 ea

£4.52 ea

Variable Electromagnet Investigation Kit

Soft Iron Bar, Square Section

A square section soft iron bar, for use in magnetic and electromagnetic experiments. Dimensions: 10 x 10 x 100 mm.

MA170400

This apparatus is used to study the effect of number of coils on the strength of an electromagnet. The effect of current on strength of the electromagnet can also be studied. The electromagnet coil has 4mm sockets and tappings at 100, 200, 300, 400, 500 and 600 turns. A hook on the underside allows paper clips to be attached to indicate the strength of the electromagnet for each variable. A low voltage laboratory power supply is also required.

£6.68 ea

U-Shaped Electromagnet

Designed for student experiments in electromagnetism, this U-Shaped Electromagnet encourages students to discover and learn the relationship between electricity and magnetism. Requires a standard laboratory power supply, maximum voltage 12V DC. Weight: 0.3kg. Dimensions (W x L x D): 100 x 150 x 50mm.

EL71555

£62.03 kit

Magnetising and Demagnetising Coil

For magnetising and demagnetising ordinary magnets, iron bars etc. Consisting of a 250 mm long solenoid wound with insulated copper wire mounted on a base with switch and 4 mm terminals. Operating voltage 12 V AC or DC at 6 A. Magnetising by AC or DC. Demagnetising by AC.

EL120405

364

£15.53 ea

MA10198

£56.63 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Magnetism

PHYSICS

Relay Demonstration

The Relay Demonstration Unit allows the investigation and study of how a relay functions, in a clear and practical manner. A useful property of this unit is that the circuit powering the coil is easily seen to be completely separate from the circuit switched on by the relay. This is one of the reasons relays are used where a safe low voltage circuit can be used to control a high voltage circuit. When a current flows through the coil an electro-magnetic field is produced. This field attracts the iron armature whose end makes the contact, completing the circuit and illuminating the lamp. When the current is switched off, the contact will open again, switching the circuit off. Specifications: • Control input voltage: 2 V DC • Switched supply voltage: 12 V Max

Electromagnet Kit

To demonstrate the relationship between magnetism and electricity. Soft iron U-shaped core and keeper with hook. Dimensions (H x Dia.): 110 x 9mm.

MA10148

£18.83 kit

Current Balance (B.I.L Coil)

EL91505

£35.03 ea

Electric Bell Demonstration

This current balance apparatus (B.I.L coil) consists of a printed circuit board coil mounted on a support handle. The board has 2 coils – one with 5 turns and one with 10 turns, rated at 2A. The apparatus can be used to measure the force on a current carrying conductor in a magnetic field. A permanent magnet should be placed on the pan of a digital balance (a yoke with 2 ceramic magnets will work) and the B.I.L coil mounted in a vertical plane between the magnets. When connected to a low voltage power supply and ammeter, the balance will be deflected and the new reading can be taken. The force on a current carrying conductor and field strength can then be calculated.

All the components of an electric bell are mounted on a large panel. All wiring is visible and parts are large in size. Operates on 3-4 volts DC.

EL71505

£15.53 ea

Magnetic flux density, B, is INFO the force, F, per unit length, L, per unit current, I, on a current carrying conductor at right angles to the magnetic field. Otherwise known as the magnetic field strength. Power Supplies & Ammeters EL91510

t: +44 (0) 1743 812 201

£35.03 ea

See pages 98 & 217

e: export@timstar.co.uk

ALSO BOUGHT...

w: timstar.com

365


PHYSICS

Magnetism

Electromagnetic Induction

Forces on Moving Charges

Lenz’s Law Demonstration Of Magnetic Braking

When a strong magnet rolls down the aluminium U-profile, the changing magnetic field will induce an eddy current in the U-profile. According to Lenz’s law, this current will generate a new magnetic field opposing the changes in the original field. The motion will be slowed down dramatically. Delivered with two neodymium magnets and two non-magnetic dummies of stainless steel.

Force on a Conductor Apparatus

A version of a traditional piece of equipment for demonstrating the effect of a current flowing through a conductor in the presence of a magnetic field. Connection is made via the 4mm sockets attached to the side rails. When a current of up to 8A flows, the crossbar rolls one way or the other under the action of the electro-magnetic force. With clearly labelled poles to the magnet it is easy to demonstrate Fleming's Left Hand Rule.

EL101515

£80.93 ea

Fleming / Pohl Swing (Oersted's Law Apparatus) For demonstration of the force on a current carrying wire in a magnetic field. Dimensions (H x W x D): 270 x 100 x 160mm.

MA150720

FLEMING’S LEFT HAND RULE

MA154000

366

£148.50 ea

INFO

£60.68 ea

For our latest prices and products, visit www.timstar.com today


Magnetism

PHYSICS Circular Coil

Gauss Guns Magnetic Accelerator Kit (Gauss Gun)

The gauss gun (also known as a gaussian gun or rifle) is an example of a magnetic linear accelerator and uses powerful neodymium magnets to launch a steel sphere at high speed. Magnets are held in place part way along the tube (using the steel washers provided), with two steel spheres on the 'downhill' side. Another sphere is rolled slowly towards the magnets and as it gets closer the magnetic attraction causes the sphere to accelerate considerably, resulting in the sphere impacting with the magnets, transferring energy to the sphere at the opposite end of the magnets causing it to shoot off at high speed (similar to how Newton's cradle works). Even faster speeds can be achieved by using a series of magnets and spheres. The magnets and steel spheres are contained within a clear plastic tube for safety reasons (neodymium magnets are brittle and can splinter, the spheres can be accelerated with some force). Kit includes 6 magnets and 5 steel spheres, washers and clear plastic tube wi